From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Sun Oct 2 13:00:23 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Paul W. Frields (pfrields))
Date: Sun, 2 Oct 2005 09:00:23 -0400
Subject: developer-guide Makefile,1.8,1.9
Message-ID: <200510021300.j92D0NDL032644@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: pfrields
Update of /cvs/docs/developer-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv32625
Modified Files:
Makefile
Log Message:
Updated Makefile to current standards
Index: Makefile
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/developer-guide/Makefile,v
retrieving revision 1.8
retrieving revision 1.9
diff -u -r1.8 -r1.9
--- Makefile 28 Jun 2005 22:28:53 -0000 1.8
+++ Makefile 2 Oct 2005 13:00:19 -0000 1.9
@@ -1,30 +1,26 @@
###############################################################################
-# Makefile for community charter
+# Makefile for RHLP docs project
# Created by: Tammy Fox
-# Last edited by: Tammy Fox
+# Last edited by: Tommy Reynolds
# WARNING: need passivetex 1.24 for pdf generation to work
# License: GPL
# Copyright 2003 Tammy Fox, Red Hat, Inc.
+# Copyright 2005 Tommy Reynolds, MegaCoder.com
###############################################################################
-XSLPDF = ../docs-common/xsl/main-pdf.xsl
-XSLHTML = ../docs-common/xsl/main-html.xsl
-LANG = en
-DOCNAME = developers-guide-$(LANG)
-XMLFILE = $(DOCNAME).xml
+LANGUAGES = en
+DOCBASE = developers-guide
+XMLEXTRAFILES-en =
######################################################
include ../docs-common/Makefile.common
######################################################
-html:
- @xmlto html -x $(XSLHTML) -o $(DOCNAME) $(XMLFILE)
- @mkdir -p $(DOCNAME)/stylesheet-images
- @cp ../docs-common/stylesheet-images/*.png $(DOCNAME)/stylesheet-images
- @cp ../docs-common/css/fedora.css $(DOCNAME)
-pdf:
- @xmlto pdf -x $(XSLPDF) $(XMLFILE)
-######################################################
-
-clean:
- @rm -rfv *.html *.pdf *.tex $(DOCNAME) $(DOCNAME).tar.gz
+# If you want to add additional steps to any of the
+# targets defined in "Makefile.common", be sure to use
+# a double-colon in your rule here. For example, to
+# print the message "FINISHED AT LAST" after building
+# the HTML document version, uncomment the following
+# line:
+#${DOCNAME}/index.html::
+# echo FINISHED AT LAST
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Mon Oct 3 02:32:10 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Paul W. Frields (pfrields))
Date: Sun, 2 Oct 2005 22:32:10 -0400
Subject: docs-common/packaging fedora-doc.desktop.in.common, NONE,
1.1 fedora-doc.omf.in.common, NONE,
1.1 fedora-doc.spec.in.common, NONE, 1.1 titlegrab.py, NONE, 1.1
Message-ID: <200510030232.j932WAfL023217@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: pfrields
Update of /cvs/docs/docs-common/packaging
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv23196/packaging
Added Files:
fedora-doc.desktop.in.common fedora-doc.omf.in.common
fedora-doc.spec.in.common titlegrab.py
Log Message:
Some materials for automatic package building, nothing gold yet
--- NEW FILE fedora-doc.desktop.in.common ---
[Desktop Entry]
Encoding=UTF-8
Categories=Application;Documentation;X-Red-Hat-Base;
Name=@NAME@
GenericName=@NAME@
Exec=gnome-help file:///usr/share/fedora/doc/fedora-doc- at DOCBASE@/C/@DOCBASE at -en.xml
Icon=icon-documentation.png
Terminal=false
Type=Application
Comment=Official Fedora documentation
--- NEW FILE fedora-doc.omf.in.common ---
fedora-docs-list at redhat.com (Fedora Documentation Project)
fedora-docs-list at redhat.com (Fedora Documentation Project)
@TITLE@
@DATE@
Official Fedora Documentation: @TITLE@
@TITLE@
--- NEW FILE fedora-doc.spec.in.common ---
# Fedora documentation specfile skeleton
Summary: Fedora documentation: %{docbase}
Name: fedora-doc-%{docbase}
Version: %{version}
Release: 1
License: FDL
Url: http://fedora.redhat.com/projects/docs/
Source0: %{docbase}-%{version}.src.tar.gz
Source1: %{name}-C.omf
Source2: %{name}.desktop
Group: Documentation
BuildArch: noarch
BuildRoot: %{_tmppath}/%{name}-%{version}-root
Requires: scrollkeeper >= 0.3.11
Requires: fedora-doc-common
BuildRequires: scrollkeeper
BuildRequires: xmlto
%description
This package contains official the Fedora documentation %{docbase}.
For more information, refer to the Fedora Documentation Project.
%prep
%setup -q -n %{docbase}-%{version}
%{__sed} -i 's!../docs-common/!../../docs-common/!' \
$RPM_BUILD_DIR/%{docbase}-%{version}/%{docbase}-en.xml
%build
# Perhaps we will require an HTML chunked build here for use with KDE;
# not sure yet.
%install
rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
install -d -m 755 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_datadir}/omf/%{name}
install -m 644 %{SOURCE1} $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_datadir}/omf/%{name}
install -d -m 755 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_datadir}/fedora/doc/%{name}/C
install -m 644 $RPM_BUILD_DIR/%{docbase}-%{version}/*.xml \
$RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_datadir}/fedora/doc/%{name}/C
for d in `find -type d $RPM_BUILD_DIR/%{docbase}-%{version}`
do
dname=`basename ${d}`
install -d -m 755 \
$RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_datadir}/fedora/doc/%{name}/C/${dname}
install -m 644 $RPM_BUILD_DIR/%{docbase}-%{version}/${dname}/* \
$RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_datadir}/fedora/doc/%{name}/C/${dname}
done
install -d -m 755 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_datadir}/applications
install -m 644 %{SOURCE2} \
$RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_datadir}/applications/%{name}.desktop
%clean
rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
%post
scrollkeeper-update
exit 0
%postun
scrollkeeper-update
exit 0
%files
%defattr(-, root, root,-)
%docdir %{_datadir}/fedora/doc/%{name}
%{_datadir}/fedora/doc/%{name}/*
%dir %{_datadir}/omf/%{name}
%{_datadir}/omf/%{name}/*
%{_datadir}/applications/%{name}.desktop
%changelog
--- NEW FILE titlegrab.py ---
#!/usr/bin/python -d
import sys
import xml.dom.minidom
from xml.dom.minidom import Node
xml_files = sys.argv[1:]
if xml_files == []:
print "Usage: titlegrab.py xml_file..."
sys.exit (2)
for file in xml_files:
doc = xml.dom.minidom.parse(file)
title = ""
for node in doc.getElementsByTagName("articleinfo"):
T = node.getElementsByTagName("title")
for node2 in T:
for node3 in node2.childNodes:
if node3.nodeType == Node.TEXT_NODE:
title += node3.data
if title == "":
# Hmm, must not be an then
for node in doc.getElementsByTagName("bookinfo"):
T = node.getElementsByTagName("title")
for node2 in T:
for node3 in node2.childNodes:
if node3.nodeType == Node.TEXT_NODE:
title += node3.data
print title
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Mon Oct 3 02:35:40 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Paul W. Frields (pfrields))
Date: Sun, 2 Oct 2005 22:35:40 -0400
Subject: example-tutorial Makefile,1.11,1.12
Message-ID: <200510030235.j932ZeEX023280@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: pfrields
Update of /cvs/docs/example-tutorial
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv23259
Modified Files:
Makefile
Log Message:
Some ugly Makefile changes to test rpm buliding
Index: Makefile
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/example-tutorial/Makefile,v
retrieving revision 1.11
retrieving revision 1.12
diff -u -r1.11 -r1.12
--- Makefile 17 Sep 2005 14:41:42 -0000 1.11
+++ Makefile 3 Oct 2005 02:35:37 -0000 1.12
@@ -26,3 +26,68 @@
# line:
#${DOCBASE}-en/index.html::
# echo FINISHED AT LAST
+
+
+######################################################
+# Some packaging specific vars
+VERSION=$(shell grep BOOKID $(DOCBASE)-en.xml | sed 's/ - $(VERSION)-1\n- Update to version $(VERSION)\n/' \
+ $(SPECIN) > $(DOCSPEC)
+#
+# Fill in files
+# FIXME: Needs to be multiplexed for LANGUAGES (see above)
+ cp $(OMFIN) $(DOCOMF)
+ cp $(DESKTOPIN) $(DOCDESKTOP)
+ for file in $(DOCOMF) $(DOCDESKTOP); do \
+ sed -i 's/@VERSION@/$(VERSION)/g' $(DOCOMF) ; \
+ sed -i 's/@DATE@/$(DATE)/g' $(DOCOMF) ; \
+ sed -i 's/@TITLE@/$(TITLE)/g' $(DOCOMF) ; \
+ sed -i 's/@DOCBASE@/$(DOCBASE)/g' $(DOCOMF) ; \
+ done
+#
+# Do the build...
+#
+ rpmbuild -bb -vv $(RPMFLAGS) $(DOCSPEC)
+ mv RPMS/noarch/*.rpm .
+ rpmbuild --clean --rmsource $(RPMFLAGS) $(DOCSPEC)
+ rm -rf {BUILD,RPMS,SOURCES,SPECS,SRPMS}
+ rm -rf $(DOCBASE)-$(VERSION)
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Mon Oct 3 02:38:14 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Paul W. Frields (pfrields))
Date: Sun, 2 Oct 2005 22:38:14 -0400
Subject: docs-common/packaging fedora-doc.desktop.in.common,1.1,1.2
Message-ID: <200510030238.j932cEMx023310@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: pfrields
Update of /cvs/docs/docs-common/packaging
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv23291
Modified Files:
fedora-doc.desktop.in.common
Log Message:
Fix oopsie in desktop file
Index: fedora-doc.desktop.in.common
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/docs-common/packaging/fedora-doc.desktop.in.common,v
retrieving revision 1.1
retrieving revision 1.2
diff -u -r1.1 -r1.2
--- fedora-doc.desktop.in.common 3 Oct 2005 02:32:06 -0000 1.1
+++ fedora-doc.desktop.in.common 3 Oct 2005 02:38:12 -0000 1.2
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
[Desktop Entry]
Encoding=UTF-8
Categories=Application;Documentation;X-Red-Hat-Base;
-Name=@NAME@
-GenericName=@NAME@
+Name=@TITLE@
+GenericName=@TITLE@
Exec=gnome-help file:///usr/share/fedora/doc/fedora-doc- at DOCBASE@/C/@DOCBASE at -en.xml
Icon=icon-documentation.png
Terminal=false
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Mon Oct 3 02:42:39 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Paul W. Frields (pfrields))
Date: Sun, 2 Oct 2005 22:42:39 -0400
Subject: example-tutorial Makefile,1.12,1.13
Message-ID: <200510030242.j932gdJP023349@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: pfrields
Update of /cvs/docs/example-tutorial
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv23330
Modified Files:
Makefile
Log Message:
Test twice before you commit, stupid
Index: Makefile
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/example-tutorial/Makefile,v
retrieving revision 1.12
retrieving revision 1.13
diff -u -r1.12 -r1.13
--- Makefile 3 Oct 2005 02:35:37 -0000 1.12
+++ Makefile 3 Oct 2005 02:42:37 -0000 1.13
@@ -77,12 +77,14 @@
# FIXME: Needs to be multiplexed for LANGUAGES (see above)
cp $(OMFIN) $(DOCOMF)
cp $(DESKTOPIN) $(DOCDESKTOP)
- for file in $(DOCOMF) $(DOCDESKTOP); do \
- sed -i 's/@VERSION@/$(VERSION)/g' $(DOCOMF) ; \
- sed -i 's/@DATE@/$(DATE)/g' $(DOCOMF) ; \
- sed -i 's/@TITLE@/$(TITLE)/g' $(DOCOMF) ; \
- sed -i 's/@DOCBASE@/$(DOCBASE)/g' $(DOCOMF) ; \
- done
+ sed -i 's/@VERSION@/$(VERSION)/g' $(DOCOMF)
+ sed -i 's/@DATE@/$(DATE)/g' $(DOCOMF)
+ sed -i 's/@TITLE@/$(TITLE)/g' $(DOCOMF)
+ sed -i 's/@DOCBASE@/$(DOCBASE)/g' $(DOCOMF)
+ sed -i 's/@VERSION@/$(VERSION)/g' $(DOCDESKTOP)
+ sed -i 's/@DATE@/$(DATE)/g' $(DOCDESKTOP)
+ sed -i 's/@TITLE@/$(TITLE)/g' $(DOCDESKTOP)
+ sed -i 's/@DOCBASE@/$(DOCBASE)/g' $(DOCDESKTOP)
#
# Do the build...
#
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Mon Oct 3 02:46:07 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Paul W. Frields (pfrields))
Date: Sun, 2 Oct 2005 22:46:07 -0400
Subject: example-tutorial Makefile,1.13,1.14
Message-ID: <200510030246.j932k7f7023410@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: pfrields
Update of /cvs/docs/example-tutorial
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv23387
Modified Files:
Makefile
Log Message:
Properly clean up rpm packages
Index: Makefile
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/example-tutorial/Makefile,v
retrieving revision 1.13
retrieving revision 1.14
diff -u -r1.13 -r1.14
--- Makefile 3 Oct 2005 02:42:37 -0000 1.13
+++ Makefile 3 Oct 2005 02:46:04 -0000 1.14
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
clean::
- rm -rf $(DOCBASE)*.rpm
+ rm -rf fedora-doc-$(DOCBASE)*.rpm
rpm: clean
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 4 01:43:26 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 3 Oct 2005 21:43:26 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide Makefile,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510040143.j941hQnA000330@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv312
Added Files:
Makefile
Log Message:
--- NEW FILE Makefile ---
###############################################################################
# Makefile for RHLP docs project
# Created by: Tammy Fox
# Last edited by: Tammy Fox
# WARNING: need passivetex 1.24 for pdf generation to work
# License: GPL
# Copyright 2003 Tammy Fox, Red Hat, Inc.
###############################################################################
LANGUAGES = en
DOCBASE = rpm-guide
XMLEXTRAFILES-en =
######################################################
include ../docs-common/Makefile.common
######################################################
$(DOCNAME)/index.html::
mkdir -p $(DOCNAME)/figs
cp figs/*.png figs/*.eps $(DOCNAME)/figs
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 4 01:44:22 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 3 Oct 2005 21:44:22 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-advanced-packaging-en.xml,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510040144.j941iMJx000359@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv341
Added Files:
rpm-guide-advanced-packaging-en.xml
Log Message:
--- NEW FILE rpm-guide-advanced-packaging-en.xml ---
Advanced RPM Packaging
Copyright (c) 2005 by Eric Foster-Johnson. This material may be
distributed only subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
the Open Publication License, v1.0 or later (the latest version is
presently available at http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/).
In This Chapter
*Defining package dependency information
*Setting triggers
*Writing verification scripts
*Creating subpackages
*Creating relocatable packages
*Defining conditional builds
The previous chapter introduced the RPM spec file, which controls
how RPM packages are built and installed. This chapter delves into
advanced spec file topics such as using conditional commands and
making relocatable packages, starting with how to specify package
dependencies.
Defining Package Dependencies
Dependencies are one of the most important parts of the RPM
system. The RPM database tracks dependencies between packages to
better allow you to manage your system. A dependency occurs when
one package depends on another. The RPM system ensures that
dependencies are honored when upgrading, installing, or removing
packages. From that simple concept, RPM supports four types of
dependencies:
*Requirements, where one package requires a capability provided by
another
*Provides, a listing of the capabilities your package provides
*Conflicts, where one package conflicts with a capability provided
by another
*Obsoletes, where one package obsoletes capabilities provided by
another, usually used when a package changes name and the new
package obsoletes the old name
Cross Reference
Chapter 6 covers more on dependencies. The Obsoletes dependencies
are usually only used when a package is renamed, such as the
apache package becoming the httpd package, starting in Red Hat
Linux 8.0. The httpd package obsoletes the apache package.
You can list all of these dependencies in your spec file. The most
commonly used dependency information, though, is what a package
requires.
Naming dependencies
In your spec files, you can name the dependencies for your
package. The basic syntax is:
Requires: capability
In most cases, the capability should be the name of another
package. This example sets up a requires dependency. This means
that the package requires the given capability. Use a similar
syntax for the other kinds of dependencies:
Provides: capability
Obsoletes: capability
Conflicts: capability
You can put more than one capability on the dependency line. For
example:
Requires: bash perl
You can use spaces or commas to separate the capabilities. For
example:
Requires: bash, perl
Specifying the Version of the Dependencies
You can also add version information, for example:
Requires: bash >= 2.0
This states that the package requires the capability bash (a
package) at version 2.0 or higher. The same logic applies to
the other types of dependencies. For example:
Conflicts: bash >= 2.0
This example states that the package conflicts with all
versions of bash 2.0 or higher.
Table 11-1 lists the version comparisons you can use.
Table 11-1 Dependency version comparisons
Comparison
Meaning
package < version
A package with a version number less than version
package > version
A package with a version number greater than version
package >= version
A package with a version number greater than or
equal to version
package <= version
A package with a version number less than or equal
to version
package = version
A package with a version number equal to version
package
A package at any version number
RPM supports an extended version number syntax for
comparisons. The full format follows:
Epoch:Version-Release
For example:
1:5.6.0-17
In this case, the epoch is 1, the version 5.6.0, and the
release is 17. In most cases, you will need just the version
number. The epoch allows for handling hard-to-compare version
numbers. The release number is almost never used. This makes
sense, in that it ties a dependency to a particular build of
the RPM package, rather than a version of the software itself.
This type of dependency would only be useful if you
drastically changed the way you build a package.
Creating Virtual CAPABILITIES
Dependencies are based on capabilities, most of which are
packages. You can create virtual capabilities, which are just
names you define. For example, the sendmail package provides a
virtual capability named smtpdaemon. For example:
Provides: smtpdaemon
This capability refers to the general SMTP Internet service
for sending e-mail messages. There is no file of this name.
Instead, it is just a capability, arbitrary text. Other
packages require this capability, such as the fetchmail
mail-retrieval and forwarding application, and mutt, an e-mail
client program.
By using a virtual capability, other packages can provide the
capability, and most importantly, client applications can
require the capability without worrying which package provides
the ability to send e-mail messages. For example, the exim and
postfix packages, mail transport agents like sendmail, can
provide the same capability.
Note
Of course, you want to ensure that these packages specify that
they conflict with each other.
Naming Dependencies on Script Engines and Modules
Scripting languages such as Perl and Tcl allow for add-on
modules. Your package may require some of these add-on
modules. RPM uses a special syntax with parenthesis to
indicate script module dependencies. For example:
Requires: perl(Carp) >= 3.2
This indicates a requirement for the Carp add-on module for
Perl, greater than or equal to version 3.2.
Setting prerequisites
A prerequisite is similar to a require dependency, except that a
prerequisite must be installed prior to a given package. Specify
a prerequisite as follows:
PreReq: capability
You can include version-number dependencies, such as:
PreReq: capability >= version
In most usage, a PreReq: acts just like Requires:, in fact, the
PreReq: directive exists just to allow for a manual order to
dependencies. RPM guarantees that the PreReq: package will be
installed prior to the package that names the PreReq:
dependency.
Cross Reference
Chapter 14 covers a common problem of handling circular
dependencies using prerequisites.
Naming build dependencies
Your package, once built, has a set of dependencies. These
dependencies are important for anyone installing the package.
But there are also dependency issues when trying to build
packages. Build dependencies allow you to specify what is
necessary to build the package. While you may think this would
be the same as what is needed to install a package, this is
normally not true. Linux distributions tend to divide up
software into runtime and development packages. For example, the
python package contains the runtime for executing scripts
written in Python. The python-devel package provides the ability
to write extensions to the Python language.
RPM allows you to define build-time dependencies in your spec
files using the following directives:
BuildRequires:
BuildConflicts:
BuildPreReq:
These directives act like Requires:, Conflicts:, and PreReq:,
respectively, except that the dependencies are needed to build
the package, not install it. For example, your package may
require a C compiler to build, or may need a special build tool
or developer library.
Generating dependencies automatically
Because so many dependencies are related to shared libraries,
the RPM system will automatically generate provide dependencies
for any file in your packages that is a shared object, or .so,
file. RPM will also automatically generate require dependencies
for all files in the %files list that require shared libraries.
To do this, RPM uses the ldd command, which determines the
shared libraries used by an application.
In addition, the find-requires and find-provides scripts in
/usr/lib/rpm can determine Perl, Python and Tcl script
dependencies and other dependencies, such as Java package
dependencies, automatically. The find-requires script determines
requires dependencies automatically, and the find-provides
script determines provides dependencies.
Cross Reference
Chapter 14 covers how to turn off the automatic generation of
dependencies.
Setting Triggers
Triggers provide a way for one package to take action when the
installed status of another package changes. A trigger is a script
you define in your package???s spec file that gets run by the RPM
system when the status of another named package changes. If your
package depends in some way on another package, a trigger can
allow your package to deal with changes to the other package.
Triggers are not a replacement for package dependencies. Instead,
triggers are useful when you need to change a package???s
installation based on other packages installed on the system. For
example, if your package is a mail client program, your package
will need to have a mail transfer agent, or MTA. Linux supports a
number of different mail transfer agents, such as sendmail, vmail,
exim, qmail, and postfix.
Typically a system will have one mail transfer agent installed. In
most cases, a mail client won???t care which MTA is installed, as
long as one is installed. (In fact, most of these packages should
be marked that they conflict with one another, ensuring that a
given system can only have one.)
The %triggerin script is run when a given target package is
installed or upgraded. The %triggerin script is also run when your
package is installed or upgraded, should the target package be
already installed. Similarly, the %triggerun script is run if the
target package is removed. It is also run if your package is
removed and the target package is installed. The %triggerpostun
script is run after the target package has been removed. It is not
run if your package is removed.
To define one of these scripts, you need to list the name of the
target package; for example:
%triggerin -- tcsh
script commands...
This example sets up a trigger for the tcsh package. If the tcsh
package is installed or upgraded, RPM will run the script. If your
package is installed or upgraded and the tcsh package is presently
installed, RPM will also run the script.
Define the %triggerun script similarly:
%triggerun -- tcsh
script commands...
You can also use version numbers in the trigger script definition
to only run the script in the case of a particular version. For
example:
%triggerpostun -- vixie-cron < 3.0.1-56
/sbin/chkconfig --del crond
/sbin/chkconfig --add crond
This example, from the vixie-cron scheduling package, runs a
post-uninstall trigger for the same package, but for older
versions. To define trigger scripts for particular versions, use
the same syntax as for requires dependencies for naming the
version number and comparisons.
Triggers are run through /bin/sh, the most commonly used shell
script engine. With the -p option, though, you can specify a
different script interpreter. For example, to write a Perl script,
define your trigger like the following:
%triggerpostun -p /usr/bin/perl -- vixie-cron < 3.0.1-56
system("/sbin/chkconfig --del crond");
system("/sbin/chkconfig --add crond");
With subpackages, defined following, you can use a -n option to
tie the trigger script to a subpackage. For example:
%triggerpostun -n subpackage_name -- vixie-cron < 3.0.1-56
/sbin/chkconfig --del crond
/sbin/chkconfig --add crond
Inside your trigger scripts, $1, the first command-line argument,
holds the number of instances of your package that will remain
after the operation has completed. The second argument, $2, holds
the number of instances of the target package that will remain
after the operation. Thus, if $2 is 0, the target package will be
removed.
The anonftp package, mentioned in Chapter 6, has a lot of
triggers. Many of these set up a number of commands to be locally
available to the anonftp package. This networking package is also
closely tied to the version of the C library, glibc, as shown in
Listing 11-1
Listing 11-1: Anonftp package trigger scripts.
%triggerin -- glibc
copy() { file="`ls --sort=time $1 |head -n 1`"; ln -f "$file" "$2"
2>/dev/null |
| cp -df "$file" "$2"; }
# Kill off old versions
rm -f /var/ftp/lib/ld-* /var/ftp/lib/libc* /var/ftp/lib/libnsl*
/var/ftp/lib/lib
nss_files* &>/dev/null || :
# Copy parts of glibc, needed by various programs in bin.
LIBCVER=`basename $(ls --sort=time /lib/libc-*.so |head -n 1) .so
|cut -f2- -d-`
copy /lib/ld-${LIBCVER}.so /var/ftp/lib
copy /lib/libc-${LIBCVER}.so /var/ftp/lib
copy /lib/libnsl-${LIBCVER}.so /var/ftp/lib
copy /lib/libnss_files-${LIBCVER}.so /var/ftp/lib
md5sum /var/ftp/lib/lib*-*.so /var/ftp/lib/libtermcap.so.*.*.*
2>/dev/null >/var
/ftp/lib/libs.md5
chmod 0400 /var/ftp/lib/libs.md5
# Use ldconfig to build symlinks and whatnot.
[ ! -e /var/ftp/etc/ld.so.conf ] && touch
/var/ftp/etc/ld.so.conf
/sbin/ldconfig -r /var/ftp
%triggerin -- fileutils
copy() { file="`ls --sort=time $1 |head -n 1`"; ln -f "$file" "$2"
2>/dev/null |
| cp -df "$file" "$2"; }
copy /bin/ls /var/ftp/bin
md5sum `ls /var/ftp/bin/* |grep -v bin.md5`
>/var/ftp/bin/bin.md5
chmod 0400 /var/ftp/bin/bin.md5
%triggerin -- cpio
copy() { file="`ls --sort=time $1 |head -n 1`"; ln -f "$file" "$2"
2>/dev/null |
| cp -df "$file" "$2"; }
copy /bin/cpio /var/ftp/bin
md5sum `ls /var/ftp/bin/* |grep -v bin.md5`
>/var/ftp/bin/bin.md5
chmod 0400 /var/ftp/bin/bin.md5
%triggerin -- tar
copy() { file="`ls --sort=time $1 |head -n 1`"; ln -f "$file" "$2"
2>/dev/null |
| cp -df "$file" "$2"; }
copy /bin/tar /var/ftp/bin
md5sum `ls /var/ftp/bin/* |grep -v bin.md5`
>/var/ftp/bin/bin.md5
chmod 0400 /var/ftp/bin/bin.md5
%triggerin -- gzip
copy() { file="`ls --sort=time $1 |head -n 1`"; ln -f "$file" "$2"
2>/dev/null |
| cp -df "$file" "$2"; }
copy /bin/gzip /var/ftp/bin
ln -sf gzip /var/ftp/bin/zcat
md5sum `ls /var/ftp/bin/* |grep -v bin.md5`
>/var/ftp/bin/bin.md5
chmod 0400 /var/ftp/bin/bin.md5
%triggerin -- libtermcap
copy() { file="`ls --sort=time $1 |head -n 1`"; ln -f "$file" "$2"
2>/dev/null |
| cp -df "$file" "$2"; }
rm -f /var/ftp/lib/libtermcap.so.*.*.* &>/dev/null || :
copy '/lib/libtermcap.so.*.*.*' /var/ftp/lib
md5sum /var/ftp/lib/lib*-*.so /var/ftp/lib/libtermcap.so.*.*.*
2>/dev/null >/var
/ftp/lib/libs.md5
chmod 0400 /var/ftp/lib/libs.md5
# Use ldconfig to build symlinks and whatnot.
[ ! -e /var/ftp/etc/ld.so.conf ] && touch
/var/ftp/etc/ld.so.conf
/sbin/ldconfig -r /var/ftp
%triggerin -- ncompress
copy() { file="`ls --sort=time $1 |head -n 1`"; ln -f "$file" "$2"
2>/dev/null |
| cp -df "$file" "$2"; }
copy /usr/bin/compress /var/ftp/bin
md5sum `ls /var/ftp/bin/* |grep -v bin.md5`
>/var/ftp/bin/bin.md5
chmod 0400 /var/ftp/bin/bin.md5
%triggerpostun -- anonftp 4.0
if [ "$2" != 1 ] ; then
# The user has multiple glibc packages installed. We can't read
the
# user's mind, so don't do anything.
exit 0
fi
copy() { file="`ls --sort=time $1 |head -n 1`"; ln -f "$file" "$2"
2>/dev/null |
| cp -df "$file" "$2"; }
# Kill off old versions
rm -f /var/ftp/lib/ld-* /var/ftp/lib/libc* /var/ftp/lib/libnsl*
/var/ftp/lib/lib
nss_files* &>/dev/null || :
# Copy parts of glibc, needed by various programs in bin.
LIBCVER=`basename /lib/libc-*.so .so | cut -f2- -d-`
copy /lib/ld-${LIBCVER}.so /var/ftp/lib
copy /lib/libc-${LIBCVER}.so /var/ftp/lib
copy /lib/libnsl-${LIBCVER}.so /var/ftp/lib
copy /lib/libnss_files-${LIBCVER}.so /var/ftp/lib
copy /bin/ls /var/ftp/bin
copy /bin/cpio /var/ftp/bin
copy /bin/tar /var/ftp/bin
copy /bin/gzip /var/ftp/bin
ln -sf gzip /var/ftp/bin/zcat
copy /usr/bin/compress /var/ftp/bin
rm -f /var/ftp/lib/libtermcap.so.*.*.* &>/dev/null || :
copy '/lib/libtermcap.so.*.*.*' /var/ftp/lib
# Use ldconfig to build symlinks and whatnot.
[ ! -e /var/ftp/etc/ld.so.conf ] && touch
/var/ftp/etc/ld.so.conf
/sbin/ldconfig -r /var/ftp
# Generate md5sums for verifyscript
md5sum /var/ftp/lib/lib*-*.so /var/ftp/lib/libtermcap.so.*.*.*
2>/dev/null >/var
/ftp/lib/libs.md5
chmod 0400 /var/ftp/lib/libs.md5
md5sum `ls /var/ftp/bin/* |grep -v bin.md5`
>/var/ftp/bin/bin.md5
chmod 0400 /var/ftp/bin/bin.md5
Writing Verification Scripts
RPM automatically handles package verification, checking to see
that the proper files are installed, and testing the files
themselves for the proper size and other attributes. You may need
to do more in your package, though, to ensure everything is
properly set up. With RPM, you can:
*Control the tests used to verify each file, as described in
Chapter 10
*Create a verify script that performs other tests
If you need to perform some other test to verify your package,
such as check that a configuration file has a particular setting
(and that the setting is valid), you can fill in the %verifyscript
in the spec file. The %verifyscript acts much like the %pre or
%post scripts, except that the %verifyscript gets executed during
package verification. Fill in a %verifyscript as follows:
%verifyscript
your script commands ....
Common %verifyscript actions are to check for an entry in a system
configuration file, such as an init-time startup script or
/etc/shells (which lists the available shells). These are files
owned by other packages that may need to be properly modified for
a package to be properly installed. If your package has a similar
circumstance, write a %verifyscript. In your script, send all
error output to stderr.
Cross Reference
See Chapter 5 for more on package verification.
Creating Subpackages
A spec file may define more than one package. This type of
additional package is called a subpackage. Subpackages exist to
handle cases where you don???t want to associate one spec file
with one package. Instead, you can define multiple packages within
the spec file, as needed. For example, you may want to build the
runtime and developer packages together, or the client and server
portions of an application using subpackages. Splitting large
documentation sets into separate subpackages is also common.
With subpackages, you get:
*One spec file
*One source RPM
*One set of build commands
*Multiple binary RPMs, one per package or subpackage
In most cases, subpackages are created just as a means to
partition the files produced by a package into separate packages.
For example, you will often see development libraries and header
files split into a separate package from the main application
package. Sometimes documentation is split out into a separate
package, or client and server applications are divided into
separate packages. In the end, though, this usually results in
shifting files into subpackages and nothing more.
To define a subpackage within a spec file, you start with the
%package directive. For example:
%package sub_package_name
By default, the name of the subpackage will be the name of the
package, a dash, and the subpackage name provided with the
%package directive. For example:
%package server
This example names a subpackage server, which is a real subpackage
inside the telnet package. In this case, the name for the server
subpackage will be telnet-server, that is, the naming format is
package-subpackage.
If you don???t want this naming format, you can use the ???n
option to the %package directive to define an entirely new name,
using the following syntax:
%package -n new_sub_package_name
For example:
%package ???n my-telnet-server
With the ???n option, you specify the full name for the
subpackage. The RPM system will not prefix the name with the
enclosing package name.
Providing information for subpackages
When you define a subpackage, you need to provide as many of the
package information directives as you need, including at the
least Summary:, Group:, and %description directives. Anything
not specified will use the parent package???s value, such as the
version. Place these directives after the %package directive.
For example:
%package server
Requires: xinetd
Group: System Environment/Daemons
Summary: The server program for the telnet remote login
protocol.
The %description directive for subpackages requires the name of
the subpackage using the following syntax:
%description subpackage
For example:
%description server
Telnet is a popular protocol for logging into remote systems
over the Internet. The telnet-server package includes a telnet
daemon that supports remote logins into the host machine. The
telnet daemon is enabled by default. You may disable the telnet
daemon by editing /etc/xinetd.d/telnet.
If you used the ???n option with the %package directive, you
need to repeat the ???n option with the %description directive.
For example:
%description ???n my-telnet-server
Telnet is a popular protocol for logging into remote systems
over the Internet. The telnet-server package includes a telnet
daemon that supports remote logins into the host machine. The
telnet daemon is enabled by default. You may disable the telnet
daemon by editing /etc/xinetd.d/telnet.
The same concept works for the %files section. You need a
separate %files section for each subpackage. For example:
%files server
%defattr(-,root,root)
%{_sbindir}/in.telnetd
%{_mandir}/man5/issue.net.5*
%{_mandir}/man8/in.telnetd.8*
%{_mandir}/man8/telnetd.8*
Again, if you used the ???n option with the %package directive,
you need to repeat the ???n option with the %files section. For
example:
%files ???n my-telnet-server
%defattr(-,root,root)
%{_sbindir}/in.telnetd
%{_mandir}/man5/issue.net.5*
%{_mandir}/man8/in.telnetd.8*
%{_mandir}/man8/telnetd.8*
Defining scripts for subpackages
Much as you define separate %files and %description sections for
subpackages, you can also define install and uninstall scripts
for subpackages. The syntax is similar to that for the %files
and %description sections:
%pre subpackage
For example, Listing 11-2 shows the scripts from the VNC
package.
Listing 11-2: VNC package install and uninstall scripts.
%post server
if [ "$1" = 1 ]; then
/sbin/chkconfig --add vncserver
fi
%preun server
if [ "$1" = 0 ]; then
/sbin/service vncserver stop >/dev/null 2>&1
/sbin/chkconfig --del vncserver
fi
%postun server
if [ "$1" -ge "1" ]; then
/sbin/service vncserver condrestart >/dev/null 2>&1
fi
Building subpackages
The build sections in the spec file serve double duty. These
sections are used for building the main package as well as
subpackages. This is one reason why there are so many options on
the %setup macro.
The %setup macro allows for selectively unpacking the sources,
rather than the default option of unpacking all the sources. For
example, the following %setup macro definition gives rpmbuild
specific instructions for unpacking one source file:
%setup ???D- T ???a 1
In this example, the ???D option disables the automatic deletion
of the directory where the sources will be unpacked. This means
any previous contents of this directory, perhaps for other
subpackages, will be left alone. The ???T option disables the
automatic unpacking of the source files, and the ???a 1 option
specifies to only unpack the first source file. You may need to
use options like these when working with subpackages. Though, in
most cases, subpackages are just means to partition the package
files into separate packages. In cases like this, you will
likely not need any of these special %setup options.
Cross Reference
Chapter 10 covers the %setup macro and lists the available
options.
Creating Relocatable Packages
A relocatable package allows a user to specify where to install
the package. For example, if you build a package for Red Hat
Linux, the normal directory for binary executable programs is
/usr/bin. Other versions of Linux, though, may place executable
programs into /opt/bin, for example. If your package forces the
use of /usr/bin, then your package won???t work on these other
systems.
Cross Reference
Chapter 19 covers using RPM on other versions of Linux.
With a relocatable package, though, you allow the user to redefine
the top-level directories for your package, such as changing from
/usr/bin to /opt/bin in the previous example. Making relocatable
packages is generally considered a good thing, as you make the
user???s life easier.
To set up a relocatable package, you need to:
*Set up the prefix directives for the top-level directories
*Define the files under the prefix directories
Setting up the prefixes
The Prefix: directive names a top-level directory as a prefix
you can relocate to another directory. For example:
Prefix: /usr
This states that all files under /usr can be relocated to other
directories by simply mapping /usr to some other directory, such
as /opt, on the rpm command line when installing or upgrading
the package.
Note
You can define more than one Prefix: directive to list more than
one top-level directory.
Define the files section
When you use a Prefix: directive in your spec file, all files in
the %files section must be under the directory named with the
Prefix: directive. For example, from the jikes compiler package:
Prefix: /usr
...
%files
%defattr(-,root,root)
/usr/bin/jikes
%doc /usr/doc/jikes-%{version}/license.htm
%doc /usr/man/man1/jikes.1*
In this example, all the files are under the /usr directory. All
files in the %files section must be located under one of the
Prefix: directories. If you have more than one top-level
directory, such as /usr and /etc, define more than one Prefix:
directive. For example:
Prefix: /usr
Prefix: /etc
Cross Reference
Chapter 4 covers how to install or upgrade packages into
different directories using the --relocate and --prefix options.
Problems creating relocatable packages
Not all packages work well as relocatable packages. Some
packages have files that simply must go into a certain location
and are therefore not relocatable. Some packages have programs
that are hard-coded to look for files in a particular location
and therefore cannot be relocated elsewhere. Other packages have
symbolic links that also may not be relocatable. Furthermore,
your package may provide software that is referenced by other
packages, in the known directories. Relocating such a package
will disable other software packages, packages you may not even
know about.
If your packages face any of these problems, chances are that
making the package relocatable is not a good idea.
In addition, if you use the %doc directive with local file
names, remember that RPM will make a package-specific
documentation directory, normally under /usr/doc. For example:
%doc README NEWS
This may defeat your attempts to create a relocatable package,
unless you have a Prefix: directive with /usr, because the
normal location is under /usr/doc, and all files in the %files
section must start with one of the directories named with
Prefix: directives.
Defining Conditional Builds
With the ability to define macros inside spec files, and also to
use macros defined elsewhere, you gain a lot of control over how
your package gets built. You can go further, though, and use
special directives to perform only certain commands based on
certain conditions. This adds a powerful capability to your spec
files, and also makes it much easier to do things like build for
multiple versions of Linux or other operating systems, as well as
handle various backwards-compatibility issues.
To define conditional build commands, you need to create
conditional constructs in your package???s spec file. In addition,
you need to define macros that the conditional constructs use to
determine whether or not to execute a set of spec file directives.
Cross Reference
See Chapter 21 for more on macro file locations, and Chapters 19
and 20 for more on using RPM on other versions of Linux and other
operating systems, respectively.
RPM supports a number of ways to make parts of your spec file
enabled or disabled based on certain conditions. These include
conditional macros, conditional blocks, and special directives
based on the system architecture.
Defining conditional macros
You can use a special syntax to test for the existence of
macros. For example:
%{?macro_to_test: expression}
This syntax tells RPM to expand the expression if the macro
macro_to_test exists. If the macro macro_to_test does not exist,
nothing will be output. You can also reverse this test. A
leading exclamation point, !, tests for the non-existence of a
macro:
%{!?macro_to_test: expression}
In this example, if the macro_to_test macro does not exist, RPM
will expand the expression.
If you want, you can omit the expression and just test for the
existence of the macro. If it exists, RPM will use the value of
the macro. If the macro does not exist, RPM will use nothing.
For example:
%build
./configure %{?_with_ldap}
make
In this case, if the _with_ldap macro exists, the value of that
macro will get passed on the command line to the configure
script. If the _with_ldap macro does not exist, nothing extra
will be passed on the command line to the configure script. This
is very important when creating commands to build or install
packages.
Cross Reference
Many of the macros you will test this way are set up with the
--with command-line parameter. See Chapter 19 for details.
Using conditional blocks
The %if macro enables all the directives up to the %endif
directive, if the condition is true. This is much like scripting
languages. For example:
%if %{old_5x}
%define b5x 1
%undefine b6x
%endif
In this case, if the %old_5x macro has a value, the test will be
true and all the directives inside the block will get executed.
A %else allows you to specify what to do if the test is not
successful. For example:
%if %{old_5x}
%define b5x 1
%undefine b6x
%else
%define b6x 1
%undefine b5x
%endif
In this case, if the %old_5x macro has a value, then all the
directives up to the %else will get executed. Otherwise, if the
%old_5x macro has no value, the directives from the %else to the
%endif will get executed.
Again, use an exclamation point to negate the test. For example:
%if ! %{old_5x}
%define b5x 1
%undefine b6x
%endif
You can use a && for an AND test. For example:
%if %{old_5x} && %{old_6x}
%{error: You cannot build for .5x and .6x at the same time}
%quit
%endif
Using architecture-based conditionals
In addition to the general-purpose %if conditional directive,
you can use special directives that test for processor
architecture and operating system.
The %ifarch directive enables all the directives up to the
%endif directive, if the processor architecture matches the
values you pass to the %ifarch directive. For example:
%ifarch sparc
%define b5x 1
%undefine b6x
%endif
This block will only get executed if the processor architecture
is SPARC.
Cross Reference
Chapter 21 covers RPM architecture and operating system names.
You can pass more than one architecture name, separated by
commas or spaces. For example:
%ifarch sparc alpha
%define b5x 1
%undefine b6x
%endif
This example tests if the processor architecture is SPARC or
Alpha.
As with the %if directive, you can also use an %else, to cover
all cases where the test is not true. For example:
%ifarch sparc alpha
%define b5x 1
%undefine b6x
%else
%define b6x 1
%undefine b5x
%endif
This example tests if the processor architecture is SPARC or
Alpha. If so, the directives from the %ifarch to the %else are
executed. If not, the directives from the %else to the %endif
are executed.
The %ifnarch directive reverses the %ifarch test. That is,
%ifnarch tests if the architecture is not one of the values
listed. The following example tests if the processor
architecture is not an i386 or an Alpha.
%ifnarch i386 alpha
%define b5x 1
%undefine b6x
%endif
The %ifos directive tests for the operating system. For example:
%ifos linux
%define b5x 1
%undefine b6x
%endif
This example tests if the operating system is Linux. You can
reverse the test with the %ifnos directive. For example:
%ifnos irix
%define b5x 1
%undefine b6x
%endif
This example tests if the operating system is not Irix.
Summary
This chapter covers advanced topics in creating packages.
Dependencies are very important. You need to specify which
packages or capabilities your package requires, so the RPM system
can ensure that all requirements are met before allowing users to
install the package. If you do not specify the dependencies
properly, then you are defeating the integrity of the RPM system.
In addition to specifying what your package requires, it is also
important to specify other dependency information. For example, if
your package conflicts with another package, you need to very
clearly state this. E-mail and Web server packages often conflict
with other servers of the same type.
You can specify both package dependencies as well as build
dependencies. For example, you may need certain developer
libraries to build your package, but not to install it. These are
build dependencies.
To help manage dependencies between packages and system
configuration issues, you can set up trigger scripts. A trigger is
a script in your package that gets executed when another package
is installed or removed. If your package, for example, is an
e-mail client program, it may need to execute a script should the
e-mail server package change. This is a great usage for triggers.
If your package has a complicated installation, the normal RPM
verification won???t be sufficient. To help the RPM system ensure
the integrity of all the packages, you can write a verify script
in your spec file to perform any extra commands necessary to
verify your package has been properly installed.
Relocatable packages allow users to install your packages in
different locations than originally planned. This is very useful
when working with more than one version of Linux, or with other
operating systems. For example, most Linux commands are stored in
/usr/bin, at least for Red Hat Linux. Other Linux distributions,
or other operating systems may specify that programs added to the
original set should be stored in /opt/bin and not /usr/bin, for
example. Making your package relocatable helps users in these
situations.
Conditional directives in your spec file allow you to control the
build on different processor architectures and operating systems.
The %if directive tests if a value is set. If so, then all the
directives up to the %endif directive are executed. If you need to
execute a different set of directives, use %else. In this case, if
the %if test is true, RPM executes the directives up to the %else.
If the test is not true, RPM executes the directives up to the
%endif.
Once you have your spec file defined, the next step is to start
building packages. The next chapter covers options for the
rpmbuild command and how you can use rpmbuild to make your
packages.
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 4 01:45:46 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 3 Oct 2005 21:45:46 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-command-reference-en.xml,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510040145.j941jkc5000394@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv376
Added Files:
rpm-guide-command-reference-en.xml
Log Message:
--- NEW FILE rpm-guide-command-reference-en.xml ---
RPM Command Reference
In This Appendix
*rpm command
*rpmbuild command
This appendix covers the syntax of the command-line options for the
rpm and rpmbuild commands.
The rpm Command
The rpm command is the workhorse of the RPM system. The following
sections cover options for the major operations with the rpm
command.
Table A-1 lists the query options for the rpm command.
Table A-1 rpm query options with ???q or --query
Option
Usage
-a, --all
Query all packages
-c, --configfiles
List configuration files
--changelog
List changelog entries
--conflicts
List capabilities this package conflicts with
-d, --docfiles
List documentation files
--dump
Dump out extra information on files.
-f, --file filename
Query for packages owning given file
--filesbypapkg
List all files in each selected package
--fileid md5_id
Query for the package with the given MD5 digest
-g, --group group_name
Query packages in the given group
--hdrid sha1_header_id
Query for the package with the given header identifier
number, in SHA1 format
-i, --info
Display a lot of package information including
description
--last
[...1918 lines suppressed...]
Read the given colon-separated files as the macro
files to define RPM macros; only the first file must
exist
--nobuild
Don't really build anything, which really tests the
spec file
--pipe command
Pipe the output of the rpm command to the given
command
--quiet
Provide less output, normally show only errors
--rcfile file:file:file
Read the given colon-separated files as the rc files
to define RPM settings; only the first file must exist
--rmsource
Remove the sources after the build
--rmspec
Remove the spec file after the build
--root directory
Use directory as the top-level directory instead of /
--short-circuit
With the -bc or -bi options, jumps directly to the
given stage and just executes that stage
--showrc
Print the rpmrc and macro configuration and exit
--sign
Sign the package with a GPG signature
--target platform
Build for the given platform. May not work if you
don't have the other platform build commands, such as
cross compilers, set up. Can work for Intel platforms
with i386, i686, and so on.
-v, --verbose
Provide more verbose output
-vv
Provide even more verbose output, including debugging
information
--version
Print the RPM version and exit
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 4 01:48:22 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 3 Oct 2005 21:48:22 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-creating-rpms-en.xml,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510040148.j941mMo0000423@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv405
Added Files:
rpm-guide-creating-rpms-en.xml
Log Message:
--- NEW FILE rpm-guide-creating-rpms-en.xml ---
Creating RPMs: An Overview
Copyright (c) 2005 by Eric Foster-Johnson. This material may be
distributed only subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
the Open Publication License, v1.0 or later (the latest version is
presently available at http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/).
In This Chapter
*Preparing to build RPMs
*Planning for RPMs
*Explaining the build process
*Using build files
*Seeing the results
*Verifying your RPMs
Thus far in this book, all the commands presented have been used to
manage or query packages. With this chapter, though, you start
creating RPMs of your own. Even if you do not produce applications
on your own, you may want to create RPM packages out of software you
use, if only for the ease of management that the RPM system
provides.
Creating RPMs allows you to create a consistent set of applications
for use on all systems in your organization and easily manage those
applications. You may create RPMs of applications developed in house
or RPMs of applications developed elsewhere that you need to
customize for your environment. Making RPMs of the customized
applications reduces work and makes the customizations consistent.
This chapter introduces the RPM system from the point of view of
creating RPMs and demonstrates the steps and planning necessary to
make your own packages. As such, this chapter introduces the
RPM-building topics covered in depth in the remaining chapters in
this part.
Preparing to Build RPMs
The RPM-building task starts with gathering all the material you
want to bundle into an RPM package and then defining the RPM
directives to make your package. The final steps are to build and
test an RPM. This sounds easy, and for the most part it is fairly
straightforward.
The main problems arise when you try to define the many RPM
directives for your package. In addition, some of the elements in
an RPM can be complex, such as upgrade scripts.
The main tasks in building RPMs are:
1.Planning what you want to build
2.Gathering the software to package
3.Patching the software as needed
4.Creating a reproducible build of the software
5.Planning for upgrades
6.Outlining any dependencies
7.Building the RPMs
8.Testing the RPMs
The sections in this chapter cover the initial planning stages and
provide an overview of the process of building RPMs. The remaining
chapters in Part II go in depth into the process of building RPMs.
Planning what you want to build
The first step in the entire RPM-building process is simply to
decide exactly what you want to make into an RPM. Is this an
application, a programming library, a set of system
configuration files, or a documentation package? If this is an
application, is it customized or patched? Think these issues
over and decide what you want to package as an RPM.
In most cases, you want to create both a source package and a
binary package containing the built sources. You need a binary
package because that holds the RPM you want to install on other
systems. You need the source package so you can recreate the
binary package at any time. And, if the sources get updated, you
can quickly make a new binary RPM from the updated sources if
you have already defined a source RPM.
Most packages start with a source RPM, although you have the
option to skip making a source RPM. It is a good idea to make
the source RPM, however, because it makes it easier to reproduce
the final binary RPM. Once of the key goals of the RPM system is
to allow for reproducible builds, and making source RPMs is just
one step to help towards this goal.
Creating a source RPM also allows you to transfer the entire set
of sources for a package to another system, since the source RPM
is just one file and it contains all the program sources along
with the instructions, called a spec file, for building the
binary RPM. Furthermore, creating a source RPM makes it easier
to create binary RPMs on different processor architectures or
different versions of Linux.
Note
Not all programs are portable to multiple-processor
architectures. But many Linux programs can simply be recompiled
on another architecture to make a binary program for that
architecture. That's because there are a lot of common APIs for
Linux applications and because most programs are not processor
dependent. This is not true of all programs, so your mileage may
vary.
Source packages are not that hard to make, and they provide a
single package, and single file, that holds all the sources
necessary to build your binary package. In addition, once you
have a source RPM, it is very easy to build a binary RPM.
Binary packages are likely the real reason you want to make an
RPM. You can package an application, a programming library, or
almost anything you want. Armed with a binary RPM, you can
transfer one file to another machine and install the application
there, taking full advantage of the RPM system.
Gathering the software to package
Whether you are writing your own software or merely packaging
software found elsewhere, the next step is to gather the
software you want to bundle into an RPM. This includes the
applications or libraries you want to package, as well as the
program source code.
In general, you???ll be doing one of three things:
*Packaging your own software
*Packaging someone else???s software
*Packaging someone else???s stuff after first customizing or
patching the software
In all cases, you need to gather the software together and
decide whether you want everything to go into one bundle or a
number of bundles.
As covered in Chapter 2, a major tenet of the philosophy behind
RPM is to start with pristine???unmodified--sources. You may
need to patch or customize the sources for your environment, but
you can always go back to the original sources.
Starting with pristine sources provides a number of advantages,
including the following:
*You clearly separate any changes you have made to the software
from the original software.
*You make it easier to get an upgrade of the original sources,
since your changes are cleanly separated from the original
sources. With each new release of the software, you can
determine which of your changes, if any, are still needed. This
is especially important if you are packaging an application
created by another organization into an RPM.
*You have a reproducible way to recreate everything in the
package. Since you start with unmodified sources, you can always
go back to the beginning of the process and start again. Thus,
your RPMs don???t depend on any actions taken beforehand, such
as patching, that you may later forget to do because the steps
are not automated as part of the RPM-building process.
Start with pristine sources; then patch as needed. A patch is an
automated set of modifications to the source code. Use the diff
command to build a patch and the patch command to apply the
patch (that is, to modify the source code). Keep the original
sources separate from any patches you need to make the software
work in your environment.
Cross Reference
See the online manual pages for the patch and diff commands for
more information on how to create and apply a patch.
Creating a reproducible build of the software
The RPM system will automate the steps to create an application,
as long as you configure the RPM with the proper steps, such as
which make targets to run. Unfortunately, configuring the proper
steps is not always easy. So before trying to make an RPM, you
need to figure out how to build the application or library you
plan to package into an RPM. Once you have figured out how to
build the application or library, you can set up a reproducible
build. The RPM system can then automate this build.
To build the software, you???ll need to use a variety of Linux
tools. The specific tools you need depend largely on where the
original software came from. The following sections outline some
of the more common techniques for preparing and building Linux
software.
Unpacking Software
Many applications are downloaded in compressed tar format,
often called a tarball. A tarball is merely an archive file
built by the tar command that has been compressed, usually
using the gzip command.
In most cases, these files have a name such as the following:
filename.tar.gz
filename.tgz
filename.tar.Z
For the first two cases, use the gunzip command to unzip the
file; then use the tar command to extract the file, for
example:
$ gunzip filename.tgz
$ tar xf filename.tar
Note
In the case of a file name ending in .Z, use the uncompress
program instead of gunzip.
Once you have unpacked the sources, start looking around at
the files.
Reading the README
Many applications come with a very handy file named README, or
something similar, such as README.txt. As the name implies,
you should read this file. The README file answers some of the
most common questions about a particular application.
Note
You really should read any file named README or any variant of
README.
Other useful files include those named INSTALL or some close
variant. Read these files, too. Usually, the README or the
INSTALL file will tell you what you need to do to build the
software.
Once you have extracted the source code files and read all the
available documentation, the next step is to build, usually
compile, the application or library.
Building Programs with Linux Build Tools
Most applications or libraries need to be built into
executable programs or compiled archived libraries. This
process of building can be as simple as just compiling, but is
usually more involved. Most Linux applications and libraries
use a build tool called make to manage the building of the
source code and creation of the executable programs. The make
command uses a file, normally named Makefile, that contains
the rules for building the software. You will usually find a
Makefile in each directory in the source code
Each Makefile contains a set of targets that define things
that make can build. Each target defines the commands to run
to build a particular thing (make targets are purely
arbitrary, although some conventions are usually followed).
Some combination of the targets results in a built
application. The make program runs the targets that you
specify on the command line, or the Makefile rules indicate it
needs to run based on the targets you specify on the command
line.
You need to tell make the target to build the application or
library you want to package into an RPM. Each target is
defined within the Makefile. The conventional make targets to
build and install a program are:
make
make install
When you call the make command without the name of a target,
make builds the default target, named all. This target usually
compiles the program or library. The install target should
install the program.
Note
The names of these make targets are conventions shared by many
but not all programs. Other common targets include clean,
which should clean up any files built.
The commands in the Makefile may be specific to a given
system. For example, the traditional command for compiling C
programs is cc, short for C Compiler. You may have the gcc
command (GNU C Compiler) instead. The options passed to the C
compiler may differ depending on the architecture of the
system. Other commands may exist but be located in different
locations. SuSE Linux, for example, puts a lot of programs in
/opt.
Note
These system-dependent issues mostly apply to various versions
of Unix. Most modern Linux systems are fairly similar. Because
many packages, such as sendmail, have a long UNIX history,
you???ll find all sorts of complications in the Makefiles or
many Makefiles provided with many applications. If we could
just convince everyone to give up all non-Linux operating
systems, this task would be much simpler.
Because the Makefiles are platform specific, a number of tools
have been developed to create the proper Makefile, usually by
running a program that knows about your system's architecture.
The simplest of these tools is the manual approach. You may
download a program and find files such as Makefile.amiga,
Makefile.solaris, and Makefile.linux. You need to copy the
file for your system architecture to the name Makefile.
The following sections discuss other tools for creating
Makefiles.
imake
A program called imake is used mostly for X Window graphical
applications, and typically older X Window applications. The
imake command uses a file named Imakefile that contains
rules used to build a platform-specific Makefile. This
allows X Window applications, which run on many
architectures and operating systems, to come with fairly
generic build scripts.
When you see an Imakefile, use the following general set of
commands to compileand install an application:
$ xmkmf
$ make
$ make install
These commands work for most X Window applications. The
xmkmf command is a script that runs the imake command to
create a Makefile. If the xmkmf command is not available or
if this command does not work, you may need to run a command
such as the following:
make Makefile
Or, if there are multiple directories of source code, try
the following command:
make Makefiles
Cross Reference
For more on imake, see www.dubois.ws/software/imake-stuff/.
The configure script
Most Linux programs, especially server-side or command-line
programs, use a script called configure. The configure
script outputs a platform-specific Makefile.
If you see a script named configure in the source files, try
the following commands to build and install the program:
$ ./configure
$ make
$ make install
The ./configure command runs the script in the local
directory, which outputs a Makefile configured for your
system. The make command builds the program and the make
install command installs the program.
The configure script is created by a set of tools including
automake and autoconf, which use generic files usually named
configure.in and makefile.am, among other files, to create
the generic configure script.
In many cases, you???ll need to pass parameters to the
configure script. One of the most common parameters is
--prefix, which tells the configure script the name of the
starting directory from which to base all other paths. This
is the root directory for building the application.
Cross Reference
For more on the configure system, autoconf, and automake,
see www.airs.com/ian/configure/.
Building Perl modules
Perl is a scripting language used heavily on Linux systems,
especially by administrators. Most Perl modules and packages
use the following set of commands to create a
system-specific Makefile and to build the module:
$ perl Makefile.PL
$ make
$ make test
$ make install
If you see a file named Makefile.PL, chances are these are
the commands to run to build the application or module.
The goal of all these steps is to figure out how to make a
reproducible build of the application or library you want to
package in RPM format. Once you have a build, the next step
is to plan for upgrades.
Planning for Upgrades
Any application or library you package in RPM format is likely
to get upgraded sometime. When this happens, you???ll need to
make a new RPM. This new RPM must handle not only installing the
package, but also handling any upgrade issues. You need to think
about the following issues:
*How to install the RPM for the new version of the software. Are
there any necessary install scripts?
*How to remove the previous RPM package. If your package has an
install script, then you may need an uninstall script to cleanly
remove any changes made to the system by the install script. The
RPM system handles the removal of the files in the package. You
need to handle the task of undoing any changes made to the
system during installation.
At this point in time, the main effort is to keep these issues
in mind and plan ahead, since these issues will come up with any
upgrade.
Outlining Any Dependencies
Often, the hardest task is getting make to build a program
properly. One potential problem is assuring that all the
dependencies are included. As you work with make, keep track of
any other libraries that the program you are trying to build
requires. These libraries will become dependencies when you get
to the stage of making the RPM.
In most cases you do not want to include the dependencies in
your RPM. Instead, each dependency should have its own RPM for
each necessary library. In many cases, you should be able to
find RPMs for these dependencies. Keep track of the packages
that provide the dependencies.
After you have built the application, planned for upgrades and
outlined dependencies, you can make an RPM.
Building RPMs
In previous chapters, just about everything you want to do with
RPMs is accomplished with the rpm command. Building RPMs is one
exception. Just about everything you want to do to build an RPM is
done by the rpmbuild command, often with a single command.
Warning
Older RPM manuals refer to using the ???b option to the rpm
command to create RPMs. Don???t use that option. Instead, always
use the rpmbuild command. The reason for this change is that
starting with version 4.1, RPM no longer maps the rpm -b command
to the real command, rpmbuild.
When building RPMs, go through the following steps:
1.Set up the directory structure.
2.Place the sources in the right directory.
3.Create a spec file that tells the rpmbuild command what to do.
4.Build the source and binary RPMs.
The following sections provide details for these steps.
Setting up the directory structure
The RPM system expects five directories, as listed in Table 9-1.
Table 9-1 RPM directories
Directory
Usage
BUILD
The rpmbuild command builds software in this
directory.
RPMS
The rpmbuild command stores binary RPMs it creates in
this directory.
SOURCES
You should put the sources for the application in this
directory.
SPECS
You should place the spec file for each RPM you plan
to make in this directory.
SRPMS
The rpmbuild command places source RPMs in this
directory.
The RPMS directory usually has a number of architecture-specific
subdirectories, such as the following (on an Intel architecture
system):
$ ls RPMS
athlon
i386
i486
i586
i686
noarch
By default, Red Hat Linux systems expect RPMs to be built in the
/usr/src/redhat directory.
Note
This directory is obviously specific to Red Hat Linux. On other
Linux distributions, you'll likely see other directories.
Within the /usr/src/redhat directory, you???ll see the
subdirectories listed in Table 9-1, as follows:
$ ls /usr/src/redhat
BUILD
RPMS
SOURCES
SPECS
SRPMS
At first, it seems rather odd to be using a system directory to
build RPMs. But remember that the RPM system was originally
built to create Linux distributions. You can also change the
default directories by modifying your rpmrc settings.
Cross Reference
See Chapter 21 for more on the use of the rpmrc settings.
For now, it is easiest to just change to the /usr/src/redhat
directory and work from this location. To start, you will need
to change ownership or permissions on these files so you can
build RPMs while logged in as a normal user.
Warning
Do not build RPMs while logged in as root. Mistakes in building
packages can have serious consequences if you are logged in as
root.
To build RPMs, you really need only two things:
*Your sources in the SOURCES directory
*Your spec file in the SPECS directory
Placing your sources into the directory structure
You can place all the source files directly in the
/usr/src/redhat/SOURCES directory. In most cases, however, it is
easier to create a tarball of the sources you want to build and
place the tarball file in the /usr/src/redhat/SOURCES directory.
The RPM specifications for commands necessary to extract the
sources from such a file are trivial. Furthermore, the tarball,
when extracted, should create a subdirectory specific to your
package. This keeps your source code separate from other
packages that also have source code in the SOURCES directory.
The best strategy is to start in a directory of your own making,
create the tarball file from the sources, and then copy the
tarball file to the /usr/src/redhat/SOURCES directory.
The convention for these tarball files is
package-version.tar.gz. For example:
jikes-1.17.tar.gz
Place a file like this into the /usr/src/redhat/SOURCES
directory. This file should include all the sources, all the
build scripts, and any documentation you want to install as part
of the package.
Creating the spec file
The spec file, short for specification file, defines all the
actions the rpmbuild command should take to build your
application, as well as all the actions necessary for the rpm
command to install and remove the application. Each source RPM
should have the necessary spec file for building a binary RPM.
The spec file is a text file. The normal naming convention is to
name the file with the package name and a .spec filename
extension. For example, the jikes package spec file would be
named jikes.spec.
Inside the spec file, format the information on the package
using a special syntax. This syntax defines how to build the
package, version numbers, dependency information, and everything
else you can query about a package. This syntax differs slightly
depending on the sections in the spec file. The following
sections describe these spec file sections and the necessary
syntax in each section.
The introduction section
The introduction section contains information about the
package, the type of information shown with the rpm -qi
command. For example:
Summary: java source to bytecode compiler
%define version 1.17
Copyright: IBM Public License,
http://ibm.com/developerworks/oss/license10.html
Group: Development/Languages
Name: jikes
Prefix: /usr
Provides: jikes
Release: 1
Source: jikes-%{version}.tar.gz
URL: http://ibm.com/developerworks/opensource/jikes
Version: %{version}
Buildroot: /tmp/jikesrpm
%description
The IBM Jikes compiler translates Java source files to
bytecode. It
also supports incremental compilation and automatic makefile
generation,
and is maintained by the Jikes Project:
http://ibm.com/developerworks/opensource/jikes/
In this example, you can see the Source: definition of a
compressed tar archive associated with a particular version
number. This also names a Buildroot: setting that defines
where the files will get built into a working program. You can
see the description of the package that will get printed with
the rpm ???qi command.
Note
You can further divide this first section into the preamble
and other areas. For simplicity, I grouped all introductary
parts of a spec file into one introduction section.
This example comes from a real-world RPM spec file. It does
not follow all the rules for creating RPMs. This example:
*Should not explicitly provide jikes, the name of the package.
*Should not include a Copyright tag, as this tag is
deprecated.
*Uses a %define for the version when the rpmbuild command can
create a version macro for you.
The prep section
The prep section, short for prepare, defines the commands
necessary to prepare for the build. If you are starting with a
compressed tar archive (a tarball) of the sources, the prep
section needs to extract the sources.
For example:
%prep
%setup -q
The prep section starts with a %prep statement.
This example uses the %setup RPM macro, which knows about tar
archives, to extract the files. In most cases, this will be
all you need in your spec file prep section.
The build section
The spec file build section contains the commands to build the
software. Usually, this will include just a few commands,
since most of the real instructions appear in the Makefile.
For example:
%build
./configure CXXFLAGS=-O3 --prefix=$RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr
make
The build section starts with a %build statement.
The commands shown for this build section run the configure
script, covered in the previous section on Linux build tools,
and then run the make command with the default maketarget. If
things unfold as they should, this procedure builds the
software.
The install section
The spec file install section holds the commands necessary to
install the newly built application or library. In most cases,
your install section should clean out the Buildroot directory
and run the make install command. For example:
%install
rm -fr $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
make install
The install section starts with an %install statement.
The clean section
The clean section cleans up the files that the commands in the
other sections create:
%clean
rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
The clean section starts with a %clean statement
The files section
Finally, the files section lists the files to go into the
binary RPM, along with the defined file attributes. For
example:
%files
%defattr(-,root,root)
/usr/bin/jikes
%doc /usr/doc/jikes-%{version}/license.htm
%doc /usr/man/man1/jikes.1*
The files section starts with a %files statement
The %doc macro marks certain files as documentation. This
allows the RPM to distinguish the files holding documentation
from the other files in the RPM.
Cross Reference
This example skips the install and uninstall script sections,
as well as a verification section. There are also no triggers
defined in this RPM spec file. All of these topics are covered
in Chapters 10 and 11.
Once you have written your spec file, and placed the files in
the SOURCES and SPECS directories under /usr/src/redhat,
you???ll see files like the following:
$ ls ???CF /usr/src/redhat/*
/usr/src/redhat/BUILD:
/usr/src/redhat/RPMS:
athlon/ i386/ i486/ i586/ i686/ noarch/
/usr/src/redhat/SOURCES:
jikes-1.17.tar.gz
/usr/src/redhat/SPECS:
jikes.spec
/usr/src/redhat/SRPMS:
That is, with a clean system and no other RPMs being built,
you'll see a spec file in /usr/src/redhat/SPECS and the
sources in /usr/src/redhat/SOURCES. In this example, the
sources are in a compressed tar archive. (For this, the RPM
spec file, jikes.spec needs to have a command in the prep
section to extract the files.)
You should now be ready to build an RPM.
Building RPMs with the rpmbuild command
To build RPMs with the rpmbuild command, use the following basic
syntax:
rpmbuild -bBuildStage spec_file
The -b option tells rpmbuild to build an RPM. The extra
BuildStage option is a special code that tells the rpmbuild
command how far to go when building. Table 9-2 lists these
options:
Table 9-2 Options for building with rpmbuild
Option
Usage
-ba
Build all, both a binary and source RPM
-bb
Build a binary RPM
-bc
Build (compile) the program but do not make the full
RPM, stopping just after the %build section
-bp
Prepare for building a binary RPM, and stop just after
the %prep section
-bi
Create a binary RPM and stop just after the %install
section
-bl
Check the listing of files for the RPM and generate
errors if the buildroot is missing any of the files to
be installed
-bs
Build a source RPM only
Note
See chapter 12 for advanced options you can use with rpmbuild.
For example, to set up all the necessary files and prepare for
building, run the following command:
rpmbuild ???bp specfile
This example runs through the %prep section, and stops
immediately after this section. With the jikes package, for
example, you???ll see a result like the following:
$ rpmbuild -bp /usr/src/redhat/SPECS/jikes.spec
Executing(%prep): /bin/sh -e /var/tmp/rpm-tmp.72435
+ umask 022
+ cd /usr/src/redhat/BUILD
+ LANG=C
+ export LANG
+ cd /usr/src/redhat/BUILD
+ rm -rf jikes-1.17
+ /usr/bin/gzip -dc /usr/src/redhat/SOURCES/jikes-1.17.tar.gz
+ tar -xf -
+ STATUS=0
+ '[' 0 -ne 0 ']'
+ cd jikes-1.17
++ /usr/bin/id -u
+ '[' 500 = 0 ']'
++ /usr/bin/id -u
+ '[' 500 = 0 ']'
+ /bin/chmod -Rf a+rX,g-w,o-w .
+ exit 0
After running this command, the source files are extracted into
the /usr/src/redhat/BUILD directory, under the jikes-1.17
subdirectory. Using a subdirectory keeps the sources for this
package from intermixing with the sources for other packages.
Running a directory listing on the
/usr/src/redhat/BUILD/jikes-1.17 subdirectory shows what the
spec file %prep section commands have done. For example:
$ ls -1 /usr/src/redhat/BUILD/jikes-1.17
acinclude.m4
aclocal.m4
AUTHORS
ChangeLog
config.guess
config.sub
configure
configure.in
COPYING
depcomp
doc
INSTALL
install-sh
jikes.spec
Makefile.am
Makefile.in
missing
mkinstalldirs
NEWS
README
src
TODO
Note
From these sources, you see a configure script. The configure
script gives a good indication of how the software needs to be
built. This example also shows a README file. You know what to
do with these files.
The actual source code is in the
/usr/src/redhat/BUILD/jikes-1.17/src directory. The user
documentation is stored in the
/usr/src/redhat/BUILD/jikes-1.17/doc directory.
To build a binary RPM, use the ???bb option to the rpmbuild
command. For example:
$ rpmbuild -bb /usr/src/redhat/SPECS/jikes.spec
Warning
Don???t build packages when you are logged in as the root user.
Log in as a normal user instead. This is to limit the damage
caused to your system if the spec file or the Makefile contains
errors that delete system files, for example. If you are logged
in as the root user, you will have permission to perform these
destructive acts. If you are logged in as a normal user, though,
these RPM spec file and Makefile errors will fail to run,
because you don???t have permission to modify system files.
This command results in a lot of output, most coming from the
configure script. (This script examines the C programming
environment on your system.) When the rpmbuild command
completes, you???ll see the binary RPM in the proper
subdirectory of the RPMS directory. You can see the RPM with a
directory listing, for example:
$ls /usr/src/redhat/RPMS/i386:
jikes-1.17-1.i386.rpm
To stop execution just after the %install section, use a command
like the following:
rpmbuild ???bi specfile
For example:
# rpmbuild -bi /usr/src/redhat/SPECS/jikes.spec
To build a source RPM out of the files you have (in this case a
tar archive of the sources and the spec file), use a command
like the following:
rpmbuild ???bs specfile
For example:
$ rpmbuild -bs /usr/src/redhat/SPECS/jikes.spec
When done, you???ll see the source RPM in the
/usr/src/redhat/SRPMS directory:
$ ls /usr/src/redhat/SRPMS
jikes-1.17-1.src.rpm
To clean out the files created by building these RPMs, use the
--clean option to the rpmbuild command:
rpmbuild --clean specfile
For example:
$ rpmbuild --clean /usr/src/redhat/SPECS/jikes.spec
Executing(--clean): /bin/sh -e /var/tmp/rpm-tmp.21908
+ umask 022
+ cd /usr/src/redhat/BUILD
+ rm -rf jikes-1.17
+ exit 0
Cross Reference
Chapter 12 covers a number of addition options for the rpmbuild
command that you can use to customize the build.
Verifying Your RPMS
After you've built an RPM, you can use the techniques from Chapter
5 to verify the RPM. You can also use the ???bl option to the
rpmbuild command to verify the list of files in the RPM. Use a
command like the following:
rpmbuild ???bl spec_file
For example:
$ rpmbuild -bl /usr/src/redhat/SPECS/jikes.spec
Processing files: jikes-1.17-1
error: File not found: /tmp/jikesrpm/usr/bin/jikes
error: File not found:
/tmp/jikesrpm/usr/doc/jikes-1.17/license.htm
error: File not found by glob: /tmp/jikesrpm/usr/man/man1/jikes.1*
Provides: jikes
RPM build errors:
File not found: /tmp/jikesrpm/usr/bin/jikes
File not found: /tmp/jikesrpm/usr/doc/jikes-1.17/license.htm
File not found by glob: /tmp/jikesrpm/usr/man/man1/jikes.1*
This example shows a number of errors. The -bl option checks that
all the necessary files are located within the buildroot
directory. The buildroot directory is a location that acts like
the final installed root directory. From the previous example,
this package was not properly built yet.
In a situation like this, you can start over, or use the
--short-circuit option to restart the build from a given section
in the spec file. As you create an RPM, you will need to go back
and forth restarting the build as you detect and fix errors.
You can also use the rpm command with options such as ???V for
verification on a fully-built package. For example:
$ rpm -Vp /usr/src/redhat/RPMS/i386/jikes-1.17-1.i386.rpm
S.5....T /usr/bin/jikes
.......T d /usr/doc/jikes-1.17/license.htm
..5....T d /usr/man/man1/jikes.1.gz
In this case, you see some file sizes and times differ. These
differences can be explained by the fact that the original package
was compiled on a different system and older version of Red Hat
Linux than the version compiled locally.
Cross Reference
See the on "Verifying Installed RPM Packages" section in Chapter 5
for more on the -V option.
Summary
This chapter introduced the task of building RPMs, whether
building RPMs from your own applications or from software you have
gathered elsewhere. In both cases, the steps for building the RPMs
are the same.
In most cases, you should build an RPM of the sources for your
application, an RPM that can be used to reproduce the build of the
application. Create a second RPM that holds the binary
application. Once you set up the commands and define the spec file
for the binary RPM, making a source RPM is trivial.
Use the rpmbuild command to create RPMs. This command uses an RPM
spec file to define the commands and settings for creating the
RPM.
The next chapter delves into the spec files that define the RPM
directives for your packages.
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 4 01:48:59 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 3 Oct 2005 21:48:59 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-customizing-rpm-en.xml,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510040148.j941mxa1000452@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv434
Added Files:
rpm-guide-customizing-rpm-en.xml
Log Message:
--- NEW FILE rpm-guide-customizing-rpm-en.xml ---
Customizing RPM Behavior
Copyright (c) 2005 by Eric Foster-Johnson. This material may be
distributed only subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
the Open Publication License, v1.0 or later (the latest version is
presently available at http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/).
In This Chapter
*Defining RPM macros
*Configuring RPM settings
*Adding popt aliases
RPM provides a high degree of customization in the form of basic
settings, such as where your RPM database is located and the path to
common commands like setup or make, to the ability to define new
macros and command-line aliases. This chapter covers the three main
ways to customize RPM behavior: RPM macros, RPM rc settings, and
popt aliases.
Customizing with RPM Macros
Starting with RPM 3.0, RPM macros have replaced most RPM settings
from the rpmrc files.
An RPM macro defines a setting to the RPM system. A macro can be
defined as a static value, such as the directory where the RPM
database is installed. A macro can also be defined in terms of
other macros. Furthermore, a macro can be defined with parameters.
For example, the following defines two macros in a macro file:
%_usr /usr
%_usrsrc %{_usr}/src
In this case, the macro %_usr names the /usr directory. The macro
%_usrsrc names the /usr/src directory, showing how to set a macro
in terms of another macro.
Cross Reference
The macro syntax is used in the query formats introduced in
Chapter 5.
Defining macros
RPM provides a number of places you can define macros, including
inside spec files (probably the most common usage), in special
macro initialization files, and on the command line.
In each case, the syntax is slightly different.
Defining Macros in Spec Files
You can define macros in most places in a spec file. With spec
files, use the %define syntax to define a macro, which uses
the following syntax:
%define name(options) body
The options are optional and can include the special values
defined in Table 21-1.
Table 21-1 Special options for macros
Option
Holds
%0
The name of the macro
%1
The first argument, after processing with getopt
%2-%9
Additional arguments
%*
All arguments, except for flags that have been
processed
%#
Number of arguments
These options are similar to those for shell scripting.
Cross Reference
Chapter 10 covers spec files.
In addition to these options, you can use a syntax of %{-a} to
hold ???a if an option of ???a was passed. The syntax of
%{-a*} indicates the value passed after the ???a option.
You can assign a macro to the value returned by a shell
command by using syntax like the following:
%(shell_command)
Note
This is similar to the $(shell_command) syntax supported by
bash.
Defining Macros in Macro Initialization Files
Inside a macro file, define macros with the following syntax:
%macro_name value
Macros defined for the RPM system start with an underscore.
Some older macros are left without the leading underscore.
Note
The macros defined with an underscore are not exported into
rpm headers.
The %expand built-in macro will expand the value of something
else, including executing a shell command. For example, the
following sets the user???s home directory to the %home macro:
%home %{expand:%%(cd; pwd)}
Note that it is probably easier to simply set the %home macro
in your per-user $HOME/.rpmmacros file to the name of your
home directory rather than try to figure this out
programmatically.
Defining Macros on the Command Line
The rpm command also lets you define macros with the --define
option. The basic syntax is:
$ rpm --define 'macro_name value'
Note
Do not place the leading percent sign, %, on the macro you
define with --define.
You can evaluate a macro or a macro expression with --eval.
For example:
$ rpm --eval %_usrsrc
/usr/src
Customizing Macros
You can add your own macro definitions, using the syntax shown
in the ???Defining Macros in Macro Initialization Files???
section. These macros are read on each invocation of the rpm or
rpmbuild commands.
To add your custom macros, you must edit one of the macro
definition files. Table 21-2 lists the macro definition files
and their usage.
Table 21-2 RPM macro files
File
Usage
/usr/lib/rpm/macros
Official RPM macros
/etc/rpm/macros
Per-system customizations
$HOME/.rpmmacros
Per-user customizations
Note
Do not edit the /usr/lib/rpm/macros file, as this file gets
overwritten when you upgrade to a new version of rpm.
Configuring RPM Settings
RPM includes hundreds of settings based on your current system
architecture, environment, and which version of the RPM system you
have installed. The old settings, called rc or rpmrc settings, are
gradually being phased out by the newer, more consistent and more
powerful macros.
You can still edit the rc settings, but in most cases you should
edit macros instead.
Viewing the current settings
To view the current settings, use the --showrc command-line
option:
$ rpm ???showrc
ARCHITECTURE AND OS:
build arch : i386
compatible build archs: i686 i586 i486 i386 noarch
build os : Linux
compatible build os's : Linux
install arch : i686
install os : Linux
compatible archs : i686 i586 i486 i386 noarch
compatible os's : Linux
RPMRC VALUES:
macrofiles :
/usr/lib/rpm/macros:/usr/lib/rpm/i686-linux/macros:/etc/
rpm/macros.specspo:/etc/rpm/macros.db1:/etc/rpm/macros.cdb:/etc/rpm/macros:/etc/
rpm/i686-linux/macros:~/.rpmmacros
optflags : -O2 -march=i686
This command displays the architecture and operating system
information first, and then lists all the rpmrc values, shown
here truncated for space.
Locating the rpmrc files
The --showrc option reads in all the rpmrc files from the
various locations. By default, this is /usr/lib/rpm/rpmrc,
/etc/rpm/rpmrc, and a file named .rpmrc (with a leading period)
in your home directory.
These files are read in the order given, so that the later files
can override settings in the earlier files.
The uses for these files are listed in Table 21-3.
Table 21-3 Uses for the rpmrc files
File
Holds
/usr/lib/rpm/rpmrc
RPM standard settings
/etc/rpm/rpmrc
Per-system configuration
$HOME/.rpmrc
Per-user configuration
Note
The file /usr/lib/rpm/rpmrc gets overwritten each time you
upgrade RPM. Do not customize this file.
You can override this list of files by calling the rpm or
rpmbuild commands with the --rcfile option. This option expects
a semicolon at nddelimited list of files to read in, in order. For
example, if you are working on a 686-architecture Intel
platform, you can create a file with the following setting:
optflags: i686 -g
Note that this disables optimization, so it is not a good
setting. (The use of this value will make the result more
visible.)
If you name this file .rpmnew and place it in your home
directory, you can configure an alternate set of files with the
--rcfile option and then evaluate the new optflags setting. For
example:
$ rpm --eval "%{optflags}"
-O2 -march=i386 -mcpu=i686
$ rpm --rcfile $HOME/.rpmnew --eval "%{optflags}"
-g
This example shows the value before and after changing the
configuration files.
When you use the --rcfile option, only the first file listed
must exist. The rest of the files are optional. When you use the
--rcfile option, however, the file /usr/lib/rpm/rpmrc is read
first, and then the list of files you provide with the --rcfile
option. The file /usr/lib/rpm/rpmrc is always used.
Changing settings
You can edit the per-user or per-system rc files to change the
settings. The format of the rpmrc files is fairly simple but
contains a few exceptions. The most basic format is:
setting: value
The settings get more complicated as the rpmrc syntax supports
defining settings for multiple architectures at once. In that
case, the typical format is:
setting: uname: value
The uname portion is replaced by a value that comes from the
uname(2) system call, for example, i686 on a 686-class Intel
architecture machine.
Note
In most cases, your best bet is to copy an existing setting and
modify it, rather than remembering all the exceptions.
Setting the optflags
One exception to the rule is the optflags setting, which
controls C compiler options for optimization. The format for
the optflags setting is:
setting: arch value
There is no colon after the architecture. For example:
optflags: i686 -O2 -march=i686
optflags: alphaev5 -O2 -mieee -mcpu=ev5
This example sets the optimization flags for an i686 system to
-O2 -march=i686 and an alphaev5 system to -O2 -mieee
-mcpu=ev5. If your system is running on a 686-class processor,
you will get one set of optimization flags. If your system is
running on a V5 Alpha processor, you will get a different set.
Setting the Architecture Values
The arch_canon setting builds up a table of mappings between
architecture names and the numbers used internally. The
following example shows the Intel and SPARC architecture
settings to 1 and 3 internally.
arch_canon: athlon: athlon 1
arch_canon: i686: i686 1
arch_canon: i586: i586 1
arch_canon: i486: i486 1
arch_canon: i386: i386 1
arch_canon: sparc: sparc 3
arch_canon: sun4: sparc 3
arch_canon: sun4m: sparc 3
arch_canon: sun4c: sparc 3
arch_canon: sun4d: sparc 3
arch_canon: sparcv9: sparcv9 3
The arch_compat setting builds a table of compatible
architectures. The format is:
arch_compat: arch: compatible_with
This sets the given architecture arch as being compatible with
another architecture.
For example:
arch_compat: athlon: i686
This setting indicates that an athlon architecture is
compatible with an i686. The table gets built up further with
the following Intel-architecture compatibilities:
arch_compat: i686: i586
arch_compat: i586: i486
arch_compat: i486: i386
arch_compat: i386: noarch
The os_canon setting defines a table of operating system
labels and internal numeric values. The basic syntax is:
os_canon: arch: name value
The arch comes from the uname(2) call. The name provides an
RPM name for that operating system, and the value defines an
internal numeric ID for that OS, for example:
os_canon: Linux: Linux 1
os_canon: HP-UX: hpux10 6
The buildarchtranslate setting defines the operating system
settings to use as the build architecture. This value
translates information from the uname(2) call to a value used
by the arch_canon setting. For example:
buildarchtranslate: athlon: i386
buildarchtranslate: i686: i386
buildarchtranslate: i586: i386
buildarchtranslate: i486: i386
buildarchtranslate: i386: i386
buildarchtranslate: sun4c: sparc
buildarchtranslate: sun4d: sparc
buildarchtranslate: sun4m: sparc
buildarchtranslate: sparcv9: sparc
buildarchtranslate: sun4u: sparc64
Adding Popt Aliases
Popt provides a powerful library and RPM subsystem for handling
the very complex RPM command-line options. You can customize your
RPM usage by defining popt aliases for complex command-line
arguments to the rpm or rpmbuild commands. A popt alias is a
command-line option that expands to other command-line options.
This technique is used internally to define quite a few
command-line options to the rpm and rpmbuild commands in terms of
other, more complex options. Many of these aliases define simple
command-line options in place of more complex query format
options.
Cross Reference
Chapter 5 covers the query format.
For example, the following entry defines the --requires and ???R
command-line options to the rpm command:
rpm alias --requires --qf \
"[%{REQUIRENAME} %{REQUIREFLAGS:depflags} %{REQUIREVERSION}\n]" \
--POPTdesc=$"list capabilities required by package(s)"
rpm alias -R --requires
These options are set in the file /usr/lib/rpm/rpmpopt-4.1.
Note
This is specific to RPM 4.1. Other releases of RPM use the same
naming format but with the current RPM version number, such as 4.2
and so on.
Defining aliases
Defining aliases is pretty easy. The basic syntax is:
command_name alias option expansion
To create an alias for the rpm command, you use rpm for the
command_name.
Note
The command_name must be the name passed to the C poptGetContext
function, covered in Chapter 16.
Follow this with alias and then the option. You will need
separate aliases for the long and short options. The expansion
defines the alias in terms of other already-defined command-line
parameters.
You can define some complex aliases, such as the following one
to display information about a package:
rpm alias --info --qf 'Name : %-27{NAME} Relocations:
%|PREFIXES?{[%{PREFIXES} ]}:{(not relocateable)}|\n\
Version : %-27{VERSION} Vendor: %{VENDOR}\n\
Release : %-27{RELEASE} Build Date: %{BUILDTIME:date}\n\
Install date: %|INSTALLTIME?{%-27{INSTALLTIME:date}}:{(not
installed) }| Build Host: %{BUILDHOST}\n\
Group : %-27{GROUP} Source RPM: %{SOURCERPM}\n\
Size : %-27{SIZE}%|LICENSE?{ License: %{LICENSE}}|\n\
Signature :
%|DSAHEADER?{%{DSAHEADER:pgpsig}}:{%|RSAHEADER?{%{RSAHEADER:pgpsig}}:{%|SIGGPG?{%{SIGGPG:pgpsig}}:{%|SIGPGP?{%{SIGPGP:pgpsig}}:{(none)}|}|}|}|\n\
%|PACKAGER?{Packager : %{PACKAGER}\n}|\
%|URL?{URL : %{URL}\n}|\
Summary : %{SUMMARY}\n\
Description :\n%{DESCRIPTION}\n' \
--POPTdesc=$"list descriptive information from package(s)"
Popt aliases get evaluated into Linux commands, so you can use
pipes and other aspects of Linux shells in your aliases.
Cross Reference
Look closely at the examples in the /usr/lib/rpm/rpmpopt-4.1
file. This is the most complete set of popt alias examples for
RPM commands.
You can also define aliases that can set RPM macros, such as the
following alias for setting the path to the RPM database:
rpm alias --dbpath --define '_dbpath !#:+'
In this example, !#:+ was defined to behave like a shell
history-editing command. With popt, this means to grab the next
command-line parameter and place it into the command defined for
the alias.
To support the --help and --usage options, you can define the
--POPTdesc and --POPTargs options to the alias as shown in the
previous examples. These options also support
internationalization.
All together, the popt alias setting is very close to the popt
option table entries used with the C programming API.
Cross Reference
Chapter 16 shows how to program with the popt library.
Customizing popt aliases
Like RPM macros and settings, popt aliases are defined in a
cascading set of files. The official RPM aliases are defined in
/usr/lib/rpm/rpmpopt-4.1 for rpm 4.1.
Note
Do not modify this file! The RPM system depends on this file for
proper functioning. Incorrect changes might disable many options
to the rpm command.
Store per-system popt aliases in /etc/popt. Store per-user
aliases in $HOME/.popt (with a leading period).
Note
These files are shared by all applications that use popt.
For example, you can define an alias for rpm -qa that executes
faster than the normal query all packages command, by turning
off the tests for digest signature verification. To do so, add
the following line to a file named .popt in your home directory:
rpm alias --qall -qa --nodigest --nosignature
Once you set up this alias, you can run the following command in
place of rpm -qa:
$ rpm --qall
This should execute about one-third to one-half faster than the
normal rpm -qa command.
Warning
Turning off the signature and digest tests means you are
ignoring important information that pertains to the integrity of
your system. That is why the alias shown here does not override
the normal -qa option, and instead defines a new --qall option
Summary
This chapter shows the many ways you can customize RPM usage for
your system or your own personal environment. You can define RPM
macros, which is the preferred way to make RPM settings. Or you
can set RPM values in the older rpmrc files, which are now mostly
replaced by RPM macros.
Using popt, the powerful command-line option parser, you can
define aliases to add simple options that popt expands into
whatever you define. Many of the rpm command-line options are
defined this way.
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 4 01:49:43 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 3 Oct 2005 21:49:43 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-dependencies-en.xml,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510040149.j941nhvE000481@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv463
Added Files:
rpm-guide-dependencies-en.xml
Log Message:
--- NEW FILE rpm-guide-dependencies-en.xml ---
Package Dependencies
In This Chapter
*Understanding dependencies
*Package capabilities
*Version dependencies
*Checking dependencies
*Triggers
Packages aren???t built in a vacuum. Web applications, for example,
build on system networking libraries, system-encryption libraries,
and system-file input and output libraries.
This chapter covers dependencies between packages, along with ways
to discover and manage those dependencies.
Understanding the Dependency Concept
A dependency occurs when one package depends on another. You might
think it would make for an easier-to-manage system if no package
depended on any others, but you???d face a few problems, not the
least of which would be dramatically increased disk usage.
Packages on your Linux system depend on other packages. Just about
every package with an application, for example, depends on the
system C libraries, since these libraries provide common
facilities that just about every program uses. Network
applications typically depend on low-level networking libraries.
These dependencies really work in your favor, since a security bug
fix in the network libraries can update all applications that make
use of the updated libraries.
Furthermore, sharing software means that each package has less
code to maintain and thus improved quality. Code sharing has been
in the computer lexicon since the 1960s.
Although quite a few packages depend on system-level libraries,
some packages depend on applications defined in other packages.
The Emacs text editor package, for example, depends on the Perl
scripting language, specifically, the perl command. Database
client programs usually depend on the database server
applications.
The RPM database tracks dependency information, so it can, for
example, stop attempts to remove packages that other packages
depend on or inform users of dependent packages upon installation.
Capabilities
In RPM terminology, each package provides capabilities. A
capability is simply a text string that the package claims it
provides. In most cases, a capability names a file or a package.
But the capability can be any arbitrary text string.
Other packages can then depend on certain capabilities. (You can
use this concept in building your own packages.) Each package
lists the capabilities it requires as well as the capabilities
it provides.
Cross Reference
Package dependencies and capabilities are very important when
creating spec files for building your own RPM packages, the
subject of Chapter 10.
When you install a package, the capability information is stored
in the RPM database. When you remove a package, the rpm command
checks the RPM database. If the package you are trying to remove
provides a capability that another package needs, the command
will generate an error. If you try to remove a package that
other packages depend on, you'll see an error like the
following:
# rpm -e setup
error: Failed dependencies:
setup is needed by (installed) basesystem-8.0-1
setup >= 2.0.3 is needed by (installed) initscripts-6.95-1
setup >= 2.5.4-1 is needed by (installed) filesystem-2.1.6-5
setup is needed by (installed) xinetd-2.3.7-2
setup is needed by (installed) dump-0.4b28-4
To verify that the package has not been removed, you can query
for the package after trying to remove it, as shown following:
# rpm -q setup
setup-2.5.20-1
This shows that the rpm command has not removed the setup
package due to the errors.
Cross Reference
Chapter 4 covers ways to force the rpm command to do what you
want, although this can cause problems if you try to force the
issue and remove a crucial package. In virtually all cases, do
not use any of the force options, as this can cause problems
with the RPM system, since the force options are purposely
ignoring safety checks performed by the rpm command.
Many capabilities that packages require are system libraries,
especially shared libraries. Shared libraries, which usually
have a .so file extension (short for shared object), provide a
memory-efficient means for applications to share program code.
These libraries may also have a .so.number extension, such as
libc.so.6.
Note
Shared libraries on Windows are called DLLs, short for Dynamic
Link Libraries. The implementations differ, but the Windows DLL
concept is similar to Linux and Unix shared objects.
Shared libraries have been part of Linux for a long time and
have nothing to do with the RPM system. Shared libraries
accessed by a program, however, represent natural dependencies.
Because so many programs depend on shared libraries, the RPM
system can automatically handle many shared-library
dependencies.
Note
To list the shared libraries that a program accesses, use the
ldd command, for example:
$ ldd /bin/grep
libc.so.6 => /lib/i686/libc.so.6 (0x42000000)
/lib/ld-linux.so.2 => /lib/ld-linux.so.2 (0x40000000)
Other dependencies include version-specific dependencies.
Version dependencies
An application may depend on a capability provided by another
package. It may also depend on the capability that a specific
version of another package provides. For example, some add-ons
to the Apache Web server depend on the version of Apache. The
Apache 2.0 version made a number of changes that affect add-on
packages. Some Apache add-on packages depend on version 1.3;
others depend on version 2.0.
Most package dependencies assume some level of compatibility and
require a version at or above a given version number (for
example, version 2.0 or later).
Note
You???ll see more version dependencies when applications make
major changes, such as the change from 1.3 to 2.0 for the Apache
Web server.
Conflicts
Some packages may provide capabilities that interfere with those
in other packages. This is called a conflict. Installing
conflicting packages is an error. For example, the httpd package
(the Apache Web server) conflicts with the thttpd package. Both
packages want to provide the primary Web server for a system.
The RPM system will prevent you from installing packages that
conflict with other packages. You can force the issue, using the
techniques described in Chapter 4, and override the RPM system.
But in most cases, you should not install packages that
conflict.
Obsoletes
The RPM system supports one more type of dependency, called
obsoletes. This refers to a capability that a package provides
that makes another capability obsolete. For example, a new
version of the perl interpreter may make an older version
obsolete. In most cases, the obsoletes dependency should be used
when the name of a package changes. For example, the apache Web
server package became the httpd package. You would expect the
new package, httpd, to obsolete the old package name, apache.
This brings the total to four types of dependencies that the RPM
system tracks:
*Requires, which tracks the capabilities a package requires
*Provides, which tracks the capabilities a package provides for
other packages
*Conflicts, which describes the capabilities that if installed,
conflict with capabilities in a package
*Obsoletes, which describes the capabilities that this package
will make obsolete
Packages advertise this dependency information. Each dependency
holds the type, such as requires, a capability, such as a shared
library or a package name, and optionally a version number, such
as requiring the python package at a version number greater than
or equal to 2.2 (python >= 2.2).
You can check package dependencies by using, as you???d guess,
the rpm command.
Checking for Dependencies
The rpm ???q command queries the RPM database or RPM package
files. With the right options to this command, you can check for
the four types of package dependencies as well. These options are
based on the concept of capabilities introduced previously.
You can query what capabilities a package requires. You can also
query what capabilities a package provides. You can query for the
obsoleting and conflicting information as well. Furthermore, given
a capability, you can query which packages require this capability
as well as which packages provide this capability.
Cross Reference
There are quite a few more options you can use with the rpm ???q
command for querying packages. See Chapter 5 for more on querying
packages and package files.
Determining the capabilities a package requires
The first and most important step is to determine what
capabilities a package requires. If all the required
capabilities are met, you can safely install the package
(barring other things that can go wrong, such as conflicts). The
requires dependencies are by far the most important.
The --requires option to the rpm ???q command lists the
capabilities a given package requires. The basic syntax is:
rpm ???q query_options --requires packages
For example:
$ rpm -qp --requires sendmail-8.12.5-7.i386.rpm
/usr/sbin/alternatives
rpmlib(VersionedDependencies) <= 3.0.3-1
chkconfig >= 1.3
/usr/sbin/useradd
/bin/mktemp
fileutils
gawk
sed
sh-utils
procmail
bash >= 2.0
/bin/sh
/bin/sh
/bin/sh
/bin/sh
/bin/sh
rpmlib(PayloadFilesHavePrefix) <= 4.0-1
rpmlib(CompressedFileNames) <= 3.0.4-1
/bin/bash
libcrypto.so.2
libcrypt.so.1
libc.so.6
libc.so.6(GLIBC_2.0)
libc.so.6(GLIBC_2.1)
libc.so.6(GLIBC_2.1.3)
libc.so.6(GLIBC_2.2)
libdb-4.0.so
libgdbm.so.2
libhesiod.so.0
liblber.so.2
libldap.so.2
libnsl.so.1
libnsl.so.1(GLIBC_2.0)
libresolv.so.2
libresolv.so.2(GLIBC_2.0)
libresolv.so.2(GLIBC_2.2)
libsasl.so.7
libssl.so.2
This example tests an RPM package file,
sendmail-8.12.5-7.i386.rpm, for the requires dependency, in
other words, what capabilities the package requires. The
sendmail package depends on a lot of other parts of the system,
as you can see in the response to the command shown previously.
Most of the dependencies are for system libraries (all the
dependencies ending in .so or .so.number). This package requires
other capabilities (packages in this case). It also requires the
chkconfig package at a specific version, version 1.3 or higher,
and the bash package at version 2.0 or higher. The sendmail
package also requires a particular version of the RPM system
(the rpmlib dependency).
Warning
Always check what a package requires before installing the
package. You can also use the --test option when trying to
install the package to first test whether the installation can
proceed. See Chapter 4 for details on installing packages and
the --test option. The rpm command will perform all these checks
for you anyway. Checking in advance, though, with the --test
option, helps avoid dependency hell with circular dependencies.
You can also check for what an installed package requires with
the --requires option. For example:
rpm -q --requires sendmail
You can use the -R short option in place of the --requires
option.
This command returns the same data as the previous command but
queries an installed package rather than an RPM package file.
You might assume that applications have the most dependencies,
which is true. But even source packages may depend on other
packages, often the packages needed to build the sources into an
application. For example, the following command lists the
capabilities required by a source RPM:
$ rpm -qp --requires telnet-0.17-23.src.rpm
ncurses-devel
Some packages require particular versions of other packages, for
example:
rpm -qp --requires xcdroast-0.98a9-18.src.rpm
imlib-devel >= 1.9.13-9
gtk+-devel >= 1.2.10
desktop-file-utils >= 0.2.92
rpmlib(CompressedFileNames) <= 3.0.4-1
This example shows that the xcdroast source package requires the
imlib-devel capability (in this case, a package) at version
1.9.13-9 or higher, the gtk+-devel package at version 1.2.10 or
higher, and the desktop-file-utils package at version 0.2.92 or
higher. This is a more stringent requirement than just depending
on the given packages being installed. This RPM is also an older
RPM package, based on the requirement for the rpmlib to be prior
or equal to 3.0.4-1.
Some packages may require a particular version of the rpmlib, or
RPM library. For example, the setup package contains special
system configuration files, including the default password file,
/etc/passwd.
$ rpm -q --requires setup
rpmlib(PayloadFilesHavePrefix) <= 4.0-1
rpmlib(CompressedFileNames) <= 3.0.4-1
As shown in this example, this package depends only on
capabilities of the RPM system itself. The particular
requirements shown here specify how the rpm command should treat
the package payload, including how the files are listed in the
package and what type of compression is used.
Determining the capabilities a package provides
Packages require capabilities, and they can provide capabilities
for other packages to require. To list the capabilities a
package provides, use the --provides option. These capabilities
can be arbitrary names, shared libraries (.so files), and the
package name itself. The basic syntax is:
rpm ???q query_options --provides packages
For example, the tcsh shell package provides two capabilities,
at a particular version number, as shown following:
$ rpm -q --provides tcsh
csh = 6.12
tcsh = 6.12-2
Other packages provide a lot more, including shared libraries.
The httpd package provides a long list of capabilities, as shown
following:
$ rpm -q --provides httpd
webserver
httpd-mmn = 20020628
libapr.so.0
libaprutil.so.0
mod_access.so
mod_actions.so
mod_alias.so
mod_asis.so
mod_auth_anon.so
mod_auth_dbm.so
mod_auth_digest.so
mod_auth.so
mod_autoindex.so
mod_cern_meta.so
mod_cgi.so
mod_dav_fs.so
mod_dav.so
mod_deflate.so
mod_dir.so
mod_env.so
mod_expires.so
mod_headers.so
mod_imap.so
mod_include.so
mod_info.so
mod_log_config.so
mod_mime_magic.so
mod_mime.so
mod_negotiation.so
mod_proxy_connect.so
mod_proxy_ftp.so
mod_proxy_http.so
mod_proxy.so
mod_rewrite.so
mod_setenvif.so
mod_speling.so
mod_status.so
mod_suexec.so
mod_unique_id.so
mod_userdir.so
mod_usertrack.so
mod_vhost_alias.so
httpd = 2.0.40-8
Checking for conflicts
Use the --conflicts option to check what conflicts with a given
package. The basic syntax is:
rpm ???q query_options --conflicts packages
For example:
# rpm -q --conflicts httpd
thttpd
This command tells you that the httpd package (the Apache Web
server) conflicts with the thttpd package. Both packages provide
a similar capability. By marking the conflict, the httpd package
tells you that you cannot normally install both the httpd and
thttpd packages on a system. This information comes from the
httpd package, which has an entry in the package that indicates
the conflict. The conflict is not guaranteed. These packages may
work together, but the creator of the httpd package felt that
httpd would not work with the thttpd package and helpfully let
us all know.
The RPM system will report on the conflicts and indicate an
error if you try to install conflicting packages. The idea of
conflicts really gives package creators a way to alert users to
potential problems and to tell us that one package likely
won???t work with another.
The force options discussed in Chapter 4 allow you to override
conflicts, if absolutely necessary. In most cases, though, a
conflict presents you with the choice to install one or the
other of the packages, but not both.
Determining which packages require a certain capability
In addition to querying capabilities and requirements of a
particular package, you can query the capabilities themselves.
This function allows you to check which packages require a given
capability.
The --whatrequires option tells the rpm command to report on
which packages in the RPM database require a certain capability.
The basic syntax is:
rpm ???q query_options --whatrequires capability
Some packages are not required by anything:
$ rpm -q --whatrequires tcsh
no package requires tcsh
Note
Don???t worry about the poor tcsh package being lonely. Because
other packages do not require this package, you can easily
remove the tcsh package without affecting the rest of your
system.
This example shows a package name as the capability. Shared
libraries are also considered capabilities. You can query on
these as well. For example:
$ rpm -q --whatrequires librpm-4.1.so
rpm-4.1-1.06
net-snmp-5.0.1-6
rpm-python-4.1-1.06
rpm-devel-4.1-1.06
rpm-build-4.1-1.06
This example shows that the core RPM library is used by a number
of RPM-related packages, along with, oddly enough, the net-snmp
system-management package.
The capability you query for must be an explicit capability. For
example, you will get different results if you query for the
bash package or the command, /bin/bash. If you query for the
bash package, you will see the packages that explicitly require
the capability bash. For example:
$ rpm -q --whatrequires bash
gpm-1.19.3-20
info-4.0b-3
initscripts-6.40-1
sendmail-8.11.6-3
sysklogd-1.4.1-4
vixie-cron-3.0.1-63
ypbind-1.8-1
ypserv-1.3.12-2
If you instead query for the capability /bin/bash, that is, the
file /bin/bash, you will see a different list of packages. For
example:
$ rpm -q --whatrequires /bin/bash
apmd-3.0final-34
at-3.1.8-20
autofs-3.1.7-21
autofs-3.1.7-21
bash-2.05-8
bind-9.1.3-4
cipe-1.4.5-6
crontabs-1.10-1
dialog-0.9a-5
gpm-1.19.3-20
hotplug-2001_04_24-11
initscripts-6.40-1
ipchains-1.3.10-10
iproute-2.2.4-14
kudzu-0.99.23-1
logwatch-2.1.1-3
man-1.5i2-6
mkbootdisk-1.4.2-3
mkinitrd-3.2.6-1
mutt-1.2.5i-17
openssh-server-3.1p1-2
pine-4.44-1.72.0
rpm-build-4.0.3-1.03
rusers-server-0.17-12
sendmail-8.11.6-3
shapecfg-2.2.12-7
sharutils-4.2.1-8
sysklogd-1.4.1-4
tetex-1.0.7-30
ucd-snmp-4.2.1-7
vixie-cron-3.0.1-63
xinetd-2.3.3-1
ypbind-1.8-1
ypserv-1.3.12-2
There is no short form for the --whatrequires option.
Other capabilities, especially system-level shared libraries,
are used by a large number of packages. For example:
# rpm -q --whatrequires libcrypt.so.1 | sort
autofs-3.1.7-21
cvs-1.11.1p1-3
cyrus-sasl-1.5.24-23
cyrus-sasl-devel-1.5.24-23
cyrus-sasl-plain-1.5.24-23
fetchmail-5.9.0-1
ircii-4.4Z-7
krbafs-1.0.9-2
nss_ldap-172-2
openldap12-1.2.12-4
openldap-2.0.11-13
openldap-clients-2.0.11-13
pam-0.75-19
pam_krb5-1.46-1
passwd-0.64.1-7
perl-5.6.0-17
pine-4.44-1.72.0
pwdb-0.61.1-3
python-1.5.2-35
rsh-0.17-5
rsh-server-0.17-5
screen-3.9.9-3
sendmail-8.11.6-3
shadow-utils-20000902-4
sh-utils-2.0.11-5
SysVinit-2.78-19
tcsh-6.10-6
util-linux-2.11f-17
vim-enhanced-5.8-7
wu-ftpd-2.6.1-20
xinetd-2.3.3-1
ypserv-1.3.12-2
yp-tools-2.5-1
Quite a few packages require encryption and decryption (the
purpose of this library), making this library crucial to
operating the system. Many of the packages listed here are in
turn depended on by even more packages.
To help trace back capabilities, you can combine the queries.
For example:
$ rpm -q --provides sendmail
smtpdaemon
sendmail = 8.11.6-3
$ rpm -q --whatrequires smtpdaemon
fetchmail-5.9.0-1
mutt-1.2.5i-17
The first command lists the capabilities that the sendmail
package provides, including the generic capability of
smtpdaemon. You can then list which packages require this
particular capability, as shown in the second command. This is a
big help for wading through a mess of packages depending on
packages depending on yet more packages.
Determining which package provides a certain capability
To complete the circle, you can query for which package provides
a certain capability. This knowledge allows you to trace a
requirement back to the package that provides it.
The --whatprovides option tells the rpm command to list the
capabilities a package provides. Use the --whatprovides option
with the ???q, or query, option to the rpm command. (There is no
short form for the --whatrprovides option.)
The basic syntax follows:
rpm ???q --whatprovides capability
For example, to query what package provides the capability
webserver, use the following command:
$ rpm -q --whatprovides webserver
httpd-2.0.40-8
In this case, the capability is identified by an arbitrary
string, webserver. This is a generic name for a given
capability, serving Web pages.
You can also trace individual files using the --whatprovides
option. For example:
$ rpm -q --whatprovides /etc/skel/.bashrc
bash-2.05-8
Note
The rpm ???qf command, covered in the last chapter, is an easier
way to get to the same information when tracking which package
provides a particular file. For example:
rpm -qf /etc/skel/.bashrc
bash-2.05-8
If you are querying particular files, use rpm ???qf. If you are
querying capabilities, use --whatprovides.
Triggers
A trigger is a script that gets run when a package is installed or
uninstalled. Triggers allow packages that depend on other packages
to properly configure themselves when those other packages are
installed or removed.
The --triggers option to the rpm command lists any trigger scripts
in a given package. For example:
$ rpm -q --triggers sendmail
triggerpostun script (through /bin/sh) -- sendmail < 8.10.0
/sbin/chkconfig --add sendmail
This shows that the sendmail mail transfer agent (mail-sending
program) provides a short trigger script.
In contrast, the anonftp (anonymous file transfer) package has a
fairly complex set of triggers, as shown following:
$ rpm -q --triggers anonftp
triggerin script (through /bin/sh) -- glibc
copy() { file="`ls --sort=time $1 |head -n 1`"; ln -f "$file" "$2"
2>/dev/null |
| cp -df "$file" "$2"; }
# Kill off old versions
rm -f /var/ftp/lib/ld-* /var/ftp/lib/libc* /var/ftp/lib/libnsl*
/var/ftp/lib/lib
nss_files* &>/dev/null || :
# Copy parts of glibc, needed by various programs in bin.
LIBCVER=`basename $(ls --sort=time /lib/libc-*.so |head -n 1) .so
|cut -f2- -d-`
copy /lib/ld-${LIBCVER}.so /var/ftp/lib
copy /lib/libc-${LIBCVER}.so /var/ftp/lib
copy /lib/libnsl-${LIBCVER}.so /var/ftp/lib
copy /lib/libnss_files-${LIBCVER}.so /var/ftp/lib
md5sum /var/ftp/lib/lib*-*.so /var/ftp/lib/libtermcap.so.*.*.*
2>/dev/null >/var
/ftp/lib/libs.md5
chmod 0400 /var/ftp/lib/libs.md5
# Use ldconfig to build symlinks and whatnot.
[ ! -e /var/ftp/etc/ld.so.conf ] && touch
/var/ftp/etc/ld.so.conf
/sbin/ldconfig -r /var/ftp
triggerin script (through /bin/sh) -- fileutils
copy() { file="`ls --sort=time $1 |head -n 1`"; ln -f "$file" "$2"
2>/dev/null |
| cp -df "$file" "$2"; }
copy /bin/ls /var/ftp/bin
md5sum `ls /var/ftp/bin/* |grep -v bin.md5`
>/var/ftp/bin/bin.md5
chmod 0400 /var/ftp/bin/bin.md5
triggerin script (through /bin/sh) -- cpio
copy() { file="`ls --sort=time $1 |head -n 1`"; ln -f "$file" "$2"
2>/dev/null |
| cp -df "$file" "$2"; }
copy /bin/cpio /var/ftp/bin
md5sum `ls /var/ftp/bin/* |grep -v bin.md5`
>/var/ftp/bin/bin.md5
chmod 0400 /var/ftp/bin/bin.md5
triggerin script (through /bin/sh) -- tar
copy() { file="`ls --sort=time $1 |head -n 1`"; ln -f "$file" "$2"
2>/dev/null |
| cp -df "$file" "$2"; }
copy /bin/tar /var/ftp/bin
md5sum `ls /var/ftp/bin/* |grep -v bin.md5`
>/var/ftp/bin/bin.md5
chmod 0400 /var/ftp/bin/bin.md5
triggerin script (through /bin/sh) -- gzip
copy() { file="`ls --sort=time $1 |head -n 1`"; ln -f "$file" "$2"
2>/dev/null |
| cp -df "$file" "$2"; }
copy /bin/gzip /var/ftp/bin
ln -sf gzip /var/ftp/bin/zcat
md5sum `ls /var/ftp/bin/* |grep -v bin.md5`
>/var/ftp/bin/bin.md5
chmod 0400 /var/ftp/bin/bin.md5
triggerin script (through /bin/sh) -- libtermcap
copy() { file="`ls --sort=time $1 |head -n 1`"; ln -f "$file" "$2"
2>/dev/null |
| cp -df "$file" "$2"; }
rm -f /var/ftp/lib/libtermcap.so.*.*.* &>/dev/null || :
copy '/lib/libtermcap.so.*.*.*' /var/ftp/lib
md5sum /var/ftp/lib/lib*-*.so /var/ftp/lib/libtermcap.so.*.*.*
2>/dev/null >/var
/ftp/lib/libs.md5
chmod 0400 /var/ftp/lib/libs.md5
# Use ldconfig to build symlinks and whatnot.
[ ! -e /var/ftp/etc/ld.so.conf ] && touch
/var/ftp/etc/ld.so.conf
/sbin/ldconfig -r /var/ftp
triggerin script (through /bin/sh) -- ncompress
copy() { file="`ls --sort=time $1 |head -n 1`"; ln -f "$file" "$2"
2>/dev/null |
| cp -df "$file" "$2"; }
copy /usr/bin/compress /var/ftp/bin
md5sum `ls /var/ftp/bin/* |grep -v bin.md5`
>/var/ftp/bin/bin.md5
chmod 0400 /var/ftp/bin/bin.md5
triggerpostun script (through /bin/sh) -- anonftp 4.0
if [ "$2" != 1 ] ; then
# The user has multiple glibc packages installed. We can't read
the
# user's mind, so don't do anything.
exit 0
fi
copy() { file="`ls --sort=time $1 |head -n 1`"; ln -f "$file" "$2"
2>/dev/null |
| cp -df "$file" "$2"; }
# Kill off old versions
rm -f /var/ftp/lib/ld-* /var/ftp/lib/libc* /var/ftp/lib/libnsl*
/var/ftp/lib/lib
nss_files* &>/dev/null || :
# Copy parts of glibc, needed by various programs in bin.
LIBCVER=`basename /lib/libc-*.so .so | cut -f2- -d-`
copy /lib/ld-${LIBCVER}.so /var/ftp/lib
copy /lib/libc-${LIBCVER}.so /var/ftp/lib
copy /lib/libnsl-${LIBCVER}.so /var/ftp/lib
copy /lib/libnss_files-${LIBCVER}.so /var/ftp/lib
copy /bin/ls /var/ftp/bin
copy /bin/cpio /var/ftp/bin
copy /bin/tar /var/ftp/bin
copy /bin/gzip /var/ftp/bin
ln -sf gzip /var/ftp/bin/zcat
copy /usr/bin/compress /var/ftp/bin
rm -f /var/ftp/lib/libtermcap.so.*.*.* &>/dev/null || :
copy '/lib/libtermcap.so.*.*.*' /var/ftp/lib
# Use ldconfig to build symlinks and whatnot.
[ ! -e /var/ftp/etc/ld.so.conf ] && touch
/var/ftp/etc/ld.so.conf
/sbin/ldconfig -r /var/ftp
# Generate md5sums for verifyscript
md5sum /var/ftp/lib/lib*-*.so /var/ftp/lib/libtermcap.so.*.*.*
2>/dev/null >/var
/ftp/lib/libs.md5
chmod 0400 /var/ftp/lib/libs.md5
md5sum `ls /var/ftp/bin/* |grep -v bin.md5`
>/var/ftp/bin/bin.md5
chmod 0400 /var/ftp/bin/bin.md5
Reading through the scripts indicates that this package seems to
be triggered by the glibc standard C programming library package.
You can confirm this by using the --triggeredby option to the rpm
command, as shown following:
$ rpm -q --triggeredby glibc
anonftp-4.0-9
The anonftp package needs to be notified on changes to the glibc
package, so that the anonftp package can properly set up its
application. It actually uses part of glibc and is therefore
highly susceptible to changes in the glibc package. Thus, the use
of triggers provides essentially an extended form of dependencies.
The anonftp package in this example depends so much on the glibc
package that it needs to execute scripts whenever the glibc
package changes.
Summary
Linux comes with many packages. Most of these packages depend on
some other packages installed on your system. In RPM terms,
packages provide capabilities and depend on capabilities that
other packages provide. When the rpm command checks the RPM
database for dependencies, it checks to ensure that all the
capabilities that a given package requires are met by other
installed packages.
You can trace the capabilities a package requires with the
--requires option to the rpm command. You can see what
capabilities a package provides for others with the --provides
option.
Once you know a capability, you can query which package provides
that capability with the --whatprovides option to the rpm command.
And you can see which packages require that capability with the
--whatrequires option.
Triggers are an extended form of dependencies. A trigger is a
script that gets executed when other packages are installed or
removed. This allows a package with a high dependence on another
package to track changes in that package and reconfigure itself as
needed.
The next chapter delves into transactions, which provide a safe
means to install a set of packages. With transactions, either all
the packages get installed, or none.
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 4 01:50:11 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 3 Oct 2005 21:50:11 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-development-tools-en.xml,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510040150.j941oB7t000510@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv492
Added Files:
rpm-guide-development-tools-en.xml
Log Message:
--- NEW FILE rpm-guide-development-tools-en.xml ---
Linux Text Editors and Development Tools
Copyright (c) 2005 by Eric Foster-Johnson. This material may be
distributed only subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
the Open Publication License, v1.0 or later (the latest version is
presently available at http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/).
In This Appendix
*General text editors
*C-specific tools and integrated development environments
*Python-specific development tools
Linux includes a number of text editors and integrated development
environments (IDEs), going from plain old text editors all the way
up to sophisticated tools. These tools are suitable for shell
scripting, C, Python, and Perl programming, along with a plethora of
other uses. Linux makes extensive use of text files, especially for
configuration data, so Linux has always included a number of text
editors.
This appendix lists a number of tools for those who have not yet set
up an RPM development environment on Linux. Note that choosing an
editor or IDE is mostly a matter of personal taste. Programmers will
often engage in raging battles over the superiority of text editors
and other programming tools. Before searching around too far, try
out what you have installed on your system and see if that works for
you.
Note that Internet sites may change or disappear, so you may have to
search to find these tools.
General Text Editors
Linux distributions include a number of text editors with varying
sets of features. The two most common editors are vi and emacs,
which come with virtually all Linux distributions. These editors
are good for UNIX- or Linux-savvy developers, but generally have a
steep learning curve for developers used only to Windows.
If you come from Windows, try gedit, kedit, or kate. These text
editors open a graphical window on your desktop, making them
appear more or less like the Windows Notepad.exe. All three offer
more features than Notepad.exe, however.
You may not have installed any of these editors, but all are
available as part of Red Hat Linux. You can install vi, emacs,
gedit, kedit, or kate from the packages that come with your Linux
distribution.
To start one of the editors, enter a command like the following:
$ gedit listrpmpkgs &
The ampersand, &, launches the program in the background.
Replace gedit with the editor you choose.
Programming Text Editors
In addition to general-purpose text editors, Linux sports a large
number of text editors with special features for programming, such
as syntax highlighting. The extended version of vi, called vim,
includes a number of add-ons that can help you with C programming
tasks. Emacs also includes a wide array of features to help
programming. Both of these editors can act as development
environments with a bit of configuration. As mentioned previously,
both come with most Linux distributions.
I also like an editor called nedit and another one called jedit.
The jedit editor is written in Java, so that it runs the same on
Windows and Linux, a big win if you must work on multiple
platforms. (Emacs and vim have versions that work on Windows, too,
along with Linux.) If you use jedit, you must have a Java runtime
environment installed.
Cross Reference
Download nedit from www.nedit.org. Download jedit from
www.jedit.org. Download Java runtime environments from Sun at
http://java.sun.com/j2se/downloads.html or IBM at
www.ibm.com/java/jdk/ and select the IBM Developer Kit for Linux.
Integrated Development Environments for C Programming
If you want more of a graphical environment, Red Hat Linux ships
with KDevelop, an IDE for C and C++ programming.
Anjuta provides a GTK/GNOME-based IDE, an alternative to the
KDE-based KDevelop. KDevelop, however, supports KDE, GNOME, Qt,
and text-mode C and C++ applications.
Cross Reference
Download Anjuta from www.anjuta.org.
The Eclipse IDE, while mostly used for Java development, has a C
and C++ mode called CDT, for C/C++ Development Tools. Eclipse is
important because Red Hat provides an RPM-building plug-in to
Eclipse.
Cross Reference
Download Anjuta from www.anjuta.org. Download Eclipse from
www.eclipse.org and the Eclipse CDT from
www.eclipse.org/tools/downloads.html.
Integrated Development Environments for Python Programming
As with C programs, Python scripts are made up of text files
holding Python commands, so you need a text editor or some sort of
development environment for creating Python programs. Any of the
tools listed so far will work fine for developing Python
applications. The key requirement is the ability to control tabs
and indenting, since this is crucial to Python syntax.
IDLE, a graphical console and editor, supports creating Python
applications. This is considered part of Python. IDLE requires the
Python-tools package.
In addition, you can choose from Python-focused tools such as
Bicycle Repair Man, a refactoring tool, or Boa Constructor and
Black Adder, two Python IDEs.
Cross Reference
Boa Constructor is available from
http://boa-constructor.sourceforge.net. Black Adder is a
commercial tool available at www.thekompany.com.
The Eclipse IDE, mentioned previously, supports a number of Python
add-ons. Combined with the C and C++ tools, and plug-ins for
building RPMs, Eclipse brings together most everything you need
for Python development on Linux.
Cross Reference
Eclipse is available at www.eclipse.org, and Python add-ons at
http://sourceforge.net/projects/pyeclipse,
http://sourceforge.net/projects/pe4eclipse, or
http://www.kalab.com/freeware/pythoneclipse/pythoneclipse.htm.
This is really just the tip of the iceberg when it comes to Python
tools. You can find many more available on the Internet.
Cross Reference
A large listing of Python editing tools appears at
http://www.python.org/cgi-bin/moinmoin/PythonEditors.
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 4 01:50:52 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 3 Oct 2005 21:50:52 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-en.xml,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510040150.j941oqki000544@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv521
Added Files:
rpm-guide-en.xml
Log Message:
--- NEW FILE rpm-guide-en.xml ---
%FEDORA-ENTITIES-EN;
]>
RPM Guide
2005
Eric Foster-Johnson
Foster-Johnson
Eric
&LEGALNOTICE;
0.1
2005-10-03
StuartEllis
First commission to CVS
&PACKAGINGINTRO;
&RPMINTRO;
&RPMOVERVIEW;
&USINGRPM;
&USINGRPMDB;
&DEPENDENCIES;
&TRANSACTIONS;
&MANAGEMENT;
&CREATING;
&SPECFILES;
&ADVPACKAGING;
&RPMBUILD;
&PACKAGINGTOOLS;
&GUIDELINES;
&SCRIPTING;
&PROGRAMMINGC;
&PROGRAMMINGPY;
&PROGRAMMINGPL;
&OTHERLINUXES;
&OTHEROS;
&CUSTOMIZINGRPM;
&COMMANDREF;
&SPECFILESYN;
&RPMEVOLUTION;
&RPMSTRUCTURE;
&RESOURCES;
&DEVTOOLS;
&LICENSING;
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 4 01:51:55 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 3 Oct 2005 21:51:55 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-extra-packaging-tools-en.xml,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510040151.j941ptdK000577@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv559
Added Files:
rpm-guide-extra-packaging-tools-en.xml
Log Message:
--- NEW FILE rpm-guide-extra-packaging-tools-en.xml ---
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 4 01:52:30 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 3 Oct 2005 21:52:30 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-intro-packaging-en.xml,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510040152.j941qV7M000611@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv593
Added Files:
rpm-guide-intro-packaging-en.xml
Log Message:
--- NEW FILE rpm-guide-intro-packaging-en.xml ---
Introducing Package Management
Copyright (c) 2005 by Eric Foster-Johnson. This material may be
distributed only subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
the Open Publication License, v1.0 or later (the latest version is
presently available at http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/).
In This Chapter
*Issues in software management
*Examining Linux management tools
*Introducing the package concept
In 1991, a young Finnish graduate student started a new personal
hobby. He had acquired an Intel 386 computer and had spent a few
weeks exploring it and playing early PC computer games. Eventually,
however, he grew bored with the limitations of the MS-DOS
environment that had come with his toy and decided that he wanted an
operating system for it that he could use more productively. After
exploring Minix, a feature-limited teaching operating system, he
decided he needed a full-featured OS.
At that time, no full-featured PC operating systems were freely
available, so he decided to write his own operating system. Today,
that small hobby OS that Linus Torvalds started almost as a whim has
become Linux (www.linux.com), a significant new variant of Unix that
runs millions of the world's network servers and, increasingly,
desktop computers and embedded processors.
Linux has grown up, successfully making the transition from a
one-man personal project to a functional, full-featured operating
system used by many of the world's major corporations and deployed
on millions of corporate and personal systems. Along the way, Linux
has had to address many of the same issues any new operating system
must face. One of these concerns is how software for Linux, and how
the Linux operating system itself, should be installed. How can
administrators safely remove software packages without affecting
other installed packages? And how can you safely upgrade packages?
Answering these questions is what this book is all about.
Installing, Removing, and Upgrading Applications
Applications for most operating systems consist of multiple files
that must be copied to specific locations on the computer's file
system before each application can be run. This is true for common
PC operating systems such as MS-DOS or Microsoft Windows, as well
as for Unix and Linux.
In the case of a Unix-like operating system such as Linux, other
issues must also be considered. Unix and Linux are multiple-user
systems, so they must track ownership of files. Furthermore, Unix
and Linux use a system of file permissions. Administrators can
grant some users access to files and can control how users may
access those files, for example, allowing some users the
permission to read only certain files. Administrators can deny
other users access to the same files. So, installation of an
application on Linux requires consideration of all these details.
After files are copied into their appropriate locations, they must
be granted correct permissions and correct ownerships.
Similarly, administrators occasionally need to remove installed
software from the computer. Maybe the program is no longer needed;
maybe it does not work correctly for the needed task, or maybe the
space it is using is needed for more important programs. In
addition, installed software sometimes needs to be upgraded.
Perhaps a new version of the software has come out and the
currently installed version needs to be replaced with the
presumably improved version. In most respects, software upgrades
are the same as the removal of one application (the old version),
followed by installation of another application (the new version).
Upgrades do, however, have additional issues. Many applications
must be configured before they can be used. Ideally, the upgrade
for an installed application takes the current configuration into
account, preserving old configuration information and applying it
to the recently installed version.
All these considerations make installation of a new application
onto Unix or Linux a labor-intensive process. To further
complicate matters, Unix applications have primarily been
distributed as source code. To install a new application, such as
the Apache Web server, you download the source code for that
application???in this case, from the Apache Project's Web page
(http://httpd.apache.org). Typically, the source code is provided
in some sort of archive (such as the Zip archival and compression
format often used in the Windows world or the tar archive format
typically used in the Unix world) that you must then unpack. After
unpacking this source code, you have to configure it to support
the options and systems you want, compiling it to produce an
executable program that can run on your particular operating
system (CPU combination).
After compiling the source code, you still have to install the
application by putting all of its components (executable programs,
documentation, configuration files, and so forth) into the correct
locations on your hard drive and setting correct permissions on
all those files. You might also need to perform other steps to
prepare the system for the software. In the case of Apache, for
example, some space needs to be set aside for storage of
Web-access logs, and a special user account needs to be created so
that the Apache Web server can operate more securely. Finally, you
are ready to try running the application you have spent so much
time installing.
To help with all these tasks, precompiled software is becoming
increasingly prevalent in the Unix and Linux communities, so you
might be able to find executable (precompiled binary) copies of
the application you wish to install that are appropriate for your
particular machine's CPU. In that case, download an archive of the
compiled application and unpack it. Then skip the compilation
step, since that has already been done for you. The other steps
required to install the package (copying files into correct
locations, setting file permissions, and doing any needed system
or application configuration) are exactly the same as the steps
performed to install that application from source code. Once those
steps are finished, you are ready to test your freshly installed
application.
When you run your newly installed application, you might be
thrilled, perhaps discovering that it is something you want to use
regularly. On the other hand, you might discover that you have no
use for the software you have just installed, deciding that you
want to uninstall it.
Uninstallation occurs by reversing the installation steps.
Remember any special steps you have performed (such as adding a
user account), and undo those. Then remember all the files you
have installed and where you have installed them. Manually delete
them. As you can see, this can become a pretty tedious exercise.
If you like the application you have installed, you will likely
find yourself wanting to upgrade it eventually. The Apache Web
server, for example, like any network service, must be upgraded
whenever security problems are found and fixed. If you find that
you need to upgrade Apache, you need to back up your Apache
configuration files and then uninstall Apache. The next step is to
install a new version of Apache, applying your
Apache-configuration customizations to your new installation of
Apache.
All of this is a big pain. There has to be a better way. And there
is.
Overcoming the Installation Obstacles
None of the tasks you must perform to install, upgrade, or
uninstall applications are especially difficult. However, these
steps quickly become daunting when you consider all the files that
must be managed. A full Red Hat Linux 7.3 installation provides
around 3,000 executable commands and over 160,000 total files
(some other Linux distributions are even larger!). Obviously,
managing all these files by hand, although theoretically possible,
is not technically feasible. On a smaller scale, even management
of single applications is not practical. The Postfix e-mail server
application, for example, consists of around 275 files scattered
in a dozen or so different directories. Imagine trying to remember
and manually remove all of those files (and only those files) to
uninstall Postfix from your system!
All the steps needed to manage software on Unix or Linux systems
are hardly unique to Unix; all operating systems have similar
procedures that must be followed to make software usable on the
system. For this reason, many approaches have been adopted toward
software installation, uninstallation, and upgrading.
Application-level utilities
Some operating systems, such as MS-DOS, have supplied absolutely
no built-in tools for software management. Installation of
applications on such systems occurs in one of two ways: software
is installed manually, using file-copy utilities to put all the
application files in the appropriate places on the system, or
software is installed using a custom-written installation
application (as is usually the case for MS-DOS applications).
Once installed, software can be uninstalled in one of two ways:
you can manually delete each file installed for the application
(assuming you can even remember them all), or the application
might come with a custom uninstallation utility that can be run
to remove the application. Upgrading an already installed
application on such a system uses a similar procedure. If the
application comes with an installation utility capable of
handling application upgrades, you can use the utility to
perform the upgrade. Otherwise, the software must be manually
upgraded using the procedure described previously.
Note
Current versions of Windows, such as Windows XP, though, have a
central database of installed applications.
Built-in system utilities
Other operating systems have come with built-in utilities that a
system administrator can use to manage the system???s software.
These utilities can be run to install the software on the
system; typically, they take some of the work out of manually
installing software, dealing with issues such as figuring out
which files need to be put where on the system. Once installed,
these utilities typically track the files that have been
installed. This knowledge can usually be used to uninstall those
applications automatically. Since the software knows which files
are associated with the application, it can be told to uninstall
the application, and it can find and delete all the files that
belong to that application.
These built-in utilities typically come in two different forms.
One type focuses on managing the installation process, providing
custom utilities that can be used to perform the otherwise
manual tasks of compiling software and copying files into their
final locations. The three major freely available Berkeley Unix,
or BSD, operating systems, NetBSD, FreeBSD, and OpenBSD, for
example, ship with a software-management system called,
variously, ports (FreeBSD and OpenBSD) or packages (NetBSD).
The ports system is composed of extensions to the normal Unix
software-compilation utilities that help it automate and track
many of the steps of a standard source-code compilation. When
using ports, you still download source code, unarchive it,
configure it, compile it, and install it, but the ports software
automates many of these steps. Furthermore, the ports system
does limited tracking of the files it installs. Although it does
not offer more advanced features (such as an interface to search
all installed files to see what application supplied that file)
or the ability to upgrade installed applications, it does
provide the ability to uninstall applications that are installed
using ports. These sorts of limitations are typical of
management applications that function as the ports system does,
by enhancing the compilation and installation phases of
application installation. The packages system on NetBSD has
similar limitations.
Other system-management utilities focus less attention on
compiling an application for installation and more attention on
the files that must be installed on the system after the
application has been compiled.
For example, the standard System V Unix package-management
software supplied with most commercial Unix systems (Sun's
Solaris, for example) devotes no attention to management of
software compilation at all. Instead, it tracks the individual
files associated with each application in a system database.
To install software using the System V tools, you must compile
the software. After compiling the software in the standard
fashion, prepare a list of the files from that compilation that
need to be installed on the system. Be certain to state where
the files need to be installed and what permissions and
ownerships they need to have once installed. Then run a series
of commands that look at this list, find the files listed in it,
and archive them into one file, along with a copy of this list
that specifies where they should be installed and the ownerships
and permissions. This single archive file can then be
transferred to other machines, where a System V
software-management command can be used to install it. This
System V installation command (typically called pkgadd) unpacks
the archive, copies the files into their final destinations
based on the enclosed listing, and sets permissions and
ownerships on the files as specified by the listing. Finally,
this pkgadd command registers the list of freshly installed
files into a system-wide database of installed files.
Such a system offers several advantages over manual software
installation. Software can now be installed and uninstalled
easily, and the system-wide database of installed files can be
readily searched to locate installed applications and files.
However, this sort of system also has severe limitations; it is
far less flexible in the software-configuration stages than
software such as the FreeBSD ports system, which offers great
control over the software-compilation stage of software
installation.
Linux Software Management Tools: Packages
Initially, Linux had neither type of software-management tool. In
the early days of Linux, you installed Linux by cross-compiling it
under a different operating system (Minix), then manually
installing the compiled Linux programs into the appropriate
locations to produce a working system. As Linux has matured,
however, it has acquired software-management tools that have made
software installation, removal, and upgrade significantly easier
than in the early days. The exact software-management tool used on
modern Linux systems varies from distribution to distribution, but
both approaches to system management can be found in the tools
used by various distributions.
The Gentoo Linux (www.gentoo.org) distribution, for example, uses
a software-management system called Portage, which is very similar
to the FreeBSD ports system. Like ports, Portage provides great
control over software compilation and installation, providing a
collection of scripts that automate much of the basic work of
downloading and compiling software.
At the other end of the spectrum, the now-defunct deepLinux
distribution used a software-management system called deep-package
(still available from
www2.cddc.vt.edu/linux/distributions/deeplinux/tools. deep-package
was intended to be a complete reimplementation of the Solaris
pkgadd utility and its helpers. Like the Solaris pkgadd software,
deep-package paid no attention to half of the question of how to
manage software, focusing entirely on software installation and
tracking issues while entirely ignoring the initial compilation of
the software.
More typically, however, Linux software-management tools use an
approach somewhere between the two extremes represented by Portage
and deep-package. Most Linux software-management tools provide
software that manages the compilation of software, similarly to
the FreeBSD ports tools. However, these software-management tools
typically produce packages from the software they compile. Much
like the archives produced by the System V software-management
tools, packages are simply archive files that contain two things:
a collection of related files, which together have a common use,
and a script that provides all the metadata about those files
necessary to install and manage those files.
Typically, packages represent applications. For example, a Postfix
package contains the 275 files that make up Postfix and a script
that specifies where on the system those 275 files need to be
placed, as well as what permissions and ownership those files
need. A single command can then take this Postfix package file,
extract its 275 archived files, and use the script to place those
files correctly on the system.
In addition, most Linux software-management tools have a database
component that tracks files and applications that have been
installed using the package-management software, helping the
package manager do its job of easing the management of installed
software.
In the case of my full Red Hat Linux 7.3 installation, this
package-management software maintains a database of information
regarding all 160,000 files on the system; as applications are
installed on the system, this database is updated with information
regarding the new application and the locations of its component
files. This database is the key component, making it possible to
manage the system. Since this database remembers which 275 files
compose the Postfix application, it ensures that I can uninstall
Postfix with a single command that accesses this database, without
my having to remember the locations of all 275 files that make up
the Postfix application.
A wide variety of software-management tools are available for
Linux to help lessen the work involved with installing, removing,
and upgrading applications installed on the system. This book
focuses on one of these tools, the RPM Package Management
software, or RPM.
Note
RPM was originally called Red Hat Package Manager. After adoption
by other Linux distributions, the name has changed to simply the
RPM Package Manager. The RPM initials remain the same.
As the original name implies, RPM was developed by Red Hat, Inc.,
the major Linux distributor in the United States. Even though the
original name seems to point to a Red Hat-only solution, most
Linux distributions use the RPM software. The RPM software
provides a foundation needed by Linux system administrators
throughout the world. You can even use RPM on other operating
systems, both Linux and non-Linux, as covered in Chapters 19 and
20, respectively.
The RPM system provides all of the features needed to manage
applications, including a database of installed packages with
their version numbers, the ability to install, remove, and update
packages, and the ability to recompile an application from a
source code RPM package.
The remaining chapters in Part I go into depth on what you can do
with RPM packages and the commands you need to work with the RPM
system:
*Chapter 2 provides an overview of the RPM system, exploring what
it was designed for and where it has weaknesses.
*Chapter 3 discusses the technical details of how the RPM system
works, where the database of packages gets stored, and what
commands should be available for working with RPM packages.
*Chapter 4 continues the discussion by covering the three major
tasks you need to perform with RPM packages: installing software,
removing software, and upgrading software you have already
installed.
*Chapter 5 covers the RPM database, how it works, where it
resides, and how you can use it to better manage your system.
*Chapter 6 delves into package dependencies, a very important
concept. Most major applications depend on a number of other
packages. Sometimes these dependencies get very complex, with one
package depending on particular versions of other packages. With
thousands of packages on your system, this can lead to a big mess.
Chapter 6 helps you sort through the issues.
*Chapter 7 covers the important issue of transactions, so that you
can ensure your system gets updated in an orderly manner and so
that you can roll back changes if something does not work out.
*Chapter 8 introduces a host of tools that can help you find RPM
packages as well as manage the packages on your system. This
includes graphical interfaces on top of the RPM system and special
Internet search sites devoted just to RPM packages.
Later chapters cover creating RPM packages, programming with RPM,
and extending the functionality provided by the base RPM system.
Summary
Modern operating systems have large complex sets of applications,
resulting in thousands of files to keep track of for upgrades,
installation, and removal of packages. All this complexity has
lead Linux vendors to develop a variety of package-management
tools.
This chapter briefly introduced the RPM Package Manager, or RPM
for short. The next chapter provides an overview of the RPM
system, showing how all the parts fit together.
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 4 01:53:03 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 3 Oct 2005 21:53:03 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-intro-rpm-en.xml,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510040153.j941r3i0000640@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv622
Added Files:
rpm-guide-intro-rpm-en.xml
Log Message:
--- NEW FILE rpm-guide-intro-rpm-en.xml ---
Introduction to RPM
Copyright (c) 2005 by Eric Foster-Johnson. This material may be
distributed only subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
the Open Publication License, v1.0 or later (the latest version is
presently available at http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/).
In This Chapter
*Examining the history of package management
*Introducing RPM features
*Getting acquainted with RPM terminology
Several package managers???software that tracks and manipulates the
applications installed on the system???are available for Linux. The
most widely used of these Linux package managers is the RPM Package
Manager (formerly the Red Hat Package Manager), or RPM for short,
the subject of this book
Although RPM was initially developed for Red Hat Linux, a
combination of technical features and good timing has resulted in
RPM???s becoming the de facto standard for packaging software on
most Linux distributions. The fact that Red Hat released the source
code to the RPM software under an open-source license also helped
its adoption.
More recently, the RPM package file format has been adopted as the
official standard for Linux as part of the Linux Standards Base, or
LSB. Described at www.linuxbase.org/, the Linux Standards Base is an
attempt to set a baseline that all Linux distributions should
follow. Some vendors have been pulled in kicking and screaming, but
the LSB for the most part has really helped the job of system
administrators by providing some commonality across distributions,
as in the location of certain files. The history of Linux package
managers is largely intertwined with the history of Linux
distributions.
Strictly speaking, Linux refers to a single piece of software, the
Unix-like kernel that Linus Torvalds and cohorts have scattered all
over the Internet and have been developing since 1991. This Linux
kernel is a marvelous piece of software, currently comprising over
3.7 million lines of freely-licensed source code and accompanying
documentation. Together, these factors provide a fast,
full-featured, stable operating system kernel for use on more than
30 different processor architectures, ranging from embedded systems
such as watches and PDAs, to desktop and server systems, all the way
up to mainframes and supercomputing clusters.
The Need for Linux Package Management Systems
Although Linux is an excellent core component of an operating
system suitable for a wide variety of real-world applications,
this Linux kernel by itself is not sufficient for accomplishing
most tasks. The technical definition of exactly what constitutes
an operating system is a matter of debate.
Despite this controversy, it is clear that most users of Linux
require both the Linux kernel and a large suite of accompanying
software (a shared C library; traditional Unix utilities such as
grep, awk, and sed; an editor, such as vi; a shell, such as the
Bourne-Again "bash" shell; and so forth) to complete the various
tasks for which they typically employ Linux.
Users expect Linux to include server software such as the Apache
Web server, desktop software such as the OpenOffice.org office
productivity suite, and a host of other packages. In fact, most
Linux users don???t make the distinction between the kernel
(technically the only part that is ???Linux???) and all the extra
packages (technically ???everything else???) that comes with a
Linux distribution. Most users simply refer to the whole thing as
???Linux.???
Some Linux distributions include thousands of packages on six or
more CD-ROMs. This situation alone cries out for effective
package-management software. And this doesn???t include the extra
packages that don???t come with Linux distributions but which
organizations need to create an effective working environment.
Furthermore, the Linux kernel and these various software
applications are typically made available by their developers in
source code formats only, and they can be installed manually only
after compiling them from source code.
Most people do not have the technical skills necessary to
cross-compile an entire operating system. Even if they do, they
usually do not want to devote the time and effort required to
bootstrap and compile an operating system just to be able to run
Linux.
Fortunately, the early Linux programmers quickly realized the
impracticality of source-code only releases early in Linux's
development and created what they called
distributions???collections of precompiled binaries of the Linux
kernel and other necessary software that users often wanted.
Rather than installing Minix, compiling the Linux kernel and other
required software applications under Minix, and installing those
compiled binaries of the Linux kernel and essential Linux
applications, users could just install these distributions,
immediately having a functional Linux environment in which to
work.
Early distributions, such as MCC and SLS, initially represented
little more than archived snapshots of their developer's hard
drive. They offered the user performing the installation little or
no control over what applications were put on the system. Whatever
the distribution developer had on his hard drive was what the
distribution installer got on her hard drive. Even this was much
better than rolling your own distribution by hand. SLS, for
example, stood for Soft Landing System, and was designed to make
the experience of installing Linux easier, hence providing a
???soft landing.??? MCC Interim Linux, from the Manchester
Computing Centre, was the first distribution to sport a combined
boot/root disk, another attempt to make life easier for those
adopting Linux.
Distribution developers quickly realized, however, that more
flexibility was needed and began looking for ways to provide
choices both during and after installation. The Slackware
distribution, for example, divided applications into several
functional categories. All users installed the base distribution;
users could then selectively install only the additional
supplemental categories they needed. If networking support was
desired, for example, the networking bundle could be installed.
Similarly, if a graphical user interface was desired, the X bundle
could be installed, making the X Window System available. This
concept offered rudimentary control over what was installed but
only at a very coarse level. Installing the X bundle put several
applications (multiple X terminal emulators, several different
window managers, and so forth) on the system, and all users who
installed the bundle got all of those applications whether they
wanted them all or not.
The next logical step in distribution evolution was the
development of more advanced tools to control what was installed.
Several distributions independently developed the notion of
application-level installation management. The developers of these
distributions realized that Slackware and similar distributions
were heading in the right direction, but simply had not made
software management granular enough. Slackware allowed
installation and uninstallation (after a fashion) of bundles of
related applications, but what was really needed was installation
and uninstallation on an application-by-application basis.
In late 1993, Rik Faith, Doug Hoffman, and Kevin Martin began
releasing the first public betas of the BOGUS Linux distribution.
BOGUS was notable for the package management system (pms) software
that was used with it for installation and uninstallation of all
software on an application-by-application basis. Shortly
thereafter, in the summer of 1994, the first public betas of Red
Hat Commercial Linux were released. Red Hat initially used Red Hat
Software Program Packages (RPP) as the basis of its Linux
distribution. Like pms, RPP was a system-management tool that
allowed for easy installation and uninstallation of applications.
In late 1993, Ian Murdock founded the Debian Gnu/Linux
distribution. He began seriously developing its dpkg
application-management software by the summer of 1994. Like pms
and RPP, dpkg made it possible to manage each application on the
system.
RPM Design Goals
All of these early system-management tools took a similar
approach. They provided the capability to install an entire
application with a single command, to track the files it put on
the system, and to remove those files by using another single
command. As the preponderance of multiple early tools suggests,
this approach to system management was popular. All of these early
tools, however, had numerous technical or practical deficiencies.
Some tools were designed only for Linux on 32-bit Intel-compatible
hardware, even though Linux by this point was already running on
other CPUs in addition to the IA32 family. As Linux was spreading
to multiple architectures, a package-management system that could
produce packages for multiple architectures was needed. Other
tools had technical flaws in how they prepared packages, making it
difficult to verify that packages had been prepared correctly or
to see exactly how the software was prepared.
Because of these concerns, after their initial releases of
RPP-based distributions, Red Hat looked closely at both their own
RPP software and other software such as BOGUS's pms software.
Developers at Red Hat, particularly Marc Ewing and Erik Troan, set
out to develop what they initially called the Red Hat Package
Manager (RPM). Based on experiences with earlier Linux packaging
software and knowledge about packaging tools used on other
platforms, Red Hat had several design goals in mind when they
developed RPM. These design points include the following features:
*Ease of use
*Package-oriented focus
*Upgradability of packages
*Tracking of package interdependencies
*Query capabilities
*Verification
*Support for multiple architectures
*Use of pristine sources
The following sections demonstrate how Red Hat incorporated each
of these design goals into RPM.
Ease of use
Perhaps the primary design goal for RPM is that it must be easy
to use. Manual software installation has been the primary method
of putting software onto Unix boxes for over 30 years now and
has worked very well for those three decades. To offer a
compelling reason to use the new software, Red Hat's RPM must be
significantly easier to use than other Linux package-management
tools. For that reason, most tasks that can be handled using RPM
were designed to be carried out via a single command. For
example, software installation using RPM requires a single
command (rpm -U software_package), while manual software
installation using older manual methods typically requires at
least six steps to complete the same task:
1.tar zxf software_package
2.cd software_package
3../configure
4.make
5.su
6.make install
Similarly, removal of applications installed using RPM requires
a single command (rpm -e software_package); manual removal of an
installed application requires that each file associated with
that application be manually deleted.
Package-oriented focus
Like its predecessors, RPM is intended to operate on a package
level. Rather than operating on a single-file basis (as when you
manually install software using Unix command-line tools like mv
and cp) or on an entire system basis (as with many PC operating
systems, which provide the ability to upgrade entire releases
but not to upgrade individual components), RPM provides software
that can manage hundreds or thousands of packages.
Each package is a discrete bundle of related files and
associated documentation and configuration information;
typically, each package is a separate application. By focusing
on the package as the managed unit, RPM makes installation and
deletion of applications extremely straightforward.
Package upgradability
In addition to its package-oriented focus, RPM is designed to
support upgrading packages. Once an application has been
installed from an RPM package, a newer version of the same
application can be installed using RPM. Doing so upgrades the
existing application, removing its old files and replacing them
with new files. In addition, however, RPM takes care to preserve
any customizations that have been made to that application. The
Apache Web server application, for example, is commonly
installed on Linux machines that need the ability to serve Web
pages.
Apache's configuration information, which specifies things such
as which files on the system should be made available as Web
pages and who should be able to access those Web pages, is
stored in a text file, typically /etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf.
Suppose Apache has been installed using RPM and that you have
then customized httpd.conf to specify its configuration. If you
upgrade Apache using RPM, as part of the upgrade procedure, the
RPM application will take precautions to preserve the
customizations you have made to the Apache configuration. In
contrast, manual upgrades of applications often overwrite any
existing configuration files, losing all site customizations the
system administrator has made.
Package interdependencies
Software that manages the applications installed on the system
on an application level (such as RPM) does have one potential
drawback in comparison with system-wide software management
systems (such as PC operating systems like Microsoft's Windows
or IBM's OS/2, which allow the entire system to be upgraded but
do not generally allow individual components to be upgraded,
added, or removed). Software applications often have
interdependencies; some applications work only when other
applications are installed.
The Postfix and Sendmail mail transfer agent (MTA) applications
that are commonly used on Linux boxes to serve e-mail, for
example, can both be configured to require users to authenticate
themselves (by submitting a correct user name and password)
successfully before they can use the e-mail server. This feature
is often used to prevent unauthorized access to the e-mail
server, preventing unscrupulous advertisers from using the
server as a tool to send unsolicited commercial e-mail (or UCE,
popularly known as spam). For this optional feature of Postfix
and Sendmail to work, however, additional software must be
installed. Both applications use another application, Cyrus
SASL, which provides the Simple Authentication and Security
Layer (SASL) software that Postfix or Sendmail can use to check
user names and passwords. In other words, Postfix and Sendmail
depend on Cyrus SASL.
For system-wide software management systems, logical
interdependencies between system components such as these are
easy to track. All required components are included as part of
the system, and upgrading the system upgrades all these
components, ensuring that all can still interoperate. On
Microsoft Windows 2000, IIS (the application used on Windows to
serve Web pages) requires several other applications such as
EventLog (the Windows application that records system events,
much like the Linux syslogd and klogd software) to be present.
Since Windows is managed on a system level, not a package level,
this dependency is guaranteed to be satisfied. On Linux systems
using RPM, however, the situation is different. On Linux, for
example, the Postfix application requires the syslogd
application, which records system events. However, RPM provides
the flexibility to install some applications but not install
others or to uninstall others later. When you install Postfix,
you have no guarantee that syslogd is already installed. If
syslogd is not installed, Postfix will not work correctly.
To avoid problems, Red Hat developers realized that RPMs must
also track dependency information about what software they
require for correct functionality, and that the RPM install and
uninstall applications must use this dependency information.
Because of dependencies, installing Postfix using RPM on a
system without syslogd installed generates a warning that
syslogd must also be installed. Similarly, attempting to
uninstall syslogd from a system that already has Postfix
installed generates a warning that installed applications
require the software that is being deleted. These warnings can
be overridden if necessary, but by default RPM enforces these
dependencies (refusing, for example, to let you uninstall
syslogd without also uninstalling applications that require it,
such as Postfix), preventing you from accidentally breaking
applications by inadvertently uninstalling other software that
they require to operate.
Query capabilities
As part of its implementation, the RPM software maintains a
database on the system of all packages that have been installed,
and documenting which files those packages have installed on the
system. RPM is designed to be queried easily, making it possible
for you to search this database to determine what applications
have been installed on the system and to see which packages have
supplied each file on the system. This feature makes RPM-based
systems extremely easy to use, since a single RPM command can be
used to view all installed applications on the system.
Package verification
RPM also maintains a variety of information about each installed
file in this system database, such as what permissions each file
should have and what size each file should be. Red Hat
developers designed this database to be useful for software
verification. Over time, installed software will fail to work
for reasons as mundane as the system administrator setting
incorrect permissions on files or as exotic as nuclear decay of
one of the computer's atoms releasing an alpha particle that can
affect the computer's memory, corrupting that bit of memory and
causing errors. Although RPM cannot prevent all errors that
cause installed software to fail (obviously, there's not a
single thing any software can do to prevent nuclear decay), it
can be used to eliminate common errors. When an application
fails, you can use the RPM database to make sure that all files
associated with that application still have correct Unix file
permissions and that no files associated with that application
have become altered or corrupted.
Multiple architectures
Most of the RPM design goals mentioned so far are intended
primarily to ease the life of system administrators and others
who regularly install, remove, and upgrade applications or who
need to see what is installed or verify that installed
applications have been installed correctly. Some of the design
goals for RPM are intended primarily not for those sorts of
users of RPM but for users who must prepare software to be
installed using RPM.
One of the major limitations of early Linux package management
utilities was that they could produce packages suitable only for
installation on one type of computer: those that used 32-bit
Intel-compatible CPUs. By 1994, Linux was beginning to support
other CPUs in addition to the originally supported Intel CPUs.
(Initially, Digital's Alpha processor and Motorola's 68000
series of processors were among the first additional CPUs that
Linux supported. These days, Linux supports dozens of CPU
architectures.) This posed a problem for distribution developers
such as Red Hat and Debian and for application vendors who
desired to package their software for use on Linux. Because the
available packaging methods could not produce packages for
multiple architectures, packagers making software for multiple
CPUs had to do extra work to prepare their packages.
Furthermore, once the packagers had prepared packages, no method
was available to indicate the architecture the packages
targeted, making it difficult for end users to know on which
machine types they could install the packages.
Red Hat decided to overcome these limitations by incorporating
architecture support into RPM, adding features so that the basic
setup a packager performs to create a package could be leveraged
to produce packages that would run on various CPUs, and so that
end users could look at a package and immediately identify for
which types of systems it was intended.
Pristine sources
The BOGUS distribution's pms packaging system introduced the use
of pristine source code to prepare packages. With Red Hat's
early RPP package system and other similar early efforts,
software packagers would compile software manually, then run
commands to produce a package of that compiled software. Any
changes made to the application's original source code were not
recorded and would have to be recreated by the next person to
package that software. Furthermore, end users wanting to know
what changes had been made to the software they were running had
no method of accessing that information.
With RPM, Red Hat developed a package system that produced two
types of packages: binary and source. Binary packages are
compiled software that can be installed and used. Source
packages contain the source code for that software, along with a
file documenting how that source code must be compiled to
produce that binary package. This feature is probably the single
most significant difference between modern Linux packaging
software (such as RPM) and the packaging software used on other
systems (such as the pkg format that commercial Unix systems
use). Source packaging makes the job of software packager
easier, since packagers can use old source packages as a
reference when preparing new versions of those packages. Source
packages are also convenient for the end user, because they make
it easily possible to change options with which that software
was compiled and to produce a new binary package that supports
the features the user needs.
RPM Terminology
When working with RPM, understanding the package concept is key.
RPM packages are provided as compressed archive files that contain
one or more files, as well as instructions specifying installation
information about those files, including the ownerships and
permissions that should be applied to each file during
installation. The instructions can also contain scripts to be run
after installation or before uninstallation. These package files
are extremely convenient; they provide a single file that can be
easily transferred between machines for installation rather than
having to transfer each file to be installed.
To help in installation and management, all package files are
labeled with highly identifiable names. Red Hat Linux package
files have four-part names, which typically look something like:
kernel-smp-2.4.18-3.athlon.rpm
kernel-smp-2.4.18-3.i586.rpm
kernel-smp-2.4.18-3.i686.rpm
kernel-source-2.4.18-3.i386.rpm
rootfiles-7.2-1.noarch.rpm
Here, the four parts of each name are separated from each other by
dashes or periods. The structure of the package file name is
name-version-release.architecture.rpm
The name identifies what software is contained within the archive
file. Typically, this is a name of an application or package that
the archive installs on the system. For example, kernel-smp can be
installed to provide a very important application, the SMP
(symmetric multiprocessing, meaning it supports systems with more
than one CPU in them) version of the Linux kernel, on the system.
Sometimes, rather than an application, the software is a
collection of other files needed on the system. The rootfiles
package, for example, is not an application but is a collection of
basic environmental configuration files for the root user's
account (such as /root/.bashrc, the root user's Bash configuration
file) that provides a usable, preconfigured working environment
for the root user on Red Hat Linux systems.
The second field in every Red Hat Linux package file's name is the
version field. This field identifies the version number of the
software that is contained in the package file. For example,
kernel-smp-2.4.18 indicates the RPM holds the 2.4.18 release of
the SMP version of the Linux kernel, and rootfiles-7.2 is the 7.2
release of the rootfiles configuration files.
Every Red Hat Linux package file name also has a third component:
the release field. This field identifies which release of that
version of the software the package file contains. Package files
contain both software and instructions about how to install that
software. As packages of a particular version of software are
being prepared, mistakes are sometimes made in these instruction
files, or bugs are sometimes fixed within a software version; more
recent package files of that software version need to be prepared
that correct the problem. The ???1 in the rootfiles-7.2-1 package
shows this is the first release of the 7.2 version of the
rootfiles software. The packager of rootfiles version 7.2 got
everything right on the first try and had no need to prepare more
than one release. The ???3 in the kernel-smp-2.4.18-3 package, on
the other hand, is the third release of the 2.4.18 version of the
SMP-capable Linux kernel. This release incorporates new patches to
fix bugs present in older releases of the 2.4.18 version of the
Linux SMP kernel. The software packager increased the release
number so that end users could distinguish the more recent,
bug-fixed package file from the older, less bug-free package file.
The final field in Red Hat Linux package file names is the
architecture, which identifies the system types for which the
package file is appropriate. For example, the
kernel-smp-2.4.18-3.athlon package is intended for use on machines
with an AMD Athlon CPU, and kernel-smp-2.4.18-3.i586 is intended
for use on machines with an i586 (Pentium-class) CPU or better. An
architecture name of noarch indicates this is a special
architecture such that the files in the package work on any
architecture. Typically, this is because the files are all
interpreted scripts, not binary executables, or are documentation.
RPM supports various architectures. Table 2-1 presents the
architectures available for different platforms as of RPM version
4.1.
Table 2-1Supported Architectures
Platform
Architectures
Intel compatible 32-bit
i386, i486, i586, i686, athlon
Intel compatible 64-bit
ia64
HPAlpha (formerly Digital, Compaq)
alpha, alphaev5, alphaev56, alphapca56, alphaev6,
alphaev67
Sparc/Ultra Sparc (Sun)
sparc, sparcv9, sparc64
ARM
armv3l, armv4b, armv4l
MIPS
mips, mipsel
Power PC
ppc, ppciseries, ppcpseries, ppc64
Motorola 68000 series
m68k, m68kmint
SGI MIPS
Sgi
IBM RS6000
rs6000
IBM S/390
i370, s390x, s390
Platform independent
noarch
Tip
When choosing an appropriate architecture for your machine, be
aware that more recent architectures typically run software that
targets older architectures within the same family; the reverse,
however, is not true. For example, within the 32-bit
Intel-compatible architectures, a 686-class (Pentium II / III /
IV) machine runs files within i386, i486, i586, and i686 RPM
package files, but a 386-class (80386) machine runs files within
i386 RPM package files only. Similarly, for the Alpha
architecture, more recent Alpha EV68 CPUs can run programs from
RPM package files with alphaev67, alphaev6, alphaev56, alphaev5,
and alpha architectures, but an older Alpha EV56 machine can run
programs from RPM package files with alpha, alphaev5, or alphaev56
architectures only.
Notice that the four fields in RPM package file names are
separated from each other by punctuation, either a dash (-) or a
period (.). Periods and dashes, however, are also allowed within
fields. 7.2 is a valid version number, just as kernel-source is a
valid software name. Finally, keep in mind that all RPM package
files use an .rpm file-name extension to denote that they are
RPMs.
Once installed, package names are slightly different from package
file names. Package files, which can be downloaded from the
Internet, copied off of CDs, and otherwise easily transferred
between machines, always have names that looks like
name-version-release.architecture.rpm. Installed packages,
however, have names that look like name-version-release. Once
installed, packages are referred to without the architecture field
and the .rpm extension. Furthermore, installed packages consist of
lots of files, not a single RPM file. For example, the package
file kernel-smp-2.4.18-3.i686.rpm after installation is referred
to as kernel-smp-2.4.18-3. To simplify usage even further,
installed packages can be referred to by their name field only, so
this file would become simply kernel-smp.
Warning
Once installed, the name of the package does not have to be the
same as the name portion of the original package file. By
convention though, the package name matches the name, version, and
release part of the file name.
Usage of the name field by itself to name packages assumes that
multiple versions or releases of that particular software are not
installed. However, it is in some cases necessary to install
different versions or releases of the same package. My desktop at
home is a (by now, relatively old) dual Pentium-II system, so it
uses an SMP-capable Linux kernel. On it, I have the following
Linux SMP kernels installed:
$ rpm -q kernel-smp
kernel-smp-2.4.18-4
kernel-smp-2.4.18-3
kernel-smp-2.5.21-4
$
This example uses the rpm ???q command to query for all installed
versions of the given package, kernel-smp.
Cross Reference
Chapter 5 covers querying the RPM database in depth.
I have two different package file releases (release 3 and release
4) of the 2.4.18 version of the Linux kernel, and I have a
development kernel, version 2.5.21, installed. On this system,
since I have multiple packages installed of the kernel-smp
software, I have to use the full package name (such as
kernel-smp-2.4.18-4) whenever I want to work with my installed
kernel-smp packages.
Summary
The RPM system wasn???t created to solve some theoretical problem.
Instead, it is the result of years of hard-won practical
experience in trying to manage systems with a large number of
applications. RPM builds upon older systems that were created to
solve some of the problems faced by system administrators. RPM
goes further, though, and tries to provide a complete
package-management solution. This includes the ability to deal
with wrinkles that Linux faces but that many other operating
systems do not need to address.
For example, most other operating systems don???t support more
than one or two processor architectures. Sun???s Solaris, for
example, supports only the SPARC and Intel architectures. Linux
supports these and more. Most other operating systems also don???t
include nearly so many applications. From the OpenOffice.org
office suite to the Apache Web server, Linux distributions are
literally packed with applications. As a final point, most other
operating systems provide mostly closed-source applications.
Linux, on the other hand, includes thousands of open-source
applications.
From the perspective of the organizations making Linux
distributions, these wrinkles make Linux harder to manage. Luckily
for end users, the solution to these problems helps make the RPM
system better able to manage user systems:
*The RPM system tags each package with the processor architecture
and allows for multiple versions of the same package to be
installed on the same system. RPM also packs all the files in a
package into one file, called an RPM file, for easy transfer to
other systems.
*Most RPM operations such as installing or removing packages
require only a single command to run.
*The RPM system supports building RPM packages from a pristine set
of sources. This means you can reproduce the commands required to
build an application, improving quality.
This chapter introduced the RPM system and the history behind it.
The next chapter delves into the RPM basics, including files,
database, and commands.
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 4 01:53:35 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 3 Oct 2005 21:53:35 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-licensing-en.xml,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510040153.j941rZfS000669@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv651
Added Files:
rpm-guide-licensing-en.xml
Log Message:
--- NEW FILE rpm-guide-licensing-en.xml ---
Licensing RPM
Copyright (c) 2005 by Eric Foster-Johnson. This material may be
distributed only subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
the Open Publication License, v1.0 or later (the latest version is
presently available at http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/).
When incorporating someone else's existing code into your software
project, you should always examine the license of the code
carefully, make sure you understand its implications, and make sure
you are willing to abide by them. You also need to make sure you
have the legal right to incorporate the other code in your project.
This is true for commercial code and commercial projects, and it is
equally true for freely licensed code and free software projects.
RPM itself and most discussed helper applications (rpmlint,
rpm-spec-mode, and so forth) are free software, meaning that the
programs themselves are available without cost. In addition, most of
these tools are considered open source software, which means the
source code for the applications are also available.
These facts do not mean that they are unlicensed software, or that
their source code can be used in any desired fashion. RPM and these
helper applications are made freely available in both source and
binary formats under the terms of the GNU Project's General Public
License (GPL). Parts of RPM are licensed under the LGPL, the Lesser
General Public License. The terms of the GPL are reproduced here,
and should be consulted before incorporating any source code or
binaries licensed under the GPL into your projects. Essentially, the
GPL states that you can use GPL'ed source code or binaries for any
purpose, so long as you always give those same rights (including
access to your program???s source code) to any users to whom you
give software derived from GPL'ed source code (though a lawyer
should be consulted to obtain an analysis of the implications of the
GPL on your project, should you decide to use GPL'ed code in any
commercially licensed project you might undertake).
The GNU General Public License
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of
this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General
Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and
change free software--to make sure the software is free for all
its users. This General Public License applies to most of the Free
Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose
authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation
software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License
instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and
charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code
or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or
use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can
do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the
rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities
for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify
it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights
that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can
get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
know their rights.
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software,
and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to
copy, distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make
certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for
this free software. If the software is modified by someone else
and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have
is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others
will not reflect on the original authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making
the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear
that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not
licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0.This License applies to any program or other work which contains
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be
distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The
"Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work
based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative
work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the
Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications
and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation
is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each
licensee is addressed as "you".
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are
not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act
of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the
Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on
the Program (independent of having been made by running the
Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1.You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep
intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the
absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the
Program a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange
for a fee.
2.You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a)You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notice
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
b)You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
parties under the terms of this License.
c)If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does
not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the
Program is not required to print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the
Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate
works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not
apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate
works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a
whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of
the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions
for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each
and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or
contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the
intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of
derivative or collective works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the
Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on
a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the
other work under the scope of this License.
3.You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms
of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the
following:
a)Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software
interchange; or,
b)Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
customarily used for software interchange; or,
c)Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
received the program in object code or executable form with such
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work
for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete
source code means all the source code for all modules it contains,
plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts
used to control compilation and installation of the executable.
However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need
not include anything that is normally distributed (in either
source or binary form) with the major components (compiler,
kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable
runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
4.You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this
License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights,
from you under this License will not have their licenses
terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
5.You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify
or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions
are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.
Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work
based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this
License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying,
distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it.
6.Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program
subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any
further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights
granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance
by third parties to this License.
7.If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent
issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order,
agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this
License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this
License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously
your obligations under this License and any other pertinent
obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the
Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit
royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who
receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only
way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain
entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable
under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is
intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply
in other circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe
any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity
of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of
protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system,
which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have
made generous contributions to the wide range of software
distributed through that system in reliance on consistent
application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide
if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other
system and a licensee cannot impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed
to be a consequence of the rest of this License.
8.If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces,
the original copyright holder who places the Program under this
License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation
excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only
in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this
License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of
this License.
9.The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
Program specifies a version number of this License which applies
to it and "any later version", you have the option of following
the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later
version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program
does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose
any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
10.If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the
author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by
the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software
Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision
will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of
all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
11.BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE
LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND
PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE
DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR
OR CORRECTION.
12.IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY
MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE
LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL,
INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR
INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU
OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY
OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the
greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this
is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and
change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is
safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most
effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should
have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full
notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what
it does.> Copyright (C) 19yy <name of author>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper
mail.
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like
this when it starts in an interactive mode:
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type
`show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to
redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' for
details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the
appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the
commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and
`show c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever
suits your program.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or
your school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the
program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
program `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by
James Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989Ty Coon, President of
Vice
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your
program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine
library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking
proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you
want to do, use the GNU Library General Public License instead of
this License.
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 4 01:54:12 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 3 Oct 2005 21:54:12 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-management-software-en.xml,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510040154.j941sCMU000704@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv681
Added Files:
rpm-guide-management-software-en.xml
Log Message:
--- NEW FILE rpm-guide-management-software-en.xml ---
RPM Management Software
Copyright (c) 2005 by Eric Foster-Johnson. This material may be
distributed only subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
the Open Publication License, v1.0 or later (the latest version is
presently available at http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/).
In This Chapter
*Finding packages in RPM format
*Graphical tools to manage RPM packages
*Extending RPM management with additional tools
You can find a variety of software packages to ease the work of
managing RPM-based systems. These utilities can help you find a
specific software application packaged using RPM or search through a
collection of RPM-packaged software to locate applications with
specific features. Similarly, several utilities provide features to
ease long-term system-management tasks. These applications provide
features such as automatic updating of existing installed software
with more recent versions or simplification of software installation
by automating installation of any required software dependencies.
This chapter covers a number of tools for finding packages in RPM
format, as well as tools to help manage the RPMs on your system.
Locating RPMs
RPM provides a powerful tool for managing software installed on a
system. With a single command, an entire application can be
installed on the system in a ready-to-run configuration. With a
different command, the entire application can be removed without
having manually to track down all of the associated files
scattered throughout the hard drive. For RPM to work, however, the
software being managed must be packaged in the proper RPM format.
RPM packages can be easily prepared if necessary, but you can save
time by using the wide variety of software already available in
the RPM format. The only trick to using this RPM-packaged software
is finding it.
As you start to search for RPM packages on the Internet, you???ll
find thousands of packages available. Many of these packages are
built specifically for various Linux distributions, such as
Conectiva, SuSE, Red Hat, or Mandrake. In many cases, the Linux
distribution won???t matter, but in general it's best to download
packages built for your version of Linux, such as Red Hat.
Note
Although the examples in this book assume Red Hat Linux as a base,
just about everything applies to all versions of Linux that use
the RPM system, unless noted otherwise.
Internet search engines are popular, but they aren???t very
helpful for finding RPM packages, especially because lots of Web
pages have the term rpm (including those covering revolutions per
minute). A more efficient approach is to use one of the
RPM-specific Internet search tools such as rpmfind.
rpmfind and rpm2html
One popular free tool for locating RPMs is rpmfind, written by
Daniel Veillard. This tool provides a command-line utility that
can search for packages by name or description, displaying or
optionally downloading any matching packages it finds. It can
even provide a list of the dependencies that those matching
packages require to run and can download those required
dependencies as well.
When searching for packages, rpmfind can search both the
software already installed on the local system and remote
databases, including the databases located at
http://rpmfind.net/.
Note
The databases at http://rpmfind.net/ are, in turn, created by
another utility: rpm2html. Both are covered in the sections
following.
Commonly, rpmfind is used to search for packages by name, though
it can be used to search package descriptions for key words. For
example, I might want to find new e-mail clients to install on
my system. I happen to know that one popular Linux e-mail client
is Ximian???s evolution, so I search for that.
The basic syntax for rpmfind follows:
rpmfind package_name
For example, to search for evolution, use a command like the
following:
$ rpmfind evolution
Resource evolution already installed
$
Before accessing the Internet, rpmfind searches my local system
and finds that I already have evolution installed, so it does
not even bother searching for copies to download. It looks like
I???m forgetful, not remembering that I already have evolution
installed. At this point, I might realize that I already have
the software I need, or I might decide to search for a similar
application, such as exmh, another popular Unix e-mail client.
To search for exmh (which in this example has not been
installed), use a command like the following:
$ rpmfind exmh
Installing exmh will require 7301 KBytes
### To Transfer:
ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/redhat/linux/7.2/en/os/i386/RedHat/RPMS//nmh-1.0.4-9.i3
86.rpm
ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/redhat/linux/7.2/en/os/i386/RedHat/RPMS//exmh-2.4-2.noarch.rpm
Do you want to download these files to /tmp [Y/n/a/i] ? : a
transferring
ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/redhat/linux/7.2/en/os/i386/RedHat/RPMS//nmh-1.0.4-9.i386.rpm
saving to /tmp/nmh-1.0.4-9.i386.rpm
transferring
ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/redhat/linux/7.2/en/os/i386/RedHat/RPMS//exmh-2.4-2.noarch.rpm
saving to /tmp/exmh-2.4-2.noarch.rpm
rpm -U /tmp/nmh-1.0.4-9.i386.rpm /tmp/exmh-2.4-2.noarch.rpm
$
Here, rpmfind searches my local system for exmh. Since exmh is
not installed there, rpmfind searches the databases at
http://rpmfind.net/ and does two things: it finds exmh, and it
learns that exmh depends upon another package: nmh. After
[...1729 lines suppressed...]
this reason, apt can only be used to update systems from
apt-capable repositories.
Although apt was created by the Debian Project and designed for
dpkg-format software packages, nothing about apt requires that
it inherently be usable only with dpkg-format packages. Because
of this, and because of its powerful capabilities, Conectiva, a
Brazilian Linux distribution vendor (www.conectiva.com),
extended apt to support management of RPM packages in addition
to dpkg packages. Conectiva???s work, commonly referred to as
apt-rpm, makes the apt client software available for use on any
RPM-based Linux distribution. Conectiva also provides its
customers with access to apt-capable FTP servers. A related
project, apt4rpm (http://apt4rpm.sourceforge.net/), supplies the
necessary utilities that can be used to make any RPM repository
apt-capable. By creating apt-capable servers using apt4rpm and
then installing apt-rpm on the client systems, any RPM-based
distribution, such as Red Hat Linux, Mandrake Linux, Caldera/SCO
OpenLinux, or SuSE Linux, can then be easily managed using apt.
Note
The freshrpms.net site, mentioned previously, provides a touted
apt repository.
Administrators managing multiple dispersed machines as well as
those used to Debian administration often find it useful to
configure their machines to use apt; its dependency tracking is
far better than any other tool, except for Red Hat???s
up2date/RHN combination. To use apt, administrators must install
it on their machines and have access to an apt-capable RPM
repository for the distribution they use. Several public FTP
sites that support apt are now available for most of the major
RPM-based distributions. Also, the administrator can create
another apt-capable repository.
Configuration of machines to use apt is simple. The apt and
libapt RPMs simply need to be installed. Although binaries are
sometimes available, the best success can usually be obtained by
building binary RPMs from the latest Conectiva apt SRPM (source
RPM), available at
ftp://ftp.conectiva.com/pub/conectiva/EXPERIMENTAL/apt/.
Once apt and libapt RPMs are installed, the sources.list file in
/etc/apt needs to be modified to reference the apt-capable
software site that will be used. For example, to configure a
machine to access the apt-capable Red Hat Linux 7.2 software
distributed by the Tuxfamily.org server, the
/etc/apt/sources.list file needs to list:
rpm http://apt-rpm.tuxfamily.org/apt redhat-7.2-i386/redhat os
rpm http://apt-rpm.tuxfamily.org/apt redhat-updates-7.2/redhat
os
These two lines, respectively, access the Red Hat Linux 7.2 and
Red Hat Linux 7.2 errata RPMs being served by the system
apt-rpm.tuxfamily.org. If you also want access to source RPMs,
the following lines are necessary as well.
rpm-src http://apt-rpm.tuxfamily.org/apt redhat-7.2-i386/redhat
os
rpm-src http://apt-rpm.tuxfamily.org/apt
redhat-updates-7.2/redhat os
In addition to, or instead of, using public apt-capable servers,
many sites want to create their own apt servers. If apt is being
used to manage all the machines in the enterprise, a custom apt
server might be needed that contains apt-accessible RPMs of all
the custom software used in the enterprise. This can be done
using the tools provided by the apt4rpm package
(http://apt4rpm.sourceforge.net).
Once apt has been installed on clients, and the clients have
been configured to access an apt-capable server, keeping systems
updated is simple. The command apt-get update updates the client
system???s apt database of available software, after which the
command apt-get upgrade upgrades all currently installed
software to the latest version available in the software
repository. By listing a site that provides vendor errata
updates in /etc/apt/sources.list and then setting up a nightly
cron job to run the apt-get upgrade command, administrators can
be sure that client systems always have the latest errata
installed. You can use a similar technique to ensure that all
client systems are always up to date with the latest custom
in-house applications. To do this, set up your own apt server
and ensure that the latest custom applications are placed on the
apt server.
In addition, apt simplifies interactive installation of RPMs on
systems that are using it. The command apt-get install package
retrieves the named RPM from the apt-capable software repository
and installs it. If the package requires any dependencies that
are not already resolved, apt will ask for confirmation, then
download and install the package and all dependencies.
Similarly, apt-get remove package uninstalls the named RPM. If
any other packages depend on it, it will prompt for
confirmation, then uninstall the named RPM and all of its
dependencies.
In addition to these command-line utilities, several graphical
front-end tools for manipulating apt are currently being ported
for use with apt-rpm. Because of its ease of use for automating
installation of system errata and necessary custom software, and
because of the excellent dependency tracking it provides for
interactive installation and uninstallation of software, apt-rpm
can be excellent for managing RPM-based systems.
The poldek
Also similar to the Debian apt tool, a utility called the poldek
works like apt-get. The poldek was designed to quickly scan
through dependencies and install a number of packages at once.
You can specify all the packages to install in a file.
The poldek automatically downloads any needed dependencies. The
poldek can download files over the Internet and also help create
the packages for storage on CD-ROMs. The poldek optimizes the
set of packages to reduce the number of times users have to
switch CDs.
Cross Reference
For more on the poldek, see poldek.pld.org.pl.
Summary
This chapter has covered a number of tools for finding packages in
RPM format, as well as tools to help manage the RPMs on your
system. The rpm command does a great job of installing, removing,
and upgrading packages. You can use it or choose from one of the
many graphical RPM management tools shown in this chapter.
The rpmfind utility helps find RPM packages on Internet servers.
You can use rpmfind to find the latest version of the packages
installed on your system.
The Nautilus file manager allows you to browse files on disk, and
it installs any RPM files you double-click.
Red Hat Linux 8 comes with a new package-management tool available
from the System Settings menu. Be careful with this tool, though,
as it automatically installs--and removes--dependent packages.
AutoRPM and AutoUpdate provide utilites that you can run
periodically to ensure that your systems are up to date. The Red
Hat Network and up2date also provides this capability.
The Debian GNU/Linux apt system provides many of the same
capabilities as RPM, along with the network-updating capabilities
of up2date and the Red Hat Network. You can use special apt
packages that adapt apt for RPM-based Linux distributions and get
the best of both the RPM system and the apt system.
The next chapter starts the major section on creating RPMs. The
RPM system reduces a lot of the burden of administering Linux
systems. You can take advantage of this when building any sort of
software for distribution--or even when managing your own system.
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 4 01:54:41 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 3 Oct 2005 21:54:41 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-online-resources-en.xml,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510040154.j941sfvH000733@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv715
Added Files:
rpm-guide-online-resources-en.xml
Log Message:
--- NEW FILE rpm-guide-online-resources-en.xml ---
RPM Resources
Copyright (c) 2005 by Eric Foster-Johnson. This material may be
distributed only subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
the Open Publication License, v1.0 or later (the latest version is
presently available at http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/).
In This Appendix
*Finding RPM sites on the Internet
*Accessing RPM newsgroups and mailing lists
This appendix covers the material available on the Internet for
working with RPM.
Finding RPM Sites
There is a wealth of RPM material online, although some of it is
hard to find. The following sections list a number of RPM-related
sites, divided by category. Note that as with any Internet sites,
the sites listed my change or disappear.
The main rpm.org site
The main RPM site is www.rpm.org. This site provides the
official distributions of the RPM software, as well as a lot of
documentation online.
Table F-1 lists a number of useful links on this site.
Table F-1 Links on the rpm.org site
Link
Holds
ftp://ftp.rpm.org/pub/rpm/dist/
RPM software downloads
ftp://ftp.rpm.org/pub/
rpm.org download site
www.rpm.org/cvs_help/
Instructions for accessing the RPM CVS repository
www.rpm.org/hintskinks/
Tips for working with RPM
www.rpm.org/hintskinks/bootstrap/
Good tips on bootstrapping RPM to new platforms
www.rpm.org/howto/
How-to documents for working with RPM
www.rpm.org/max-rpm/
Maximum RPM by Edward C. Bailey
www.rpm.org/RPM-HOWTO/
Good introductory tutorial
www.rpm.org/rpmapi-4.1/
API documentation
The main RPM FTP site, at ftp://ftp.rpm.org/pub/, includes the
RPM distributions, as well as the Berkeley DB version 3 library,
and the text of the book Maximum RPM. Download RPM software from
ftp://ftp.rpm.org/pub/rpm/dist/.
RPM locator sites
A number of sites help you find RPMs for various applications.
On the main sites, you can find specially built RPMs for a
variety of Linux distributions. You can then download the RPMs
made especially for your systems.
The main RPM-finding site is rpmfind.net, which offers a search
engine as well as software you can run on your site.
The RPM PBone Search, at http://rpm.pbone.net/, is also very
useful.
The www.rpm.org/packagers/ site lists a number of places that
package RPMs and provide them for downloading.
Many Java libraries and packages are available in RPM format
from www.jpackage.org/.
Table F-2 lists a number of other RPM download sites.
Table F-2 RPM download sites
Site
Holds
rpmfind.net
Links to a huge number of RPMs, many specific to
various Linux distributions
http://rpm.pbone.net/
RPM PBone search, useful for finding RPMs
www.rpm.org/packagers/
Lists a number of sites that provide RPMs for download
www.javapackage.org
Many Java packages in RPM format
http://plf.zarb.org/
The Penguin Liberation Front has RPMs that for legal
reasons cannot be included in the Mandrake Linux
distribution.
www.math.unl.edu/~rdieter/Projects
Rex Dieter???s RPM site
www.rpmhelp.net
Mandrake Linux RPMs
www.aucs.org/rpmcenter/
Edwin Chan's Red Hat RPMs
www.owlriver.com/projects/links/
Owl River Company RPMs
RPM tools sites
A large number of tools exist to help you work with RPMs. The
following sites list some of the main tools:
*For the vim text editor, you can download a spec.vim syntax
file from
http://pegasus.rutgers.edu/~elflord/vim/syntax/spec.vim.
*For emacs, you can download an Emacs mode for spec files from
http://tihlde.org/~stigb/rpm-spec-mode.el.
Cross Reference
Appendix F lists links for a number of text editors.
*The rpmlint tool mentioned in Chapter 13 is available at
http://people.mandrakesoft.com/~flepied/projects/rpmlint/.
Table F-3 lists a number of RPM-related tools and the sites you
can find more information on the tools.
Table F-3 RPM-related tools
Tool
Site
apt-rpm
ftp://ftp.conectiva.com/pub/conectiva/EXPERIMENTAL/apt/
apt4rpm
http://apt4rpm.sourceforge.net/
AutoRPM
www.autorpm.org
AutoUpdate
www.mat.univie.ac.at/~gerald/ftp/autoupdate
current
www.biology.duke.edu/computer/unix/current/
kpackage
www.kde.org
MakeRPM.pl
www.perl.com/CPAN/modules/by-authors/id/JWIED
poldek
http://poldek.pld.org.pl/
rpm2html
rpmfind.net/linux/rpm2html/
rpmfind
rpmfind.net
RUST
www.rusthq.com
setup.sh
www.mmedia.is/~bre/programs/setup.sh
urpmi
www.linux-mandrake.com/cooker/urpmi.html
Programming sites
Only a few sites exist to help developers with programming for
RPM. I maintain some quick links to RPM sites at
www.pconline.com/~erc/rpm.htm. Most of these links are focused
for programming with RPM.
The best sites for programming RPM are the online API
documentation at www.rpm.org/rpmapi-4.1/ for the RPM 4.1
release, and the ftp.rpm.org/pub/rpm/dist/ site for downloading
the RPM sources. There is a lot of documentation bundled with
the source code.
Cross Reference
Appendix F lists links for a number of Integrated Development
Environments, or IDEs, aimed at programmers.
Sites related to RPM
If you try to make cross-platform RPMs, especially RPMs that
should work for multiple versions of Linux, it is very important
to follow the Linux standards for things like file placement and
package formats.
The Filesystem Hierarchy Standard, or FHS, covers Linux
directory layout at www.pathname.com/fhs/.
The Linux Standards Base is working on standardizing on the RPM
package file format. See www.linuxbase.org for details.
Accessing RPM Mailing Lists and Newsgroups
The RPM mailing list provides the best source of technical RPM
information. You can post questions and get quick, useful
responses. If you are working with RPM, you should subscribe to
this mailing list. For details on viewing the RPM mailing list
archives and signing up for the list, see
www.rpm.org/mailing_list/.
To help avoid unwanted commercial e-mail (in other words, spam),
you need to register with a user name and password to subscribe to
the mailing list or view the archives.
A Usenet newsgroup, named linux.redhat.rpm, also provides a forum
for asking RPM-related questions. You can read this newsgroup with
any newsreading program.
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 4 01:55:15 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 3 Oct 2005 21:55:15 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-other-linuxes-en.xml,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510040155.j941tFuX000762@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv744
Added Files:
rpm-guide-other-linuxes-en.xml
Log Message:
--- NEW FILE rpm-guide-other-linuxes-en.xml ---
Using RPM on Non-Red Hat Linuxe
Copyright (c) 2005 by Eric Foster-Johnson. This material may be
distributed only subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
the Open Publication License, v1.0 or later (the latest version is
presently available at http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/).
In This Chapter
*Dealing with RPM issues on other versions of Linux
*RPM standardization
*Working around RPM differences when installing RPMs
*Working around RPM differences when building RPMs
*Dealing with non-RPM-based Linux distributions
Although its name was originally the Red Hat Package Manager, RPM
has been adopted by most major Linux distributions. With this
adoption, RPM has moved from its Red Hat roots, and RPM now stands
for the RPM Package Manager.
In addition, the RPM package format is being adopted by the Linux
Standards Base (LSB). The LSB defines a set of standards to help
maintain compatibility for all Linux distributions.
Cross Reference
See www.linuxbase.org for more on the LSB.
This chapter covers differences in how Linux distributions use RPM,
ways to work around these differences, and also tools you can use
for non-RPM distributions.
Troubleshooting RPM Installation Issues
The main RPM issues when dealing with installing RPMs on other
versions of Linux are:
*Different versions of RPM itself
*Different divisions of software into packages
*Dealing with dependency issues
*Different install locations
The following sections expand on these issues.
Dealing with RPM versions
Red Hat Linux 8.0 ships with RPM version 4.1. Other
distributions of Linux ship with other versions of RPM. Thus,
one of the first commands you can run on another Linux
distribution is the rpm --version command, to see what RPM
version is in use and help identify any issues. For example:
$ rpm --version
RPM version 4.1
Once you know the RPM version, you can plan for any issues that
arise from installing RPMs made with a different RPM version.
For example, RPM 4.0 and higher inserts dependency information
automatically into RPMs. If your Linux distribution runs RPM
3.x, you may need to disable some of the dependency checks, for
example, if you want to install RPMs built under RPM 4.x onto an
RPM 3.x system.
On installing RPMs, you can disable the dependency checks with
the --nodeps option. If you do this, though, you should manually
check that the dependencies are really met by your Linux
installation.
On the other hand, if you want to install RPMs built on an RPM
3.x system onto an RPM 4.x system, you may need to deal with
package signatures. RPM 4.x versions also automatically check
for signatures. When installing packages on an RPM 4.x system,
you can disable this feature with the --nosignature option.
Using these techniques, you should be able to install packages
built with RPM 4.1 on systems that use RPM 3.x versions or vice
versa.
Dealing with divisions of software into packages
There is no standardization as to how large applications are
divided into packages on different Linux distributions. This
means that dependencies between packages may differ.
If your dependencies are for packages provided with the Linux
distribution, which includes a huge number of packages, you must
address this issue. The package an RPM depends on may not exist
and may not even be needed, on a particular Linux distribution.
If instead the dependencies are for files, especially shared
libraries, you should be okay for the most part, unless the
files are located in different directories.
The only real solution to this problem is to turn off dependency
checks on installing, with the --nodeps option. Then you must
check manually that your system really does provide all the
necessary dependencies. Use the techniques shown in Chapter 6 to
verify all the dependencies are met on your system.
Warning
Using the --nodeps option can lead to problems with your RPM
database, because you are installing packages by defeating the
RPM system's safeguards for dependencies. Only use the --nodeps
option if you are really sure the dependencies are met on your
system, even if from a different package than expected.
Dealing with dependency issues
One of the toughest areas to deal with is the problem of
dependencies. This topic ranges from the very simple issue of
installing a necessary package to complex issues of shared
library versions or particular Perl modules.
Start with the simple case and make certain that you haven???t
failed to install a necessary RPM that provides the right
dependency. In most cases, you can download a vendor-specific
package from your Linux vendor, such as www.suse.com for SuSE
Linux. Most Linux vendors provide HTTP or FTP sites with a large
set of packages created for their distributions. If such a
distribution-specific package solves a dependency issue, this is
the easiest way around the problem.
After you verify that you haven't simply omitted a necessary
package, move on to other potential explanations. Another issue
involves shared libraries and ELF, or Extended Linking Format,
symbols. A package may require an older or newer version of a
shared library. Applications that are tied to a particular
version of a shared library can cause problems, since you may
not want to install incompatible versions of a shared library.
If the dependency is for a system-shared library, such as the
shared C library, you can often recompile the package (rebuild
from a source RPM) to get the package to use the newer or older
version of the system library. This is possible because most
Linux applications don???t call on version-specific features of
system shared libraries (some do, but most don???t). If the
dependency is for an application-shared library, this is more
serious, since there were likely API changes that could impact
the application. Install the package owning the
application-shared library and again, try to rebuild the package
from the source RPM.
Cross Reference
You can use the rpm -qf command to query which package owns a
given file. You can use the rpm -q --whatprovides command to
query for which package provides a given capability. Chapter 6
covers more on dependencies.
Some packages are considered developer packages. These usually
depend on some base package. For example, the rpm-devel package
depends on the rpm package. The rpm-python package depends on
both the rpm package and the python package (at particular
version numbers as well).
This naming scheme of a base package and base-devel is used for
Red Hat Linux packages, but may not be used for other vendor
packages. In any case, you can solve this type of dependency by
finding the relevant base packages that the package you are
trying to install depends on. Consult the manuals that come with
your Linux distribution or browse the online RPM repositories to
see what naming conventions are used for your Linux
distribution.
Many packages depend on scripting language interpreters, such as
Perl. Sometimes the dependency is based on scripts used in a
package, such as install or trigger scripts. You can have
problems arise with the locations of these scripting
interpreters. Perl, for example, is usually installed in
/usr/bin/perl on most Linux systems. Another common location is
/usr/local/bin/perl. In addition, packages may depend on
particular add-on modules, especially Perl modules. With most
versions of Linux released in the last few years, you should be
able to override a Perl dependency with the --nodeps option as
long as you have Perl installed.
File paths may also cause problems. For example, a file that a
package depends on may be in a different location or owned by a
different package. For this case, you can try to find the
package that owns the file and make sure that package is
installed. If your Linux vendor provides a pre-built RPM
database of all packages, such as the rpmdb-redhat package, you
can query this database to find out which package owns the file
for that version of Linux.
Dealing with install locations
Linux vendors can install software anywhere. For example, some
distributions place a lot of software under /opt instead of the
more common /usr. From an RPM perspective, this is mostly an
issue with file dependencies and the install location for
packages. Evolving file system standards also help limit this
issue.
You can attempt to relocate any package using the --badreloc
option.
Cross Reference
Chapter 4 covers the --badreloc option.
But, while the --badreloc option will relocate the files in a
package, it will not modify the contents of those files. So, any
file inside a package that references files and directory
locations may not work properly, since it may have the old,
invalid, paths.
The only real way around this problem is to edit any script
files that come with the package and contain hard-coded paths.
If the paths reside inside binary executables, you need to get a
source RPM for the package, patch the sources and then create a
new RPM.
When all else fails, rebuild from the source package
When all of these techniques fail to install a package, you
still have a fallback option. If you have the source RPM for a
package, you can install the source RPM on the new system and
then edit the spec file until you can rebuild a package that
will install on your version of Linux.
For example, a set of Build Root Policy (brp) helper scripts are
run at the end of the %install section in an RPM. These scripts
perform tasks such as compressing man pages. The Mandrake brp
scripts use bzip2 compression. Red Hat brp scripts use gzip
compression. This is one case where rebuilding an RPM and then
installing may work best.
Handling Problems Building RPMs
Given all these differences, how can you create RPMs while
avoiding problems? With some work setting things up, you can
create an RPM build environment that solves most vendor issues.
This depends on taking a methodical approach to building your
packages and using techniques to avoid vendor issues wherever
possible.
When building RPMs, you will face many of the same problems@@mdand
solutions@@mdas when installing RPMs. For example, due to the
different ways Linux vendors divide software into packages, your
RPMs will likely have issues defining the proper dependencies.
There are also a number of issues that apply only when building
RPMs.
The following sections cover the main issues when building RPMs.
Writing distribution-specific packages
One of the ways around all the differences between Linux
distributions in RPM usage is to define distribution-specific
packages. To do this, you create a separate package on each
Linux distribution you support.
That???s a lot of work. If possible, fit the differences into
macros and use a single spec file to reduce some of this work.
This technique works up to a point. Sometimes, your spec file
becomes too complicated and you may decide that it is easier to
create multiple spec files, one per Linux distribution.
One way to help make vendor-specific packages, or to see which
RPM macros are defined on a given Linux distribution, is to look
for an RPM that contains the distribution-specific RPM
configuration. For example, on Red Hat Linux systems, the Red
Hat RPM configuration is defined by the redhat-rpm-config
package.
You can list the files in this package to see where Red Hat
defines macros specific to their Linux distribution.
$ rpm -ql redhat-rpm-config
/usr/lib/rpm/redhat
/usr/lib/rpm/redhat/brp-compress
/usr/lib/rpm/redhat/brp-redhat
/usr/lib/rpm/redhat/brp-sparc64-linux
/usr/lib/rpm/redhat/brp-strip
/usr/lib/rpm/redhat/brp-strip-comment-note
/usr/lib/rpm/redhat/brp-strip-shared
/usr/lib/rpm/redhat/find-lang.sh
/usr/lib/rpm/redhat/find-provides
/usr/lib/rpm/redhat/find-requires
/usr/lib/rpm/redhat/macros
/usr/lib/rpm/redhat/perl.prov
/usr/lib/rpm/redhat/perl.req
/usr/lib/rpm/redhat/rpmrc
These files, such as /usr/lib/rpm/redhat/macros, show you what
is specific to a given Linux distribution. You can then look at
the macros defined in these files to identify settings for a
particular distribution, in this case, Red Hat. Armed with this
knowledge, you can better create portable RPM spec files.
Dealing with automatic dependency generation
One of the features in RPM 4.x is the automatic generation of
dependencies. For a variety of reasons including different
package layouts, different directory structures, or different
versions of RPM, you may need to disable some or all of
automatic generation of dependencies.
You can disable the automatic generation of dependencies by
placing the following directive in your spec file:
Autoreq: 0
If you do so, you need to use the Requires: tag to manually
define all requirements. This is not a good solution to the
issue of automatic dependencies however. Most likely, you will
need to override the %{__find_requires} and %{__find_provides}
macros in order to filter out any unwanted dependencies.
These two macros resolve to shell scripts that perform the
automated dependency checks, as you can see with the rpm --eval
command:
$ rpm --eval "%__find_provides"
/usr/lib/rpm/find-provides
rpm --eval "%__find_requires"
/usr/lib/rpm/find-requires
You can override these scripts to filter out any dependencies
that cause problems for your packages.
Dealing with different macros
Different Linux vendors define different macros in their RPM
setup. This may mean not only different values for the macros,
but different macro names as well. Because of this, it is best
to define your own local set of macros when building RPMs.
As much as possible, depend on your own RPM macros. You can
define your macros in terms of vendor-specific macros using
conditional statements in your spec files, a topic covered in
Chapter 11. You can also read examples in the ???Build
Environment and Macros??? section of this chapter.
This really boils down to creating a disciplined RPM build
environment.
Making relocatable packages
You should aim to make your packages relocatable so that users
can install your packages into any directory. This makes it
easier to deal with the locations chosen by different Linux
distributions, such as /usr, /usr/local, or /opt, for installing
add-on software.
Cross Reference
Chapter 10 covers the spec file format. Chapter 11 covers making
relocatable packages.
You can use the %{_bindir} macro in your spec files, which will
help create per-distribution packages using the right settings.
In addition, you can define macros in your spec files that
define the location for dependencies. You can then use the
--define option to the rpmbuild command to define values for
your macros that specify the locations for the dependencies.
Note
This technique of setting up Linux distribution-specific macros
can help solve a lot of problems with cross-platform RPMs.
Creating an RPM build environment
If you start with the idea that you want to build RPMs for
multiple versions of Linux, you can set up an RPM build
environment that cleanly separates most vendor-specific issues.
The key issues with the build environment are:
*Detecting the vendors
*Using macros to define a clean build process
*Handling different dependencies
Detecting Vendors
To make a clean build environment, you need to be able to
detect the Linux vendor and make build settings based on this
vendor. To help with this, many Linux vendors install a
special file with the vendor name, or a special package with
the vendor name. You can query for either of these.
For files, the convention follows:
/etc/vendor-release
For example:
$ more /etc/redhat-release
Red Hat Linux release 8.0 (Psyche)
For packages, the convention is vendor-release for a package
name. For example:
$ rpm -q redhat-release
redhat-release-8.0-8
You can use either approach or simply define a macro for the
vendor and use the --define option to set the macro. For
example:
# rpmbuild ???ba --define 'linuxVendor suse'
With this definition, you can use the macro %linuxVendor
inside your spec files. It is generally easier, though, if
your scripts can automatically detect the Linux vendor instead
of having to define it manually. The manual approach works,
though, if it becomes too much effort to detect the vendor
automatically.
Build environment and macros
Once you can detect the Linux vendor, you can create macros
based on the differences between Linux distributions that
affect your applications.
Cross Reference
Chapter 21 covers RPM macros.
The macros that specifically help you with platform
differences include the %if .. %endif conditional. You can use
this in combination with special macros you define. In
addition, command-line options such as --with, --without, and
--target allow you to control features and the build target
within an RPM.
The %if macro allows you to specify a condition within your
spec file. For example:
%if %{old_5x} && %{old_6x}
%{error: You cannot build for .5x and .6x at the same time}
%quit
%endif
%if %{old_5x}
%define b5x 1
%undefine b6x
%endif
%if %{old_6x}
%define b6x 1
%undefine b5x
%endif
You can also use %if to control settings such as the
Requires:, as shown in the following example:
%if %{build6x}
Requires: util-linux, pam >= 0.66-5
%else
Requires: util-linux, pam >= 0.75-37,
/etc/pam.d/system-auth
%endif
The --with command-line option defines a special macro
starting with _with_. For example, the following command-line
option defines a feature to use:
$ rpmbuild ???bc --with ssh filename.spec
This example defines the macro _with_ssh to --with-ssh. This
format was specially designed to work with GNU configure. You
can use this for conditional builds for platform-dependent
issues.
The --without command-line option similarly defines a macro
starting with _without_. The convention is that this option
defines a feature the code should not use.
You can combine --with and --without to turn on and off
features referenced in your spec files. For example:
./configure %{?_with_ssh}
This will pass the following command line if the _with_ssh
macro is defined:
./configure --with-ssh
If this option is not defined, the command will be:
./configure
The --target option sets the spec file macros %_target,
%_target_arch, and %_target_os . For example:
$ rpmbuild -bc --target ppc-ibm-aix
/usr/src/redhat/SPECS/jikes.spec
Compatibility and Glue Packages
Not all Linux distributions are the same. Macros alone won???t
provide work-arounds for all the differences. You can, though,
get a lot of mileage from compatibility and glue packages.
A compatibility package provides a legacy API on newer systems
that no longer support the legacy API. By convention,
compatibility packages are named with a leading compat- to
signify their purpose.
For example:
$ rpm -q --qf "%{description}" compat-libstdc++
The compat-libstdc++ package contains compatibility Standard
C++
Using a compatibility package allows you to create programs
that use a least-common-denominator approach, programming to
the oldest but most common APIs. As some Linux distributions
eliminate the old APIs, compatibility packages can provide the
missing APIs.
Similarly, a glue package provides a dependency that exists on
some Linux distributions but not others. It glues together
your package with the Linux distribution that is missing an
essential capability.
Note
A key point in both of these approaches is to separate the
compatibility and glue packages from your main application
packages. The application packages should be as clean of
vendor issues as possible. Instruct your users to install the
compatibility or glue packages as needed (based on their Linux
distribution) along with the main application package or
packages.
With all this discussion of RPM and Linux differences, you
might think that Linux is one big mess. That???s not true.
Linux maintains a high degree of compatibility among Linux
distributions as well as among processor architectures. Most
programs originally created for Linux on Intel-based
architectures compile cleanly on Linux versions running on
other processor architectures such as MIPS, SPARC, and ARM.
The main differences lie in how Linux vendors split up the
huge number of files associated with Linux into RPM packages
as well as which versions of tools like C compilers the
vendors ship.
Dealing with Signatures
With SuSE Linux, or any Linux based on UnitedLinux 1.0, the
RPM packages are signed with OpenPGP version 4, not 3, as used
in RPM 4.1. This means that you must use some other, non-RPM
means to extract the signatures from an RPM package, and then
verify these signatures with gpg.
Dealing with Non-RPM-Based Linux Versions
The main Linux distributions that don???t support RPM are the
Debian GNU/Linux family and Slackware Linux. To help with these
distributions, you can use a package-conversion tool called alien.
Handling non-RPM packages with alien
Alien is a package that supports conversions between RPM and
so-called alien package formats such as the dpkg (Debian
GNU/Linux), slp (Stampede Linux), and tgz (Slackware Linux)
formats.
You can use alien on your RPM-based Linux system to convert RPMs
to some other format, such as the Debian dpkg. You can also use
alien to convert other package formats into RPMs, depending on
which way you need to go.
Standardizing RPMs
RPM is being considered as part of the Linux Standard Base, or
LSB, 1.3. This will define a standard packaging format for Linux
distributions, and over time reduce the RPM differences between
distributions.
In addition, other efforts are underway to help unify the diverse
Linux distributions, including the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard
and the adoption of RPM by many Linux vendors.
Filesystem Hierarchy Standard
The FHS, or Filesystem Hierarchy Standard, defines the purpose
of all the upper-level directories on Linux systems, such as
/var and /usr/bin. This standard, along with the Linux Standard
Base, or LSB, is driving Linux distributions to a greater degree
of similarity.
The FHS helps by specifying where applications should get
installed and which directories should be left to local
administrators to manage. The FHS also defines the purpose of
all Linux directories, giving vendors and application writers a
better idea of where they should install their packages.
Cross Reference
See www.linuxbase.org for more on the LSB. See
www.pathname.com/fhs/ for more on the FHS.
RPM adoption
RPM has been adopted by a large number of Linux distributions.
In addition, standardization efforts, both for RPM and for
filesystem locations, are making Linux systems less varied.
This means that over time, many of the RPM-related differences
between Linux distributions will fade away, making it easier to
create cross-platform RPMs.
Summary
This chapter covers differences in RPM versions between various
Linux distributions, and techniques you can use to get around
these differences. Each Linux vendor packages software
differently, even if the vendor uses RPM. This can cause problems
unless you write your spec files carefully.
Inside your RPM spec files, you can use conditional elements as
well as platform-based macro definitions to help create RPMs for
multiple packages.
Some of the best conventions are to split the software in your
applications from any compatibility or glue packages, separate
packages that provide missing features for various flavors of
Linux.
Standardization efforts such as the Linux Standard Base and
Filesystem Hierarchy Standard are bringing Linux vendors closer
and closer together. Widespread adoption of RPM by most Linux
distributions also helps.
While this chapter covers RPM on other Linux distributions, the
next chapter tackles RPM outside of Linux.
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 4 01:55:48 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 3 Oct 2005 21:55:48 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-other-os-en.xml,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510040155.j941tmLx000791@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv773
Added Files:
rpm-guide-other-os-en.xml
Log Message:
--- NEW FILE rpm-guide-other-os-en.xml ---
RPM on Other Operating Systems
Copyright (c) 2005 by Eric Foster-Johnson. This material may be
distributed only subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
the Open Publication License, v1.0 or later (the latest version is
presently available at http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/).
In This Chapter
*Running RPM on other operating systems
*Bootstrapping RPM on other operating systems
*Setting up the RPM environment
*Creating non-Linux RPMs
*Setting up an RPM build environment
*Cross-building packages
RPM was originally designed on Linux and for most of its life has
been a Linux-centric package management system. But most Linux
programs are portable to most versions of Unix or Unix -like
operating systems. Linux is, after all, a Unix-workalike operating
system.
The RPM system is no exception. It has been ported to a number of
operating systems, including quite a few Unix variants. The source
code is freely available, so you can port RPM to other systems as
well.
This chapter covers running RPM on non-Linux operating systems,
including getting the RPM system in the first place, bootstrapping
an RPM environment, and creating packages for other operating
systems.
The first step is to get RPM for your system, or port RPM if it
isn???t already available.
Running RPM on Other Operating Systems
The RPM system, made up of mostly the rpm and rpmbuild commands,
have been ported to a number of operating systems. There is
nothing stopping you from running the RPM system on other
platforms.
Other operating systems have their own native package management
software. You may prefer the way RPM works, or merely want to
standardize on RPM across all platforms you manage. There will
always be a few issues, however, when running RPM on other
operating systems. For example, operating system patches and
updates are likely to be distributed in the operating system???s
native package management format, not RPM. Many applications will
be updated also using the system???s native package management
format.
You will need to always keep in mind that there are two package
management schemes in use: RPM and the native one. This issue has
not stopped a great many people from using RPM on other systems,
though, as shown by the list of platforms RPM has been ported to
(see Table 20-1 for the list).
On the plus side, package management has always been one of the
main areas where versions of Linux, Unix, and other operating
systems differ, sometimes quite a lot. By using RPM, you can
transfer your knowledge of package management from one system to
another, saving valuable time and hassles. You will be able to
update systems in the same manner, a big plus if you manage a
diverse set of systems.
Another reason to use RPM on other operating systems is that in
most cases, RPM provides far more capabilities than the native
package management software. Following the RPM philosophy, each
package can be separately verified, checked, and updated. Each
package lists the other packages it depends on, and also lists the
capabilities it provides. You can automate the installation and
upgrade processes with RPM. You can also perform a lot of version
and signature comparisons. All of this leads to a more secure,
more robust system.
Many operating systems don???t include these capabilities in the
native package management software. This is why many users run RPM
on other operating systems.
Cross Reference
See Chapter 2 for more on the philosophy behind RPM.
If you decide to use RPM on a non-Linux system, the first step is
getting RPM for your system, if it is available.
Getting RPM for your system
The first step to using RPM on non-Linux platforms is getting
the RPM system for your platform. In most cases, this is a
relatively easy step, as RPM has been ported to a great many
platforms, as listed on the main RPM Web site.
Cross Reference
Links to RPM versions for various platforms are listed at
www.rpm.org/platforms/.
Go to this site and download the versions for the platforms you
need. Table 20-1 lists the platforms RPM has been ported to, as
reported by the RPM site.
Table 20-1 Available Platforms for RPM
Platform
Notes
AIX
AmigaOS
With GeekGadgets
BeOS
With GeekGadgets
FreeBSD
HP-UX
10.20+, 9.04
IRIX
Linux
Multiple platforms including Alpha, Intel, Motorola
68000, SGI MIPS, PowerPC, and SPARC
LynxOS
MachTen
MacOS X
Mint
NCS System V
NetBSD
OS/2
OSF/1
3.2+
SCO OpenServer
5.0.2+
Sinix
Solaris
Solaris for SPARC 2.4 and 8+, Solaris for Intel
SunOS 4.1.3
Windows
Under Cygwin
Note that RPM has likely been ported to even more platforms.
These are just the ones reported to the rpm.org site.
Note
If you fix a bug in RPM on a non-Linux system, or if you port
RPM to a new system, please report this to the rpm.org site
maintainers, as well as make your work available for others. You
never know, but someone else may fix a problem you???re facing.
If Table 20-1 does not cover the platforms you need, you must
compile and bootstrap the RPM environment for your platforms, as
covered in the "Bootstrapping RPM on Other Operating Systems"
section, following.
Note
Don???t expect to find RPMs of the RPM system for these other
platforms. If you did, there would be no way to install RPM.
Instead, you???ll find RPM packaged in a variety of formats,
typically using a native bundling format for a given system, or
at least a supported format. Compressed tar files are very
common. RPM for IRIX systems come in IRIX tardist format.
If RPM is available for your system, download the package and
follow any installation instructions that come with the package.
For example, RPM for Solaris 8 requires the libiconv library, as
well as the Solaris packages SUNWzlib and SUNWbzip. You must
install these packages prior to installing RPM.
Each operating system will have similar requirements. Windows
systems have a few extra requirements due to the fact that
Windows is very different from Linux or Unix-like systems.
Running RPM on Windows
The version of RPM for Windows requires cygwin, originally the
Cygnus port of many Unix tools to Windows. Now part of Red Hat,
you can download the cygwin environment from the main cygwin
site.
Cross Reference
Download cygwin from www.cygwin.com.
You can download a setup.exe program to install the environment
on Windows. After installation, you can download the RPM system
for Windows.
After you have RPM installed, you can set up your RPM system. If
RPM wasn???t already ported to your operating systems, however,
you will need to bootstrap RPM on your platforms.
Bootstrapping RPM On Other Operating Systems
If you cannot find a version of RPM that has been ported to your
platform, you can port it yourself. The RPM system usually isn???t
that hard to port to any platform that can appear like Unix or
Linux systems, such as any platform that supports POSIX system
calls or something like these system calls.
Don???t be dismayed by the sheer size of the RPM package. Much of
the RPM system was carefully designed to run across multiple
platforms, so file access is abstracted to special portability
routines. For example, RPM has been ported to both AmigaOS and
BeOS, two non-Unix operating systems.
Downloading the RPM software
To bootstrap RPM on another operating system, download the RPM
source code from the main RPM site.
Cross Reference
You can download the RPM source code from
ftp://ftp.rpm.org/pub/rpm/dist/.
Note that you probably do not want to download an RPM of the
sources, since your platform won???t have RPM available. In most
cases, you???ll want to download a tarred compressed archive,
such as rpm-4.1.tar.gz for RPM version 4.1.
Extracting the software
If the system you plan to port RPM doesn???t have the tar and
gzip commands available, or something that supports these
formats, then you need to find a way to extract the software.
Note
Programs such as WinZip on Windows support extracting .tar.gz
files. Your platform may have a similar program.
One way is to port the gzip and tar commands to your platform.
Cross Reference
You can download the sources for tar and gzip from www.gnu.org.
Another way is to extract the sources on a platform with these
commands available, such as a Linux platform. Then, create a
file using a format supported by your operating system and
transfer the files to the other system.
Once you have the RPM source code available on your target
system, and all the files are extracted, you are ready to start
porting. The first step is really simple: read.
Reading the INSTALL file
In the main RPM source directory, you will see two very
important files: README and INSTALL. Read them both. (You would
be surprised at how many times people need to be told this.)
Of the two, the INSTALL file has much more detailed information
on installing RPM on a new system. The INSTALL file describes
the libraries required by RPM, provides tips on compiling RPM,
and describes some of the set up work necessary after compiling
the RPM system.
Some of the hardest parts of the RPM system to port, though, may
be in the database, compression, and encryption calls, used as
libraries by the RPM system.
Libraries required by RPM
Rather than invent everything from scratch, the RPM system makes
use of a number of libraries, including those listed in Table
20-2.
Table 20-2 Libraries used by RPM
Library
Purpose
Berkeley DB
RPM database, using db1 and db3
bzip2
Compression
gettext
International text lookup
gpg
For digital signatures
gzip
Compression
popt
Processing command-line options
zlib
Compression
Read through the INSTALL file to find out where you can download
versions of these libraries. You may find that each library has
its own set of dependencies, all of which you need to port to
your target platform.
Tools for building RPM
In addition to the libraries listed in Table 20-2, RPM requires
a number of GNU utilities for building RPM, including those
listed in Table 20-3.
Table 20-3 Tools used to build RPM
Tool
Usage
Autoconf
Builds configure scripts
Automake
Used with autoconf
GNU make
Used to control building the sources
Libtool
Used by the autogen.sh script
In addition to all this, RPM works best with the GNU C compiler,
GCC, and the GNU make program, gnumake, or simply gmake.
Cross Reference
The source code for all the GNU tools is available at
www.gnu.org.
Compiling RPM
After downloading the RPM sources, extracting all the files and
installing all the prerequisite libraries, you are ready to
start compiling RPM.
RPM includes quite a few subsystems, such as popt for parsing
command-line options. Each of these subsystems requires some
configuration. Most of this configuration is automated through
the use of the autogen.sh script and the autoconf/automake tool
used to create configure scripts.
The autogen.sh script is a Bourne shell script that checks for
specific versions of necessary tools and libraries. After
checking dependencies, the autogen.sh script calls different
autogen.sh scripts in the beecrypt, libelf, popt, and zlib
directories. When done with that task, the autogen.sh script
calls configure.
Pass a command-line option of --noconfigure to disable the call
to configure.
Edit the autogen.sh script if you are using different versions
of the necessary tools. The autogen.sh script is coded to
require the specific versions of these tools as were used
originally to build the RPM package. In addition, your system
may have libraries stored in different locations than those
expected by the autogen.sh, so it's a good idea to edit this
script and verify all the assumptions.
Note
One really big assumption in this script is that you have a
Unix-like operating system. If not, you will need to determine
how to set up the Makefiles manually. This requires a lot of
trial and error while you edit the Makefiles and then see if you
can build the software. Fix each problem that arises and try
again.
When you are done with the autogen.sh script, you can use the
following basic commands to create system-specific Makefiles,
compile RPM and install the commands:
$ ./configure
$ make
$ make install
The configure script takes the Makefile.in files and uses these
files as templates to create custom versions of Makefile.in
files, tuned to your system. (The automake system starts with a
Makefile.am file, creates an expanded Makefile.in file, and
finally results in a Makefile tuned to your system.) If all else
fails, you can copy each Makefile.in file to Makefile and then
edit the Makefile to make one that will work on your system.
Cross Reference
See the GNU site, at www.gnu.org, for more on the autoconf and
automake tools.
If the make install step fails, you can manually copy the RPM
executables and scripts to a directory for system commands.
Handling problems
If RPM fails to compile or install, you can still work around
many issues. The key is to find out what went wrong, fix the
problem, and try again. You may go through this loop many times
before RPM successfully compiles and installs.
Most problems can be solved by changing the configuration
settings. If possible, change the inputs to the configure
command to specify C compiler options, and so on, that you
discover you need. You can then run the basic commands to build
RPM again, but with any special options you discovered are
necessary:
$ ./configure ???any_options_set_here
$ make
$ make install
If you take this approach, you avoid having to edit a number of
Makefiles (one in each source code subdirectory) by hand. You
also have an easier time of switching to different command-line
options as you determine more solutions to the compilation
problems.
If this won???t work, though, you can edit the Makefile.am file
or the generated Makefile directly to add whatever settings are
needed. For example, you may need to specify additional
directories for libraries, or some C compiler compatibility
option.
As you discover problems, remember you are not alone in porting
RPM. Check the RPM mailing list, where the question of getting
RPM going on other platforms comes up frequently.
Cross Reference
For details on viewing the RPM mailing list archives and signing
up for the list, see www.rpm.org/mailing_list/.
Setting Up the RPM System
Once you have RPM available on your platform, you need to set up
the RPM system. This includes setting up the RPM database and
creating an RPM environment.
Setting up the RPM database
After you have the RPM system available on your platform, you
need to set up the RPM database. This usually involves two
steps:
*Initializing an empty RPM database
*Populating the database with packages, especially for
dependencies
Both steps are necessary.
Initializing an Empty RPM Database
After you have the RPM system installed on your platform, the
next big step is to create an RPM database for your platform.
You can make an empty database with the rpm --initdb command,
as shown following:
# mkdir /var/lib/rpm
# rpm --initdb
The first command creates the default directory for the RPM
database.
You may need to pass command-line options to specify a
non-default location of the RPM database, such as the
following:
# rpm --dbpath /location/of/your/rpm/database --initdb
Use a command like this one if you don???t want to place the
RPM database in its default location.
In addition, use the ???v option to add more verbose output.
This is very useful if errors occur. Use the --root option to
specify a different root directory for RPM operations. Use the
--rcfile option to specify a non-default set of rc files and
the --macros option to specify a non-default set of macros.
Cross Reference
Chapter 21 covers RPM customization.
Initializing the RPM database creates the necessary structure
for an empty database. You can then fill, or populate, the
database with packages. In most cases, all you need to do is
install packages to populate the RPM database, as each
installed package gets added to the database.
Handling Dependencies for Packages Installed Without RPM
Each time you install a package, you populate the RPM
database. This works well, as long as you have already
installed all the dependencies for the packages you want to
install.
On an operating system that is based on RPM, such as Red Hat
Linux, all packages (except for some bootstrapping code) are
installed with RPM. That means nearly everything on the system
is defined in the RPM database. The RPM database then has a
full knowledge of what you have installed and can properly
handle dependencies. Thus, a failure to find a dependency
means that you have not installed the requisite package that
provides the needed capability.
On an operating system that is not based on RPM, however, such
as Solaris or IRIX, most packages have already been installed
by some means other than RPM.. That???s because these
operating systems use different native package-management
techniques and different package formats.
It is very likely that RPM packages you want to install have
dependencies that come from non-RPM packages. For example, the
rpm program on Windows depends on the cygwin environment, yet
this environment needs to be installed with a Windows
setup.exe program, not with the rpm command.
To get around this problem, you need to populate the new RPM
database with a package or packages that reflect the current
system in order to properly handle dependencies. The main way
to do this is to set up a virtual package.
Setting Up A Virtual Package
You can get around the problem of pre-existing software by
building a virtual package that lists the system
libraries at mdinstalled without RPM at mdin an RPM package. This
way, the rpm command will find that the dependencies are
installed, even if they were not really installed with RPM.
You need to do this for all capabilities and system libraries
installed outside of RPM control.
To help create such a virtual package, use the
vpkg-provides.sh script from the scripts directory. The
vpkg-provides.sh script searches a list of directories for
shared libraries and interpreters (such as shells). The
vpkg-provides.sh script then creates a spec file that lists
all the files found, files that are managed outside of RPM.
You can use this spec file to create an RPM and install the
RPM using the rpm command to populate the RPM database.
The RPM spec file created by the vpkg-provides.sh doesn???t
really install any files, as all the files are already
installed. Instead it makes a package that claims ownership
for all these files so that RPM dependencies can function
properly.
The vpkg-provides.sh script accepts three main command-line
options: --spec_header, --ignore_dirs, and --no_verify.
The --spec_header option tells the script the name of the RPM
spec file it should use as a header for the spec file it will
produce. You need to provide the path to the file. For
example:
# sh vpkg-provides.sh --spec_header /path/to/spec/file
You need to provide a spec file header to make a complete spec
file. This header should contain the Summary, Name, Version,
and Release settings, at least. Chapter 10 covers these spec
file tags.
The --ignore_dirs option tells the vpkg-provides.sh script to
ignore certain directories. You need to pass a list of egrep
search patterns that identify the directories to ignore.
Separate each pattern with a pipe character, |.
Note
The egrep command may not be available on your system. It may
be easier to edit the vpkg-provides.sh script and manually
specify the directories to ignore.
The --no_verify option tells the vpkg-provides.sh script to
skip the step of creating a script to verify checksums of all
files in the package.
In addition to these main command-line options, you can also
pass the following options to the vpkg-provides.sh script.
The --shlib_dirs option tells the vpkg-provides.sh script the
directories to look for shared libraries. Pass a
colon-delimited list of directories. For example:
# sh vpkg-provides.sh --spec_header /path/to/spec/file \
--shlib_dirs "/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin:/usr/ucb:/usr/bsd"
The --interp_dirs option tells the vpkg-provides.sh script
which directories to look in to find interpreters such as sh,
bash, perl, wish (Tcl/Tk), and awk. The --interps option tells
the vpkg-provides.sh script the names of the interpreter
commands. Both these options expect a colon-delimited list.
The --find_provides option tells the vpkg-provides.sh script
the name of the find-provides script to use, defaulting to
/usr/lib/rpm/find-provides.
The vpkg-provides.sh script defines specific directories to
look in for shared libraries and interpreters under various
operating systems. You will most likely need to edit this
section.
In fact, if you are working with a non-Unix system, or if you
experience problems running the vpkg-provides.sh script, you
can edit the file to remove the problematic commands. You can
also create a new script in a scripting language supported on
your system. The vpkg-provides.sh script is a Linux shell
script. Linux and Unix systems should be able to run the
script, but non-Unix systems likely won???t have the commands
and may also not support shell scripts at all. In an effort to
be generic, the vpkg-provides.sh script does a lot of work.
You can limit this by explicitly specifying directories and
commands, for example. And, if all else fails, you can create
a virtual package manually (covered in the following section).
When complete, the vpkg-provides.sh script outputs a spec
file, using the header you provided, and outputs a set of
Provides: lines to specify what the package provides. It then
outputs some empty definitions for the prep, build, install,
and clean sections of the spec file.
For example, you can run the vpkg-provides.sh script with a
command like the following:
$ sh ./vpkg-provides.sh --spec_header my_header.spec
--find_provides ./find-provides --no_verify
Note
If you run this script as a non-root user, you may get a
number of permission errors as the vpkg-provides.sh script
searches through system directories.
The script will then output your spec file header along with
output like that shown in Listing 20-1.
Listing 20-1: Output from the vpkg-provides.sh script
Provides: /bin/sh
Provides: /bin/csh
Provides: /bin/ksh
Provides: /bin/perl
Provides: /bin/awk
Provides: /bin/nawk
Provides: /bin/oawk
Provides: /usr/bin/sh
Provides: /usr/bin/csh
Provides: /usr/bin/ksh
Provides: /usr/bin/perl
Provides: /usr/bin/awk
Provides: /usr/bin/nawk
Provides: /usr/bin/oawk
Provides: /sbin/sh
Provides: /usr/dt/bin/dtksh
Provides: /usr/xpg4/bin/sh
Provides: /usr/xpg4/bin/awk
%prep
# nothing to do
%build
# nothing to do
%install
# nothing to do
%clean
# nothing to do
%files
# no files in a virtual package
The vpkg-provides.sh script also outputs a package description
that explains how the package was created. This is important
so that you know this is a virtual package.
When done, use the rpmbuild command to create an RPM from the
generated spec file.
Cross Reference
Chapter 9 covers how to run the rpmbuild command, and Chapter
10 covers spec files in detail.
Creating a Virtual Package Manually
Even on Unix-like systems you may experience troubles with the
vpkg-provides.sh script. That???s simply because the
vpkg-provides.sh script assumes a number of Unix and GNU
utilities are available. In most cases, it will work best if
you can fix what went wrong and run the vpkg-provides.sh
script again.
If all else fails, though, you can create a virtual package
spec file manually. Create a spec file starting with the
Summary, Name, Version, and Release settings.
Looking at the output shown in Listing 20-1, you can create a
Provides: statement for each shared library on your system,
and each interpreter, such as shells. Add each statement to
your spec file. For example:
Provides: libgen.so
Copy the prep, build, install, and clean sections exactly as
they are in Listing 20-1. You can now run the rpmbuild command
to create a virtual package. Install this package.
Creating the RPM environment
The RPM environment is made up of a large number of RPM settings
and macro definitions. Run the rpm --showrc command to see the
current environment settings on Linux:
$ rpm ???showrc
ARCHITECTURE AND OS:
build arch : i386
compatible build archs: i686 i586 i486 i386 noarch
build os : Linux
compatible build os's : Linux
install arch : i686
install os : Linux
compatible archs : i686 i586 i486 i386 noarch
compatible os's : Linux
RPMRC VALUES:
macrofiles :
/usr/lib/rpm/macros:/usr/lib/rpm/i686-linux/macros:/etc/
rpm/macros.specspo:/etc/rpm/macros.db1:/etc/rpm/macros.cdb:/etc/rpm/macros:/etc/
rpm/i686-linux/macros:~/.rpmmacros
optflags : -O2 -march=i686
This output was truncated for space. As you can see, there are a
lot of expected settings. You need to set up these same settings
and macros, but with the proper values for the new system on
which you are running RPM.
The files rpmrc.in and macros.in serve as the default templates
used to create the rc and macro settings, respectively. These
files are modified by the configure script to include values
specific to the local operating system. You can edit these files
as needed for your system, prior to installing RPM. That is,
edit these files between calling the make command and the make
install command.
Cross Reference
Chapter 21 covers how to customize the RPM settings and macros,
along with the popt aliases.
The INSTALL file in the RPM sources also describes some
modifications you may want to make to the macros.
Creating Non-Linux RPMS
Once you have RPM set up on a system, you should be able to create
RPMs using the rpmbuild command on that system.
Warning
Do not build RPM packages logged in as a root or Administrator
user. If something goes wrong, rpmbuild could destroy files in
your system. Remember that spec files can define a number of
commands and shell scripts. Any of these could have an error that
could cause major damage when run as a root user.
Before building RPMs with the rpmbuild command, though, you may
want to customize the build environment to better reflect your
system. You may also find it is too difficult to build most RPMs
on the non-Linux system and instead focus on cross-building
packages, should the rpmbuild command not work on the target
systems.
This section covers topics related to building RPMs on or for
non-Linux systems.
Setting up a build environment
In RPM terms, your build environment consists of the directories
where you build RPMs, as well as the rc and macro settings that
define all of the variables in an RPM-based system. To set up
your build environment, you need to ensure that all the rc and
macro settings reflect the true environment on your non-Linux
system.
The rpm --showrc command, discussed previously in the "Creating
the RPM Environment" section, lists the settings for your
system. You can use this command to verify all the settings.
You may want to change some settings, such as the top directory
where RPMs are built. By default, this setting is something like
the following:
_topdir %{_usrsrc}/redhat
Cross Reference
See Chapter 21 for more on how to customize the rc and macro
settings.
In most cases the _topdir setting on Red Hat Linux systems map
to the /usr/src/redhat directory. Your system may not even have
a /usr/src directory. Also you may not want to build RPMs in a
redhat directory, which may cause confusion if you are building
on a non-Red Hat Linux system.
Cross Reference
See Chapter 19 for more information on setting up a build
environment for RPMs. Chapter 19 focuses on other Linux systems,
but many of the same techniques apply.
With a build environment set up, you should be able to create
RPMs with the rpmbuild command. If this doesn???t work, or is
too difficult, then you can try cross-building packages.
Cross-building packages
You may find that it is too difficult to create RPMs on a given
platform. It may be easier to build the RPMs on another
platform, such as a Linux system, as if it were on the target
platform. This is called cross-building packages, since you are
building a package on one system specifically designed for
another.
In most cases, the target platform is quite different from the
system where you cross-build packages. Otherwise, you would
likely just build the RPMs on the target platform.
The key issues with cross-building are the following:
*You must compile any executables with a cross compiler for the
proper target platform.
*You must set the target platform in the RPMs you build.
*You must manage dependencies, and likely need to turn off the
automatic generation of dependencies.
Note
Setting up a cross-building environment is oftentimes more work
than it is worth. If you can compile applications and build
packages on the target system, do that. The cross-building
option should be used only if you really cannot build packages
on the target system. For example, many handheld or small-format
computers lack the processor performance or memory to compile
applications. These are good candidates for cross-building.
To compile executables for another platform, especially a
platform with a different processor architecture, you need a
cross compiler. A cross compiler runs on one system and produces
executables for another.
Note
Cross compilers are heavily used when working with embedded and
small device systems. The embedded system may not have the
processor power to compile applications, or it may simply be
inconvenient to compile applications on the embedded system.
The Linux gcc compiler can act as a cross compiler if you
install the right gcc add-on packages. See the GNU site for more
on the gcc compiler.
Cross Reference
You can download GCC and other GNU software from www.gnu.org.
In addition to compiling for the target platform, you need to
ensure that the RPM is marked as being for the target
architecture. If not, the rpm command will fail when trying to
install the RPM on the target system.
You can set the target architecture with the --target option to
the rpmbuild command. For example:
rpmbuild ???bi --target arm-sharp-linux
This specifies a target CPU architecture of ARM, the vendor
Sharp (which just happens to make an ARM-based Linux device) and
the operating system of Linux. The basic format is:
cpu-vendor-os
Cross Reference
See Chapter 12 for more on using the --target option to the
rpmbuild command.
You must also turn off or correct any automatically generated
dependencies in RPMs you build for other platforms. That is, any
dependencies based on the operating system or architecture of
the system you are cross-building on will likely not be found,
or be found in a different location or format, on the target
platform.
This is where the handy RPM feature of automatically building
the dependencies does not work to your advantage. You can turn
off this feature, however.
Cross Reference
See Chapter 19 for information on how to turn off the automatic
generation of dependencies.
You should turn off the automatically building of dependencies
for any packages you cross build.
Using these techniques, you can build packages on one system for
use on another, very different system. Due to the difficulties,
you should only go this route if it becomes too difficult to use
the rpmbuild command on the target systems.
Summary
With its superior package-management capabilities, especially for
automated installations and upgrades, you may want to use RPM on
non-Linux platforms. As the experience of many developers has
shown, you can indeed use RPM on non-Linux platforms.
The rpm.org site maintains a listing of operating systems where
developers have ported RPM. If you are lucky, you can download RPM
for your operating system and start working right away. If you are
not lucky, you will need to port RPM to your target system.
If RPM has been ported to your architecture, download the package
and follow the installation instructions. If RPM has not been
ported to your architecture, download the RPM sources and all
prerequisite libraries. You may need to port each library to your
architecture before you can even begin to port RPM.
The RPM sources use a configured build process that also requires
some prerequisite tools. You need to get or port these to your
architecture as well. Whew.
Once everything is in place, you can start the port of RPM. In
many cases, you just need to figure out how to get RPM to compile
and everything will fall into place. In other cases, you will need
to work on each RPM subsystem to get it to build and run.
After you have RPM for your system, you need to initialize the RPM
database with the rpm --initdb command. You can then start to
populate your RPM database. Because a large number of libraries
have already been installed on your system, you may need to create
a virtual package that claims to provide these files. Installing
such a virtual package will allow you to install other RPMs that
may be dependent on system libraries.
Much of porting RPM to another platform depends on the RPM
environment and how you need to customize that environment. The
next chapter shows how to customize your RPM environment, on Linux
or on other operating systems.
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 4 01:56:33 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 3 Oct 2005 21:56:33 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-package-structure-en.xml,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510040156.j941uXLx000820@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv802
Added Files:
rpm-guide-package-structure-en.xml
Log Message:
--- NEW FILE rpm-guide-package-structure-en.xml ---
RPM Package File Structure
Copyright (c) 2005 by Eric Foster-Johnson. This material may be
distributed only subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
the Open Publication License, v1.0 or later (the latest version is
presently available at http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/).
In This Appendix
*RPM package file structure
*RPM header entry formats
*Payload format
This appendix describes the format of RPM package files. You can
combine this information with C, Perl, or Python data structures to
access the information. In all cases, you should access elements in
an RPM file using one of the available programming libraries. Do not
attempt to access the files directly, as you may inadvertently
damage the RPM file.
Cross Reference
Chapters 16, 17, and 18 cover programming with C, Python, and Perl,
respectively.
The RPM package format described here has been standardized as part
of the Linux Standards Base, or LSB, version 1.3.
Cross Reference
The LSB 1.3 section on package file formats is available at
www.linuxbase.org/spec/refspecs/LSB_1.3.0/gLSB/gLSB.html#PACKAGEFMT.
The Package File
RPM packages are delivered with one file per package. All RPM
files have the following basic format of four sections:
*A lead or file identifier
*A signature
*Header information
*Archive of the payload, the files to install
All values are encoded in network byte order, for portability to
multiple processor architectures.
The file identifier
Also called the lead or the rpmlead, the identifier marks that
this file is an RPM file. It contains a magic number that the
file command uses to detect RPM files. It also contains version
and architecture information.
The start of the identifier is the so-called magic number. The
file command reads the first few bytes of a file and compares
the values found with the contents of /usr/share/magic
(/etc/magic on many UNIX systems), a database of magic numbers.
This allows the file command to quickly identify files.
The identifier includes the RPM version number, that is, the
version of the RPM file format used for the package. The
identifier also has a flag that tells the type of the RPM file,
whether the file contains a binary or source package. An
architecture flag allows RPM software to double-check that you
are not trying to install a package for a non-compatible
architecture.
The signature
The signature appears after the lead or identifier section. The
RPM signature helps verify the integrity of the package, and
optionally the authenticity.
The signature works by performing a mathematical function on the
header and archive section of the file. The mathematical
function can be an encryption process, such as PGP (Pretty Good
Privacy), or a message digest in MD5 format.
The header
The identifier section no longer contains enough information to
describe modern RPMs. Furthermore, the identifier section is
nowhere near as flexible as today???s packages require. To
counter these deficiencies, the header section was introduced to
include more information about the package.
The header structure contains three parts:
*Header record
*One or more header index record structures
*Data for the index record structures
The header record identifies this as the RPM header. It also
contains a count of the number of index records and the size of
the index record data.
Each index record uses a structure that contains a tag number
for the data it contains. This includes tag IDs for the
copyright message, name of the package, version number, and so
on. A type number identifies the type of the item. An offset
indicates where in the data section the data for this header
item begins. A count indicates how many items of the given type
are in this header entry. You can multiply the count by the size
of the type to get the number of bytes used for the header
entry.
Table D-1 lists the type identifiers.
Table D-1 Header type identifiers
Constant
Value
Size in Bytes
RPM_NULL_TYPE
0
No size
[...2175 lines suppressed...]
1.3
The package conforms to the Linux Standards Base RPM
format.
rpmlib(VersionedDependencies)
3.0.3-1
The package holds dependencies or prerequisites that
have versions associated with them.
rpmlib(PayloadFilesHavePrefix)
4.0-1
File names in the archive have a ???.??? prepended
on the names.
rpmlib(CompressedFileNames)
3.0.4-1
The package uses the RPMTAG_DIRINDEXES,
RPMTAG_DIRNAME and RPMTAG_BASENAMES tags for
specifying file names.
/bin/sh
NA
Indicates a requirement for the Bourne shell to run
the installation scripts.
The payload
The payload, or archive, section contains the actual files used
in the package. These are the files that the rpm command
installs when you install the package. To save space, data in
the archive section is compressed in GNU gzip format.
Once uncompressed, the data is in cpio format, which is how the
rpm2cpio command can do its work. In cpio format, the payload is
made up of records, one per file. Table D-10 lists the record
structure.
Table D-10 cpio file record structure
Element
Holds
cpio header
Information on the file, such as the file mode
(permissions)
File name
NULL-terminated string
Padding
0 to 3 bytes, as needed, to align the next element on
a 4-byte boundary
File data
The contents of the file
Padding
0 to 3 bytes, as needed, to align the next file record
on a 4-byte boundary
The information in the cpio header duplicates that of the RPM
file-information header elements.
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 4 01:57:09 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 3 Oct 2005 21:57:09 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-packaging-guidelines-en.xml,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510040157.j941v9WQ000849@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv831
Added Files:
rpm-guide-packaging-guidelines-en.xml
Log Message:
--- NEW FILE rpm-guide-packaging-guidelines-en.xml ---
Packaging Guidelines
Copyright (c) 2005 by Eric Foster-Johnson. This material may be
distributed only subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
the Open Publication License, v1.0 or later (the latest version is
presently available at http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/).
In This Chapter
*Avoiding common mistakes
*Following good practices
RPM is a complex system that helps manage thousands of packages for
a complex operating system. Furthermore, RPM is very, very flexible.
This flexibility makes it important that you follow the rules to
create packages the proper way. Otherwise, you???ll face a host of
problems with your RPMs. Following some best practices guidelines
will help you avoid future problems as you release RPM updates.
This chapter covers ways to avoid common problems as well as
best-practice guidelines for creating your own RPMs.
Avoiding Common Problems
Developers creating RPMs seem to hit many of the same roadblocks.
This section covers some of the most common problems faced by RPM
users and package builders.
Warning
Never, never, never build RPMs logged in as the root user. See the
section on Building for details.
Scan the mailing lists
Many people have tried to solve a lot of serious problems that
arise when using RPM, so if you are facing difficulties, chances
are someone else has tackled those issues before. The RPM
mailing list provides a technical forum for discussing RPM
issues and problems. In many, if not most, cases, you can find
answers to problems by scanning the mailing list archives.
You can also sign up for the mailing list so that you can send
in requests and see the responses.
Cross Reference
For details on viewing the RPM mailing list archives and signing
up for the list, see www.rpm.org/mailing_list/. See
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/rpm-list/messages
for an archive of the list.
If you are working with RPMs and pushing the envelope for other
operating systems or complicated packages, this list is
definitely worth a look.
Before sending any messages, though, be sure to look through the
message archives to see if the message has already been
answered. You will save time waiting for a response if you can
get an archived response right away.
You should also ask any questions in a way that will generate
the most helpful responses. This includes:
Do your homework first. Check to see if your question has
already been answered by looking at the mailing list or
newsgroup archives. In the end, this saves you the most time, as
you don???t have to wait for answers.
Describe the problem and the symptoms as clearly as possible.
After all, this is what you want help with.
Use clear subject headers. This is the first part of your
message that people will read. If you are not clear, the key
people who could answer your questions may never even read your
message. And, if they don???t read the message, you will never
get an answer.
Send your message in plain text, not HTML. Do not include a
separate HTML copy of your message. This just makes it harder to
read, especially for people who read collected digests of
mailing lists.
Make it easy for people to reply to you. Include your email
address in your message. You might want to include a line that
states something like ???Please send your reply to me at??? and
then provide your email address.
Cross Reference
These tips on asking questions come from the Internet document
on How to Ask Questions the Smart Way by Eric Steven Raymond and
Rick Moen, available at multiple sites, including
www.owlriver.com/tips/smart.
In addition to the RPM mailing list, there is also a Usenet
newsgroup, named linux.redhat.rpm. You can read this newsgroup
with any newsreading program.
Note
Newsgroups are sometimes called discussion groups.
Use rpmbuild
In older versions of RPM, you called the rpm ???ba command to
build RPMs. With RPM 4.1, you must use the rpmbuild command. If
you have the rpmbuild command available, even if you are running
an older version of RPM, run rpmbuild instead of rpm to build
your RPMs.
You???d be surprised at how such a simple item is one of the
most-asked questions on the RPM mailing list. That???s because
the rpm ???ba command, and the other ???b options, no longer
work in RPM 4.1. These options are supported by the rpmbuild
command.
Don???t try to defeat the system
If you are finding your spec files getting more and more
complex, and that you are trying to disable RPM features,
chances are you are trying to defeat the system. This is not a
good idea.
The RPM system works in a certain way. You may not always agree
with the way it works, but if you try to make it work in
contrary ways, in most cases you???ll end up fighting RPM to no
avail.
There are certain rules, and more importantly certain
conventions that RPMs should follow. The previous chapters in
this section on building RPMs have outlined those conventions.
Follow them. When you go against these conventions, you are
really trying to defeat how the RPM system works.
Turn off automatic dependency generation
When you build an RPM, the rpmbuild command will automatically
generate dependencies on Linux shared libraries and other system
commands. You can turn this off if you need to, using a number
of means.
You can disable the automatic generation of dependencies by
placing the following directive in your spec file:
Autoreq: 0
A better approach, though, is to override the %{__find_requires}
and %{__find_provides} macros, or just one of these as needed.
You can null out either of these macros by adding commands like
the following to your spec file:
%define __find_requires %{nil}
This approach is better because it allows you to override only
the requires checks. In addition, you can get more specific and
simply change how the automatic dependency checks are performed.
For example, you can also change the definitions of these macros
to perform normal dependency generation except for any
problematic files or packages. These two macros resolve to shell
scripts that perform the automated dependency checks, as you can
see with the rpm --eval command:
$ rpm --eval "%__find_provides"
/usr/lib/rpm/find-provides
rpm --eval "%__find_requires"
/usr/lib/rpm/find-requires
You can override these scripts to filter out any dependencies
that cause problems for your packages.
Don't list directories in %files
Unless you really mean it, don???t list directories in your
%files section in your spec files. That is because the rpmbuild
program will automatically add all files in that directory to
your RPM. If this is a system directory, such as /usr/bin, your
RPM has now claimed ownership for all the files, regardless of
the source package.
To avoid all files in the directory becoming part of the
package, list the files explicitly, perhaps generating the list
of files as the program builds.
If you do need a directory installed as part of your package,
use the %dir directive, described in Chapter 10.
Handling circular dependencies
If two packages each depend on the other, you don???t want each
package???s spec file to list the other in a Requires section.
If this occurs, the packages won???t install without one of the
force options, since each package will require the other to be
installed first.
Cross Reference
Chapter 4 covers how to install or upgrade packages while
ignoring dependency checks. In general, you do not want to
ignore these checks.
You can work around this issue by using the PreReq directive
instead of Requires. For example, if package A depends on B and
package B depends on A, you can place the following in the
package B spec file:
PreReq: A
In addition, you can install both packages at the same time to
avoid some of the problems with circular dependencies. Simply
include both packages on the rpm ???Uvh command line.
Following Good Practices
Working through problems is one thing. It???s best, however, to
set up an environment to help avoid problems all together. The
following sections cover what are considered the best practices
for creating RPMs.
Before you make an RPM, you should plan out what you intend to
build and how it will be structured. As you build the RPM, you
want to watch out for things that can go wrong, and work from a
known clean environment.
Preparation
Before you start to make an RPM, you need to follow a few steps
to ensure you have everything ready.
Create a Source RPM
Having a source RPM allows you to transfer all the sources for
a package from one system to another, along with all the
instructions coded in the spec file for actually building the
binary package. This is very handy for keeping track of
software, and it is also very important since you can
regenerate the binary RPM at any time from the source RPM. In
other words, make the generation of RPMs follow the RPM
conventions and fit this into your normal software build
process.
This means that for each RPM you want to build, you really
need two: a source and a binary RPM. This isn???t that hard to
do, since you can easily make a source RPM into a binary RPM
with the rpmbuild command.
Start with Pristine Sources
In addition to planning on making a source RPM, you should
also start with pristine, unmodified sources for the
application you plan to package as an RPM. Starting with
pristine sources means you can reproduce the entire process
and recreate the RPM from scratch if necessary. (Quality
control and configuration management people really appreciate
this.)
The pristine sources should be exactly the sources you got
when you downloaded the application, or acquired it in house.
This doesn???t mean that you won???t have to modify the
sources eventually. For that, you create patches. The key is
just to start the process with unmodified sources.
Some RPMs have nearly 100 patches that the rpmbuild command
applies when building the RPM. That is a lot of patches, too
many for most applications. Even so, the process is the same.
Create a patch or patches for all the changes you need to
make. You can easily specify patches in the spec file.
Cross Reference
Chapter 10 covers the spec file.
Keeping your patches separate from the original sources makes
it easier to reproduce the RPM from scratch, and makes it
easier to integrate a new version of the base software, since
your code, in the form of patches, is separated from the base
software code.
Decide What Goes In Each Package
You don???t have to stuff all your software into one RPM.
Instead, you can often simplify your RPM by dividing it into
two or three separate (but likely dependent) RPMs.
For example, the RPM system itself has one RPM for the basic
system, rpm, one for developers of the RPM system, rpm-devel,
and one for those building RPMs, rpm-build. Yet another RPM
provides the Python programming API, rpm-python.
Cross Reference
Chapter 17 covers Python programming.
This last division is important. The Python RPM draws in as a
dependency the Python system itself. Adding this into, say,
the core RPM package would needlessly complicate the
dependencies for that package.
When dividing your software into RPMs, keep two main issues in
mind:
*You want to divide the software into RPMs that fit the model
for users of the system.
*You want to divide the software into RPMs such that the
separate RPMs are simpler to create and manage.
The RPM system follows these guidelines, especially the first.
Few users will extend the RPM system itself, which allows RPM
team to shed this functionality from the core RPM and contain
it in rpm-devel. Those who build RPMs fit into a different
category than those who use RPMs since just about everybody
needs to use RPMs to install packages, but few users actually
build RPMs. Again, the separation works from a user???s
perspective.
You also want your package divisions to make each package
easier to specify. You can break particularly tough
dependencies into smaller units and simplify things. If the
package division doesn???t simplify things, then it may not be
a good idea.
Create a Test RPM Database
You don???t always have to work with the system RPM database.
In fact, while developing RPMs, you probably don???t want to
change the system database.
If you have a test RPM database, you can install your RPMs
into this test database. To do so, use the --justdb, --dbpath,
--prefix, and --badreloc options. These options allow you to
install an RPM into just the database, using a different
database, with a different root file location (into a test
directory, for example) and handle all files that were not
marked for relocation, respectively.
Note
The --test option when installing also allows you to just test
the install, not actually perform it.
Combined, all these options mean you can use an RPM database
just set up for testing and that problems won???t impact your
working Linux systems. To make this work, though, you need a
test RPM database.
To be rigorous, you should create the test RPM database from
scratch from a known set of packages. This will allow you to
exactly verify the behavior of your RPM under different system
configurations. This is the best choice since you should
install the packages under a known, and non-root, directory
hierarchy to avoid having file problems with the working
system.
If you want to cheat, you can copy your real RPM database to
another directory and use that. Note that in this case, the
file paths in the database will point to the real file
locations on disk.
Regardless of how you create a test database, recreate the
database each time you run a test, so that you are sure of a
known starting state. Usually this is as simple as copying a
master test RPM database into a directory you use for running
tests.
Building
Building RPMs isn???t as easy as it should be. You???ll often
need to try again and again to get the rpmbuild command to
create a working RPM. This section covers best practices to
follow when performing the actual build of the RPM.
Use Tools
Using tools can help speed up the RPM-making process, as well
as give you a head start in learning how RPMs work.
RPM-building tools such as the Red Hat plugin for the Eclipse
Integrated Development Environment have proven really helpful.
Cross Reference
Chapter 13 covers RPM-building tools. Appendix F covers the
Eclipse Integrated Development Environment.
Even though so-called real Linux hackers can make a working
virtual memory system with just the cat command, don???t scoff
at tools. Your time is too valuable.
Another useful tool is the gendiff program that comes with the
RPM release. The gendiff program makes it easier to create
patches by avoiding the need to keep a separate directory of
the original sources, The gendiff program also works on all
changed files within a directory, making a patch for
everything you modified.
To work with gendiff, you need to first save a backup copy of
each file you intend to edit prior to editing. Use a
consistent file-name extension for the saved copies of the
files, such as .orig, short for original. After you edit some
files, run the gendiff command as follows:
$ gendiff directory_name .saved_extension >
patch_name.patch
For example, if you saved the original files to a .orig
extension, you can create a patch in a directory named src
(short for sources) with a command like the following:
$gendiff src .orig > mypatch.patch
The patch file mypatch.patch will contain all the differences
detected for all files in the given directory.
Never Build RPMs as Root
Never, never, never build RPMs logged in as the root user.
Always build your RPMS while logged in as a normal user. This
is hard to remember since you must be logged in as root to
install an RPM. And you???ll want to test each RPM you create
to see if it can install cleanly.
Even so, never build RPMs logged in as the root user. The RPM
spec file has a number of scripts and commands. An error in
any of these could cause damage to your system. This includes
modifying files, removing files, or copying new contents on
top of system files. The root user has permission to perform
all these operations.
To avoid all this, build your RPMs while logged in as a normal
user. Any problematic scripts should generate errors.
Create a Digital Signature
RPM 4.1 and later revisions place more importance on signing
your packages. The rpm command will, by default, verify
signatures on each package it reads.
Therefore, you should create a digital signature for your
packages, if only to meet user expectations. In addition, you
should place a copy of your digital signature on your
organization???s Web site and public key servers. Having
multiple copies in multiple locations helps prevent malicious
users from impersonating your keys.
Cross Reference
Chapter 12 covers signing packages.
Copy Smartly
Your Linux distribution probably includes more than one CD-ROM
chock full of RPMs. Each of these RPMs has a spec file. You
can examine these spec files and see how others choose to
build their RPMs. Rather than starting from scratch, you can
copy declarations from these spec files into your spec file.
Not all these packages were made smartly. Some spec files, as
you will see, are a large mess. Obviously, don???t copy these.
Look for clean spec files with clear directives.
Set Up the BuildRoot
A BuildRoot directive sets the location where your code will
be built. The convention is for you to define a subdirectory
beneath the _tmppath directory. For example:
BuildRoot: %{_tmppath}/%{name}-buildroot
Once set, rpmbuild defines the RPM_BUILD_ROOT environment
variable to the value specified for the BuildRoot.
With the rpmbuild command, you can use the --buildroot option
to specify a directory to use to override the BuildRoot
directive in the spec file.
Using a BuildRoot set to a directory that normal users have
write access to allows you to build the package logged in as a
normal user. It also helps separate the contents of your
package from those of other RPMs.
Always define a BuildRoot.
Add changelog entries for each new version
Each time you create a new version in RPM format, you should
add an entry to the change log. This allows administrators to
get a better idea about what changed from the previous
version.
The change log can help people decide whether or not to
upgrade a package. A log entry about a security fix, for
example, provides useful information to users.
Define the Group For Your Package
Packages are categorized into groups. These group names, while
not always the best, appear in the graphical tools such as the
Red Hat package manager. If your application is a Linux shell
program, then users will expect to find it in the System
Environment/Shells group and not the Development/Languages or
System Environment/Daemons groups. This is a rather small
detail, but it helps users find your package in the huge array
of Linux RPMs.
The official list of RPM groups is located in
/usr/share/doc/rpm-4.1/GROUPS for RPM 4.1, and similarly-named
directories for other RPM versions.
Summary
This chapter covers guidelines for avoiding problems when creating
RPMs and following best practices to avoid future problems as
well.
When trying to avoid common problems, your best starting point is
the RPM mailing list and newsgroup.
For best practices, you should start at the very beginning when
you are planning what to build into an RPM. Always start with
pristine sources and then patch as needed. Your RPM should include
the pristine sources and any necessary patches. You should always
create a source RPM, so that you can reproduce your RPM anywhere.
When building RPMs, copy good examples of spec files, as this will
get you going far more quickly than any other technique. Use tools
to help automate parts of your RPM-building process.
Never build RPMs when logged in as the root user.
This chapter ends the section on building RPMs. The next section
covers programming to the RPM APIs.
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 4 01:57:53 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 3 Oct 2005 21:57:53 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-programming-c-en.xml,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510040157.j941vrHk000878@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv860
Added Files:
rpm-guide-programming-c-en.xml
Log Message:
--- NEW FILE rpm-guide-programming-c-en.xml ---
Programming RPM with C
Copyright (c) 2005 by Eric Foster-Johnson. This material may be
distributed only subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
the Open Publication License, v1.0 or later (the latest version is
presently available at http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/).
In This Chapter
*Using the RPM C library
*Setting up a development environment
*Programming with the RPM C library
*The power of popt for command-line argument processing
*Comparing package files to installed packages
The RPM C library allows you to perform all the operations of the
rpm command from within your own C or C++ programs.
The reason is simple: The rpm command was created using the RPM
libraries. These same libraries are available for you to use in your
own programs.
The rpm command itself is quick and, for the most part, simple. So,
why would you want to write RPM programs?
There are many reasons, some of which are listed here:
*Speed: If you need to perform a task on many RPM files such as
verifying a large set of files, then performing the task from one
program will be a lot faster than launching the rpm command for each
file.
*Custom options: If you need to do something the rpm command doesn't
offer, or doesn't make easy, then you may want to write your own
program.
*Convenience: If you need to make many packages quickly, with custom
options, your best bet may be to create a program suited for your
tasks. Before doing this, though, be sure to look into whether
writing a shell script will handle your task adequately. You'll find
writing RPM shell scripts goes much faster than writing whole
programs.
*Installation programs: The Windows world has standardized on
graphical installation programs such as InstallShield or
InstallAnywhere. The RPM system, on the other hand, has focused on
automated installation with the rpm command. You can combine the
best of both worlds by writing a graphical installation program on
top of the RPM system.
*Integration with environments: You may want to better integrate RPM
with a Linux desktop environment such as GNOME or KDE.
*Working with other languages: This book covers programming RPM with
C, the core language for the library, as well as the Python and Perl
scripting languages. You can use the RPM library, though, to help
bind with other languages such as Tcl, Ruby, or even C# (especially
one of the C# implementations for Linux).
This chapter and the next cover RPM programming. This chapter covers
the RPM C programming library, which provides low-level access to
RPM functionality. The next chapter covers the RPM Python
programming library, which provides a much higher-level of
abstraction. If you are attempting to write a complex RPM program,
your best bet is to try the Python API first. Even so, there is a
lot you can do with the RPM C library.
Programming with the C Library
RPM C programs are C programs that call on functions in the RPM
library, often called rpmlib. To use the rpmlib, you need to set
up a C programming environment and install the rpm-devel package.
Setting Up a C Programming Environment
At the very least, you???ll need a C compiler, gcc, and a text
editor. The easiest way to get the C compiler is to install the
packages grouped under Software Development with the Red Hat
package management tool.
Cross Reference
See Chapter 8 for more on the Red Hat package management tool.
The gcc package requires a number of capabilities. Make sure you
install all the necessary packages. Just about every Linux
distribution includes gcc and everything you need to develop C
programs, so this should not be a problem.
For text editors, you can use the vi or emacs text editors, or
any of a number of graphical editors such as gedit.
Cross Reference
Appendix F covers Linux text editors and development tools.
Once you have a C programming environment set up, you next need
to get the RPM library for an RPM development environment.
Setting Up the RPM Programming Environment
To program with the RPM library, you need to install the
rpm-devel package. You must have a version of rpm-devel that
matches your version of the rpm package. If you have Red Hat
Linux, your installation CDs will also have the version of the
RPM development package that corresponds to your system.
Your program should link against the same libraries that are
used by the rpm command itself in order to insure compatibility,
so make sure that the version of the rpm-devel package matches
the rpm package itself. In most cases, the best bet is to use
the RPM programs and libraries that come with your version of
Linux.
Cross Reference
You can also download the rpm packages from
ftp://ftp.rpm.org/pub/rpm/dist/. This site includes versions of
the RPM libraries going back to 1996, ancient history in terms
of Linux.
The package you need is rpm-devel. If you installed Red Hat
Linux 8.0, the package is rpm-devel-4.1-1.06. This package
includes header files, documentation, and libraries.
Using the RPM Library
All C programs using the RPM library need to include the file
rpmlib.h, which defines the core data structures, constants, and
functions. One thing you???ll quickly note is that the RPM C
library accesses RPM data at a very low level. This is one
reason why many developers are moving to Python for their RPM
programs, since the Python RPM API presents a higher level of
abstraction.
Cross Reference
[...3592 lines suppressed...]
ts = rpmtsCreate();
/* Check for query mode. */
if (qva->qva_mode == 'q') {
/* Make sure there's something to do. */
if (qva->qva_source != RPMQV_ALL &&
!poptPeekArg(context)) {
fprintf(stderr, "no arguments given for --query");
exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
}
ec = rpmcliQuery(ts, qva, (const char **) poptGetArgs(context));
}
/* Check for verify mode. */
else if (qva->qva_mode == 'V') {
rpmVerifyFlags verifyFlags = VERIFY_ALL;
/* Verify flags are negated from query flags. */
verifyFlags &= ~qva->qva_flags;
qva->qva_flags = (rpmQueryFlags) verifyFlags;
/* Make sure there's something to do. */
if (qva->qva_source != RPMQV_ALL &&
!poptPeekArg(context)) {
fprintf(stderr, "no arguments given for --verify");
exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
}
ec = rpmcliVerify(ts, qva, (const char **) poptGetArgs(context));
}
else {
poptPrintUsage(context, stderr, 0);
exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
}
ts = rpmtsFree(ts);
context = rpmcliFini(context);
return ec;
}
There is not a lot of code in rpmq.c, as this program is mostly
calling the high-level functions for the rpm command-line
interface.
When you run the rpmq program, it performs the same tasks as the
rpm command with the --query (or -q) and --verify (or -V)
command-line options.
For example, rpmq supports query formats:
$ ./rpmq -q --qf "%{NAME} %{INSTALLTID:date}\n" jikes
jikes Fri 25 Oct 2002 06:49:38 PM CDT
Where to Go from Here
There is a lot more you can do with the RPM library; you're
limited only by your imagination. The best way to get started is
to follow the examples in this chapter and then try out some RPM
programs on your own. After working with the RPM library for a
while, you can delve into other RPM topics.
The RPM Web site, at www.rpm.org, has most of the available
documentation on the RPM system. This site also includes official
RPM released software.
One of the best ways to help find out about how to perform RPM
tasks is to look at the source code for the rpm program itself.
For this, download the rpm-src source RPM, too. To see the rpm
command-line interface functions in action, look especially at
tools/rpmcache.c and tools/rpmgraph.c, two relatively short RPM
files that show how to take advantage of a number of short cuts.
The source code for the Python and Perl bindings can also provide
extra hints about the purposes of the RPM API calls.
The RPM Web site also has a cross-referenced set of HTML pages on
the RPM programming API. The pages for version 4.1 of RPM are
available at www.rpm.org/rpmapi-4.1/. A good starting page is
www.rpm.org/rpmapi-4.1/modules.html, which lists a number of
modules within the overall RPM library. This extra level of
organization can help you locate the functions you need.
Summary
Everything you can do with RPM you can program in C. That???s
because the source code for the entire RPM system is available. In
addition, the rpm and rpmbuild programs make use of a published
API, called rpmlib, to access RPM functionality. You can use this
library yourself.
The popt library, short for parse options, provides a lot of handy
utilities for parsing very complex command-line options. You can
use popt inside your own programs, even if you don???t use the
rest of the RPM functionality.
Most RPM programs start up by calling rpmcliInit, which sets up
RPM variables for the large set of command-line options supported
by most RPM commands.
Call rpmReadPackageFile to read in the Header object from a
package file. You can also get Header objects for the packages
installed in a system by initializing an iterator to iterate over
a set of packages that meet a certain criteria.
This chapter covers a fairly low level of access to RPM
functionality. The next chapter, on Python programming, shows a
higher level of abstraction for working with RPM.
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 4 01:58:20 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 3 Oct 2005 21:58:20 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-programming-perl-en.xml,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510040158.j941wKjI000907@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv889
Added Files:
rpm-guide-programming-perl-en.xml
Log Message:
--- NEW FILE rpm-guide-programming-perl-en.xml ---
Programming RPM with Perl
Copyright (c) 2005 by Eric Foster-Johnson. This material may be
distributed only subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
the Open Publication License, v1.0 or later (the latest version is
presently available at http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/).
In This Chapter
*Using the RPM2 module to access information on package files
*Querying the RPM database from Perl
*Cross-referencing capabilities by the packages that provide and
require capabilities
*Extracting information on packages
Perl is one of the most popular scripting languages. Used by system
administrators, software developers, and a host of other users, Perl
runs on many operating systems including Linux, UNIX, and Windows.
Perl stands for Practical Extraction and Report Language, or
sometimes Pathologically Eclectic Rubbish Lister.
Note
In the same vein, LISP stands for Lots of Irritating Single
Parenthesis and COBOL for Completely Obnoxious Business Oriented
Language.
I began my book Cross-Platform Perl (John Wiley & Sons, 2000) by
mentioning that when I first started learning Perl, I thought it was
an evil plot. I still do. But it is a very practical evil plot. You
can get a lot of work done with Perl, and quickly.
Because of a long history of text processing, Perl is especially
popular among system administrators. Perl also supports add-on
packages, called modules. You can find thousands of add-on modules
for text processing, networking, and a plethora of other tasks.
There are so many modules available that some people who don???t
like the Perl syntax script with Perl anyway, because the available
modules save a lot of time.
Cross Reference
See search.cpan.org, the Comprehensive Perl Archive Network, for a
listing of many Perl modules.
This chapter covers working with RPM files and the RPM database
using Perl. You can combine RPM usage with other Perl usage, such as
generating HTML files or downloading RPMs over a network link.
Cross Reference
Many of the RPM tools covered in Chapter 8 are written in Perl.
Getting and Using the Perl RPM Modules
A number of Perl RPM modules are available. No one module provides
all the features you need, although with time, the Perl modules
will consolidate into a few modules that most everyone uses. As of
this writing, the RPM2 module, by Chip Turner of Red Hat, provides
the most recent approach to working with the RPM system from Perl.
This chapter covers the RPM2 module.
Red Hat Linux 8.0 comes with a perl-RPM2 package, which you need
to install to use this module. Otherwise, you can download the
module from www.cpan.org. Install this module, as well as the perl
module, which provides the Perl language interpreter. Once you
have this module installed and the perl package installed, you are
ready to go.
Note
The version of the perl-RPM2 package that ships with Red Hat Linux
8.0 has a bug in that it will not open package files that were
created with the version of rpm that ships with Red Hat Linux 8.0.
That is, the Perl module cannot read package files that ship with
Red Hat Linux. You can read older package files, though. This
problem only affects attempts to read .rpm files, not installed
packages. The bug is related to reading signed packages but not
having the GPG keys in the keyring. The latest version on
search.cpan.org fixes this problem.
The RPM2 module contains Perl methods to work on two types of RPM
objects: RPM files and installed packages.
Working with RPM Files
The RPM2 module provides a top-level object, RPM2, that acts as an
entry point into the module. From the RPM2 object, you either open
the RPM database, covered in the "Programming with the RPM
Database" section, or open an RPM package file, covered here.
The first step in working with an RPM file is to open the file
inside a Perl script.
Opening package files
The open_package subroutine opens an RPM package file and
returns a header object (an RPM2::Header). The basic syntax
follows:
my $header = RPM2->open_package( $filename );
For example:
my $header =
RPM2->open_package("jikes-1.14-1-glibc-2.2.i386.rpm");
After you???ve opened a package, you can perform a number of
query operations on the header object returned by the
open_package subroutine.
Listing tags from the package
Each RPM package has information stored under a variety of tags,
such as the package name under the NAME tag and the package long
description under the DESCRIPTION tag.
Cross Reference
These are the same tags introduced with the --queryformat option
to the rpm command discussed in Chapter 5.
The tag subroutine returns the value of a given tag. For
example, to get the name of the package, use the NAME tag:
use RPM2;
my $header =
RPM2->open_package("jikes-1.14-1-glibc-2.2.i386.rpm" );
print $header->tag("NAME"), "\n";
Pulling this together, Listing 18-1 shows example script that
lists the name and one-line short summary of a package file.
Listing 18-1: rpmsum.pl
#!/usr/bin/perl
#
# Lists summary from an RPM package file
# Usage:
# rpmsum.pl package_name.rpm
#
use strict;
use RPM2;
my $header = RPM2->open_package( $ARGV[0] );
print $header->tag("NAME"), ": ", $header->tag("SUMMARY"),
"\n";
Enter this script and name the file rpmsum.pl.
When you run this script, you need to pass the name of a package
file on the command line. For example:
$ ./rpmsum.pl jikes-1.14-1-glibc-2.2.i386.rpm
jikes: java source to bytecode compiler
Convenience methods
The RPM2 module includes convenience methods for all RPM tags.
This means you can use the method name in place of tag("NAME").
For example:
print $header->name(), ": ", $header->summary(), "\n";
Listing the name and version
The RPM2 module provides a handy subroutine for getting the
NAME, VERSION, RELEASE, and EPOCH tags, often abbreviated as
NVRE. The subroutine, as_nvre, returns a single string with
these values in the standard format, with the values separated
by minus signs.
Note
Usually, the EPOCH tag has no value. If there is an EPOCH value,
you will see it output first, and then a colon, and then the
name, version, and release values. For example:
5:redhat-config-httpd-1.0.1-13
In this case, the EPOCH value is 5.
You can call this subroutine on any header object, or any
package object to get the full name of the package. For example:
print $header->as_nvre(), "\n";
Checking whether the package is a source package
Another handy subroutine tells you if an RPM file represents a
source RPM or a binary RPM. The is_source_package subroutine
returns a true value if the package is a source package, and a
false value otherwise.
The rpmpkg.pl script, shown in Listing 18-2, shows how to use
the as_nvre and is_source_package subroutines.
Listing 18-2: rpmpkg.pl
#!/usr/bin/perl
#
# Queries RPM package file and prints
# out name and whether this is a source pkg.
# Usage:
# rpmpkg.pl package_name
#
use strict;
use RPM2;
my $header = RPM2->open_package( $ARGV[0] );
if ( $header->is_source_package() ) {
print "Source package ", $header->as_nvre(), "\n";
} else {
print $header->as_nvre(), "\n";
}
Programming with the RPM Database
In addition to providing query routines for RPM files, you can
also access the RPM database with the RPM2 package.
To access the RPM database, your Perl script must first open the
database.
Opening the database
Open the RPM database with a call to open_rpm_db on the RPM2
object. For example:
my $rpm_db = RPM2->open_rpm_db();
You can also specify the directory where the RPM database
resides. This is most useful for accessing a database in a
non-standard location. For example:
my $rpm_db = RPM2->open_rpm_db( "-path" => "/var/lib/rpm"
);
Note
The -path is normally used as a Perl bareword but is shown here
as a string.
Once you have an RPM database object, you can call one of the
find subroutines to find packages in most of the same ways as
supported by the rpm ???q command.
Finding packages c
The find_by_name subroutine finds a package or packages by name.
It returns a Perl list of the entries found. For example, if you
installed more than one version of a package, find_by_name would
return a list of all the packages at the different versions.
Similar to find_by_name, find_by_name_iter returns an iterator
to iterate over the packages that match the query. The iterator
approach is usually more efficient.
Iterating over packages
Iterators are important in the RPM2 package because they provide
a more efficient interface to potentially large sets of
packages, and because iterators more closely match the
underlying C API. Furthermore, iterators are very easy to use.
Simply call the next subroutine to move ahead to the next
element, that is, the next package.
For example:
my $pkg_iter = $rpm_db->find_by_name_iter( "kernel" );
while (my $pkg = $pkg_iter->next() ) {
# Do something ...
}
Listing 18-3 shows a script that acts much like the rpm ???q
command, without any other command-line options.
Listing 18-3: rpmname.pl
#!/usr/bin/perl
#
# Queries RPM database for given package.
# Usage:
# rpmname.pl package_name
#
use strict;
use RPM2;
my $rpm_db = RPM2->open_rpm_db( "???????path" =>
"/var/lib/rpm" );
my $pkg_iter = $rpm_db->find_by_name_iter( $ARGV[0] );
while (my $pkg = $pkg_iter->next() ) {
print $pkg->tag("NAME"), "-", $pkg->tag("VERSION"), "\n";
}
$rpm_db->close_rpm_db();
When you run this script, you need to pass the name of a package
to query. For example:
$ ./rpmname.pl kernel
kernel-2.4.18
Additional query subroutines
The find_by_name_iter subroutine finds a package by its name.
The RPM2 module also supports a number of other query routines,
listed in Table 18-1.
Table 18-1 RPM2 module query routines
Routine
Usage
find_all()
Returns a list with all the packages in the database
find_all_iter()
Returns an iterator over all the packages in the
database
find_by_file($filename)
Finds all packages that own the given file, returning
a list
find_by_file_iter($filename)
Finds all packages that own the given file, returning
an iterator
find_by_name($package_name)
Finds all packages with the given name, returning a
list
find_by_name_iter($package_name)
Finds all packages with the given name, returning an
iterator
find_by_provides($capability)
Finds all packages that provide the given capability,
returning a list
find_by_provides_iter($capability)
Finds all packages that provide the given capability,
returning an iterator
find_by_requires($capability)
Finds all packages that require the given capability,
returning a list
find_by_requires_iter($capability)
Finds all packages that require the given capability,
returning an iterator
To verify the find routines, you can try the following script
and compare the results with the rpm command. Listing 18-4 shows
the script that finds what package provides a capability and
also which packages require the capability.
Listing 18-4: rpmprovides.pl
#!/usr/bin/perl
#
# Queries RPM database for given package,
# listing what it provides and what other
# packages require the capability.
#
# Usage:
# rpmprovides.pl package_name
#
use strict;
use RPM2;
my $rpm_db = RPM2->open_rpm_db();
my $pkg_iter = $rpm_db->find_by_provides_iter( $ARGV[0] );
print "Provides: ", $ARGV[0], "\n";
while (my $pkg = $pkg_iter->next() ) {
print "\t", $pkg->as_nvre(), "\n";
}
# Now, what packages require this capability.
my $pkg_iter2 = $rpm_db->find_by_requires_iter( $ARGV[0] );
print "Requires: ", $ARGV[0], "\n";
while (my $pkg2 = $pkg_iter2->next() ) {
print "\t", $pkg2->as_nvre(), "\n";
}
$rpm_db->close_rpm_db();
When you run this script with the name of a capability, you'll
see output like the following:
$ ./rpmprovides.pl httpd
Provides: httpd
httpd-2.0.40-8
Requires: httpd
mod_perl-1.99_05-3
5:redhat-config-httpd-1.0.1-13
mod_python-3.0.0-10
1:mod_ssl-2.0.40-8
Note
The 5: in 5:redhat-config-httpd-1.0.1-13 and 1: in
1:mod_ssl-2.0.40-8 represent the EPOCH tag value.
To verify this script, run the rpm -q command to see if you get
the same packages listed. For example:
$ rpm -q --whatprovides httpd
httpd-2.0.40-8
$ rpm -q --whatrequires httpd
mod_perl-1.99_05-3
redhat-config-httpd-1.0.1-13
mod_python-3.0.0-10
mod_ssl-2.0.40-8
In both cases, you see the same packages listed. You can use
this technique to verify your scripts.
Note
The find_by_provides_iter subroutine requires the name of a
package, such as bash. You cannot pass a file name, such as
/bin/bash, to get the name of the package that provides this
capability (a file, really).
Getting information on packages ng information on packages
The tag, as_nvre, and is_source_package subroutines that worked
on header objects read from RPM files, shown previously, also
work with package entries returned from the RPM database.
For example, Listing 18-5 shows a script, rpminfo.pl, that
prints out descriptive information about a given package.
Listing 18-5: rpminfo.pl
#!/usr/bin/perl
#
# Queries RPM database for given package and prints info.
# Usage:
# rpminfo.pl package_name
#
use strict;
use RPM2;
my $rpm_db = RPM2->open_rpm_db( "-path" => "/var/lib/rpm"
);
my $pkg_iter = $rpm_db->find_by_name_iter( $ARGV[0] );
while (my $pkg = $pkg_iter->next() ) {
printInfo( $pkg );
}
$rpm_db->close_rpm_db();
# Prints info on one package.
sub printInfo {
my($pkg) = shift;
print $pkg->as_nvre(), ", ", $pkg->tag("ARCH"), ", ",
$pkg->tag("OS"), ", ", $pkg->tag("PLATFORM"), "\n";
print $pkg->tag("SUMMARY"), "\n";
print "Group: ", $pkg->tag("GROUP"), "\n";
print $pkg->tag("DESCRIPTION"), "\n";
print "Vendor: ", $pkg->tag("VENDOR"), ", ",
$pkg->tag("URL"), "\n";
print "Size: ", $pkg->tag("SIZE"), "\n";
}
When you run this script, you???ll see output like the
following:
$ ./rpminfo.pl XFree86
XFree86-4.2.0-72, i386, linux, i386-redhat-linux-gnu
The basic fonts, programs and docs for an X workstation.
Group: User Interface/X
XFree86 is an open source implementation of the X Window System.
It
provides the basic low level functionality which full fledged
graphical user interfaces (GUIs) such as GNOME and KDE are
designed
upon.
Vendor: Red Hat, Inc., http://www.xfree86.org
Size: 30552239
Listing the Installed Date
The installed date is a number value representing the number
of seconds since the start of the UNIX epoch, January 1, 1970,
which predates the start of the Linux epoch by about 20 years.
So, when you get the value of the INSTALLTIME tag, you???ll
see a meaningless number.
To make sense of this number, pass the value to the Perl
localtime function. Listing 18-6 shows an example of this.
Listing 18-6: rpmdate.pl
#!/usr/bin/perl
#
# Queries RPM database for given package,
# prints out name, vendor, and date installed.
# Usage:
# rpmdate.pl package_name
#
use strict;
use RPM2;
my $rpm_db = RPM2->open_rpm_db();
my $pkg_iter = $rpm_db->find_by_name_iter( $ARGV[0] );
while (my $pkg = $pkg_iter->next() ) {
printDate( $pkg );
}
$rpm_db->close_rpm_db();
# Prints installation data for one package.
sub printDate {
my($pkg) = shift;
my $date = localtime( $pkg->tag("INSTALLTIME") );
printf("%-20s %-17s %s\n", $pkg->as_nvre(),
$pkg->tag("VENDOR"), $date);
}
Note
The printf function in this script can do something the rpm
command cannot do. Even with the --queryformat option, you
cannot group multiple items and then set the size; with Perl,
you can. Simply assign the multiple values to a string, or use
the handy as_nvre subroutine, which gathers up to four tags
together into one string.
When you pass the name of a package to this script, you???ll
see the date the package was installed. For example:
$ ./rpmdate.pl kernel
kernel-2.4.18-14 Red Hat, Inc. Sat Oct 5 12:29:58 2002
Handling String Array Tags
Not only is the date stored in a format that adds complication
to your script. A number of tags are string arrays, not scalar
strings. This means you may see output that is all mashed
together.
To help deal with this, the following subroutine takes in an
array of strings and returns a string that is built using a
passed-in delimiter:
sub arrayToString {
my($sep) = shift;
my(@array) = @_;
my($str);
$str = $array[0];
for ( $i = 1; $i < $#array; $i++ )
{
$str = $str . $sep . $array[$i];
}
return $str;
}
Note
Show your Perl expertise and earn extra points by implementing
the arrayToString subroutine as a single Perl statement that
uses the join function.
The following list shows the tags that are an array of
strings:
*BASENAMES
*CHANGELOGNAME
*CHANGELOGTEXT
*DIRNAMES
*FILEGROUPNAME
*FILELANGS
*FILELINKTOS
*FILEMD5S
*FILEUSERNAME
*OLDFILENAMES
*PROVIDENAME
*PROVIDEVERSION
*REQUIRENAME
*REQUIREVERSION
Cross Reference
Chapter 5 covers more on these tags.
Listing the Files In A Package
The files subroutine provides a list of all the files in a
package. Listing 18-7 shows how to access this list.
Listing 18-7: rpmfiles.pl
#!/usr/bin/perl
#
# Queries RPM database for given package,
# prints out the files in the package.
# Usage:
# rpmfiles.pl package_name
#
use strict;
use RPM2;
my $rpm_db = RPM2->open_rpm_db();
my $pkg_iter = $rpm_db->find_by_name_iter( $ARGV[0] );
while (my $pkg = $pkg_iter->next() ) {
printFiles( $pkg );
}
$rpm_db->close_rpm_db();
# Prints installation data for one package.
sub printFiles {
my($pkg) = shift;
my $files = arrayToString("\n", $pkg->files() );
print "Files:\n", $files, "\n";
}
sub arrayToString {
my($sep) = shift;
my(@array) = @_;
my($str);
$str = $array[0];
for ( my $i = 1; $i < $#array; $i++ )
{
$str = $str . $sep . $array[$i];
}
return $str;
}
When you run this script, you???ll see output like the
following:
$ ./rpmfiles.pl jikes
Files:
/usr/bin/jikes
/usr/doc/jikes-1.17/license.htm
Comparing versions
The RPM2 module overrides the spaceship operator, <=>, to
perform version comparisons between packages. The script in
Listing 18-8 shows how to compare all local RPM files against
the newest installed version of the same package, if the package
is installed.
Listing 18-8: rpmver.pl
#!/usr/bin/perl -w
#
# Compare versions of all *.rpm files against the
# latest packages installed (if installed)
#
# Usage:
# rpmver.pl
# This script looks for all *.rpm files.
#
use strict;
use RPM2;
my $rpm_db = RPM2->open_rpm_db();
for my $filename (<*.rpm>) {
my $h = RPM2->open_package( $filename );
# Ensure we compare against the newest
# package of the given name.
my ($installed) =
sort { $b <=> $a } $rpm_db->find_by_name($h->name);
if (not $installed) {
printf "Package %s not installed.\n", $h->as_nvre;
} else {
my ($result) = ($h <=> $installed);
if ($result < 0) {
printf "Installed package %s newer than file %s\n",
$installed->as_nvre,
$h->as_nvre;
} else {
printf "File %s newer than installed package %s\n",
$h->as_nvre,
$installed->as_nvre;
}
}
}
The sort { $a <=> $b } in front of the find_by_name call
sorts all the packages of that name by the version number, so
that the comparison is performed against the newest installed
version of the package. The ($h <=> $installed) compares
the header from the RPM file on disk against the newest
installed version of the package.
When you run this script, you???ll see output like the
following, depending on which RPM files you have in the local
directory:
$ perl rpmver.pl
Package acroread-4.0-0 not installed.
Package canvas-7.0b2.0-1 not installed.
Installed package jikes-1.18-1 newer than file jikes-1.14-1
Installed package SDL-1.2.4-5 newer than file SDL-0.9.9-4
Package ted-2.8-1 not installed.
Closing the database
When you are done with the RPM database, call close_rpm_db, as
shown following:
$rpm_db->close_rpm_db();
Note that this call is not necessary, as the RPM2 module will
close the database when the object, in this case $rpm_db, goes
out of scope.
Where to Go from Here
One of the strengths of Perl is that there are so many add-on
packages available. In addition, Perl is really strong in text
processing. You can combine these strengths to provide cleaner
output for RPM database queries, for example, avoiding the complex
syntax for the --queryformat option to the rpm command. Perl can
do more than the --queryformat option allows. For example, you can
combine multiple values together into a Perl string and then
format the output. The --queryformat option only allows formatting
on each value individually, not groups of values.
In addition, you can combine one of the Perl templating modules,
such as Text::Template or HTML::Template, to create an HTML page
for a given package. You could use Perl to create formatted HTML
pages for all the installed packages on your system, with HTML
links to cross-reference all the dependencies.
Cross Reference
Download these modules from the CPAN site, www.cpan.org.
This chapter covers the RPM2 module. Right now, the RPM2 module
supports only querying packages and the RPM database. Future
versions will likely add the ability to install, update, and
remove packages.
In addition to this module, you can find an RPM module with
RPM::Header and RPM::Database classes. Another module,
RPM::Specfile, provides the ability to turn Perl modules, such as
those stored on CPAN, into RPM packages. The RPM::Specfile module
helps create an RPM spec file for a Perl module.
The Perl-RPM-Perlonly bundle provides an alternative version of
the RPM::Header module written entirely in Perl with no usage of
the C rpm library. This makes RPM access much easier on platforms
for which you don???t have the RPM system.
The RPM-Tools bundle includes RPM::Update, which compares the
packages installed on your system (listed by calling rpm ???qa)
with the packages available on another system, that may be
available only with a network link. This module can also update
packages that are older than the designated master system.
RPM::Make, also part of the RPM-Tools bundle, helps create RPM
packages from a Perl script. This module does not support all the
spec file options described in Chapter 10, but it can help you
make simple packages.
You can download all these modules from the CPAN site.
Summary
This chapter introduces the RPM2 add-on module to allow Perl
scripts to access information on RPM package files and in the RPM
database. To access an RPM file and query information about that
file, you need to call the open_package subroutine. Once you???ve
opened the file, you can call the tag, as_nvre, is_source_package,
and files subroutines on the header object to query data about the
package.
To access the RPM database, call open_rpm_db. Once you???ve opened
the database, you can call one of the find subroutines, such as
find_by_name or find_by_name_iter, to search for packages. The
subroutines that have names ending with _iter, such as
find_by_name_iter, return an iterator object to iterate over the
packages found. The other find subroutines, such as find_by_name,
return a Perl list of the packages found.
You can then call the tag, as_nvre, and files subroutines on the
package objects to query information about the packages.
When you are done with the RPM database, call close_rpm_db.
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 4 01:58:55 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 3 Oct 2005 21:58:55 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-programming-python-en.xml,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510040158.j941wtKA000944@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv918
Added Files:
rpm-guide-programming-python-en.xml
Log Message:
--- NEW FILE rpm-guide-programming-python-en.xml ---
Programming RPM with Python
Copyright (c) 2005 by Eric Foster-Johnson. This material may be
distributed only subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
the Open Publication License, v1.0 or later (the latest version is
presently available at http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/).
In This Chapter
*Using the RPM with Python
*Installing the necessary modules
*Programming with the RPM database
*Programming with RPM files
*Installing packages programmatically
P
Setting Up a Python Development Environment
Setting up a Python development environment is much the same as
setting up a C programming environment. You need to install a set
of packages for general Python development, install a package that
provides the Python API to the RPM system, and choose a program
for editing your Python scripts.
Cross Reference
Appendix H covers Linux text editors and development tools.
If you want to make a graphical user interface in your Python
programs, you need to install a separate Python package.
Installing the base Python packages
The base Python package needed for developing applications is
python. For RPM usage, you should install Python 2.2, not Python
1.5. That???s because the RPM bindings for Python are moving to
support only 2.2 and higher releases.
The Python package for RPM access is rpm-python. Install these
as you would any other packages.
Cross Reference
Chapter 4 covers installing packages.
Using Python for graphics
Python supports a number of different toolkits for creating
graphical user interfaces. You need one of these toolkits if you
want to create Python applications that sport a user interface
instead of command-line tools. Among the most popular toolkits
are PyGKT, PyQt, and Tkinter.
*PyGTK is a binding between Python and the GTK+ toolkit used by
the GNOME desktop, one of two main desktop environments for
Linux. (KDE is the other main desktop environment.) The Red Hat
redhat-config-packages program uses PyGTK and sports a very
good-looking user interface.
PyGTK provides full access to the GTK+ widgets such as menus,
dialog windows, and buttons. Install the pygtk2 module for
PyGTK. For more on PyGTK, see www.daa.com.au/~james/pygtk/.
*PyQt connects Python scripts to the Qt C++ user interface
toolkit. Qt forms the base library used by the KDE desktop
environment and KDE applications. As with PyGTK, PyQt allows you
to access the rich widget set provided by the library.
Install the PyQt package for PyQt. For more on PyQt, see
www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/pyqt/.
*Tkinter is considered a standard part of Python and is based on
the Tk (pronounced teekay) toolkit from the Tcl scripting
language. The main advantages of Tkinter are that it is
considered part of Python, meaning users are more likely to have
it, and Tkinter works on multiple platforms, including Windows.
The main drawback of Tkinter is that the widget sets are not as
rich as PyQt or PyGTK. For more on Tkinter, see
www.python.org/topics/tkinter/.
After you???ve set up your environment and installed all the
necessary packages, the next step is to start working with the
Python API for RPM.
The Python API Hierarchy
The RPM Python API provides a high-level abstraction into RPM
functionality divided into logical areas. Table 17-1 lists the
main RPM types. In most cases, you need to begin with rpm and
create a transaction set.
Table 17-1 Python types for RPM usage
Class
Covers
rpm
RPM base module into RPM API
rpmts
Transaction sets
rpmte
Transaction elements, a package in a transaction set
rpmmi
[...2692 lines suppressed...]
# rpm -q jikes
jikes-1.17-1
# python rpmupgrade.py jikes-1.18-1.i386.rpm
Upgrading jikes-1.18-1
This upgrade will install:
jikes-1.18-1
jikes-1.17-1
Running transaction (final step)...
Opening file. 4 0 0 jikes-1.18-1.i386.rpm 1
Closing file. 2 0 2854204 jikes-1.18-1.i386.rpm 1
# rpm -q jikes
jikes-1.18-1
This example shows that the package was upgraded after running
the rpmupgrade.py script. Note that with an upgrade, the
original package, jikes-1.17-1 in this case, is also added to
the transaction set. With an install, this is not the case.
That???s because the original package is removed as part of
the transaction.
If you run this script as a non-root user, you will likely see
an error like the following:
$ python rpmupgrade.py jikes-1.18-1.i386.rpm
Upgrading jikes-1.18-1
This upgrade will install:
jikes-1.18-1
jikes-1.17-1
Running transaction (final step)...
error: cannot get exclusive lock on /var/lib/rpm/Packages
error: cannot open Packages index using db3 - Operation not
permitted (1)
error: cannot open Packages database in /var/lib/rpm
If a package has a dependency on a file such as a shared
library, you will see output like the following:
# python rpmupgrade.py jikes-1.17-glibc2.2-1.i386.rpm
jpilot-0_97-1_i386.rpm
Upgrading jikes-1.17-1
Upgrading jpilot-0.97-1
Must find file [ libpisock.so.3 ]
Error: Unresolved dependencies, transaction failed.
(('jpilot', '0.97', '1'), ('libpisock.so.3', None), 0, None,
0)
If a package has a dependency on another package, you will see
output like the following:
# python rpmupgrade.py eruby-devel-0.9.8-2.i386.rpm
Upgrading eruby-devel-0.9.8-2
Must find package [ eruby-libs - 0.9.8 ]
Error: Unresolved dependencies, transaction failed.
(('eruby-devel', '0.9.8', '2'), ('eruby-libs', '0.9.8'), 8,
None, 0)
Where to Go from Here
The RPM bindings for Python are documented along with the C
programming API. On a Red Hat Linux system, look in the file
/usr/share/doc/rpm-devel-4.1/apidocs/html/group__python.html to
see the start of the Python-specific documentation.
Note that much of this online documentation covers the C functions
that provide the Python bindings, not the Python API itself. But,
if you examine the online information on objects listed as
classes, such as rpmts, you can find the Python-specific
documentation.
Furthermore, if you look into the .c files that make up the Python
bindings, you can find PyMethodDef structure tables. These tables
provide useful glimpses into the Python API.
To learn more about programming in Python, install the python-docs
package. The python-docs package has a large set of online
documentation for Python, including the official Python Tutorial.
With Red Hat Linux, start at
/usr/share/doc/python-docs-2.2.1/html/tut/tut.html.
Cross Reference
Other tutorials are available at http://diveintopython.org for the
Dive Into Python tutorial for experienced programmers, and at
http://py.vaults.ca/parnassus/apyllo.py/935043691.636055170 for
the Vaults of Parnassus listing of tutorials.
Summary
This chapter introduces the high-level RPM API for Python
programming. You can use this API from Python scripts to perform
RPM functionality, just as you can write C programs using the RPM
C API covered in Chapter 16.
In general, the Python API is simpler and requires fewer code
statements than the corresponding functionality in the C API.
Just about all of your work with the Python API requires a
transaction set, which you can get by calling rpm.TransactionSet.
To query the RPM database, call dbMatch on the transaction set
object. To install or upgrade packages, call addInstall, check,
order, and run on the transaction set.
The next chapter switches to another language for accessing the
RPM system: Perl. With the rich set of APIs, you can write your
RPM programs in C, Python, Perl, or any language that can call on
code written in one of these languages.
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 4 01:59:32 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 3 Oct 2005 21:59:32 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-rpmbuild-en.xml,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510040159.j941xWBD000973@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv955
Added Files:
rpm-guide-rpmbuild-en.xml
Log Message:
--- NEW FILE rpm-guide-rpmbuild-en.xml ---
Controlling the Build with rpmbuild
Copyright (c) 2005 by Eric Foster-Johnson. This material may be
distributed only subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
the Open Publication License, v1.0 or later (the latest version is
presently available at http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/).
In This Chapter
*Building with the rpmbuild command
*Building RPMs without an external spec file
*Working with source RPMs
*Optimizing builds
*Signing built RPMs
The preceding chapters in this Part cover details on how to put
together RPMs. This chapter rounds out the discussion by delving
into more details on the rpmbuild command.
You can customize how rpmbuild creates RPMs, and you can use RPM
commands to test and debug your package.
Building RPMs with the rpmbuild Command
The rpmbuild command provides a workhorse command for building
RPMs in all sorts of ways. The basic syntax, as shown in Chapter
9, is:
rpmbuild -bBuildStage spec_file
The BuildStage is a letter, such as c, to prepare and compile the
application, executing through the %build section, or i, to
execute through the %install section. This allows you a good deal
of flexibility for building the entire RPM or stopping at some
point prior to a full build.
There???s more to the rpmbuild command, though. Quite a few
additional options allow you to further customize the build.
Note
As mentioned in Chapter 9, previous versions of the RPM system
used the rpm command with a -b, for build, option. This option is
no longer supported. Use the rpmbuild command to build RPMs.
Customizing the build
You can customize the rpmbuild command with the options listed
in Table 12-1.
Table 12-1 Extra build options for the rpmbuild command
Option
Usage
--buildroot directory
Override the default root directory for building with
directory, generally not very useful since most
packages already name a buildroot
--clean
Remove the build tree after building
--nobuild
Just test the spec file and do not run the build
--rmsource
Remove the sources after the build
--rmspec
Remove the spec file after the build
--short-circuit
With the -bc or -bi options, jump directly to the
given stage and resume the build from that stage
--sign
Sign the package with a GPG signature
--target platform
Build for the given platform. May not work if you
don't have the other platform build commands, such as
cross compilers, set up. Can work for Intel platforms
with i386, i686, and so on.
Testing the build
One of the most useful options is --nobuild, which tells the
rpmbuild command to not build anything. This may seem silly, but
the --nobuild option is very useful for testing whether your
RPMs can be built. With the --nobuild option, the rpmbuild
command parses the spec file and checks for errors, but does not
run any of the build stages.
The --buildroot allows you to specify a different top-level
directory for building, overriding the BuildRoot tag in the spec
file. This means you can build in a separate location, which is
helpful in case there are mistakes. Using a separate directory
means the build won???t get mixed with anything else in the
build root directory.
Debugging the build
The --short-circuit option tells the rpmbuild command to restart
at a particular location in the build. Rather than working its
way through all the steps up to the build stage you ask for, the
--short-circuit option allows the rpmbuild command to restart
just at the step you ask for.
Note
This works with the -bc and -bi options only, as well as the -tc
and -ti options covered later in this chapter.
For example, if you run the rpmbuild -bc command to stop after
the %build section, you can use the --short-circuit option to
restart the build at the %build section. If you found a problem
in the %build section and corrected it, you can quickly get
going again by restarting the build at the %build section rather
than extracting all the sources yet again.
This option is most useful when you are compiling a package, hit
an error, and fix that error. Without the --short-circuit
option, you???ll likely end up spending a lot of time
recompiling the code you have already compiled.
During normal development of an RPM package, you will likely
execute each build section, one at a time, stop, fix any errors
and restart where you left off. You???ll go through this cycle a
number of times before the RPM finally builds right.
Warning
Never distribute an RPM made with the --short-circuit option.
Instead, once you have everything working, start from scratch
and rebuild the RPM. This is to avoid any problems with a
partially-created RPM.
Cleaning up
The --clean option tells the rpmbuild command to remove the
build tree when complete. This helps ensure that the next time
you run the rpmbuild command, you are starting from a known
situation.
For example:
$ rpmbuild --clean /usr/src/redhat/SPECS/jikes.spec
Executing(--clean): /bin/sh -e /var/tmp/rpm-tmp.98247
+ umask 022
+ cd /usr/src/redhat/BUILD
+ rm -rf jikes-1.17
+ exit 0
You can use the --clean option alone, as shown previously, or in
concert with another option such as -bi to build and install a
binary RPM. In the latter case, the rpmbuild command will clean
the built files after the rest of the command finishes.
Similarly, the --rmsource option tells the rpmbuild command to
remove the sources after completing the command. You can call
this option with another option, such as -bi for building and
installing a binary RPM (and then removing the sources), or
alone on the command line to remove the sources only.
For example:
rpmbuild --rmsource jikes.spec
Note
The abbreviation rm is short for remove. It comes from the Linux
rm command, used for removing files.
The --rmspec option tells the rpmbuild command to remove the
spec file when done with the command. As with the --rmsource
option, you can use the --rmspec option in conjunction with
another rpmbuild option or on its own to just remove the spec
file.
For example:
rpmbuild --rmspec jikes.spec
Warning
The file you are removing with this command is the spec file you
are passing to the command. Be careful, because you cannot undo
this operation and you have now lost your spec file, except
inside your source package.
Building for other platforms
The --target option tells the rpmbuild command to build a
package for another platform. You need to pass the name of the
platform. For example:
rpmbuild -bi --target i486-redhat-linux
The basic format is:
cpu-vendor-os
For example, i686-redhat-linux specifies a 686 CPU with Red Hat
Linux. Other CPUs include ppc for PowerPC and sparc for Sun
SPARC.
Cross Reference
The --target option sets the target architecture at build time.
Chapter 4 covers how you can use the --ignoreos and --ignorearch
options when installing RPMs to ignore the operating system and
architecture that is flagged within the RPM. Of course, this
works only if you are installing on a compatible architecture.
On the surface level, the --target option overrides some of the
macros in the spec file, %_target, %_target_arch, and
%_target_os. This flags the RPM for the new target platform.
Under the covers, setting the architecture macros is not enough.
You really cannot create a PowerPC executable, for example, on
an Intel-architecture machine, unless you have a PowerPC cross
compiler, a compiler that can make PowerPC executables.
Warning
Set the target with care. Make sure you can really build
executable programs for that architecture.
If you try to compile a system that uses the GNU configure
system to configure the build, your target will likely be
ignored. For example, if you try to build the aforementioned
jikes package with a target of ppc-ibm-aix, to specify IBM???s
UNIX, called AIX, on a PowerPC architecture, you will see the
target ignored as the configure system detects that it's running
on Linux on an i686 architecture.
For example:
$ rpmbuild -bc --target ppc-ibm-aix
/usr/src/redhat/SPECS/jikes.spec
Building target platforms: ppc-ibm-aix
Building for target ppc-ibm-aix
Executing(%prep): /bin/sh -e /var/tmp/rpm-tmp.94955
+ umask 022
+ cd /usr/src/redhat/BUILD
+ LANG=C
+ export LANG
+ cd /usr/src/redhat/BUILD
+ rm -rf jikes-1.17
+ /usr/bin/gzip -dc /usr/src/redhat/SOURCES/jikes-1.17.tar.gz
+ tar -xf -
+ STATUS=0
+ '[' 0 -ne 0 ']'
+ cd jikes-1.17
++ /usr/bin/id -u
+ '[' 500 = 0 ']'
++ /usr/bin/id -u
+ '[' 500 = 0 ']'
+ /bin/chmod -Rf a+rX,g-w,o-w .
+ exit 0
Executing(%build): /bin/sh -e /var/tmp/rpm-tmp.15710
+ umask 022
+ cd /usr/src/redhat/BUILD
+ cd jikes-1.17
+ LANG=C
+ export LANG
+ ./configure CXXFLAGS=-O3 --prefix=/tmp/jikesrpm/usr
checking for a BSD-compatible install... /usr/bin/install -c
checking whether build environment is sane... yes
checking for gawk... gawk
checking whether make sets ${MAKE}... yes
checking whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of
Makefiles... no
checking build system type... i686-pc-linux-gnu
checking host system type... i686-pc-linux-gnu
checking for g++... g++
As you can see, the command starts out with the target as the
platform, but the configure script soon overrides that, as shown
at the end of the truncated output.
Building RPMs Without an External Spec File
Most of the options for the rpmbuild command require an RPM spec
file. This file defines all the necessary parameters for the RPM
to build. If you???ve downloaded an application, though, you may
not have all the information needed to build a spec file. In
addition, writing the spec file is the most time-consuming task
when building RPMs. If you are lucky, the provider of a given
application may have already created a spec file and included the
spec file within the source distribution.
Options for working with tar archives
A special set of options aims toward building RPMs with spec
files stored in tar archives, also called tarballs. Tarballs are
files combined with the tar (tape archiver) utility and then
optionally compressed, usually with the gzip command. Because
this format is used so often for UNIX and Linux software, you
can use a set of -t options to the rpmbuild command that mimic
the -b options.
The basic syntax follows:
rpmbuild -tBuildStage compressed_tar_archive
The -t option is a lot like the -b option covered in Chapter 9,
except -t tells rpmbuild to build an RPM from a compressed tar
archive instead of from an RPM spec file. You still need a spec
file. These commands just assume that the spec file is located
within the tar archive. The extra BuildStage option is a special
code that tells the rpmbuild command how far to go when
building. Table 12-2 lists these options:
Table 12-2 Options for building with rpmbuild with tar archives
Option
Usage
-ta
Build all, both a binary and source RPM
-tb
Build a binary RPM
-tc
Stop after the %build section
-tp
Stop after the %prep section
-ti
Stop after the %install section
-tl
Check the listing of files for the RPM
-ts
Build a source RPM only
Note
These command-line options work with a tar archive or a
compressed tar archive.
The expected archive structure
To build a package this way, the tar archive must have enough of
an expected structure, such as a configure script and a Makefile
with the expected make targets. The most crucial element is that
the tar archive must have the package spec file.That???s because
the rpmbuild command doesn???t know how to build every program
in the universe. Instead, rpmbuild expects to find a spec file
to tell it what to do. If you see an error like the following,
then your tar archive likely is missing the spec file:
$ rpmbuild -tc vixie-cron*tar.gz
error: Name field must be present in package: (main package)
error: Version field must be present in package: (main package)
error: Release field must be present in package: (main package)
error: Summary field must be present in package: (main package)
error: Group field must be present in package: (main package)
error: License field must be present in package: (main package)
These errors show expected tags from the missing spec file.
Working with Source RPMs
Most of your work with the rpmbuild command will likely be to
create binary RPMs after you have the sources for an application
and a spec file. You can also get a lot of mileage out of source
RPMs, whether you build them or download them.
Cross Reference
Chapter 10 covers the spec file in depth.
Because they are RPMs themselves, source RPMs act like other RPMs.
For example, you can use the rpm -i command to install a source
RPM. This installs the sources provided by the source RPM, not the
actual application. Normally, when you install a source RPM on a
Red Hat Linux system, the package gets installed into
/usr/src/redhat.
Note
This directory is obviously specific to Red Hat Linux. On other
Linux distributions, you'll likely see directories such as
/usr/src/OpenLinux for SCO (formerly Caldera) OpenLinux.
Installing a source RPM is not exactly the same as installing a
binary RPM. For example, the rpm command does not update the RPM
database when you install a source RPM. In addition, listing the
files in a source RPM only shows the relative paths, not the full
paths.
Once installation is complete, you can use the rpmbuild command to
create a binary RPM from the sources in the source RPM, using the
-b command-line options introduced in Chapter 9. The next sections
show more shortcuts with source RPMs.
Rebuilding binary RPMS from source RPMs
As a shortcut, you do not have to install a source RPM to create
a binary RPM. Instead, you can build the binary RPM directory
using the --rebuild option.
The --rebuild option tells the rpmbuild command to rebuild a
binary RPM from a source RPM file. The basic syntax is:
rpmbuild --rebuild package.src.rpm
This command builds a binary RPM out of a source RPM with a
minimum of fuss. For example:
$ rpmbuild --rebuild unix2dos-2.2-17.src.rpm
Installing unix2dos-2.2-17.src.rpm
Executing(%prep): /bin/sh -e /var/tmp/rpm-tmp.15828
+ umask 022
+ cd /usr/src/redhat/BUILD
+ LANG=C
+ export LANG
+ cd /usr/src/redhat/BUILD
+ rm -rf unix2dos-2.2
+ /bin/mkdir -p unix2dos-2.2
+ cd unix2dos-2.2
+ /usr/bin/gzip -dc /usr/src/redhat/S
OURCES/unix2dos-2.2.src.tar.gz
+ tar -xf -
+ STATUS=0
+ '[' 0 -ne 0 ']'
++ /usr/bin/id -u
+ '[' 500 = 0 ']'
++ /usr/bin/id -u
+ '[' 500 = 0 ']'
+ /bin/chmod -Rf a+rX,g-w,o-w .
+ echo 'Patch #0 (unix2dos-mkstemp.patch):'
Patch #0 (unix2dos-mkstemp.patch):
+ patch -p1 -b --suffix .sec -s
+ echo 'Patch #1 (unix2dos-2.2-segfault.patch):'
Patch #1 (unix2dos-2.2-segfault.patch):
+ patch -p1 -b --suffix .segf -s
+ echo 'Patch #2 (unix2dos-2.2-manpage.patch):'
Patch #2 (unix2dos-2.2-manpage.patch):
+ patch -p1 -b --suffix .man -s
+ perl -pi -e 's,^#endif.*,#endif,g;s,^#else.*,#else,g'
unix2dos.c unix2dos.h
+ exit 0
Executing(%build): /bin/sh -e /var/tmp/rpm-tmp.60650
+ umask 022
+ cd /usr/src/redhat/BUILD
+ cd unix2dos-2.2
+ LANG=C
+ export LANG
+ gcc -O2 -march=i386 -mcpu=i686 -ounix2dos unix2dos.c
+ exit 0
Executing(%install): /bin/sh -e /var/tmp/rpm-tmp.35128
+ umask 022
+ cd /usr/src/redhat/BUILD
+ cd unix2dos-2.2
+ LANG=C
+ export LANG
+ rm -rf /var/tmp/unix2dos-root
+ mkdir -p /var/tmp/unix2dos-root/usr/bin /var/tmp/unix2dos-
root/usr/share/man/man1
+ install -m755 unix2dos /var/tmp/unix2dos-root/usr/bin
+ install -m444 unix2dos.1
/var/tmp/unix2dos-root/usr/share/man/man1
+ /usr/lib/rpm/redhat/brp-compress
+ /usr/lib/rpm/redhat/brp-strip
+ /usr/lib/rpm/redhat/brp-strip-comment-note
Processing files: unix2dos-2.2-17
Executing(%doc): /bin/sh -e /var/tmp/rpm-tmp.12033
+ umask 022
+ cd /usr/src/redhat/BUILD
+ cd unix2dos-2.2
+ DOCDIR=/var/tmp/unix2dos-root/usr/share/doc/unix2dos-2.2
+ export DOCDIR
+ rm -rf /var/tmp/unix2dos-root/usr/share/doc/unix2dos-2.2
+ /bin/mkdir -p
/var/tmp/unix2dos-root/usr/share/doc/unix2dos-2.2
+ cp -pr COPYRIGHT
/var/tmp/unix2dos-root/usr/share/doc/unix2dos-2.2
+ exit 0
Finding Provides: /usr/lib/rpm/find-provides
Finding Requires: /usr/lib/rpm/find-requires
PreReq: rpmlib(PayloadFilesHavePrefix) <= 4.0-1
rpmlib(CompressedFileNames)
<= 3.0.4-1
Requires(rpmlib): rpmlib(PayloadFilesHavePrefix) <= 4.0-1
rpmlib(CompressedFileNames) <= 3.0.4-1
Requires: libc.so.6 libc.so.6(GLIBC_2.0) libc.so.6(GLIBC_2.1)
Checking for unpackaged file(s): /usr/lib/rpm/check-files
/var/tmp/unix2dos-root
Wrote: /usr/src/redhat/RPMS/i386/unix2dos-2.2-17.i386.rpm
Executing(%clean): /bin/sh -e /var/tmp/rpm-tmp.47653
+ umask 022
+ cd /usr/src/redhat/BUILD
+ cd unix2dos-2.2
+ rm -rf /var/tmp/unix2dos-root
+ exit 0
Executing(--clean): /bin/sh -e /var/tmp/rpm-tmp.47653
+ umask 022
+ cd /usr/src/redhat/BUILD
+ rm -rf unix2dos-2.2
+ exit 0
With the --rebuild option, the rpmbuild command installs the
source RPM for you and then performs the preparation, compile,
and installation stages of building a binary RPM. Unless there
are errors, you should have a new binary RPM file.
When complete, the rpmbuild --rebuild command cleans out the
built files in the build directory, as if the --clean option
were used. The rpmbuild --rebuild command also removes the
installed sources and spec file upon completion.
Recompiling binaries from source RPMs
If you just want to recompile the files in a source RPM, you can
use the --recompile option. The --recompile option tells the
rpmbuild command to recompile the binary application from a
source RPM.
For example:
rpmbuild --recompile package.src.rpm
This is the same as installing the source RPM and then running
rpmbuild -bc --clean with the package spec file.
Note
There is no difference between --recompile and --rebuild in RPM
4.1. RPM 4.2 fixes this problem.
SRPMS? Finding source RPMs
Often, source RPMs are abbreviated as SRPMs. In fact, if you see
a directory named SRPM or SRPMS, chances are the directory holds
source RPMs. (Red Hat uses this convention for its Linux
distributions.)
The SRPMS directories on Red Hat CD-ROMs or on the Red Hat FTP
Internet site, ftp.redhat.com, indicate directories that hold
source RPMs.
Signing Built RPMs
Signing RPMs adds an extra level of trustworthiness to your RPMs.
A digital signature helps establish that the package comes from
you, really you, and not from someone masquerading as you.
Unfortunately, the RPM system requires a bit of set up work before
you can sign RPMs.
Checking that the GPG software is installed
To sign packages, you need to ensure that you have the gpg
command installed and configured. To check that this command is
installed, use a command like the following:
$ rpm -qf `which gpg`
gnupg-1.0.7-6
This shows that the command is available.
GPG and PGP? Acronyms Explained
The RPM documentation uses GPG and PGP pretty much
interchangeably, so much so, in fact, that you may think these
are typographical errors. Not so.
PGP stands for Pretty Good Privacy. Invented by Phil Zimmerman,
PGP was originally invented to encrypt e-mail to allow for
private communication. Based on a public-key cryptography
algorithm, PGP also supports encrypted digital signatures. These
signatures allow you to verify that a package you have
downloaded really comes from the vendor you think it does. You
do this by using the vendor???s public key.
GPG stands for GNU Privacy Guard, a free, open-source
implementation of PGP from the GNU project. GPG aims to be
compatible with the OpenPGP Internet standard as defined in RFC
2440. It started when a number of developers wanted a free
implementation. One such free implementation, GPG, allows Linux
vendors such as Red Hat to include PGP in their products. So, in
a sense, GPG provides PGP.
PGP has a long and somewhat troubled history as an open-source
product and as a commercial product. See www.philzimmermann.com
for background on PGP and its long history. See www.gnupg.org
for more details on GPG.
Configuring a signature
To configure a signature, you first need to create a new key
with the gpg command, using the --gen-key option, as shown
following:
$ gpg --gen-key
gpg (GnuPG) 1.0.7; Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions. See the file COPYING for details.
gpg: Warning: using insecure memory!
gpg: please see http://www.gnupg.org/faq.html for more
information
gpg: keyring `/home2/ericfj/.gnupg/secring.gpg' created
gpg: keyring `/home2/ericfj/.gnupg/pubring.gpg' created
Please select what kind of key you want:
(1) DSA and ElGamal (default)
(2) DSA (sign only)
(4) ElGamal (sign and encrypt)
(5) RSA (sign only)
Your selection? 1
DSA keypair will have 1024 bits.
About to generate a new ELG-E keypair.
minimum keysize is 768 bits
default keysize is 1024 bits
highest suggested keysize is 2048 bits
What keysize do you want? (1024)
Requested keysize is 1024 bits
Please specify how long the key should be valid.
0 = key does not expire
<n> = key expires in n days
<n>w = key expires in n weeks
<n>m = key expires in n months
<n>y = key expires in n years
Key is valid for? (0)
You need a User-ID to identify your key; the software constructs
the user id
from Real Name, Comment and Email Address in this form:
"Heinrich Heine (Der Dichter) <heinrichh at duesseldorf.de>"
Real name: Eric Foster-Johnson
Email address: please_no_spam at nospam.com
Comment: Example for Red Hat RPM Guide
You selected this USER-ID:
"Eric Foster-Johnson (Example for Red Hat RPM Guide)
<erc at no_spam.com>"
Change (N)ame, (C)omment, (E)mail or (O)kay/(Q)uit?
O
You need a Passphrase to protect your secret key.
Enter passphrase:
We need to generate a lot of random bytes. It is a good idea to
perform
some other action (type on the keyboard, move the mouse, utilize
the
disks) during the prime generation; this gives the random number
generator a better chance to gain enough entropy.
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++..+++++..++++++++++>++++++++++........+++++
gpg: /home2/ericfj/.gnupg/trustdb.gpg: trustdb created
public and secret key created and signed.
key marked as ultimately trusted.
pub 1024D/01681C24 2002-11-05 Eric Foster-Johnson (Example for
Red Hat RPM
Guide) <please_no_spam at nospam.com>
Key fingerprint = 8C14 A2E9 47D1 301B 2153 7CDF BEE5 9C10 0268
1D24
sub 1024g/1A15D6C8 2002-11-05
You can choose the default options for most choices. You need to
enter a real name, an e-mail address, and a pass phrase.
Remember the pass phrase. You will need to enter the pass phrase
every time you wish to sign a package.
Once you have a key, the next step is to set up some RPM macros.
There are a number of places you can do this, but using the
.rpmmacros file in your home directory is one of the easiest.
Edit this file as shown in the following example:
%_signature gpg
%_gpg_path /home2/ericfj/.gnupg
%_gpg_name EricFJ (Eric Key) <erc at no_spam.com>
%_gpgbin /usr/bin/gpg
Add lines like these to the $HOME/.rpmmacros file. (Create this
file if it does not exist.)
Cross Reference
Chapter 21 covers RPM macros and the $HOME/.rpmmacros file.
Inside the file, change the %gpg_path macro to the .gnupg
directory under your home directory (or the root user???s home
directory). Change the %_gpg_name macro to the name you have
entered into the gpg program.
Signing with the rpmbuild command
The --sign option tells the rpmbuild command to sign the created
package. You need to have configured the RPM system for your
signature as shown in the previous sections.
When you then build an RPM, you will be prompted for your pass
phrase prior to the package build. For example, the following
shows this prompt (and truncates the rest of the rpmbuild
messages that follow):
$ rpmbuild -bb --sign xtoolwait-1.2.spec
Enter pass phrase:
Pass phrase is good.
Signing with the rpm command
In addition to the --sign option for the rpmbuild command, you
can sign packages that have already been created using the rpm
command. The --addsign and --resign options generate new
signatures and insert them into the passed-in package file. The
basic syntax is:
rpm --addsign package.rpm
rpm --resign package.rpm
The --addsign option adds another signature to the RPM. RPM
versions prior to 4.1 allowed you to sign a package with
multiple keys, which causes problems for automatic verification.
Because of that, use the --resign option, which removes the old
signature and inserts a new signature into the package.
Verifying signatures
You can verify the RPM signature to ensure that the package has
not been modified since it has been signed. Verification also
checks that the package is signed by the key that matches the
claimed vendor.
To verify the signature in an RPM, use the -K option to the rpm
command. The basic syntax is:
rpm -K package.rpm
Note
This is the rpm command, not the rpmbuild command.
This command accepts the options shown in Table 12-3 to turn off
checking for certain types of signatures.
Table 12-3 Options to turn off signature checking
Option
Usage
--nogpg
Don???t check for GPG signatures
--nomd5
Don???t check for MD5 signatures
--nopgp
Don???t check for PGP signatures
You can also use the --checksig option, which is the same as -K.
When you run this command on a package that has a verifiable
key, you will see output like the following:
# rpm -K xtoolwait-1.3-3.src.rpm
xtoolwait-1.3-3.src.rpm: (sha1) dsa sha1 md5 gpg OK
This verifies that the package has not been changed from when it
was first signed. It also verifies that the signature matches
the public key from the vendor of the package. This goes a long
ways toward verifying that the package is indeed legitimate.
To get more information, add a -v (verbose) option. For example:
$ rpm -Kv vixie-cron-3.0.1-69.src.rpm
vixie-cron-3.0.1-69.src.rpm:
Header V3 DSA signature: OK, key ID db42a60e
Header SHA1 digest: OK
(ecbb244ab022ecd23114bb1d6c9bdeb74f8d9520)
MD5 digest: OK (fb0a75eca1d526d391c36dc956c23bdd)
V3 DSA signature: OK, key ID db42a60e
If you run this command on a package that does not verify,
you???ll see an error like the following:
# rpm --checksig xtoolwait-1.3-3.src.rpm
xtoolwait-1.3-3.src.rpm: (SHA1) DSA sha1 md5 (GPG) NOT OK
(MISSING KEYS: GPG#db42a60e)
Items that fail are listed in uppercase, such as DSA, while
items that succeed appear in lowercase. In this example, the
sha1 and md5 tests succeeded, while the DSA test failed. This
failure does not necessarily mean that the package is not
legitimate. This failure can mean one of three things:
1.The package was not properly signed in the first place. That
is, it is a legitimate package but the package author did not
properly sign the RPM.
2.The package has been modified in some way. That is, the
package is not legitimate.
3.The RPM system has not been initialized with the public key
from the package vendor.
From this error, you don???t yet know whether the package is
legitimate or not. The first step, though, is to check that you
have imported the proper public key from the package vendor.
Importing public keys
The --import option to the rpm command imports the public key
from a given vendor. The format for this key follows:
The following public key can be used to verify RPM packages
built and
signed by Red Hat, Inc. using `rpm -K' using the GNU GPG
package.
Questions about this key should be sent to security at redhat.com.
-----BEGIN PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----
Version: GnuPG v1.0.0 (GNU/Linux)
Comment: For info see http://www.gnupg.org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=3AHZ
-----END PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----
Note
For reasons of space, this is not a complete key.
You need to pass the name of the text file that holds the key to
the rpm --import command, as shown following:
rpm --import key_file
Note
You must be logged in as the root user to import keys.
For example:
# rpm --checksig xtoolwait-1.3-3.src.rpm
xtoolwait-1.3-3.src.rpm: (SHA1) DSA sha1 md5 (GPG) NOT OK
(MISSING KEYS: GPG#db42a60e)
# rpm --import RPM-GPG-KEY
# rpm --checksig xtoolwait-1.3-3.src.rpm
xtoolwait-1.3-3.src.rpm: (sha1) dsa sha1 md5 gpg OK
This example shows an error message when trying to verify the
key. Then, after importing the Red Hat public key, the
verification works.
If, after importing this key, you still have problems, you can
assume there are problems with the package. Many administrators
will refuse to install such packages.
Warning
You should be careful with packages that have signatures that do
not verify.
To list the available keys, use a command like the following:
$ rpm -qa | grep -i gpg
gpg-pubkey-db42a60e-37ea5438
This example shows one key installed.
Note
You can erase this key as if it were a package, using the rpm -e
command.
Getting the Red Hat public key
Strangely enough, the Red Hat public key is not installed when
you install Red Hat Linux 8.0. If you need the key, the Red Hat
public key is available on the root directory of all Red Hat
Linux CD-ROMs, as shown in the following listing:
$ ls /mnt/cdrom/
EULA GPL README RedHat/ RPM-GPG-KEY SRPMS/ TRANS.TBL
Simply copy the RPM-GPG-KEY file to get the public key. Then use
the rpm --import command with this key file.
Note
You can also download this key file from the Red Hat FTP site,
at ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/redhat/linux/8.0/en/os/i386/.
Summary
This chapter covers options for the rpmbuild command that allow
you to achieve a finer grain of control over how the command
works. For example, the --short-circuit option tells the rpmbuild
command to build just the stages you ask for. This helps when you
have problems in one area of building an RPM and don???t want to
start over each time you try to see if the problem is solved.
The rpmbuild command also supports a set of -t options that work
like the -b options, except the -t options try to build an RPM
from a tar archive of sources (a tarball) instead of an RPM spec
file. In this case, the rpmbuild command tries to work without a
spec file.
The --rebuild option tells the rpmbuild command to install a
source RPM, build the binary RPM, and clean out the installed
source RPM. This provides quite a shortcut for installing binary
RPMs from source RPMs.
RPMs should be signed to provide an extra level of authentication.
This system isn???t perfect, but it helps you verify that a
package is from the person it says it is from and that the package
has not been modified. You can check the signature on RPM packages
you download. You can also, with some configuration, sign the
packages you create.
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 4 02:00:09 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 3 Oct 2005 22:00:09 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-rpm-evolution-en.xml,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510040200.j9420957001012@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv987
Added Files:
rpm-guide-rpm-evolution-en.xml
Log Message:
--- NEW FILE rpm-guide-rpm-evolution-en.xml ---
RPM Feature Evolution
Copyright (c) 2005 by Eric Foster-Johnson. This material may be
distributed only subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
the Open Publication License, v1.0 or later (the latest version is
presently available at http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/).
Although RPM implementations are largely compatible from version to
version, RPM packagers must remember that RPM is a still-evolving
program and that its developers are adding features to it with each
new version. When producing RPM package files, packagers must keep
in mind the audience that will be using the final RPM package files.
They must decide which versions of RPM they intend the package to be
used with and must use only the lowest common denominator set of
features implemented in the oldest of the RPM versions they are
targeting. As a quick reference, keep in mind the RPM features noted
here and the RPM version in which they are introduced. In
considering these revisions of RPM, the main releases of interest
are RPM 2.5, RPM 3.0.5, RPM 4.0.4, and RPM 4.1.
RPM 2.5 is not widely used anymore; packages should target RPM 2.5
only if the intention is for the RPM package to install using
absolutely all RPM versions.
RPM 3.0.5 is the final release of the 3.x series of RPM. It was the
release of RPM shipped with Red Hat Linux 6.2 and older releases. It
is still in wide use by other vendors as well. Cobalt???s Linux
distributions use an RPM implementation version based on RPM 3.0.5,
for example. (Red Hat Linux was upgraded to RPM 4 via an errata.)
RPM 4.0.4 was used with the 7.x releases of Red Hat Linux, and RPM
4.1 first shipped with Red Hat Linux 8.0. Packages produced
targeting RPM 3.0.5 should work with nearly all implementations of
RPM still in use today. Packages produced targeting RPM 4.0.4 or RPM
4.1 will work only with recent RPM implementations.
RPM 2.5 is the oldest version of RPM that can, by any stretch of the
imagination, still be considered in use. With RPM 2.5, most of the
basic RPM features were in place, as well as more advanced functions
such as triggers and support for internationalization of Summary:,
Description:, and Group: tags in the RPM file header. RPM 2.5 was
also the first version of RPM to use the RPM version 3 RPM file
format.
RPM 2.5.3 added support for Epochs to the RPM header, implementing
RPMTAG_EPOCH.
RPM 2.5.4 introduced the %license and %readme file types, which can
be used in the RPM spec file to indicate license and README files.
RPM 2.5.6 added support for usage of the Epoch: keyword in the RPM
spec file, allowing you to force an Epoch for your package. The
Epoch: keyword replaced the older Serial: keyword, which
semantically behaved similarly.
RPM 2.5.7 enforced the previously implied standard that the "-"
character should not be used within the Version or Release fields in
the RPM spec file.
RPM 2.90 introduced support for signing and verifying RPM package
files using GPG, the GNU Privacy Guard.
RPM 2.91 allowed the usage of Provides: directives that defined
absolute paths to provided files. Prior to RPM 2.91, Provides: could
be used only for listing provided capabilities, not for using
statements like Provides: /path/to/file to indicate provided files.
RPM 3.0.2 permitted usage of multiple Provides: lines for the first
time, eliminating the need to combine all provided capabilities and
files on the same line in the spec file.
RPM 3.0.3 added support for versioned dependencies. Prior to RPM
3.0.3, spec files could indicate that a package required another
package or provided a specific capability, but they could not
indicate the acceptable versions of the required package or which
version of the capability the package provided.
RPM 3.0.4 introduced CompressedFileNames support to RPM. Prior to
RPM 3.0.4, RPM packaged the absolute paths of all archived files
within the package file. Package file headers contained statements
such as
fileName #0: /usr/bin/ar
fileName #1: /usr/bin/as
fileName #2: /usr/bin/gasp
fileName #3: /usr/bin/gprof
With CompressedFileNames support, the RPM package file header
instead stores the directory name, then just the base name of files
within that directory. Package file headers now contain statements
such as the following for a given directory with a number of files
within that directory:
dirName #0: /usr/bin
baseName dirIndex
#0 ar 0
#1 as 0
#2 gasp 0
#3 gprof 0
Each file entry now holds the file's base name within the directory,
as well as an index number that refers to the directory entry. Since
packages typically contain lots of files within the same directory,
CompressedFileNames support results in significant memory savings
when processing packages for installation.
RPM 3.0.5 added PayloadIsBzip2 support to RPM, allowing the data
payload of RPM package files to be compressed using bzip2 instead of
gzip. Even though RPM now supports bzip2 compression of package
files, this feature is rarely used in practice, since significantly
more memory and time is required to install bzip2-compressed RPM
package files than to install gzip-compressed RPM package files. RPM
3.0.5 also added support to RPM for manipulating existing RPM
version 4 file format packages; packages produced with RPM 3.0.5 can
only be RPM version 3 file format, however.
RPM 4.0 implemented several significant changes to RPM. RPM 4.0
created package files using RPM version 4 package file format. RPM
4.0 also switched from Berkeley db 1.85 to Berkeley db 3.1 as the
database program used for creation and manipulation of the RPM
database. The RPM package database file was renamed as well. The db3
package database file is /var/lib/rpm/Packages, and the older db1
package database file was /var/lib/rpm/packages.rpm. Changing the
package database file name allowed old and new versions to co-exist
if necessary, simplifying upgrades from older RPM releases to the
new RPM 4.0 release. RPM 4.0 also introduced the
PayloadFilesHavePrefix feature, changing the way archived files are
named within the RPM package file. RPM package files contain a cpio
archive of files. Prior to RPM 4.0, file names in the cpio archive
were stored without a root prefix. With PayloadFilesHavePrefix, all
file names within the cpio archive files now have a root prefix,
such as ./usr/bin/ar. This modification made it possible for RPM
package files to contain the root directory, ???./???. Additional
sanity-checking was added to the RPM 4.0 spec file parser; beginning
with 4.0, RPM no longer allows dangling symbolic links that contain
the BuildRoot. This change eliminates a class of common mistakes
made when producing RPMs. Finally, RPM 4.0 implicitly generates
Provides: directives; whenever a package header is read, the
Provides: directive Provides: %{name} =
%{epoch}:%{version}-%{release} is automatically generated, ensuring
that all packages explicitly provide themselves as a capability and
removing the need to provide self-capabilities within the package
spec file.
RPM 4.0.2 introduced the use of SHA-1 message digests to validate
RPM header regions.
RPM 4.0.3 added the %dev(type,major,minor) spec file directive,
allowing creation of device nodes. In addition, the %configure spec
file directive now supported --target and ???host, simplifying cross
compilation when using RPM. The %files directive was extended by
adding the %exclude subdirective that could be used to exclude files
from inclusion. Finally, RPM 4.0.3 switched back to creating package
files in RPM version 3 package file format by default, although it
still supports RPM version 4 package file format as well.
RPM 4.0.4 provided PartialHardlinkSets support. RPM package files
are sometimes created which contain multiple copies of the same
file, stored as hard links to save space. Prior to RPM 4.0.4, RPM
has always treated collections of hard links as an all-or-nothing
proposition; all hard links were created, or else none were created.
This behavior posed problems when some hard links in a set were
tagged with attributes such as %doc or %lang, since rpm commands
make it possible to install an RPM package file without installing
any files with %doc attributes. Prior to RPM 4.0.4, doing so would
break the hard link set, preventing creation of all hard links in
the set. PartialHardlinkSet corrects this problem by allowing
successful creation of subsets of the hard link set. RPM 4.0.4 also
provided automatic generation of Perl module Requires: directives.
find-requires now parses all packaged Perl scripts, generating any
determined dependencies. In addition, RPM 4.0.4 provides transaction
support for RPM.
RPM 4.1 adds separate header DSA and RSA signatures, allowing
verification of RPM package headers.
Finally, when considering the RPM features required by your prepared
package, remember that some required RPM features are specified
manually within the package spec file, while others are
automatically added by RPM during the RPM package file build
process. For example, usage of versioned Requires: directives in a
spec file will make the resulting RPM package file correctly
installable only by RPM release 3.0.3 or later. Similarly, the
preparation of any package using RPM release 4.0 or later will
automatically produce RPM package files that can only be manipulated
by releases of RPM that support the PayloadFilesHavePrefix feature.
In the first case, you chose to produce packages that worked with
RPM release 3.0.5 or later but not with RPM release 2.5 by including
a new directive in the package spec file. In the second case,
however, you did not explicitly produce packages that work only with
recent RPM releases. The simple fact that you built your RPM package
using RPM release 4.0 means that you automatically used features
that only RPM 4.0 and later releases understand. These automatic
internal requirements are quite common in the later versions; as a
result, the best practice is to decide the oldest version of RPM
that you wish to support, then to build all packages using that
version of RPM, keeping its feature set in mind as you prepare and
build the packages.
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 4 02:00:43 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 3 Oct 2005 22:00:43 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-rpm-overview-en.xml,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510040200.j9420heI001041@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv1023
Added Files:
rpm-guide-rpm-overview-en.xml
Log Message:
--- NEW FILE rpm-guide-rpm-overview-en.xml ---
RPM Overview
Copyright (c) 2005 by Eric Foster-Johnson. This material may be
distributed only subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
the Open Publication License, v1.0 or later (the latest version is
presently available at http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/).
In This Chapter
*Understanding the package file
*Querying the RPM database
*Running RPM commands
Working with RPM packages, files, commands, and databases can be
complicated. There are thousands of files, for hundreds if not
thousands of packages, installed on your system. You need some way
to manage it all. The RPM system can help you do that.
This chapter provides an overview of the components that make up the
RPM system for package management: package files, databases, and RPM
commands.
Understanding the Package File
RPM provides for installing, upgrading and removing packages.
Typically, each package is an application and all the necessary
files associated with that application. For example, the Apache
Web server comes with a number of configuration files, a large set
of documentation files, and the Apache server itself. All of this
fits into one RPM package.
One of the main advantages of the RPM system is that each .rpm
file holds a complete package. For example, the following file
holds the xcopilot package:
xcopilot-0.6.6-3.i386.rpm
Based on the naming conventions discussed in Chapter 2, this
package represents xcopilot package, version 0.6.6, third build of
an RPM package, for i386 (Intel) architecture systems.
With a single command, you can copy an .rpm file to another Linux
system and install it, getting the complete contents of the
package, or you can use other commands to remove or update the
package.
RPM file format
RPM files hold a number of tagged data items and a payload, the
files to install on your system. The tagged data items describe
the package and can contain optional features. For example, the
NAME tag holds the package name. The optional PRE tag holds a
pre-installation script, a script that the rpm command runs
prior to installing the files in the package payload.
Under the covers, RPM package files contain four sections. The
first is a leading identification area that marks the file as an
RPM package (created with a particular version of the RPM
system). The remaining sections are the signature, the tagged
data (called the header), and the payload. Each of these
sections has important information about the package, although
the payload section contains the actual content of the package.
*The signature appears after the lead or identifier section,
which marks the file as an RPM file. Like your signature when
you sign a check, the RPM signature helps verify the integrity
of the package. No, the signature doesn???t check for bugs in
software applications. Instead, it ensures that you have
downloaded a valid RPM archive.
The signature works by performing a mathematical function on the
header and archive sections of the file. The mathematical
function can be an encryption process, such as PGP (Pretty Good
Privacy), or a message digest in MD5 format.
*The header contains zero or more tagged blocks of data that
pertain to the package. The header contains information such as
copyright messages, version numbers, and package summaries.
*The payload section contains the actual files used in the
package. These files are installed when you install the package.
To save space, data in the archive section is compressed in GNU
gzip format.
Once uncompressed, the data is in cpio format, which is how the
rpm2cpio command (introduced in the "Other RPM commands" section
later in this chapter) can do its work.
Binary RPMs and Source RPMs
There are two main types of RPM packages: binary (or
applications) and source. A binary RPM has been compiled for a
particular architecture. For example, the Apache Web server
compiled for an Intel Pentium, or i586, architecture won???t
work on a Sharp Zaurus, which runs an Intel ARM processor. To
run on both systems, you would need two separate packages: one
for the Pentium i586 and one for the ARM.
In addition to binary RPMs, you can get source code RPMs. These
RPMs are packages that provide the source code for other
packages. Sounds kind of circular, doesn???t it?
binary RPMs
Binary RPMs hold complete applications or libraries of
functions compiled for a particular architecture. Most binary
RPMs contain complete applications, such as the Apache Web
server or the AbiWord word processor. These application binary
RPMs usually depend on a number of system libraries which are,
in turn, also provided by binary RPMs.
Cross Reference
Chapter 8 covers a number of locations where you can find RPM
applications galore. Your Linux installation CDs are also a
great source for applications. Most Linux distributions come
with more applications than you can imagine using.
Although most binary RPMs are complete applications, others
provide libraries. For example, the Simple DirectMedia Layer
library (SDL), which provides really cool graphics for many
games, can be packaged as an RPM file. A number of programs,
mostly games, use this library for enhanced multimedia such as
rich graphics. RPMs that provide libraries allow multiple
applications to share the same library. Typically, the
libraries are packaged into separate RPMs from the
applications.
In addition to binary RPMs that hold applications or libraries
compiled for a particular architecture, RPM supports the
concept of platform-independent binary RPMs. These
platform-independent RPMs, called noarch as a shorted form of
???no architecture??? dependencies, provide applications or
libraries that are not dependent on any platform. Applications
written in Perl, Python, or other scripting languages often do
not depend on code compiled for a particular architecture. In
addition, compiled Java applications are usually free of
platform dependencies.
Source RPMs
The xcopilot package, mentioned previously, contains the
xcopilot application used for synchronization with Palm handheld
devices. The source code used to create this application is
stored in an xcopilot source RPM, for example:
xcopilot-0.6.6-3.src.rpm
By convention, source RPMs have a file name ending in .src.rpm.
Source RPMs should contain all the commands, usually in scripts,
necessary
to recreate the binary RPM. Having a source RPM means that you
can recreate the binary RPM at any time. This is a very
important goal of the RPM system.
Note
Source RPMs have nothing to do with open-source software
licenses. Linux is famous for being an open-source operating
system. In RPM terms, that means the source code for the Linux
kernel and most Linux applications are freely available as
source RPMs. But you can also make source RPMs for proprietary
programs. The key issue is that you are unlikely to distribute
the source RPMs for proprietary packages.
Furthermore, a number of open-source applications are not
available as source RPMs. That's a shame, since source RPMs
would make these applications easier to install.
While source RPMs hold the commands necessary to create the
binary RPM, there may be differences in your Linux environment
that would result in rebuilding a binary RPM that is different
from the original binary RPM. For example, the compile scripts
for some packages may add in optional code depending on which
libraries or which versions of libraries are found on your
system. Chapter 14 covers many issues in creating RPMs, and
Chapters 19 and 20 cover issues related to other versions of
Linux and other operating systems, respectively. If you follow
the guidelines when making your own RPMs, you should result in
source RPMs that reproduce binary RPMs as consistently as
possible.
Querying the RPM Database
The RPM database holds information about all the RPM packages
installed on your system. You can use this database to query what
is installed, to help determine if you have the latest versions of
software, and to verify that your system is properly set up, at
least from a packaging point of view.
The RPM database itself is stored in the directory /var/lib/rpm,
and should contain files like the following:
Basenames
Conflictname
__db.001
__db.002
__db.003
Dirnames
Filemd5s
Group
Installtid
Name
Packages
Providename
Provideversion
Pubkeys
Requirename
Requireversion
Sha1header
Sigmd5
Triggername
Cross-reference
Chapter 5 covers the database in more detail.
These files make up the RPM database. The file __db.001 and
similar files are lock files used by the RPM system. The other
files are databases in Berkeley DB format. The most important file
is Packages. The Packages file contains the header tag information
for each package indexed by an index number for each package. This
number slowly grows with time.
The other files, such as Name, Providename, and Group, exist to
speed access to particular types of information. Treat your RPM
database with care. Back up the files, especially after upgrading,
installing, or removing packages.
Note
Only the Packages file is essential. You can recreate the rest of
the files using the rpm --rebuilddb command, introduced in Chapter
5.
Running RPM Commands
The primary RPM command is simply rpm. One of the original goals
of the RPM system is providing ease of use. In support of this
goal, just about everything you want to do with the RPM system can
be done with this one command. For most usage, the command-line
parameters to the rpm command determine the actions it should
take.
Working with the rpm command
The rpm command performs the most common package-management
functions, along with a host of uncommon functions as well.
Table 3-1 lists the main operations you can perform with the rpm
command and the command-line options to specify the given
operations.
Table 3-1 The main rpm operations
Operation
Short Option
Long Option
Upgrade/install
-U
--upgrade
Install
-I
--install
Remove
-e
--erase
Query
-q
--query
Verify
-V
--verify
Check signature
-K
--checksig
Freshen (upgrade) already-installed package
-F
--freshen
Initialize database
None
--initdb
Rebuild database
None
--rebuilddb
Using Table 3-1 as a guide, you can explore the options to the
rpm command. To install or upgrade a package, use the -U
command-line option:
# rpm -U filename.rpm
For example, to install the xcopilot RPM used as an example in
this chapter,
run the following command:
# rpm -U xcopilot-0.6.6-3.i386.rpm
To get extra feedback, you can use a command like the following,
with the
-h and -v options in conjunction with the ???U option:
# rpm -Uhv xcopilot-0.6.6-3.i386.rpm
When you run this command you will see more output than the
default, which is no output unless there are errors. With the
???h option, the rpm command will print a series of hash marks,
#, to provide feedback that the command is still running. With
the ???v option, the rpm command provides more verbose messages.
Note
The most common command to install a package is:
# rpm -Uhv package_file.rpm
This command upgrades a package with extra output. If the
package has not been installed, this command installs the
package. See Chapter 4 for more on upgrading and installing.
To remove a package (called erase in RPM terminology), use the
???e command-line option:
# rpm ???e package_name
Note
Notice that you install a package file using the file name that
ends in .rpm, but uninstall or erase a package without the .rpm
extension. This is because you install RPM files, but once
installed, you work with the installed packages. The file name
and the package name do not have to correspond, but typically
(and sanely) they have the same base name.
To list every RPM package installed on your system, use a
command like the following.
$ rpm ???qa
Expect to wait while this command completes. Most Linux systems
have numerous packages installed, which will result in many
lines of output. To better see the output, you can pipe this
command to the more command, as shown following:
rpm ???qa | more
You will then see the package listing one screen at a time.
Cross Reference
Appendix A lists all the options for the rpm command.
Other RPM commands
In addition to rpm, the RPM system includes a few more commands,
including rpmbuild and rpm2cpio.
The rpmbuild command helps build RPM packages. I describe its
usage in depth in Part II of this book.
The rpm2cpio command exports an RPM package file into the format
that the cpio command expects. The cpio command works with many
tape-backup packages. You can also take advantage of the fact
that cpio can list the individual files in a cpio archive or
extract files. To list the files in an RPM package, use a
command like the following:
$ rpm2cpio package_file.rpm | cpio ???t
For example, the following command lists all the files in the
xcopilot package:
$ rpm2cpio xcopilot-0.6.6-3.i386.rpm | cpio ???t
/etc/X11/applink/Applications/xcopilot.desktop
usr/bin/xcopilot
usr/doc/xcopilot-0.6.6
usr/doc/xcopilot-0.6.6/README
usr/include/X11/pixmaps/xcopilot.xpm
usr/include/X11/pixmaps/xcopilot2.xpm
3120 blocks
The rpm2cpio command can also help if you want to extract a
single file from the RPM package, using the cpio ???ivd
command-line options, as follows:
$ rpm2cpio xcopilot-0.6.6-3.i386.rpm | cpio ???ivd
usr/doc/xcopilot-0.6.6/README
This command will output local usr/doc/xcopilot-0.6.6
subdirectories and the README file located under
usr/doc/xcopilot-0.6.6.
The ???i option tells cpio to extract files. The ???d option
tells cpio to make any local subdirectories as needed
(usr/doc/xcopilot-0.6.6, in this example), and the ???v option
asks cpio to politely output verbose messages about what it
does. Of course, verbose is in the eye of the beholder; with
many Unix and Linux commands, verbose output is still somewhat
terse.
Summary
The RPM files, the RPM database, and the RPM commands are the
primary components that make up the RPM system. This chapter
introduces you to the format and types of RPM files, the
importance of maintaining the database, and the basic rpm command.
The next chapter covers the most frequently used RPM commands.
These commands allow you to install, uninstall, and update RPM
packages.
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 4 02:02:16 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 3 Oct 2005 22:02:16 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-scripting-en.xml,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510040202.j9422GXJ002435@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv2417
Added Files:
rpm-guide-scripting-en.xml
Log Message:
--- NEW FILE rpm-guide-scripting-en.xml ---
Automating RPM with Scripts
Copyright (c) 2005 by Eric Foster-Johnson. This material may be
distributed only subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
the Open Publication License, v1.0 or later (the latest version is
presently available at http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/).
In This Chapter
*Deciding when to program and when to script
*Examining RPM files with scripts
*Querying the RPM database with scripts
The rpm command provides a very high-level view of package
management. Most of the operations you need to perform require only
a single invocation. Some of the command-line options to the rpm
command tend to get very complex, however, especially for detailed
queries. That???s where scripting can help.
This chapter covers scripting, specifically shell scripting, with
the rpm command, especially for newcomers to Linux scripting
Scripting
Scripting allows you to quickly write new commands in a language,
called a scripting language, that can help automate your work.
Used heavily by system administrators and lightly by software
developers, scripts can help remove some of the tedium from your
day-to-day tasks. Scripts can also hold the complex query formats
used with the rpm command so you don???t have to remember them.
Scripts start out as text files. These text files hold commands in
the scripting language. Most of these script file commands run
commands installed on your system, such as rpm. To run a script,
invoke a command, called an interpreter, that reads in the script
file and executes the commands inside the script.
Programming is usually considered different from scripting, even
though there are many similarities. Programs start out as text
files. These text files hold commands in the programming language
and sometimes, not often, calls to commands installed on your
system. Programs generally involve more work than scripts and are
generally larger, containing more commands.
Furthermore, most programs need to be compiled. A separate command
parses the program text files and generates some form of machine
code. Multiple pieces of a program may be linked together to form
a command you can call from your shell prompt.
Some programming languages, such as Java or C#, are compiled to a
generic bytecode format. A compiled Java program, for example, is
the same no matter what the architecture. To run such a program,
you need a runtime engine such as the java command provides.
(Runtime engine is a fancy term for interpreter.)
Such differences between scripting and programming sometimes get
in the way of performing real work. For example, I once worked
with a group of people who were convinced that they were not
programmers. They felt that programming was an art that was far
beyond them. Yet, they wrote hundreds of kilobytes of scripts to
create a sophisticated graphical interface for a Computer-Aided
Design system. In my mind, they were programming (and doing quite
well at it). In their minds, though, there was a clear distinction
between scripting at mdwhat they could do at mdand programming, which
was beyond them, they thought.
Don???t get caught up in this. Use the right tool for the job.
Distinguishing Scripting Languages from Programming Languages
Experts differ regarding what defines a scripting language and
what defines a programming language. It???s clear that languages
such as Python blur the old distinction between programming and
scripting.
Originally, scripting was writing small files of commands that
invoked other system commands. For example, you could write a
script that wraps the Linux file command. Scripts were executed by
scripting-language interpreters that parsed each command one at a
time and then executed the command.
Modern scripting languages, such as Tcl, are parsed at runtime and
compiled into an internal bytecode format. Once compiled, there is
no real difference from a language associated with programming
such as Java.
With a scripting language
*You generally don???t have to compile the script in advance. The
scripting language interpreter may compile the program, often to
an internal byte code, but you don???t have to invoke a compiler
as a separate step.
*The facilities of the language generally provide a higher level
and more abstract level of interaction with the system than with
programming languages. For example, writing socket-based
networking code in Tcl requires a lot less code than writing the
same code in a programming language such as C. Tcl provides a more
abstract view of networking; therefore, your code is a lot
simpler.
*The commands in the scripting language are mostly the commands
available to you on the command line. Scripting languages
introduce their own commands, too.
*The language is generally identified as a scripting language.
This is more consensus than anything else. Forth is considered an
interpreted programming language, while Perl is considered a
scripting language.
Table 15-1 lists some of the more common scripting and programming
languages. Note that these are the generally-accepted categories
for these languages, not hard and fast rules. This should not stop
you, for example, from writing programs in Perl or Python. The
distinctions between programming and scripting have blurred in
recent years.
Table 15-1 Common Scripting Languages and Common Programming
Languages
Scripting Languages
Programming Languages
Bash (Bourne Again shell) Csh (C shell) JavaScript Ksh
(Korn shell) Lua MS-DOS batch files Perl Python Ruby Sh
(Bourne shell) Tcl
Assembler BASIC C C++ C# FORTRAN Forth Java LISP
Modula-2, Modula-3 Oberon Pascal
Deciding When to Program and When to Script
Just as the distinction between programming and scripting
languages has blurred in the last few years, so have the
guidelines for when you should program and when you should script.
The simplest rule remains, though: Use whatever techniques make
you productive. In the end, no one really cares if you call it a
program or a script.
Even so, these guidelines may help:
*If you have to perform a lot of operations on a lot of RPMs, a
program will likely perform much faster than a script that calls
the rpm command over and over.
*If the task is relatively simple, scripting generally works best.
*If you are more experienced with a particular language, use it.
*If you need to perform complex operations, perhaps involving
transactions, a program is probably the right way to go.
*In many cases, programming languages work better for creating
graphical user interfaces, although Python and Perl offer
graphical user interface toolkits, such as Perl/Tk or PyQt.
There isn???t one right way to do it. Pick what works best for
you.
Cross Reference
This chapter covers shell scripting. Chapter 16 covers C
programming. Chapter 17 covers Python scripting and programming,
and Chapter 18 covers Perl scripting.
Shell Scripting Basics
For newcomers to scripting, don???t worry. A script, in this case
a shell script, is merely a text file with commands mostly the
same as the commands you can type at the keyboard. I???ll point
out the differences.
The following sections quickly introduce scripting for those new
to this venture.
Writing a script
For your first venture, enter the following script into a text
file:
rpm -qa | grep rpm
This script has a two-part command. The rpm ???qa part queries
all RPM packages, as covered in Chapter 4. The grep rpm part
finds only packages with rpm in their names. This is a very
simple script, but it can serve to show how to work with
scripts.
Save this file under the name listrpmpkgs, since this script
lists RPM packages.
Note
If you???re new to Linux, you???ll notice there???s no program
named Notepad.exe. There are, though, a plethora of Linux text
editors to choose from. See Appendix F for a listing of Linux
text-editing tools.
Running a script
Once you???ve entered a script, you can run it with the sh
command, as shown following, passing the name of your script to
the sh command:
$ sh listrpmpkgs
librpm404-devel-4.0.4-8x.27
librpm404-4.0.4-8x.27
rpm404-python-4.0.4-8x.27
rpm-4.1-1.06
rpm-devel-4.1-1.06
gnorpm-0.9-1
rpm-python-4.1-1.06
redhat-rpm-config-8.0-1
rpm-build-4.1-1.06
rpmrebuild-1.0-0
Type the command you have placed in your script at the command
line. There should be no difference in the output. For example:
$ rpm -qa | grep rpm
librpm404-devel-4.0.4-8x.27
librpm404-4.0.4-8x.27
rpm404-python-4.0.4-8x.27
rpm-4.1-1.06
rpm-devel-4.1-1.06
gnorpm-0.9-1
rpm-python-4.1-1.06
redhat-rpm-config-8.0-1
rpm-build-4.1-1.06
rpmrebuild-1.0-0
Problems running scripts
The previous script example required the sh program, a Linux
shell, to run the script. You also had to have the script file,
such as listrpmpkgs, available. So, if you have stored the file
in /home2/bin, to run the script, use the following command:
$ sh /home2/bin/listrpmpkgs
That???s not very convenient. Furthermore, you always have to
remember where you stored the script file listrpmpkgs. To make
this command work better, you can turn your script into a
command.
Turning a script into a command
To turn a script into a command, do three simple things:
1.Add a special magic comment to the start of the file so Linux
recognizes your text file as a command script.
2.Change the permissions on the file so that it is marked as
executable.
3.Copy the file to a directory located in your command path.
Shell scripts use a # to indicate a comment, text intended for
human readers that can help explain the purpose of the script.
By convention, Linux shells use a #! comment in the first line
of a script file as a special marker that indicates the file is
a shell script. The text that comes after the #! holds the name
of the command that should be used to run the script. In almost
all cases, that command should be /bin/sh for a shell script.
So edit the listrpmpkgs script again, and add the magic comment
so that the file reads as follows:
#!/bin/sh
rpm -qa | grep rpm
Make sure the #! comment starts at the beginning of the first
line.
Next, change the permissions on the script to mark it as an
executable program. Use the chmod command to do this. The chmod
command changes the file permissions. To see the permissions,
run the ls ???l command before changing the permissions:
$ ls -l listrpmpkgs
-rw-rw-r-- 1 ericfj ericfj 31 Nov 7 20:02 listrpmpkgs
The first set of characters, the -rw-rw-r--, indicate the
permissions in three batches: permissions for the file owner,
the owner???s group of users, and world (everyone else). The rw
means read and write, and the r alone means read only for
everyone not the owner and not in the owner???s group.
To add the permission to execute the file for the file owner
only, use the following command:
$ chmod u+x listrpmpkgs
In this command, the u stands for the user who owns the file
(for historical reasons, an o stands for others, not owner). The
+x means add the x permission, short for execute permission.
After running this command, you can see the revised permissions.
$ ls -l listrpmpkgs
-rwxrw-r-- 1 ericfj ericfj 31 Nov 7 20:02 listrpmpkgs
Cross Reference
Use the man chmod command to see more information on this
command.
You now have a command you can run locally. For example:
$ ./listrpmpkgs
librpm404-devel-4.0.4-8x.27
librpm404-4.0.4-8x.27
rpm404-python-4.0.4-8x.27
rpm-4.1-1.06
rpm-devel-4.1-1.06
gnorpm-0.9-1
rpm-python-4.1-1.06
redhat-rpm-config-8.0-1
rpm-build-4.1-1.06
rpmrebuild-1.0-0
The next step is to copy the file to a directory in your system
command path. To see which directories are in your path, run the
following command:
$ echo $PATH
/usr/local/bin:/usr/bin:/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin:/home/ericfj/bin:/usr/java/j2sdk1.4.0_01/bin
Pick one of these directories. The /usr/local/bin directory is a
common place to share locally created commands. If this is a
personal command for your own use only, a directory under your
home directory will be better. In this example, the
/home/ericfj/bin is one such directory.
Copy the script file to a directory in your command path, and
you are ready to go.
Note
If you use the C shell, csh, or the T C shell, tcsh, you need to
run the rehash command to tell the shell to look again at the
set of commands available in your command path.
Enter the following command:
$ listrpmpkgs
librpm404-devel-4.0.4-8x.27
librpm404-4.0.4-8x.27
rpm404-python-4.0.4-8x.27
rpm-4.1-1.06
rpm-devel-4.1-1.06
gnorpm-0.9-1
rpm-python-4.1-1.06
redhat-rpm-config-8.0-1
rpm-build-4.1-1.06
rpmrebuild-1.0-0
You have now extended the Linux command set with your own
command.
Note
Windows users may be used to the convention that program file
names end in .exe and scripts end in .bat or .cmd. When you run
these programs or scripts, you don???t include the extension,
exe, .bat, or .cmd. With Linux and UNIX, though, the full file
name is important, so if you name your script rpminfo.bat, you
must type rpminfo.bat each time you run the script. That???s why
most Linux programs and scripts have no filename extension.
If you want to share your script with others, you should give
them the right to execute it as well. You can do that with the
following command:
$ chmod a+x listrpmpkgs
In this case, the a stands for all users.
Passing command-line options to your script
The listrpmpkgs script used so far isn???t very useful. It
performs one command and that???s it. We cannot customize it
without writing a new script.
One way to make a script more flexible is to allow it to use
command-line options. Just like the rpm command accepts a
zillion options, you can make your scripts accept options.
Shells define special variables for the command-line options
passed to the shell. Table 15-2 lists these options.
Table 15-2: Shell variables for command-line options
Variable
Holds
$0
The name of the script itself, from the command line
$1
The first option
$2
The second option
$3
The third option
$4
The fourth option
$5
The fifth option
$6
The sixth option
$7
The seventh option
$8
The eighth option
$9
The ninth option
$*
All command-line options
$#
Holds the number of command-line options
Note
Use $#argv in place of $# if you use the C shell to run your
scripts.
You can use these variables to allow the user to pass the text
to search for, instead of always searching for rpm. With this
addition, your new script, renamed rpmgrep, follows in Listing
15-1:
Listing 15-1: rpmgrep
#!/bin/sh
rpm -qa | grep $*
This script now expects a command-line option that holds the
text to search for. Mark this script as an executable; then you
can run it as follows:
$ ./rpmgrep python
python-devel-2.2.1-17
gnome-python2-gtkhtml2-1.99.11-8
gnome-python2-canvas-1.99.11-8
gnome-python2-1.99.11-8
rpm404-python-4.0.4-8x.27
orbit-python-1.99.0-4
gnome-python2-bonobo-1.99.11-8
gnome-python2-gconf-1.99.11-8
libxslt-python-1.0.19-1
libxml2-python-2.4.23-1
python-optik-1.3-2
python-2.2.1-17
rpm-python-4.1-1.06
mod_python-3.0.0-10
python-tools-2.2.1-17
If you want to make this command available, copy it to a
directory in your command path as described in the preceding
section.
Examining RPM Files
When you work with a lot of RPM files, you???ll find that you run
the same commands over and over again for each new package you
get. For example, you may want to see what capabilities a package
requires. You can type in the rpm command each time, or write a
short shell script with the necessary command-line options.
Listing 15-2 shows this script.
Listing 15-2: rpmdepend
#!/bin/sh
rpm -qp --requires $*
This script expects the name of an RPM package file. Run the
command as follows:
$ rpmdepend vim-common-6.1-14.i386.rpm
rpmlib(PayloadFilesHavePrefix) <= 4.0-1
rpmlib(CompressedFileNames) <= 3.0.4-1
/bin/sh
/usr/bin/awk
libc.so.6
libc.so.6(GLIBC_2.0)
libc.so.6(GLIBC_2.1)
Another common task I perform involves listing all the files in an
RPM along with the descriptive information on the package. This
can really help, since so many Linux packages have nondescriptive
names such as dia and anaconda.
Listing 15-3 shows the rpminfo script.
Listing 15-3: rpminfo
#!/bin/sh
rpm -qilp $* | less
This script lists a potentially long set of lines, so the script
pipes the output to the less command. For example:
$ ./rpminfo perl-XML-Dumper-0.4-22.noarch.rpm
Name : perl-XML-Dumper Relocations: /usr
Version : 0.4 Vendor: Red Hat, Inc.
Release : 22 Build Date: Tue 06 Aug 2002 01:53:30 PM CDT
Install date: (not installed) Build Host: vegeta.devel.redhat.com
Group : System Environment/Libraries Source RPM:
perl-XML-Dumper-0.4-22.src.rpm
Size : 10015 License: GPL
Signature : DSA/SHA1, Tue 06 Aug 2002 02:11:39 PM CDT, Key ID
fd372689897da07a
Packager : Red Hat, Inc.
<http://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla>
URL : http://www.cpan.org
Summary : Perl module for dumping Perl objects from/to XML
Description :
XML::Dumper dumps Perl data to XML format. XML::Dumper can also
read
XML data that was previously dumped by the module and convert it
back
to Perl. Perl objects are blessed back to their original
packaging;
if the modules are installed on the system where the perl objects
are
reconstituted from xml, they will behave as expected. Intuitively,
if
the perl objects are converted and reconstituted in the same
environment, all should be well.
/usr/lib/perl5/vendor_perl/5.8.0/XML/Dumper.pm
/usr/share/man/man3/XML::Dumper.3pm.gz
I use this script so that I know what files a package wants to
install.
Querying the RPM Database
In addition to querying RPM files, you can script the commands you
use to query the RPM database. This is most useful for the long
commands with query formats, especially if you have a hard time
remembering all the formats.
Querying for all packages installed at the same time
If you want to list all the packages that were installed with
the same transaction ID as a particular package, for example,
you can use a script like rpmtran, in Listing 15-4.
Listing 15-4: rpmtran
#!/bin/sh
tid=`rpm -q --qf "%{INSTALLTID}\n" $*`
rpm -q --tid $tid
This script uses the query format to get the transaction ID, or
tid, for a particular package. It then passes this transaction
ID to the rpm command to query for all packages installed with
the same transaction ID.
For example:
$ ./rpmtran tcl
itcl-3.2-74
tclx-8.3-74
tcl-8.3.3-74
tix-8.2.0b1-74
tkinter-2.2.1-17
Reading HTML documentation for a package
You can combine the rpm command with other commands as well. For
example, the rpm ???qd command lists the documentation files
with a package. If this documentation is in HTML format, you can
display this documentation in a Web browser such as Mozilla.
Furthermore, by convention, the starting page for HTML
documentation should be a file named index.html. Listing 15-5
combines all these factors:
Listing 15-5: rpmmoz
#!/bin/sh
html_file=`rpm -qd $* | grep index.html | head -n 1 `
echo "Launching Web browser with $html_file"
htmlview $html_file &
This script searches for the documentation for a given package
name, finds the first file named index.html, and launches the
Web browser in the background to display this file, using the
htmlview command which will likely run mozilla or your
configured Web browser. When you run this command, you should
see output like the following; then the Web browser should
appear:
$ ./rpmmoz rpm-devel
Launching Web browser with
/usr/share/doc/rpm-devel-4.1/apidocs/html/index.html
Note
This script does not check for errors. If there are no files
named index.html, the script launches the Web browser anyway.
You could fix this by changing the script to validate the
html_file variable prior to launching the Web browser.
Where to Go From Here
This chapter just introduces the basics for shell scripting. There
are many more things you can do. The online manual pages for the
bash or tcsh commands provide a wealth of reference information on
these shells.
A number of Web sites provide tutorials on bash, including
http://pegasus.rutgers.edu/~elflord/unix/bash-tute.html and
www.linuxorbit.com/modules.php?op=modload&name=Sections&file=index&req=viewarticle&artid=459.
In addition, the Linux Documentation Project at
www.tldp.org/guides.html provides a bash scripting guide, along
with a number of bash- and shell-related how-to documents at
www.tldp.org/HOWTO/HOWTO-INDEX/howtos.html.
Teach Yourself Linux, by Steve Oualline and Eric Foster-Johnson
(John Wiley & Sons, 2000), introduces a number of Linux
topics, including text editors and scripting, for those new to
Linux. And Graphical Applications with Tcl and Tk (Hungry Minds,
Inc., 1997) by Eric Foster-Johnson, covers another scripting
language, Tcl/Tk.
Use your imagination. Any command that you run often or that is
hard to type can be scripted. Furthermore, you can write complex
scripts that automate some of the more tedious tasks you need to
perform.
Summary
Scripting is the art of writing a set of commands into text files
to speed up your work. Programming is the art of writing a set of
commands into text files, compiling the text files, and getting
paid more. Choosing when to program and when to script isn???t
always a clear-cut decision, but generally programs are move
involved and complex, while scripts are shorter tools that
automate your work. This chapter provides just a glimpse of all
you can do with scripts and the RPM system.
Scripts work very well for capturing obscure syntax options for
the rpm command, especially the query formats. You can figure out
a command once and then save the command as a script to save time
in the future.
Scripts aren???t the best choice for all tasks, though. In many
cases, you need to write a program to accomplish your goals. The
next chapter delves into the RPM C programming API, rpmlib.
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 4 02:03:58 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 3 Oct 2005 22:03:58 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-specfile-syntax-en.xml,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510040203.j9423wco002468@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv2455
Added Files:
rpm-guide-specfile-syntax-en.xml
Log Message:
--- NEW FILE rpm-guide-specfile-syntax-en.xml ---
Spec File Syntax
In This Appendix
*The package information tags
*Build sections
The RPM spec file is divided into two main parts: the package
information tags, such as the name of the package, and the build
sections, such as the commands to compile the software.
The following sections summarize the spec file syntax.
Package Information Tags
The package information tags contain most of the header tags that
you can query with the rpm command. First and foremost, this
includes a name.
The name-epoch-version-release tags, which form the NEVR used to
identify packages, should all appear in your spec file, although
you can skip the Epoch tag.
Name: name
# Epoch: 1
Version: version_number
Release: package_release_number
The optional Epoch tag provides an ordering for the version
numbers (replacing the deprecated Serial tag). Use this tag if RPM
cannot figure out the ordering of which release comes after
another.
Epoch: 42
A number of tags allow you to define who made the package and
under what conditions has the package been released:
Vendor: name_of_vendor
URL: URL_to_package_home
Copyright: package_copyright_message
Distribution: Linux_or_product_distribution
Packager: John Q. Smith <john.smith at somecompany.yow>
Group: group_for_categorizing_package
Use the Group tag to help users categorize your package.
The Icon tag allows you to provide a desktop icon for the package:
Icon: filename.xpm
A one-line summary is essential to tell users what your package is
for:
Summary: one_line_description_of_package
You should also include a longer description section, marked by
%description:
%description
Tcsh is an enhanced but completely compatible version of csh, the
C
shell. Tcsh is a command language interpreter which can be used
both
as an interactive login shell and as a shell script command
processor.
Tcsh includes a command line editor, programmable word completion,
spelling correction, a history mechanism, job control and a C
language
like syntax.
In the description section, blank lines indicate paragraphs. Lines
that start with a space are not formatted.
Comments
To help document your work, you can include comments (to
yourself and others reading the spec file). Any line starting
with a hash character, #, holds a comment. RPM will ignore
comments.
# This is a comment.
In spec files, comments are used mostly to help explain your
syntax choices to yourself should you view the spec file later.
Note
Avoid percent signs, %, in comments, which may get interpreted
as RPM macros. See Chapter 10 for details.
Build settings
The BuildArchitectures tag names the architectures that a binary
RPM will run on. See Chapter 21 for a description of the
architecture settings. A special value of noarch indicates a
package that is not dependent on a particular architecture, such
as a Perl or Python script.
The BuildPreReq tag lists any prerequisites for building. For
example:
BuildPreReq: ncurses-devel
The Buildroot tag names the temporary directory in which to
build the package. For example:
Buildroot: %{_tmppath}/%{name}-root
Dependency tags
Dependency tags define all the dependencies for the package, as
described in Chapter 6.
For each dependency, you can specify a capability name alone.
For example:
Provides: capability_name
You can also provide a particular version number or indicate
that your package has a dependency on a version larger or
smaller than a given number. For example:
Requires: capability_name >= version_number
Requires: capability_name <= version_number
Requires: capability_name > version_number
Requires: capability_name < version_number
Requires: capability_name == version_number
Requires: capability_name = version_number
The == and = act the same for dependencies. Both check for a
version equal to the given number. You can provide multiple
items, separated by commas. For example:
Requires: python >= 1.3, perl
For add-on modules for interpreters, especially Perl, you can
use the following syntax to define capabilities:
Provides: perl(MIME-Base64)
This example provides the MIME-Base64 add-on Perl module.
You can also use or to specify more than one possibility. For
example:
perl(IO-Wrap) == 4.5 or perl(IO-Wrap)-4.5
The Provides, Requires, Obsoletes, and Conflicts dependency tags
all work the same for capability names and version numbers.
Note
You can also specify BuildRequires tags for capabilities
necessary to build the package, not to install it. A
BuildConflicts tag names capabilities that conflict for
building, such as a particular version of the gcc C compiler.
Source files
The source and patch tags identify the source files used to
build the binary package. The patch tags identify any patches
used to modify the sources.
If you have more than one of a particular kind of tag, append a
number. For example:
Source0:
ftp://ftp.uk.linux.org/pub/linux/telnet-%{telnet_version}.tar.gz
Source2: telnet-client.tar.gz
Source3: telnet-xinetd
Source4: telnet.wmconfig
Patch1: telnet-client-cvs.patch
Patch5: telnetd-0.17.diff
Patch6: telnet-0.17-env.patch
Patch7: telnet-0.17-issue.patch
Patch8: telnet-0.17-sa-01-49.patch
Patch9: telnet-0.17-env-5x.patch
Patch10: telnet-0.17-pek.patch
Macros
You can define macros in your spec files to help control how the
package gets built. The following section describes these macros.
Variable definition macros
The %define macro allows you to define new macros from within
your spec file. A common usage is to define top-level
directories with %define macros at the top of a spec file and
then reference these directories throughout the file. For
example:
%define_bindir/bin
This allows you to change the setting in one place, which is
very handy for directory paths used throughout your spec files.
Cross Reference
See the section on Defining Macros in Spec Files in Chapter 21
for more on this subject.
You can use this syntax for other things that may commonly
change, such as version numbers. For example:
%define major 2
%define minor 2
%define patchlevel 7
Version: %{major}.%{minor}.%{patchlevel}
Table B-1 lists more special macros used within spec files.
Table B-1 Special spec file macros
Macro
Usage
%dump
Prints out macro values
%{echo:message}
Prints message to stderr
%{error:message}
Prints message to stderr and returns BADSPEC
%{expand:expression}
Like eval, expands expression
%{F:file_exp}
Expands file_exp to a file name
%global name value
Defines a global macro
%{P:patch_exp}
Expands patch_exp to a patch file name
%{S:source_exp}
Expands source_exp to a source file name
%trace
Toggles the printing of debugging information
%{uncompress:filename}
Tests if file filename is compressed. If so,
uncompresses and includes in the given context. If not
compressed, calls cat to include file in given
context.
%undefine macro
Undefines the given macro
%{warn:message}
Prints message to stderr
Conditional macros
You can use a special syntax to test for the existence of
macros. For example:
%{?macro_to_test: expression}
This syntax tells RPM to expand the expression if macro_to_test
exists, otherwise ignore. A leading exclamation point, !, tests
for the non-existence of a macro:
%{!?macro_to_test: expression}
In this example, if the macro_to_test macro does not exist, then
expand the expression.
The %if macro performs an if test much like scripting languages.
For example:
%if %{old_5x}
%define b5x 1
%undefine b6x
%endif
A %else allows you to specify what to do if the test is not
successful. For example:
%if %{old_5x}
%define b5x 1
%undefine b6x
%else
%define b6x 1
%undefine b5x
%endif
Again, use an exclamation point to negate the test. For example:
%if ! %{old_5x}
%define b5x 1
%undefine b6x
%endif
You can use a && for an and test. For example:
%if %{old_5x} && %{old_6x}
%{error: You cannot build for .5x and .6x at the same time}
%quit
%endif
Built-in macros
The following macros are built into RPM and can help allow you
to place your files in the right locations:
%_prefix /usr
%_exec_prefix %{_prefix}
%_bindir %{_exec_prefix}/bin
%_sbindir %{_exec_prefix}/sbin
%_libexecdir %{_exec_prefix}/libexec
%_datadir %{_prefix}/share
%_sysconfdir %{_prefix}/etc
%_sharedstatedir %{_prefix}/com
%_localstatedir %{_prefix}/var
%_libdir %{_exec_prefix}/lib
%_includedir %{_prefix}/include
%_oldincludedir /usr/include
%_infodir %{_prefix}/info
%_mandir %{_prefix}/man
Build Sections
After providing information about the package, you need to define
the build stages, as described in Chapters 10 and 12.
Build preparation
The build preparation section sets the stage for the build.
Usually this section has a %setup command. For example:
%prep
%setup -q
Build
The build section describes how to build the library or
application. In most cases, the majority of the instructions are
in the Makefile created by the prep section, leaving a build
section something like the following:
%build
%configure
make
Installation
After building, the installation section holds the commands to
install the library or application. For example:
%install
rm -rf %{buildroot}
%makeinstall
Clean up
The clean up section usually calls the make clean command to
clean up the built files. For example:
%clean
rm -rf %{buildroot}
Install and uninstall scripts
RPM packages can run scripts prior to installation with %pre,
and after installation with %post. You can also run scripts
prior to an uninstall with %preun and after an uninstall with
%postun. For example:
%post
/sbin/chkconfig --add ypbind
%preun
if [ "$1" = 0 ] ; then
/sbin/service ypbind stop > /dev/null 2>&1
/sbin/chkconfig --del ypbind
fi
exit 0
%postun
if [ "$1" -ge 1 ]; then
/sbin/service ypbind condrestart > /dev/null 2>&1
fi
exit 0
File Tags
The %files tag lists the files your package should install. For
example:
%files
%defattr(-,root,root)
/usr/X11R6/bin/xtoolwait
/usr/X11R6/man/man1/xtoolwait.*
You should mark configuration and documentation files with %config
and %doc, respectively. For example:
%files
%defattr(-,root,root)
/sbin/ypbind
%{_mandir}/*/*
%config /etc/rc.d/init.d/*
%config /etc/yp.conf
%dir /var/yp
%dir /var/yp/binding
%doc README NEWS
Making relocatable packages
You can make a relocatable package by setting up one or more
Prefix tags. For example:
Prefix: /usr
Prefix: /etc
Each file in the %files section must then start with one of the
prefixes you provided. With this, installers can easily relocate
the package with a command like the following:
# rpm --relocate /etc=/usr/etc file_name.rpm
The Change Log
The change log usually appears at the end of a spec file. It holds
messages for each significant change. For example:
%changelog
* Fri Jun 21 2002 Bob Marley <marley at redhat.com>
- automated rebuild
* Tue May 08 2001 Peter Tosh <tosh at redhat.com> 1.3-1
- updated to 1.3
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 4 02:05:10 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 3 Oct 2005 22:05:10 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-transactions-en.xml,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510040205.j9425AQ0002509@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv2488
Added Files:
rpm-guide-transactions-en.xml
Log Message:
--- NEW FILE rpm-guide-transactions-en.xml ---
Transactions
In This Chapter
*Understanding transactions
*Querying for packages based on transactions
*Rolling back transactions
*Saving old packages when upgrading
When packages depend on other packages, you may have to install
multiple packages to add a single application. Some of the packages
may install cleanly; others may not. But you have to install all of
the packages to get the complete application. The designers of the
RPM system understood this problem and added the concept of
transactions to RPM.
This chapter covers transactions and how they can help you cleanly
install a set of dependent packages. But transactions won???t solve
all your problems. You still have to resolve conflicts and
dependencies by using the techniques provided in the last three
chapters.
Understanding Transactions
A transaction is a way to delimit a set of operations. All the
operations can be undone, often called rolled back. Once rolled
back, the system is back in the same state it was prior to the
transaction. If all the operations succeed, though, the system
will be in a new state. The key issue is that all of the
operations must complete successfully, or you can roll back the
entire transaction. The assumption is that if any of the
operations fail, the system will be in an inconsistent or
erroneous state. Transactions are a way to prevent that.
Transactions are common when working with databases, but they are
just as important when working with packages.
Starting with RPM version 4.0.4, transactions and rollbacks became
a workable part of any administrator's toolkit. With RPM, the rpm
command sets up a transaction any time you attempt to install,
remove, or upgrade more than one package. The rpm command
automatically makes a transaction.
When do you need transactions?
Whenever you install or remove packages, the RPM system assigns
a transaction and a transaction ID to the set of packages. You
can then perform operations on the packages that share the same
ID, including rolling back the transaction.
Note
Rollbacks work only for package upgrades with the 4.1 version of
the RPM system, not package installs
The RPM system saves an image of the RPM package header for each
package installed or removed. You can use this image, along with
RPM transaction IDs, to back out of transactions should
something go wrong when setting up your system.
The main advantage of transactions with RPM, though, is the fact
that the rpm command automatically sets up a transaction for all
the packages on each command line and does not perform the
operation if any package fails. This ability to automatically
set up transactions for each call to the rpm command eliminates
many errors when working with packages.
Use a transaction when you need to be sure that a set of
packages install properly.
Backing out of transactions
With RPM, backing out of a transaction involves two operations:
rolling back the transaction and reinstalling the former
packages to restore the previous system state. In the simplest
case, the rpm command handles all the tasks for you. If you try
to install, upgrade, or remove multiple packages and any package
fails, the rpm command will restore the system state for you.
This automatic support for transactions is a great help to
system administrators, but it only applies when you first
install, upgrade, or remove the packages. If you have upgraded
your system and later discover problems, then you can also use
the --rollback option to roll the system back from a set of
upgrades, in a limited set of circumstances.
Transactions with the rpm Command
To set up an RPM transaction, you don't have to do much. All you
need to do is pass more than one RPM package on the rpm command
line. For example, to set up a transaction for installing three
packages, use a command like the following:
rpm -ihv package1.rpm package2.rpm package3.rpm
If any of the packages fail to install, the rpm command will not
install any packages. All of the packages will be installed, or
none.
This way, if you have a number of packages that together perform
some function, such as an Integrated Development Environment
(IDE), along with program-language compilers and other
software-development tools, you can ensure that all get installed.
As an example, say you need to install the gnorpm package, which
provides a graphical front end for the rpm command, and the
rpmrebuild package, which allows you to create RPMs from
already-installed packages.
Cross Reference
The gnorpm command is covered in Chapter 8. The rpmrebuild package
is covered in the "Saving Old Packages" section in this chapter.
You can install these packages with a transaction by using the
following command:
# rpm -ihv gnorpm-0.9-1.i386.rpm rpmrebuild-1.0-0.noarch.rpm
Preparing... ########################################### [100%]
package gnorpm-0.9-1 is already installed
The rpmrebuild package can be installed. (We know this since the
rpm command did not issue an error about this package.) But
because it was on the same command line as the gnorpm package, the
transaction failed. No packages were installed.
To check that the rpmrebuild package was not installed (that is,
to check that the transaction worked as expected), you can use the
rpm ???q command to see if the rpmrebuild package was installed or
not. To do so, use a command like the following:
# rpm -q rpmrebuild
package rpmrebuild is not installed
This shows that the rpmrebuild package was not installed, even
though the package could be installed on its own. To check that
the package could be installed, you can use the --test option, as
shown following:
# rpm -i --test rpmrebuild-1.0-0.noarch.rpm
#
This command shows that the rpmrebuild package would install
successfully on its own. If there were problems, the rpm command
would have issued an error message.
This example shows that when you try to install multiple packages
with the rpm command, should any fail, the rpm command will not
install any.
The rpm command works similarly for removing packages and
upgrading packages. When removing packages, you???ll see an error
like the following if any of the packages on the command line
cannot be removed:
# rpm -e setup jikes-1.17
error: Failed dependencies:
setup is needed by (installed) basesystem-8.0-1
setup >= 2.0.3 is needed by (installed) initscripts-6.95-1
setup >= 2.5.4-1 is needed by (installed) filesystem-2.1.6-5
setup is needed by (installed) xinetd-2.3.7-2
setup is needed by (installed) dump-0.4b28-4
The setup package could not be removed because it had several
capabilities needed by other packages. You can check that the
jikes package was not removed by using the rpm ???q command, even
though it had no failed dependencies:
# rpm -q jikes
jikes-1.17-1
This package was not removed because it appeared as part of the
same command that failed, so none of the operations were
performed.
When upgrading, you will also see an error message if any of the
package upgrades fail. For example:
# rpm -Uhv jikes-1.14-1.i386.rpm autoupdate-3.1.5-1.noarch.rpm
error: jikes-1.14-1.i386.rpm cannot be installed
You can then check that the jikes package, in this example, was
not downgraded to the earlier version with the rpm ???q command:
# rpm -q jikes
jikes-1.17-1
Transaction IDs
The rpm command gives every package installed a transaction ID.
The transaction ID is a Unix time stamp (number of seconds since
January 1, 1970). You can then perform some operations on
packages based on the transaction ID.
Note
The fact that a transaction ID uses a Unix timestamp may change
in the future.
All the packages installed at the same time are given the same
transaction ID. This means that you can perform operations on a
set of packages, the packages that were installed together.
But there???s also a downside to this. All the packages
installed when you first installed or upgraded your Linux system
are given the same transaction ID. This means you cannot
selectively act on these packages using the transaction ID,
because you will likely get far more packages than you want to
work on.
Viewing RPM Transaction IDs
To view the install transaction ID (a date code) for a given
package, you can use a command like the following:
$ rpm -q --qf "%-20{NAME} %-20{INSTALLTID}\n" jikes
jikes 1035589778
This command uses the --qf or --queryformat option to specify
the data to return from the RPM query command. In this case,
the command requests the name of the package as well as the
transaction ID (TID) for installation.
Cross Reference
Chapter 5 describes the --queryformat option.
There is also a transaction ID for removal, the REMOVETID. You
can also query for this ID. For example, if a package hasn't
been removed, you'll see an entry like the following:
$ rpm -qa --qf "%-20{NAME} %-20{REMOVETID}\n" termcap
termcap (none)
Viewing the Packages Associated with a Transaction ID
Once you have a transaction ID, you can use the --tid option,
short for transaction ID, to query for the package associated
with a given transaction, using a command like the following:
$ rpm -q --tid 1035589778
jikes-1.17-1
This example uses the transaction ID that the earlier query
example returned. If you installed more than one package at
the same time, you will see a listing of all the packages that
share the transaction ID.
For example, to see many packages with one transaction ID, you
can query for packages installed when you installed or
upgraded your version of Linux. First, query for the
transaction ID of a package you know was installed with the
Linux distribution, such as setup on a Red Hat system:
$ rpm -q --qf "%-20{NAME} %-20{INSTALLTID}\n" setup
setup 1033838323
Second, use this transaction ID and query for all packages
with this ID, using code like the following:
$ rpm -q --tid 1033838323 | more
redhat-menus-0.26-1
glibc-2.2.93-5
cracklib-2.7-18
gdbm-1.8.0-18
gmp-4.1-4
libacl-2.0.11-2
libjpeg-6b-21
linc-0.5.2-2
pcre-3.9-5
shadow-utils-20000902-12
libtermcap-2.0.8-31
freetype-2.1.2-7
info-4.2-5
fileutils-4.1.9-11
psmisc-20.2-6
ntp-4.1.1a-9
mount-2.11r-10
cracklib-dicts-2.7-18
krb5-libs-1.2.5-6
cyrus-sasl-2.1.7-2
usermode-1.63-1
Xft-2.0-1
Note
Be sure to replace the transaction ID shown here with the
transaction ID obtained by querying your system.
This example shows just a few of the packages installed when
the Red Hat Linux was installed.
With these options, you can find the transaction IDs for given
packages and can use the rpm command to install, remove, or
otherwise modify the packages that share a transaction ID.
Rolling Back Transactions
The --rollback option to the rpm command allows you to roll back
upgrades based on a time. Use a command like the following:
# rpm ???U --rollback "3 months ago"
The --rollback option is very limited in what it can do. The
--rollback option works only for packages that have been
upgraded. You cannot rollback the initial installation of a
package. This is to prevent you from accidentally rolling back
all packages.
The --rollback option works best if you want to restore the
system to a previous state, prior to performing any other RPM
operations. That is, soon after you upgraded a package and
decide that it isn???t working right. If you have modified the
RPM system after performing the transaction you want to
rollback, there may be unintended consequences if any new
package depends on the packages you want to roll back. In
addition, the --rollback option only works in limited situations
but does not always report when these conditions are not met.
The rpm command may simply do nothing, or it may remove packages
you do not expect.
Warning
Before running the --rollback option, backup your RPM database
as described in Chapter 5.
Because of all these limitations, rollbacks do not work in all
situations. In place of the --rollback option, you can use the
query shortcuts introduced in Chapter 5 and find the packages
you have installed recently (if that is what you want to roll
back). In this case, you can use the rpm command to remove the
packages you want to get rid of and reinstall the packages you
want to restore.
In many cases, this manual approach is safest, and you will have
a clearer understanding about what was installed or upgraded on
your system.
Saving Old Packages
When installing, removing, or upgrading, you can use the
--repackage command-line option to save a version of something
like the old package to a file, making a backup of the older
package contents.
Warning
The package created by the --repackage option is not a complete
RPM package. You can use the rpmbuild command to make it into a
complete package, but by itself, it will not be a complete
package. See Chapters 10, 11, and 12 for more on building
packages.
You can later reinstall the old files, once they have been made
into a complete package. This can be quite useful if something
goes wrong or the upgraded package has bugs. You can fall back to
the old package if needed.
By default, the --repackage option puts the old package in the
/var/spool/repackage directory. Other common directories are
/var/spool/up2date or /var/tmp. Your RPM configuration determines
the directory used by this option.
Note
The up2date name comes from the Red Hat service for keeping a
system up to date with regard to package versions.
For example, say you have a package, jikes (a Java programming
language compiler used in previous examples) that you want to
upgrade. But you are worried that the new version may not work
properly.
First, check the version you have. For example:
# rpm -q jikes
jikes-1.14-1
This shows you are at version 1.14 of the jikes Java compiler. You
can then upgrade to version 1.17 while repackaging the old
version, as shown following:
# rpm -Uhv --repackage jikes-1.17-glibc2.2-1.i386.rpm
Preparing... ########################################### [100%]
Repackaging...
1:jikes ########################################### [100%]
Upgrading...
1:jikes ########################################### [100%]
This upgrade has kept a copy of the old package in the
/var/spool/repackage directory. You can verify this with the
following command:
$ ls -l /var/spool/repackage/
total 692
-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 703037 Oct 25 18:49 jikes-1.14-1.i386.rpm
You can see a version of the old package, with the old version
number.
Warning
This is not the same as the original package. This is not a
complete package.
The repackaged RPM contains a snapshot of the package???s files as
they were on your hard disk, not as they were when you originally
installed the package. Thus, the contents may differ if the files
have changed on your hard disk. In addition, the --repackage
option may not properly sign the package as the original was.
In addition to the --repackage option with the rpm command, you
can use a free tool called rpmrebuild to make snapshots of any
installed packages.
Written by Eric Gerbier, rpmrebuild allows you to create an RPM
from the installed, and perhaps modified, version of a package.
You don???t have to upgrade, remove, or install a new package, as
you do with the --repackage option.
Download rpmrebuild from http://rpmrebuild.sourceforge.net/.
Summary
Transactions allow you to install multiple packages as a group and
know that either all the packages will succeed in installing or
none of them will. This is very important if you have a set of
interlocking packages that you need to install.
All the packages you install, remove, or upgrade on the same
command line are automatically made part of a transaction. The rpm
command will ensure that all packages can be installed, removed,
or upgraded, and will not perform the operation unless all will
succeed.
All packages installed or removed are given a transaction ID,
which uses a Unix timestamp (the number of seconds since January
1, 1970). All packages installed or removed at the same time are
given the same transaction ID. You can then query by transaction
IDs to perform operations on all the packages installed together.
The --repackage option tells the rpm command to make a backup RPM
of the current package when you are installing or upgrading a more
recent version or removing the package. By default, the backup RPM
is placed in the /var/spool/repackage directory. Note that a
package created this way is not exactly the same as the original
package. Files may have changed on disk. In addition, packages
created with the --repackage option are not real valid RPM
packages. You cannot install these packages without performing
extra operations to create a real RPM package from the repackaged
data.
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 4 02:07:28 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 3 Oct 2005 22:07:28 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-using-rpm-db-en.xml,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510040207.j9427S4u002561@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv2533
Added Files:
rpm-guide-using-rpm-db-en.xml
Log Message:
--- NEW FILE rpm-guide-using-rpm-db-en.xml ---
Using the RPM Database
In This Chapter
*Querying the RPM database
*Getting information on RPM files
* Finding out which packages own files on your system
* Verifying installed packages
*Backing up the RPM database
*Repairing damaged RPM databases
Every package you install with RPM is recorded in the RPM database.
The RPM system includes commands to query this database to find out
which packages are installed and to provide quite a few details
about these packages.
This chapter covers querying both the RPM database and RPM package
files. Both types of query are important:
*Query the RPM database to see what is installed, or not installed,
on your system.
*Query package files to see what the files require, as well as what
the files provide.
In addition to querying the RPM database, you can use the database
to verify packages. Since this database is so important to the
management of your Linux system, this chapter covers how to back it
up, as well as how to repair a damaged RPM database.
Querying the RPM Database
In Chapter 4, you saw that the rpm command usually takes one major
command-line option to tell it the operation to perform and a
myriad of command-line options to customize the operation. The rpm
command may also take the name of one or more RPM package files or
the name of one or more installed packages. For example, the rpm
???i command performs an installation operation, and the rpm ???U
command performs an upgrade.
For querying the RPM database, the major command-line option is
???q, short for query. This option tells the rpm command to query
the RPM database. You can also use the long option --query.
In the last few chapters, you've used the ???q option with the rpm
command to query just for the presence or absence of installed
packages. You can expand the -q option to perform a wide array of
queries to find out information about the packages installed on a
Linux system.
Querying packages
The basic format of the rpm ???q command follows:
rpm ???q package_name
You need to provide the name of a package to query. For example:
rpm -q telnet-0.17
This command returns the name of the package, if installed. For
example:
telnet-0.17-20
If the package is not installed, you???ll see a message like the
following:
package telnet-0.17 is not installed
You can provide the whole package name to the rpm command, which
includes the name, the version, and the RPM package number, as
discussed in Chapter 3. You can also just provide the name and
version number, as shown previously, or just the base name of
the package.
For example, the following command uses just the base name of
the package:
$ rpm -q telnet
telnet-0.17-20
Note
The rpm ???q command expects a package name. Although it
supports some amount of customized queries, you really need to
know which packages you want the rpm command to report on.
You can provide more than one package name; the rpm command
reports on each package, as shown following.
$ rpm -q telnet telnet-server
telnet-0.17-20
telnet-server-0.17-20
You need to change the way you query if you want to perform
searches when you do not know the full package name in advance.
The following sections cover options for creating various
queries.
Querying everything
Up to now, we have used the rpm command to query only for
specific packages. The ???a option tells the rpm command to
query for all packages. You can also use the longer option,
--all, in place of ???a.
For example:
rpm -qa
This command returns every package installed on your system,
quite a few packages. The packages are returned one per line, as
shown following.
words-2-17
kudzu-0.99.23-1
openldap-2.0.11-13
rpm-4.0.3-1.03
kernel-smp-2.4.7-10
quota-3.01pre9-3
expat-1.95.1-7
[...4111 lines suppressed...]
Available from SleepyCat Software at www.sleepycat.com/, the
Berkeley DB library provides a simple database API. This is not a
traditional relational database. Instead, data values are stored
in what amounts to a persistent hash table of name/value pairs.
This type of database is very quick to look up a named entry (such
as a package name) but is not so quick for iterating over all the
entries.
One of the nice things about this library is that it is available
in an open-source format, and you can get programming API
libraries for C, C++, Java, Python, Perl, and Tcl languages.
The RPM database is really a number of Berkeley DB databases, each
designed for a different type of query.
If something goes wrong with your RPM database, you can first try
to rebuild it. If that fails, you may need to initialize a new
database, although that is generally not needed. First and
foremost, however, you should back up this database.
Backing up the RPM database
As mentioned before, the RPM database resides in the
/var/lib/rpm. You can back up the RPM database by using commands
such as the following:
# cd /var/lib
# tar cvf rpmdb.tar ./rpm
# gzip rpmdb.tar
These commands create a tar archive from the contents of the rpm
directory (where the RPM database is stored) and compress the
file with the gzip command.
Note
Adding the z option to the tar command can create a compressed
archive directly, without the need for the gzip command.
Rebuilding the RPM database
If the RPM database has been corrupted in some way, you can use
the --rebuilddb option to tell the rpm command to rebuild your
database.
For example:
rpm --rebuilddb
This command rebuilds the RPM database from the installed
packages, the file named Packages in the /var/lib/rpm directory.
Only the Packages file is required. All the other files can be
recreated from the Packages file. If your database is OK, this
command won't do much, other than shrink the size of your RPM
database by removing unused entries. This command will take some
time to execute, though.
Warning
Before running this command, back up your RPM database.
To check that the rpm --rebuilddb command has not damaged the
RPM database, you can check with a file listing, query all
packages, and then check the results of the rpm ???rebuilddb
command with another file listing when done.
Another useful technique that can help with a corrupted RPM
database is to use the db_dump and db_load utilities that come
with RPM (from the SleepyCat DB database library). Use db_dump
to dump the Packages file. Then, use db_load to reload the
Packages file. The act of dumping and restoring may fix a
corrupted file. As always, back up your RPM database prior to
performing these commands.
Creating a new RPM database
If all else fails, use the --initdb option to tell the rpm
command to create a new empty RPM database. In almost all cases,
you do not want to create a new RPM database, since this
database will be empty. It will not have any knowledge about the
packages you have already installed on your system. That could
lead to a lot of problems, since you have the files installed,
but the RPM system just doesn???t know about them.
The basic syntax follows.
rpm --initdb
Note
This command should not damage an existing database.
If the RPM system cannot be rebuilt, you may have to reinstall
the operating system to recreate a clean system. In general, if
things are this far gone, reinstalling may be your best answer
instead of wiping the RPM database and creating an empty
database.
You can also use the --dbpath option to tell the rpm command to
create an RPM database in a different directory.
For example:
mkdir /tmp/rpm
rpm --initdb --dbpath /tmp/rpm
These commands create a temporary directory and an RPM database
in the /tmp/rpm directory.
After running this command, you can examine the files created.
# ls -l /tmp/rpm
total 288
-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 8192 Oct 10 20:29 __db.001
-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 1310720 Oct 10 20:29 __db.002
-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 360448 Oct 10 20:29 __db.003
-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 12288 Oct 10 20:29 Packages
This shows an empty RPM database.
Summary
This chapter covers the rpm command options to query the RPM
database and RPM package files. You can determine the packages
installed on your system, as well as which packages are
responsible for the files on your system.
The RPM database maintains a lot of information about the files
and packages on your system. Thus, it is crucial for managing your
Linux systems. You should back up the RPM database before and
after any installation, upgrade, or removal of packages.
You can also use the --rebuilddb option to the rpm command to
rebuild a damaged RPM database.
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 4 02:09:19 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 3 Oct 2005 22:09:19 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-using-rpm-en.xml,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510040209.j9429JLJ002592@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv2579
Added Files:
rpm-guide-using-rpm-en.xml
Log Message:
--- NEW FILE rpm-guide-using-rpm-en.xml ---
Using RPM
Copyright (c) 2005 by Eric Foster-Johnson. This material may be
distributed only subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
the Open Publication License, v1.0 or later (the latest version is
presently available at http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/).
In This Chapter
*Installing and upgrading software
*Removing software
This chapter covers the most common uses for RPM: installing,
removing, and upgrading software. These are the most frequently used
RPM commands.
The RPM system includes the options you might expect, such as
installing a package, but there???s a lot more you can do. For
example, you can install packages from remote sites using HTTP or
FTP to download the package to install. There are quite a few other
rpm options you can use to get information and feedback on
installation, for example.
The rpm Command
Just about everything you do with RPM requires the rpm command. As
a nice added benefit, just about everything you do with RPM
requires a single invocation of the rpm command. That means common
tasks such as installing and removing software can be done quickly
and efficiently. The basics of the rpm command are not very hard,
and you can perform the basic tasks within a few minutes of
reading this chapter.
Upgrading and Installing Software
To install software, you need something to install. Typically,
this is a file packaged as RPM, using a file-name extension of
.rpm. Of course, this isn???t required, but just about every RPM
package is stored in a file with a .rpm extension. For example,
the following file holds an RPM package, ready to be installed:
jikes-1.16-1.i386.rpm
This package holds an application named jikes (a Java language
compiler application). From the discussion in the last two
chapters, you should be able to determine the version of the
program this RPM holds and which release of the RPM package this
represents.
Other RPMs hold sources, the program source codes used to create
an application or programming library. For example, the following
file holds a source RPM:
jikes-1.16-1.src.rpm
The src in the package name is short for source. This file-naming
convention is not required, but is used by just about all source
code packages. (Following conventions helps other administrators
know what to expect.)
Cross Reference
Chapters 9 and 12 cover building RPMs from source RPMs.
The rpm command provides three main operations for upgrading and
installing packages:
An upgrade operation means installing a new version of a package
and removing all previous versions of the same package. If you
have not installed a package previously, the upgrade operation
will install the package.
A freshen operation means to install a new version of a package
only if you have already installed another version of the package.
An install operation installs a package for the first time. It
also, through special command-line parameters, allows you to
install multiple versions of a package, usually not what you want.
So, in the vast majority of cases, you want to run the upgrade
operation for all package installations.
The following sections cover the command-line options that apply
to these operations.
Upgrading with the rpm command
Almost all installation steps use the rpm command with the ???U
option, short for upgrade, as introduced in Chapter 3. The basic
syntax is:
rpm -U package_name
For example:
rpm ???i jikes-1.16-1.i386.rpm
You can also use the --upgrade long option in place of -U.
Unless something goes wrong, you won???t see any response except
for the shell prompt ready for your next command. Options for
the rpm command, covered shortly, present positive feedback that
the package has been installed.
The rpm command may print out warnings, such as the one
following:
warning: pyxf86config-0.3.1-2.i386.rpm: Header V3 DSA
signature: NOKEY, key ID 897da07a
This warning comes from the fact that the package was signed,
but the key was not found. Chapter 12 covers signing packages.
In most cases, warnings such as this one are not that serious.
Errors, though, should be treated seriously.
Note
Just about every package you want to upgrade or install requires
root, or super user, permissions. That???s because most Linux
application RPMs hold files that must be installed in a
protected directory such as /usr/bin. In addition, RPM requires
root access to modify the RPM database. Even if you could modify
the system directories like /usr/bin, you must also be able to
modify the RPM database to successfully install or remove
packages.
Checking That the Package Is Installed
Use the rpm ???q command to quickly verify a package has been
installed. To verify, you need to use the name of the
installed package, not the name of the RPM file. You can also
use a partial package name, such as jikes in this case. For
example:
rpm ???q jikes
When you run this command, you should see a response like the
following:
jikes-1.16-1
The response shows that the package named jikes-1.16-1 has
been installed. This package name corresponds to the RPM file
used in the preceding installation example.
The rpm -q command just asks the RPM database if the package
[...1758 lines suppressed...]
In most cases, the application looks in the user home directory
for a specific file tied to the application. For the rpm command,
this file is .rpmrc. The leading period makes the file hidden for
most directory listings.
In addition to the user-level file of commands, most applications
supporting this mechanism have a way for site administrators to
customize the command for all users. For example, your system may
have a file named /etc/rpmrc (with no leading period) that
customizes the rpm command for all users on your system. See page
427 for a more in-depth look at the chain of these files.
The syntax for the --rcfile option is
--rcfile filename
You can also supply more than one file name. This syntax follows:
--rcfile filename1:filename2:filename3
Separate each file name with a colon.
With Red Hat Linux, the default set of initialization files are:
/usr/lib/rpm/rpmrc:/usr/lib/rpm/redhat/rpmrc:/etc/rpmrc:~/.rpmrc
Note
The ~/.rpmrc means to look in the user's home directory for a file
named .rpmrc.
You can use the --showrc option to list all the rc settings.
Cross Reference
See Chapter 21 for more on the --showrc option.
The --version option tells the rpm command to print out the
version number of the command and then exit. For example:
rpm --version
This command prints out a version number, like the following:
RPM version 4.1
The --dbpath option, mentioned previously, tells the rpm command
to use a different RPM database. This is useful when testing a
complete system install, where you want to change the RPM database
but don't want that to affect your running Linux system. In this
case, you can use a different RPM database and test out your
changes. The basic syntax for this option is:
--dbpath directory_name
The --pipe option tells the rpm command to send, or pipe, its
output to another program. The syntax for this option is:
--pipe command_to_send_out_to
Summary
This chapter covered the easy part of managing packages, the
common actions of installing, removing, and upgrading software.
The rpm ???e command removes packages. The rpm ???U command
upgrades packages by installing new packages and removing old
versions of all the packages upgraded. RPM upgrades also work for
installing new packages. The rpm ???F command freshens packages.
This command only upgrades a package if an older version of the
package has already been installed. The rpm ???i command installs
packages.
Table 4-3 summarizes the rpm command-line options for installing,
removing, and upgrading packages.
Table 4-3 Installing, Removing, and Upgrading with the rpm command
Command
Usage
rpm ???i install_options package_files
Install packages.
rpm ???e remove_options packages
Erase, remove, packages.
rpm ???U install_options package_files
Upgrade or install packages. Use this option for
installations.
rpm ???Uvh install_options package_files
Upgrade or install packages with extra output. This is
the recommended command to install packages.
rpm ???F install_options package_files
Freshen packages.
Unfortunately, modern system management gets more complex than
that. The next chapter delves into package dependencies and the
nightmare you can get into when one package depends on another
that then depends on another, ad infinitum.
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 4 02:15:59 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 3 Oct 2005 22:15:59 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-specfiles-en.xml,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510040215.j942Fx8B002654@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv2636
Added Files:
rpm-guide-specfiles-en.xml
Log Message:
--- NEW FILE rpm-guide-specfiles-en.xml ---
Working with Spec Files
Copyright (c) 2005 by Eric Foster-Johnson. This material may be
distributed only subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
the Open Publication License, v1.0 or later (the latest version is
presently available at http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/).
In This Chapter
*Writing spec files
*Defining package information
*Controlling the build
*Listing the files in the package
*Defining spec file macros
The previous chapter introduces the concepts of how to build RPMs,
and briefly covered the spec file, which controls how RPM packages
are built and installed. This chapter delves into how to create spec
files and the next chapter covers advanced spec file topics such as
using conditional commands and making relocatable packages.
A spec file defines all the commands and values that are required
for creating a package, everything from the name and version number
to the actual commands used to build the program you are packaging.
This chapter covers the spec file syntax and how to write spec
files. In goes in depth into defining information about your
package, controlling how the software will be built, defining what
exactly should go into the package, and customizing your build with
RPM macros.
Reading Spec Files
The first step to learning more about spec files is to read
through some of the huge number of spec files for the source RPMs
that come with your Linux distribution. Looking at these files
will show two things right away:
*You will see that the spec file syntax is not really as
complicated as it appears.
*You will see how many others have solved problems similar to
those you need to solve.
I???ve used real-world examples throughout this book, to show how
the RPMs you need to deal with actually work. Some of the more
interesting packages include anything that has a client and a
server component, anything with networking or e-mail, and anything
that installs a system service. All these types of packages solve
problems that you will commonly face. Some useful spec files to
look at are those for anonftp, telnet, vnc, and sendmail. To get
these spec files, you need to install the corresponding source
RPMs for each of these packages.
As you read through spec files, you???ll start to see common
patterns in how packages are defined, named, the macros used, and
common elements in the build sections of the spec files. You???ll
also see how network services are installed on Linux, as well as
example install and uninstall scripts. The next sections provide
more information on the things to look for within spec files.
Furthermore, even with the plethora of options RPM provides, if
you know shell scripting basics and something about how C programs
are normally built, with configure scripts and make commands, you
will find most spec files relatively easy to understand.
The following sections go into the details of writing your own
spec files. Keep your example spec files handy as you read through
these sections.
Writing Spec Files
Spec files are text files containing RPM directives. These
directives use a simple syntax of a tag name, a colon, and a
value:
TagName: value
For example:
Version: 1.15
This example sets the package version to 1.15. The name of the
item is not case sensitive, so tag names of version, Version, or
VERSION all set the same value. This syntax works for most
settings, including Name, Release, and so on.
In addition to this directive syntax, you can define macros using
the RPM %define syntax. For example:
%define major 2
This example defines a macro named major with a value of 2. Once
defined, you can access macros using the %{macro_name} or just
%macro_name syntaxes. For example:
source: %{name}-%{version}.tar.gz
See the section "Defining Spec File Macros" later in this chapter
for more options for macros.
Major sections in the spec file are also delimited with % markers.
For example, the build section starts with %build on a line by
itself.
Note
The multiple uses of the % sign aren???t really that confusing in
practice. Read through some spec files and you should find most of
the commands are easily understood.
Blank lines separate sections in the spec file, which makes sense
for readability as well.
Comments
To help document your work, you can include comments (to
yourself and others reading the spec file). Any line starting
with a hash character, #, holds a comment. RPM will ignore
comments.
# This is a comment.
In spec files, comments are mostly to help explain your syntax
choices to yourself should you view the spec file later.
Comments are a good thing. You should comment heavily,
especially for any choice that deviates from the norm. For
example, if you provide special C compiler options for building
the package, add comments to describe why you picked the options
and how necessary they are. Such comments help immensely should
you need to port the RPM to another architecture or modify how
it was built.
Tip
Avoid single percent signs, %, in comments. For example:
# Added new commands to %prep
The rpmbuild command may report an error of a second %prep
section. To get around this problem, use two percent signs, such
[...2526 lines suppressed...]
<require name="make" />
</buildrequires>
<!-- packages -->
<package group="System/Base" autoreqprov="no">
<requires>
<require name="glibc" />
</requires>
<summary>The Bash package contains the bash
program.</summary>
<description>%{summary}
Bash is the Bourne-Again SHell, which is a widely used command
interpreter
on Unix systems. Bash is a program that reads from standard input,
the
keyboard. A user types something and the program will evaluate
what he has
typed and do something with it, like running a
program.</description>
<files list="%{name}.files.lst" />
</package>
<package name="bash-doc" group="Documentation/System/Base"
autoreqprov="no">
<requires>
<require name="%{name}" />
</requires>
<summary>Documentation for the bash package.</summary>
<description>%{summary}</description>
<pre script="%{name}-doc.pre.sh" />
<files list="%{name}-doc.files.lst" />
</package>
<!-- scripts to create the package -->
<prep script="%{name}.prep.sh">
<setup />
<script>echo "Prep
completed"</script>
</prep>
<build script="%{name}.build.sh" />
<install script="%{name}.install.sh" />
<clean script="%{name}.clean.sh" />
<!-- changelog -->
<changelog>
<changes date="Mon Aug 26 2002" version="2.05a-02test"
author="" author-email="">
<change>Added setup macro to extract files</change>
<change>Initial version ready for jbj</change>
</changes>
</changelog>
</spec>
Note
XML spec files are a very experimental feature. Future releases of
RPM will likely provide more support for XML spec files. The
format will likely change.
Summary
This chapter covers spec files, the files that define how to build
packages. Start your spec file by defining package information,
such as the name, version, and release number. You can also add a
detailed description to help administrators decide whether to
install your packages.
You need to name all of the source and patch files used to build
the package. In most cases, the source files are compressed tar
archives. After naming all the sources and patches, you need to
control how the rpmbuild command should build your package. This
comes in four sections.
The %prep section prepares for the build by extracting the source
files and applying patches. The %build section defines the
commands to build the software, normally something as simple as
running a configure script and then the make command. The %install
section contains the commands for installing the software. And,
the %clean section provides commands to clean up after the build.
For these sections, you can use handy RPM macros for common tasks,
such as running the configure script or the make install command.
You can also define scripts the rpm command should run before and
after installing, as well as before and after removing the
package.
Spec files contain a listing of all the files that should go into
the package, as well as where those files should be placed on the
user???s hard disk.
You can define RPM macros in your spec files to make commands that
can work with different directory structures as well as simplify
common commands.
While it may seem that this chapter described a great many options
for making spec files, there???s more to come. The next chapter
covers advanced spec file topics such as triggers, conditional
builds, and specifying dependencies.
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Wed Oct 5 12:00:48 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Paul W. Frields (pfrields))
Date: Wed, 5 Oct 2005 08:00:48 -0400
Subject: jargon-buster jargon-buster-en.xml,1.10,1.11
Message-ID: <200510051200.j95C0mvJ025335@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: pfrields
Update of /cvs/docs/jargon-buster
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv25312
Modified Files:
jargon-buster-en.xml
Log Message:
Pushed to 1.9.4, made several corrections (#160265)
Index: jargon-buster-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/jargon-buster/jargon-buster-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.10
retrieving revision 1.11
diff -u -r1.10 -r1.11
--- jargon-buster-en.xml 7 Sep 2005 22:20:46 -0000 1.10
+++ jargon-buster-en.xml 5 Oct 2005 12:00:46 -0000 1.11
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
%FEDORA-ENTITIES-EN;
-
+
]>
@@ -180,6 +180,16 @@
+
+ 1.9.4
+ 30 Sep 2005
+ PaulWFrields
+
+
+ Some term fixes (#160265).
+
+
+
@@ -274,8 +284,8 @@
Use BitTorrent to download &FC;
by downloading and opening a torrent file. The official
&FC; torrent tracker is located at . Download a torrent
- file there to begin downloading a release of &FC;.
+ url="http://torrent.fedoraproject.org/"/>. Download a
+ torrent file there to begin downloading a release of &FC;.
@@ -988,20 +998,6 @@
-
- redhat-config-packages
-
-
- The redhat-config-packages
- utility is a package installation for new &FC; systems which
- have no software updates installed yet. Since most
- administrators and users update their system software
- regularly, redhat-config-packages
- is not often used. Users should instead use the utility to install new software.
-
-
-
rhgb
@@ -1103,6 +1099,20 @@
RPM
+
+ system-config-packages
+
+
+ The system-config-packages
+ utility is a package installation for new &FC; systems which
+ have no software updates installed yet. Since most
+ administrators and users update their system software
+ regularly, system-config-packages
+ is not often used. Users should instead use the utility to install new software.
+
+
+
up2date
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 11 22:23:39 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Paul W. Frields (pfrields))
Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2005 18:23:39 -0400
Subject: docs-common/bin xmlformat-fdp.conf,1.5,1.6
Message-ID: <200510112223.j9BMNdRL006978@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: pfrields
Update of /cvs/docs/docs-common/bin
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv6956
Modified Files:
xmlformat-fdp.conf
Log Message:
Add simpara to overall normalization group
Index: xmlformat-fdp.conf
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/docs-common/bin/xmlformat-fdp.conf,v
retrieving revision 1.5
retrieving revision 1.6
diff -u -r1.5 -r1.6
--- xmlformat-fdp.conf 20 Aug 2005 21:35:21 -0000 1.5
+++ xmlformat-fdp.conf 11 Oct 2005 22:23:36 -0000 1.6
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
normalize = yes
# "Normalize" means make smart whitespace decisions
-para example important note warning caution itemizedlist variablelist varlistentry
+para simpara example important note warning caution itemizedlist variablelist varlistentry
normalize = yes
title titleabbrev
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 11 23:43:04 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Paul W. Frields (pfrields))
Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2005 19:43:04 -0400
Subject: example-tutorial Makefile,1.14,1.15
Message-ID: <200510112343.j9BNh4lQ010255@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: pfrields
Update of /cvs/docs/example-tutorial
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv10210
Modified Files:
Makefile
Log Message:
Reduce rpmbuild verbosity
Index: Makefile
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/example-tutorial/Makefile,v
retrieving revision 1.14
retrieving revision 1.15
diff -u -r1.14 -r1.15
--- Makefile 3 Oct 2005 02:46:04 -0000 1.14
+++ Makefile 11 Oct 2005 23:43:01 -0000 1.15
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
DOCOMF=$(PWD)/SOURCES/fedora-doc-$(DOCBASE)-C.omf
DOCDESKTOP=$(PWD)/SOURCES/fedora-doc-$(DOCBASE).desktop
DOCSRCTAR=$(PWD)/SOURCES/$(DOCBASE)-$(VERSION).src.tar.gz
-TITLE=$(shell ../docs-common/packaging/titlegrab.py $(DOCBASE)-en.xml)
+TITLE=$(shell ../docs-common/packaging/titlegrab.py $(DOCBASE)-en.xml | sed 's/^ \+//')
######################################################
# Some RPM flags...
######################################################
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
#
# Do the build...
#
- rpmbuild -bb -vv $(RPMFLAGS) $(DOCSPEC)
+ rpmbuild -bb $(RPMFLAGS) $(DOCSPEC)
mv RPMS/noarch/*.rpm .
rpmbuild --clean --rmsource $(RPMFLAGS) $(DOCSPEC)
rm -rf {BUILD,RPMS,SOURCES,SPECS,SRPMS}
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Wed Oct 12 00:09:43 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Paul W. Frields (pfrields))
Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2005 20:09:43 -0400
Subject: docs-common Makefile,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510120009.j9C09hXe012266@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: pfrields
Update of /cvs/docs/docs-common
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv12224
Added Files:
Makefile
Log Message:
Add packaging necessities for fedora-doc-common
--- NEW FILE Makefile ---
###############################################################################
# Makefile for fedora-doc-common packaging
# Created by: Paul W. Frields
# License: GPL
# Copyright 2005 Paul W. Frields
###############################################################################
DOCBASE = fedora-doc-common
######################################################
# Some packaging specific vars
VERSION = 0.1
RELEASE = cvs$(shell date +"%Y%m%d")
DATE = $(shell date +"%Y-%m-%d")
NOW = $(shell date +"%a %b %e %Y")
SPECIN = ../docs-common/packaging/$(DOCBASE).spec
DOCSPEC = $(PWD)/SPECS/$(DOCBASE).spec
DOCSRCTAR = $(PWD)/SOURCES/$(DOCBASE)-$(RELEASE).src.tar.gz
TITLE = Fedora Documentation Project Shared Files
######################################################
# Some RPM flags...
######################################################
RPMFLAGS = --define "docbase $(DOCBASE)" \
--define "version $(VERSION)" \
--define "release $(RELEASE)" \
--define "_topdir $(PWD)"
######################################################
clean:
rm -rf $(DOCBASE)*.rpm
update: clean
cvs update
rpm: update
#
# Make RPM-compliant tarball of source XML and other stuff
mkdir $(DOCBASE)-$(RELEASE)
find . -maxdepth 1 -type d \( \
-name 'common' -o \
-name 'css' -o \
-name 'stylesheet-images' \) | xargs -i \
find {} -maxdepth 1 -type f ! \( \
-name '.*' -o -name '*~' -o \
-name '*.svg' -o -name '*.eps' \) | \
cpio -pamdv $(DOCBASE)-$(RELEASE)
#
# Make RPM build tree; don't rely on local user's setup
mkdir -p {BUILD,RPMS/noarch,SOURCES,SPECS,SRPMS}
tar -zcvf $(DOCSRCTAR) $(DOCBASE)-$(RELEASE)
cp $(SPECIN) $(DOCSPEC)
rm -rf $(DOCBASE)-$(RELEASE)/
#
# Make rpmlint happy with a changelog entry
# FIXME: Maybe more magic would make this stickier; pity
# I'm no magician...
sed 's/\(%changelog\)/\1\n* $(NOW) Fedora Docs Project - $(VERSION)-$(RELEASE)\n- Update to $(RELEASE)\n/' \
$(SPECIN) > $(DOCSPEC)
#
# Do the build...
#
rpmbuild -bb $(RPMFLAGS) $(DOCSPEC)
mv RPMS/noarch/*.rpm .
rpmbuild --clean --rmsource $(RPMFLAGS) $(DOCSPEC)
rm -rf {BUILD,RPMS,SOURCES,SPECS,SRPMS}
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Wed Oct 12 00:09:43 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Paul W. Frields (pfrields))
Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2005 20:09:43 -0400
Subject: docs-common/packaging fedora-doc-common.spec,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510120009.j9C09hAZ012271@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: pfrields
Update of /cvs/docs/docs-common/packaging
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv12224/packaging
Added Files:
fedora-doc-common.spec
Log Message:
Add packaging necessities for fedora-doc-common
--- NEW FILE fedora-doc-common.spec ---
# This spec file is only for building supporting common files from the
# docs-common module. It is not for use with other docs modules at
# this time.
Summary: Fedora Documentation common files
Name: fedora-doc-common
# To be defined in Makefile
Version: %version
Release: %release
License: FDL
Url: http://fedora.redhat.com/projects/docs/
Source0: fedora-doc-common-%release.src.tar.gz
Group: Documentation
BuildArch: noarch
BuildRoot: %{_tmppath}/%{name}-%{version}-root
%description
This package contains the common entities and XML fragments for
official Fedora Documentation.
%prep
%setup -q -n %{name}-%{release}
%build
%install
rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
install -d -m 755 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_datadir}/fedora/doc/docs-common/common/
install -m 644 $RPM_BUILD_DIR/%{name}-%{release}/common/*.{xml,ent} \
$RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_datadir}/fedora/doc/docs-common/common/
install -d -m 755 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_datadir}/fedora/doc/docs-common/css/
install -m 644 $RPM_BUILD_DIR/%{name}-%{release}/css/* \
$RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_datadir}/fedora/doc/docs-common/css/
install -d -m 755 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_datadir}/fedora/doc/docs-common/stylesheet-images/
install -m 644 $RPM_BUILD_DIR/%{name}-%{release}/stylesheet-images/* \
$RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_datadir}/fedora/doc/docs-common/stylesheet-images/
%clean
rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
%files
%defattr(-, root, root,-)
%docdir %{_datadir}/fedora/doc/docs-common/common/
%{_datadir}/fedora/doc/docs-common/common/*
%{_datadir}/fedora/doc/docs-common/css/*
%{_datadir}/fedora/doc/docs-common/stylesheet-images/*
%changelog
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Wed Oct 12 14:59:51 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Paul W. Frields (pfrields))
Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2005 10:59:51 -0400
Subject: docs-common Makefile,1.1,1.2
Message-ID: <200510121459.j9CExpCP026343@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: pfrields
Update of /cvs/docs/docs-common
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv26305
Modified Files:
Makefile
Log Message:
Fix packaging to properly add menu and desktop files
Index: Makefile
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/docs-common/Makefile,v
retrieving revision 1.1
retrieving revision 1.2
diff -u -r1.1 -r1.2
--- Makefile 12 Oct 2005 00:09:37 -0000 1.1
+++ Makefile 12 Oct 2005 14:59:44 -0000 1.2
@@ -40,6 +40,7 @@
find . -maxdepth 1 -type d \( \
-name 'common' -o \
-name 'css' -o \
+ -name 'packaging' -o \
-name 'stylesheet-images' \) | xargs -i \
find {} -maxdepth 1 -type f ! \( \
-name '.*' -o -name '*~' -o \
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Wed Oct 12 14:59:46 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Paul W. Frields (pfrields))
Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2005 10:59:46 -0400
Subject: docs-common/packaging fedora-documentation.menu, NONE,
1.1 fedora-doc-common.spec, 1.1,
1.2 fedora-doc.desktop.in.common, 1.2, 1.3
Message-ID: <200510121500.j9CF0GRg026347@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: pfrields
Update of /cvs/docs/docs-common/packaging
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv26305/packaging
Modified Files:
fedora-doc-common.spec fedora-doc.desktop.in.common
Added Files:
fedora-documentation.menu
Log Message:
Fix packaging to properly add menu and desktop files
--- NEW FILE fedora-documentation.menu ---
Applications
Documentation
Documentation.directory
X-Fedora-Documentation
Index: fedora-doc-common.spec
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/docs-common/packaging/fedora-doc-common.spec,v
retrieving revision 1.1
retrieving revision 1.2
diff -u -r1.1 -r1.2
--- fedora-doc-common.spec 12 Oct 2005 00:09:41 -0000 1.1
+++ fedora-doc-common.spec 12 Oct 2005 14:59:43 -0000 1.2
@@ -35,6 +35,10 @@
install -d -m 755 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_datadir}/fedora/doc/docs-common/css/
install -m 644 $RPM_BUILD_DIR/%{name}-%{release}/css/* \
$RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_datadir}/fedora/doc/docs-common/css/
+install -d -m 755 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_sysconfdir}/xdg/menus/applications-merged/
+install -m 644 \
+ $RPM_BUILD_DIR/%{name}-%{release}/packaging/fedora-documentation.menu \
+ $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_sysconfdir}/xdg/menus/applications-merged/
install -d -m 755 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_datadir}/fedora/doc/docs-common/stylesheet-images/
install -m 644 $RPM_BUILD_DIR/%{name}-%{release}/stylesheet-images/* \
$RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_datadir}/fedora/doc/docs-common/stylesheet-images/
@@ -50,6 +54,6 @@
%{_datadir}/fedora/doc/docs-common/common/*
%{_datadir}/fedora/doc/docs-common/css/*
%{_datadir}/fedora/doc/docs-common/stylesheet-images/*
-
+%{_sysconfdir}/xdg/menus/applications-merged/*
%changelog
Index: fedora-doc.desktop.in.common
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/docs-common/packaging/fedora-doc.desktop.in.common,v
retrieving revision 1.2
retrieving revision 1.3
diff -u -r1.2 -r1.3
--- fedora-doc.desktop.in.common 3 Oct 2005 02:38:12 -0000 1.2
+++ fedora-doc.desktop.in.common 12 Oct 2005 14:59:43 -0000 1.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
[Desktop Entry]
Encoding=UTF-8
-Categories=Application;Documentation;X-Red-Hat-Base;
+Categories=X-Fedora-Documentation;
Name=@TITLE@
GenericName=@TITLE@
Exec=gnome-help file:///usr/share/fedora/doc/fedora-doc- at DOCBASE@/C/@DOCBASE at -en.xml
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Wed Oct 12 15:00:45 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Paul W. Frields (pfrields))
Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2005 11:00:45 -0400
Subject: docs-common/packaging titlegrab.py,1.1,1.2
Message-ID: <200510121500.j9CF0j3U026377@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: pfrields
Update of /cvs/docs/docs-common/packaging
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv26358/packaging
Modified Files:
titlegrab.py
Log Message:
Fix magic line
Index: titlegrab.py
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/docs-common/packaging/titlegrab.py,v
retrieving revision 1.1
retrieving revision 1.2
diff -u -r1.1 -r1.2
--- titlegrab.py 3 Oct 2005 02:32:06 -0000 1.1
+++ titlegrab.py 12 Oct 2005 15:00:42 -0000 1.2
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#!/usr/bin/python -d
+#!/usr/bin/python -tt
import sys
import xml.dom.minidom
from xml.dom.minidom import Node
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Wed Oct 12 15:07:29 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Paul W. Frields (pfrields))
Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2005 11:07:29 -0400
Subject: docs-common/common opl.xml,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510121507.j9CF7TJs027801@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: pfrields
Update of /cvs/docs/docs-common/common
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv27788/common
Added Files:
opl.xml
Log Message:
Add OPL for reference and possible later use
--- NEW FILE opl.xml ---
Open Publication License
v1.0, 8 June 1999
I. REQUIREMENTS ON BOTH UNMODIFIED AND MODIFIED
VERSIONS
The Open Publication works may be reproduced and distributed in
whole or in part, in any medium physical or electronic, provided
that the terms of this license are adhered to, and that this license
or an incorporation of it by reference (with any options elected by
the author(s) and/or publisher) is displayed in the reproduction.
Proper form for an incorporation by reference is as follows:
Copyright (c) <year> by <author's name or designee>.
This material may be distributed only subject to the terms and
conditions set forth in the Open Publication License, vX.Y or later
(the latest version is presently available at &url.opl;
The reference must be immediately followed with any options elected
by the author(s) and/or publisher of the document (see section
VI). Commercial redistribution of Open Publication-licensed material
is permitted. Any publication in standard (paper) book form shall
require the citation of the original publisher and author. The
publisher and author's names shall appear on all outer surfaces of
the book. On all outer surfaces of the book the original publisher's
name shall be as large as the title of the work and cited as
possessive with respect to the title.
II. COPYRIGHT
The copyright to each Open Publication is owned by its author(s) or
designee.
III. SCOPE OF LICENSE
The following license terms apply to all Open Publication works,
unless otherwise explicitly stated in the document.
Mere aggregation of Open Publication works or a portion of an Open
Publication work with other works or programs on the same media
shall not cause this license to apply to those other works. The
aggregate work shall contain a notice specifying the inclusion of
the Open Publication material and appropriate copyright notice.
SEVERABILITY. If any part of this license is found to be
unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the remaining portions of the
license remain in force.
NO WARRANTY. Open Publication works are licensed and provided "as
is" without warranty of any kind, express or implied, including, but
not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and
fitness for a particular purpose or a warranty of non-infringement.
IV. REQUIREMENTS ON MODIFIED WORKS
All modified versions of documents covered by this license,
including translations, anthologies, compilations and partial
documents, must meet the following requirements:
The modified version must be labeled as such.
The person making the modifications must be identified and the
modifications dated.
Acknowledgement of the original author and publisher if
applicable must be retained according to normal academic
citation practices.
The location of the original unmodified document must be
identified.
The original author's (or authors') name(s) may not be used
to assert or imply endorsement of the resulting document
without the original author's (or authors') permission.
V. GOOD-PRACTICE RECOMMENDATIONS
In addition to the requirements of this license, it is requested
from and strongly recommended of redistributors that:
If you are distributing Open Publication works on hardcopy or
CD-ROM, you provide email notification to the authors of your
intent to redistribute at least thirty days before your
manuscript or media freeze, to give the authors time to
provide updated documents. This notification should describe
modifications, if any, made to the document.
All substantive modifications (including deletions) be either
clearly marked up in the document or else described in an
attachment to the document.
Finally, while it is not mandatory under this license, it is
considered good form to offer a free copy of any hardcopy and
CD-ROM expression of an Open Publication-licensed work to its
author(s).
VI. LICENSE OPTIONS
The author(s) and/or publisher of an Open Publication-licensed
document may elect certain options by appending language to the
reference to or copy of the license. These options are considered
part of the license instance and must be included with the license
(or its incorporation by reference) in derived works.
A. To prohibit distribution of substantively modified versions
without the explicit permission of the author(s). "Substantive
modification" is defined as a change to the semantic content of the
document, and excludes mere changes in format or typographical
corrections.
To accomplish this, add the phrase `Distribution of substantively
modified versions of this document is prohibited without the
explicit permission of the copyright holder.' to the license
reference or copy.
B. To prohibit any publication of this work or derivative works in
whole or in part in standard (paper) book form for commercial
purposes is prohibited unless prior permission is obtained from the
copyright holder.
To accomplish this, add the phrase 'Distribution of the work or
derivative of the work in any standard (paper) book form is
prohibited unless prior permission is obtained from the copyright
holder.' to the license reference or copy.
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Wed Oct 12 22:41:52 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Paul W. Frields (pfrields))
Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2005 18:41:52 -0400
Subject: mirror-tutorial mirror-tutorial-en.xml,1.10,1.11
Message-ID: <200510122241.j9CMfqUp010457@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: pfrields
Update of /cvs/docs/mirror-tutorial
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv10438
Modified Files:
mirror-tutorial-en.xml
Log Message:
Major changes to simplify, more on the way...
Index: mirror-tutorial-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/mirror-tutorial/mirror-tutorial-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.10
retrieving revision 1.11
diff -u -r1.10 -r1.11
--- mirror-tutorial-en.xml 18 Sep 2005 22:43:44 -0000 1.10
+++ mirror-tutorial-en.xml 12 Oct 2005 22:41:50 -0000 1.11
@@ -5,7 +5,10 @@
%FEDORA-ENTITIES-EN;
-
+
+
+
+
@@ -158,6 +161,16 @@
+
+ 0.32
+ 2005-10-12
+ PaulWFrields
+
+
+ Fix default network sharing protocol (#169581, #169584)
+
+
+
@@ -305,7 +318,7 @@
Naming conventions
Throughout the rest of the document,
- /var/ftp/pub/mirror represents the folder where
+ /var/www/mirror represents the folder where
all your mirrored files are stored. You may substitute a different
location. This location simplifies sharing your mirror, due to the
shipping configuration of &FC;. See
@@ -332,17 +345,14 @@
RPM packages
- RPM
- RPM
- , originally the Red Hat Package Manager and now the RPM
- Package Manager, is not just a file format. RPM is also a system which
- tracks and interconnects software and version information. The RPM
- system is quite popular, and many other Linux distributions use RPM as
- well. Read more information on RPM at http://www.rpm.org/ . This document
- contains helpful hints on making the most of RPM, in and
- .
+ RPM RPM
+ , originally the Red Hat Package Manager and now
+ the RPM Package Manager, is not just a file format. RPM is
+ also a system which tracks and interconnects software and
+ version information. The RPM system is quite popular, and many
+ other Linux distributions use RPM as well. Read more
+ information on RPM at http://www.rpm.org/ .
@@ -381,7 +391,7 @@
-cd /var/ftp/pub/mirror/fedora/linux/core/&FCVER;/i386/os/Fedora
+cd /var/www/mirror/fedora/linux/core/&FCVER;/i386/os/Fedora
ln ../../SRPMS SRPMS
@@ -408,7 +418,7 @@
-/path/i386/iso/FC&FCVER;-i386-disc1.iso /path/i386/os/disc1 iso9660 defaults 0 0
+/path /i386/iso/FC&FCVER;-i386-disc1.iso /path /i386/os/disc1 iso9660 defaults 0 0
@@ -433,7 +443,7 @@
-/path/i386/iso/FC&FCVER;-i386-DVD.iso /path/i386/os iso9660 defaults 0 0
+/path /i386/iso/FC&FCVER;-i386-DVD.iso /path /i386/os iso9660 defaults 0 0
@@ -564,7 +574,7 @@
-cd /var/ftp/pub/mirror
+cd /var/www/mirror
wget --mirror -np -nH --cut-dirs=2 http://mirror.example.com/pub/mirror/fedora/linux/core/&FCVER;/
@@ -665,7 +675,7 @@
-rsync filehouse.example.org::files/misc/ /var/ftp/pub/misc/
+rsync filehouse.example.org::files/misc/ /var/www/misc/
@@ -717,7 +727,7 @@
-rsync -PHav mirror.example.org::fedora-linux-core/&FCVER;/ /var/ftp/pub/mirror/fedora/core/&FCVER;
+rsync -PHav mirror.example.org::fedora-linux-core/&FCVER;/ /var/www/mirror/fedora/linux/core/&FCVER;
@@ -877,11 +887,11 @@
rsync -Pan --delete --exclude "**x86_64**" --exclude "**headers**" \
--exclude "**debug**" --exclude "**iso**" \
mirror.example.com::fedora-linux-core/&FCVER;/ \
- /var/ftp/pub/mirror/fedora/core/&FCVER;
+ /var/www/mirror/fedora/core/&FCVER;
-
+
- Server Configuration Planning
-
- Decide what services your mirror will offer to clients. There are at least
- three services useful for providing &FED; installation and update
- services: HTTP, FTP, and NFS. Some or all of these services can be used
- for offering post-installation functions such as updates or installing
- additional packages.
-
-
- Install the vsftpd package for FTP services. Install
- the httpd package to use the Apache HTTP server. Most
- &FC; systems already have the nfs-utils package
- installed, which contains the NFS server.
-
-
- To start a service, use the /sbin/service
- service start command. To enable that
- server by default at boot time, use the chkconfig
- service on command.
-
-
- One recommended method is to download all mirrored files into
- /var/ftp/pub , add a link in
- /var/www/html that points to
- /var/ftp/pub , and share out
- /var/ftp/pub via NFS as well. FTP and HTTP services
- do not require any further configuration to work properly.
- However, you should evaluate your site's security needs before
- enabling them. NFS service configuration is explained below
- in .
-
-
- To share out the public FTP area via HTTP, issue the following
- command:
-
-
-
-ln -s /var/ftp/pub /var/www/html/pub
-
-
-
- Your clients may now visit any area of your mirror by using the URL
- http://server.mydomain.org/pub/path . To create
- an NFS share, add a line to /etc/exports . This
- example shares out the &FC; &FCVER; i386 stock distribution with read-only
- access for any host in the mydomain.org
- domain.
-
-
-
-/var/ftp/pub/linux/fedora/core/&FCVER;/i386/os *.mydomain.org(ro,sync,root_squash)
-
+ Server Configuration
- To reread the NFS server configuration files and export the new share, use
- the following command:
+ This section gives guidance on setting up a HTTP (Web) server that
+ provides installation and update mirror services.
-
-exportfs -ar
-
-
-
- Refer to for a list of commands for
- starting services both on demand and at boot time.
-
-
-
- How to Solve Dependencies
-
- Every RPM package has a header that contains all
- the vital information about that package. This information includes
- name, version and release, contents, the capabilities provided by the
- package, and any prerequisites. These prerequisites may include
- dependencies
- dependencies
- . A dependency is a requirement for one or more additional
- packages.
-
-
- Packages installed without satisfying their dependencies may not work
- correctly. Dependencies may create a problem for users who are trying to
- install a single package. Manually determining and resolving
- dependencies is difficult. &FC; provides the
- yum utility for solving these
- dependencies automatically, providing an improved user experience.
-
+
+ Setting Up Apache
- The Yellow Dog Updater Modified, or
- yum yum
- , is a Python-based system for computing and solving
- RPM dependencies. A yum client retrieves a
- cache of headers from its repository server, as well as a list
- of available RPM packages and their exact locations on the
- server. It can do this via HTTP or FTP, as well as using
- standard file system calls (either local or remote via NFS). The
- client computes solutions to any package dependencies using the
- downloaded header information, and simply requests all necessary
- RPM packages once it has finished. The yum
- command relies on rpm functions to perform
- many of the computations involved in the process.
-
-
- A drawback to yum is that the first time it
- is run, it must download a header for every package installed on
- the system in order to determine available updates. However,
- running a local mirror nullifies this drawback. The
- yum command can, of course, download many
- megabytes of headers almost instantly on a standard Ethernet
- LAN. The yum utility is the most popular
- update method for &FC;.
-
-
- For more information about using yum , refer
- to .
+ The HTTP service, provided by the Apache server in the
+ httpd package, is the easiest service to
+ configure. You can also use Apache to offer post-installation
+ functions such as updates or installing additional packages. To
+ install the httpd package, if you have not
+ already done so, use the following command:
-
-
-
- Configuring Repositories
-
- A yum repository
- repository
- yum
- is a collection of packages on a server which supports
- yum clients. Repositories can serve both types of
- clients if desired.
-
+
+su - -c "yum install httpd"
+
- To set up a yum repository, you must write a
- directory that contains information which the clients require to resolve
- RPM dependencies. The directory's name depends on the version of
- yum it supports. It is permissible to have both kinds
- of repository information in a single repository.
-
-
- To support older yum clients, use the
- yum-arch command. To support current
- yum clients, use the
- createrepo command.
+ Next, create a configuration file
+ /etc/httpd/conf.d/mirror.conf for your
+ mirror files. The following listing is an example:
-
- Supporting &FC; 3 and beyond
-
- &FC; 3 ships with a newer version of yum .
- To support &FC; 3 yum clients, you
- must use createrepo on
- your server's repositories.
-
-
-
- yum-arch
-
- A directory which supports older versions of yum
- (before 2.2) is named headers . It is created by
- using the command yum-arch , which is run against
- the directory under which you want the
- headers directory to appear. The
- yum-arch program searches recursively through that
- directory and any subdirectories for RPM packages, and includes them
- in the header data.
-
+
+ Apache 2.x configuration file for installation
+ mirror
-yum-arch -l -s /var/ftp/pub/linux/fedora/core/&FCVER;/i386/os
-
-
-
- The -l switch follows symbolic links. The
- -s switch includes SRPMS (source RPM packages) in
- the header list. The command above creates the yum
- header cache in the directory
- /var/ftp/pub/linux/fedora/core/&FCVER;/i386/os/headers .
-
-
+
- createrepo
-
- The createrepo command creates repository
- information to support newer versions of yum (and
- possibly other repository client programs). The
- createrepo command stores this data in a folder
- named repodata . Just as with
- yum-arch , run createrepo against
- the directory under which you want the
- repodata directory to appear. The
- createrepo program also searches recursively for
- RPM packages to include in the repository data.
-
-
- The following command creates the repository data in the directory
- /var/ftp/pub/linux/fedora/core/&FCVER;/i386/os/repodata .
-
+# Share options for the installation tree.
+# Only allow connections from the local host and machines
+# whose IP addresses start with 192.168.1
-
-createrepo /var/ftp/pub/linux/fedora/core/&FCVER;/i386/os
+
+ AllowOverride None
+ Order Deny,Allow
+ Deny from all
+ Allow from 127.0.0.1 192.168.1
+ Options Indexes
+ ]]>
-
- You may not be able to foresee all the possible uses for your server's
- repositories. To minimize problems for your clients, create both kinds
- of repository data for any repositories.
-
-
-
-
-
- Repository Locations
-
- Typically yum-arch or createrepo
- is run against at least the following locations:
-
-
-
-
- The stock distribution; for example,
- /var/ftp/pub/linux/fedora/core/&FCVER;/i386/os/ .
- For yum-arch use the -l and
- -s options to follow the linked directory
- SRPMS and include the source packages
- therein.
-
-
-
-
- Official updates to the distribution; for example,
- /var/ftp/pub/linux/fedora/core/updates/&FCVER;/ .
- Once again, for yum-arch use
- -l and/or -s if appropriate.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configuring NFS
-
- Some client-side utilities also resolve dependencies automatically.
- These utilities require more detailed configuration of the client
- workstation. For more information, see below. These utilities, however, require
- standard file system access to package collections. For this reason, you
- may require NFS on your mirror. Configuration of the client depends
- in large part on how you decide to implement NFS sharing on the mirror.
-
-
- It is difficult to share subdirectories of other shared directories.
- Therefore, think of your mirror as offering many services, each one to
- be considered for NFS sharing. For example, share both the stock
- distribution of &FC; 2 and the stock distribution of &FC; 3.
-
-
- The client side tools discussed later can use a directory of ISO images
- or an exploded tree of package data (see ). You may share out any or
- all of these, provided your shares do not clash as described above.
-
-
-
+
- To share via NFS, edit the /etc/exports file. A
- typical share, exported with read-only access for any host on any
- network, looks like this:
+ To start the httpd service, use the following
+ command:
-/mnt/media *(ro,all_squash,async)
+/sbin/service httpd start
- The all_squash option ensures that no users accessing
- the share using their local root account receive equivalent access on
- the share. This feature keeps some small measure of security even on a
- public share, since a file readable only by root on the server is not
- readable by an NFS client. The async option allows
- asynchronous read/writes, which is not dangerous in this case because
- the share is read-only. The * is a host designator,
- in this case matching any host name or IP address. You may wish to
- restrict this share to your internal network. You may declare either a
- matching name or IP address specification. You can find more detailed
- information by reading the man pages for the
- /etc/exports file by using the command man
- 5 exports .
-
-
- Access control format
-
- Be certain that you do not have a space between the host specification
- and the option listing in parentheses (
- ) . A space causes the NFS daemon to consider that
- entry as two separate access controls . In the
- example above, a space causes the first access control to match all
- hosts and allow write access, which is the default! The second access
- control is never reached because the first matches any host first.
-
-
-
- To share the proper directories from your mirror, use one of the
- following forms. To share your exploded tree, export the directory that
- contains the &FED; folder (note the capitalization). For i386
- architectures:
+ To enable that server by default at boot time, use the following
+ command:
-/var/ftp/pub/linux/fedora/core/&FCVER;/i386/os *(ro,all_squash,async)
+chkconfig httpd on
- To share a directory full of ISO images, export that directory:
+ Your clients may now visit any area of your mirror by using the
+ URL
+ http://server.mydomain.org /mirror/path .
-
-/var/ftp/pub/linux/fedora/core/&FCVER;/i386/iso *(ro,all_squash,async)
-
-
-
+
+ Configuring Repositories
+
+ A yum
+ repository
+ repository yum
+ is a collection of packages on a server which
+ supports yum clients. Repositories can serve
+ both types of clients if desired.
+
+
+ To set up a yum repository, you must write a
+ directory that contains information which the clients require to
+ resolve RPM dependencies. The directory's name depends on the
+ version of yum it supports. It is permissible
+ to have both kinds of repository information in a single
+ repository.
+
+
+ To support older yum clients, use the
+ yum-arch command. To support current
+ yum clients, use the
+ createrepo command.
+
+
+ Supporting &FC; 3 and beyond
- Once you have edited the /etc/exports file, make
- sure that the NFS server is installed and started properly on the
- mirror. The portmap and
- nfs-utils packages must be installed. Configure
- them to be turned on at boot time by default.
+ &FC; 3 ships with a newer version of yum . To
+ support &FC; 3 yum clients, you
+ must use createrepo on
+ your server's repositories.
+
-
-/sbin/chkconfig portmap on
-/sbin/chkconfig nfslock on
-/sbin/chkconfig nfs on
-
-
+
+ yum-arch
- To check if any of these services are currently running, use the
- /sbin/service service_name
- status command:
+ A directory which supports older versions of
+ yum (before 2.2) is named
+ headers . It is created by using the command
+ yum-arch , which is run against the directory
+ under which you want the
+ headers directory to appear. The
+ yum-arch program searches recursively through
+ that directory and any subdirectories for RPM packages, and
+ includes them in the header data.
-/sbin/service portmap status
-/sbin/service nfslock status
-/sbin/service nfs status
+yum-arch -l -s /var/www/mirror/fedora/linux/core/&FCVER;/i386/os
- To restart a service, use the /sbin/service
- service_name restart command:
+ The -l switch follows symbolic links. The
+ -s switch includes SRPMS (source RPM
+ packages) in the header list. The command above creates the
+ yum header cache in the directory
+ /var/www/mirror/fedora/linux/core/&FCVER;/i386/os/headers .
+
-
-/sbin/service portmap restart
-/sbin/service nfslock restart
-/sbin/service nfs restart
-
-
+
+ createrepo
+
+ The createrepo command creates repository
+ information to support newer versions of yum
+ (and possibly other repository client programs). The
+ createrepo command stores this data in a
+ folder named repodata . Just as with
+ yum-arch , run createrepo
+ against the directory under which you want
+ the repodata directory to appear. The
+ createrepo program also searches recursively
+ for RPM packages to include in the repository data.
+
- If any service is not started, use the command /sbin/service
- service_name start to start it, as
- in the following examples:
+ The following command creates the repository data in the
+ directory
+ /var/www/mirror/fedora/linux/core/&FCVER;/i386/os/repodata .
-/sbin/service portmap start
-/sbin/service nfslock start
-/sbin/service nfs start
+createrepo /var/www/mirror/fedora/linux/core/&FCVER;/i386/os
- To change your exports when the NFS service is already running, use the
- command /usr/sbin/exportfs -ar . The command
- /usr/sbin/showmount -e displays a list of the
- current NFS exports on the local host machine.
+ You may not be able to foresee all the possible uses for your
+ server's repositories. You may have certain clients who update
+ their version of yum in a non-prescribed way.
+ To minimize problems for your clients, create both kinds of
+ repository data for any repositories. The extra repository
+ information is relatively small and will not affect your
+ mirror's proper function.
-
-
-
- Client Configuration
-
- You must also correctly configure the client workstations that use your
- mirror. Using the mirror as a source for RPM packages, clients may have
- seamless access for installing basic software through
- system-config-packages , solving RPM package
- installations at the command line, and pulling bug fix and security errata
- updates.
-
-
-
- Configuring system-config-packages
+
+ Repository Locations
- Users typically run the
- system-config-packages application from the
- GUI menu, by choosing System Settings ,
- Add/Remove Applications . This program allows
- the user to change the stock installation, provided no updates have
- taken place yet that interfere.
-
-
- Often, system-config-packages stops
- functioning optimally after certain updates are installed. This is
- because system-config-packages solves
- dependencies based on the stock distribution. It is impossible for
- system-config-packages to predict version
- numbers of updates. If you intend to carry updates on your mirror, you
- should be aware that installing certain updates causes
- system-config-packages to lose its
- effectiveness. Some sites do not mirror all updates due to configuration
- management concerns. The guidance in this section is especially useful
- in those scenarios.
-
-
-
- yum and
- system-config-packages
-
- If you plan to carry updates on your mirror, as most administrators
- do, you will probably not use
- system-config-packages much. Once the
- installed package versions become out of sync with the original
- distribution versions, yum becomes much
- more useful. The preferred method for installing a package in that
- case would be yum install
- package_name . See for more information.
-
-
-
-
- Setting Up autofs
-
- The autofs
- autofs
- facility allows a &FC; system to mount file systems on
- demand. The /etc/auto.master file contains an
- automounter map
- automounter map
-
-
- map
- automounter
- automounter map
- . On &FC;, the automounter map is a list of additional
- definition files that should be loaded, one for each directory in the
- map. An example line from /etc/auto.master is
- shown below:
-
-
-
-/misc /etc/auto.misc --timeout=60
-
-
-
- The first term in the line is the directory which is reserved for
- automounting. The second term is the automount file which should be
- consulted to determine any maps for that directory. The third term in
- the example indicates that if a map under /misc is not busy for 60
- seconds, it is unmounted.
-
-
- The /etc/auto.misc file contains entries similar
- to the following example.
-
-
-
-remote -ro,soft,intr host.foobar.org:/pub
-
-
-
- This line is contained in the automounter map file for the
- /misc directory. The first term is a key which is
- the name of a directory that appears upon demand. The second term is
- actually a list of options, identical to those that would be used for
- a real mount command. The final term is the file
- system (local or remote) to mount. In the above example, if the user
- of this station accesses the directory
- /misc/remote , an NFS mount is automatically
- performed. The user's command appears to hesitate, depending on how
- fast the NFS server responds. Then /misc/remote
- appears to be full of whatever content is on host.foobar.org in the
- /pub NFS share.
-
-
- You can use this function to provide NFS access to the stock
- distribution for &FC;. Choose a directory to map in the
- /etc/auto.master file, and match it to a
- corresponding automounter map file. The easiest way to do this is to
- simply remove the comment # from the
- front of the line attaching /misc to
- /etc/auto.misc . The default timeout should be
- sufficient.
-
-
- Make an entry in /etc/auto.misc similar to
- this. You can have multiple entries, each one with a different
- key. For instance, each key could be mapped to a different version of
- &FC; that you have available on the local mirror.
-
-
-
-fc&FCVER; -ro,soft,intr mirror.mydomain.org:/var/ftp/pub/linux/fedora/core/&FCVER;
-
-
-
- Now restart the autofs service:
-
-
-
-/sbin/service autofs restart
-
-
-
- To access the stock distribution for &FC; &FCVER; the user can simply
- type cd /misc/fc&FCVER; . The share is automatically
- mounted and the files simply appear in that local directory.
-
-
-
-
-
- /usr/share/applications/system-config-packages
-
- Now that autofs has been configured, your client
- workstations need to be configured so that
- system-config-packages points to the
- mirror's NFS share. Edit the
- /usr/share/applications/system-config-packages
- file's Exec= line to add a switch pointing to the
- share:
-
-
-
-Exec=/usr/bin/system-config-packages --tree=/misc/fc&FCVER;/i386/os
-
-
-
- When users choose System Settings ,
- Add/Remove Applications from the GUI main
- menu, the system now automatically resolves package dependencies from
- the mirror. The restrictions stated above in apply.
-
-
-
-
- The rpm --aid Switch
-
- The --aid switch for the rpm
- command also automatically solves dependencies. It performs this
- function based on the rpmdb-fedora package. That
- package is a preset database for a system that has every RPM package
- in the &FC; distribution installed. Even if a system does not
- itself have every package installed, it can
- consult the rpmdb-fedora package database to see
- what such a system would look like. By using the
- --aid switch, clients can issue a single
- rpm --install --aid command against an original
- &FC; package, and have all dependencies automatically installed as
- well.
-
-
- Two steps are required for this process. First, install the
- rpmdb-fedora package:
-
-
-
-rpm --install /misc/fc&FCVER;/i386/os/&FED;/RPMS/rpmdb-fedora-*.rpm
-
-
-
- Then, edit the file /etc/rpm/macros.solve , which
- is part of the rpmdb-fedora package. Change the
- following lines to enable package resolution:
-
-
-
-%_solve_pkgsdir /misc/fc&FCVER;/i386/os/&FED;/RPMS/
-%_solve_name_fmt %{?_solve_pkgsdir}%%{NAME}-%%{VERSION}-%%{RELEASE}.%%{ARCH}.rpm
-
-
-
- Users now issue a single command to install any package from
- the stock distribution, and all dependencies are solved for
- them. For example:
-
-
-
-rpm --install --aid /misc/fc&FCVER;/i386/os/&FED;/RPMS/kdeutils-*.rpm
-
-
-
- If a user forgets the --aid switch, they still
- receive hints. Normally rpm displays a slightly
- cryptic list of capability requirements, instead of straightforward
- package names. If you edit /etc/rpm/macros.solve
- as shown, rpm displays a list of required package
- names instead.
-
-
- Package dependency solutions using --aid are also
- restricted as shown above in .
-
-
-
+ Typically yum-arch or
+ createrepo is run against at least the
+ following locations:
+
+
+
+
+ The stock distribution; for example,
+ /var/www/mirror/fedora/linux/core/&FCVER;/i386/os/ .
+ For yum-arch use the
+ -l and -s options to
+ follow the linked directory SRPMS and
+ include the source packages therein.
+
+
+
+
+ Official updates to the distribution; for example,
+ /var/mirror/fedora/linux/core/updates/&FCVER;/ .
+ Once again, for yum-arch use
+ -l and/or -s if
+ appropriate.
+
+
+
+
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Thu Oct 13 11:34:50 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Paul W. Frields (pfrields))
Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2005 07:34:50 -0400
Subject: yum-software-management yum-software-management-en.xml,1.47,1.48
Message-ID: <200510131134.j9DBYobi031631@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: pfrields
Update of /cvs/docs/yum-software-management
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv31612
Modified Files:
yum-software-management-en.xml
Log Message:
Fix wording (#170584), push to 1.0.3
Index: yum-software-management-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/yum-software-management/yum-software-management-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.47
retrieving revision 1.48
diff -u -r1.47 -r1.48
--- yum-software-management-en.xml 4 Sep 2005 13:53:03 -0000 1.47
+++ yum-software-management-en.xml 13 Oct 2005 11:34:47 -0000 1.48
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
%FEDORA-ENTITIES-EN;
-
+
@@ -88,6 +88,16 @@
+
+ 1.0.3
+ 2005-10-13
+ PaulWFrields
+
+
+ Fix wording (#170584).
+
+
+
@@ -582,7 +592,7 @@
The yum utility is a complete software
- management system. &FC; also includes other several other
+ management system. &FC; also includes several other
applications that can supplement yum .
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Sat Oct 15 15:54:59 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Paul W. Frields (pfrields))
Date: Sat, 15 Oct 2005 11:54:59 -0400
Subject: mirror-tutorial mirror-tutorial-en.xml,1.11,1.12
Message-ID: <200510151554.j9FFsx4c022412@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: pfrields
Update of /cvs/docs/mirror-tutorial
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv22393
Modified Files:
mirror-tutorial-en.xml
Log Message:
Some style and content changes, bump to 0.33
Index: mirror-tutorial-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/mirror-tutorial/mirror-tutorial-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.11
retrieving revision 1.12
diff -u -r1.11 -r1.12
--- mirror-tutorial-en.xml 12 Oct 2005 22:41:50 -0000 1.11
+++ mirror-tutorial-en.xml 15 Oct 2005 15:54:57 -0000 1.12
@@ -6,8 +6,8 @@
%FEDORA-ENTITIES-EN;
-
-
+
+
@@ -171,6 +171,16 @@
+
+ 0.33
+ 2005-10-15
+ PaulWFrields
+
+
+ Some style changes and more indexing
+
+
+
@@ -180,11 +190,12 @@
Purpose
This tutorial presents a number of related topics that allow an
- administrator to seamlessly integrate mirroring and update services for
- &FC;. You can use these services to provision a classroom, laboratory,
- or office. These service provisions also increase ease of use and
- enhance user experience, adding to the perceived value of
- non-proprietary operating systems and software.
+ administrator to seamlessly integrate mirroring and update
+ services for &FC;. Use these services to provision a classroom,
+ laboratory, or office. These service provisions also increase
+ ease of use and enhance user experience. They also add to the
+ perceived value of non-proprietary operating systems and
+ software.
&BUG-REPORTING;
@@ -192,18 +203,18 @@
Audience
You will find this tutorial more useful if you are a system
- administrator, or a &FC; power user
familiar with the
- following topics:
+ administrator, or a &FC; power user
familiar with
+ the following topics:
- &FC; system installation
+ &FC; system installation and administration
- Basic Internet protocols (HTTP/Web, FTP)
+ Basic Internet protocols (HTTP/Web)
@@ -217,43 +228,45 @@
About Mirrors
A mirror
- mirror is a server that
- provides a copy of one or more collections of files. Mirroring a site
- reduces traffic to the original source site, thus spreading the stress
- and bandwidth costs of many users across many sites. Side benefits of
- running a local mirror include very fast access through the local
- network, providing custom services to local users, and increasing your
- skills in managing Internet services.
-
-
- The site from which you retrieve files to build your mirror is called an
- upstream mirror
- mirror upstream
- . If possible, choose an upstream mirror that is located
- close to you geographically. This reduces unnecessary traffic across
- transcontinental sections of the Internet, where bandwidth is limited
- and expensive. Use only upstream mirrors that are intended for public
- access, unless you have permission from the upstream mirror site
- administrator.
+ mirror is a server
+ that provides a copy of one or more collections of files.
+ Mirroring a site reduces traffic to the original source site,
+ thus spreading the stress and bandwidth costs of many users
+ across many sites. Side benefits of running a local mirror
+ include very fast access through the local network, providing
+ custom services to local users, and increasing your skills in
+ managing Internet services.
+
+
+ The site from which you retrieve files to build your mirror is
+ called an upstream mirror
+ mirror upstream
+ . If possible, choose an upstream mirror that is
+ located close to you geographically. This reduces unnecessary
+ traffic across transcontinental sections of the Internet, where
+ bandwidth is limited and expensive. Use only upstream mirrors
+ that are intended for public access, unless you have permission
+ from the upstream mirror site administrator.
Additional Resources
For more information on installing &FC; see the &FC; &IG; at
- &IG-URL;. For more information on basic Internet protocols, see http://library.albany.edu/internet/internet.html ,
+ &IG-URL;. For more information on basic Internet protocols, see
+ http://library.albany.edu/internet/internet.html ,
or search Google at http://www.google.com/ . For more
- general information about mirrors, see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mirror_(computing) .
+ url="http://www.google.com/">http://www.google.com/.
+ For more general information about mirrors, see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mirror_(computing) .
Acknowledgements
- Karsten Wade provided editorial services, keeping the style crisp and
- consistent.
+ Karsten Wade provided editorial services and kept the style
+ crisp and consistent.
@@ -265,13 +278,15 @@
The Distribution Structure
The &FED; distribution
- distribution
- , which is the collection of all &FED;-related files, uses
- the directory tree in . It may
- include multiple versions of &FC;. The tree design makes "trimming" of
- unnecessary or undesired files easier. When setting up a mirror,
- duplicate this tree exactly, or as closely as possible. Doing so makes
- automating nightly updates easier.
+ distribution
+ , which is the collection of all &FED;-related
+ files, uses the directory tree in . It may include multiple
+ versions of &FC;. The tree design makes it easier to "trim"
+ unnecessary or undesired files. When you set up a mirror,
+ duplicate this tree exactly, or as closely as possible. If you
+ duplicate the tree, it will be easier to automate nightly
+ updates.
@@ -318,13 +333,13 @@
Naming conventions
Throughout the rest of the document,
- /var/www/mirror represents the folder where
- all your mirrored files are stored. You may substitute a different
- location. This location simplifies sharing your mirror, due to the
- shipping configuration of &FC;. See
- for more information. The site name
- mirror.example.com represents the
- upstream mirror.
+ /var/www/mirror represents the folder
+ where all your mirrored files are stored. You may substitute a
+ different location. This location simplifies sharing your
+ mirror, due to the shipping configuration of &FC;. See for more information. The site
+ name mirror.example.com
+ represents the upstream mirror.
@@ -348,7 +363,7 @@
RPM RPM
, originally the Red Hat Package Manager and now
the RPM Package Manager, is not just a file format. RPM is
- also a system which tracks and interconnects software and
+ also a system that tracks and interconnects software and
version information. The RPM system is quite popular, and many
other Linux distributions use RPM as well. Read more
information on RPM at
- The SRPMS folders under architecture-specific
- branches are links which point to the main SRPMS
- folder for that distribution. For example,
- fedora/linux/core/2/i386/os/SRPMS is a link which
- points to fedora/linux/core/2/SRPMS .
+ The SRPMS folders under
+ architecture-specific branches are links that point to the main
+ SRPMS folder for that distribution. For
+ example, fedora/linux/core/2/i386/os/SRPMS
+ is a link that points to
+ fedora/linux/core/2/SRPMS .
A &FED; mirror consists of at least the original ISO images
- or the distribution files. If possible, include
- both, provided you have sufficient disk space and/or bandwidth.
+ or the distribution files. If possible,
+ include both, provided you have sufficient disk space and/or
+ bandwidth.
@@ -373,21 +390,21 @@
Copying the Original Distribution
If you already have reliable CD-ROM installation discs of a
- distribution, reduce your initial bandwidth and time spent mirroring by
- copying the files from the discs to your server. Copy all files from
- Installation Disc 1 into the
+ distribution, reduce your initial bandwidth and time spent
+ mirroring by copying the files from the discs to your server.
+ Copy all files from Installation Disc 1 into the
fedora/linux/core/&FCVER;/arch /os
- folder. Then copy all files from the &FED; folder
- of each of the remaining Installation discs into the
+ folder. Then copy all files from the &FED;
+ folder of each of the remaining Installation discs into the
fedora/linux/core/&FCVER;/arch /os/&FED;
folder on the server.
- Copy all the files from the SRPMS folder on each of
- the Sources
discs to the
- fedora/linux/core/&FCVER;/SRPMS folder on the
- server. Make a link in the os folder that occurs
- under each architecture. Follow this example:
+ Copy all the files from the SRPMS folder on
+ each of the Sources
discs to the
+ fedora/linux/core/&FCVER;/SRPMS folder on
+ the server. Make a link in the os folder
+ that occurs under each architecture. Follow this example:
@@ -422,11 +439,12 @@
- The anaconda application automatically
- detects these folders and uses them properly. In addition, system
- configuration tools such as
- system-config-packages also continue to work
- properly when pointed at the parent of the ISO image mount points.
+ The anaconda installer application
+ automatically detects these folders and uses them properly. In
+ addition, system configuration tools such as
+ system-config-packages also continue
+ to work properly when pointed at the parent of the ISO image
+ mount points.
There are drawbacks to using CD ISO images in this fashion. For
@@ -543,33 +561,35 @@
- Unless your site closely manages workstation configuration, you should
- probably not trim any of the updates branches for
- the distributions you support. These locations contain packages handling
- bug fixes, security patches, and errata updates which your users
- probably want.
+ Unless your site closely manages workstation configuration, you
+ should probably not trim any of the updates
+ branches for the distributions you support. These locations
+ contain packages with bug fixes, security patches, and errata
+ updates that your users probably want.
Downloading the Files
- Locate a public mirror site for &FC; by referring to the main project
- site's mirror page, &FDP-URL;. Once you have selected a nearby mirror
- site, note what services it offers (FTP, HTTP, and/or rsync). A mirror
- is usually servicing a large number of users. Choose off-peak hours,
- when possible, to download a large set of files. Be aware of any
- timezone differences when estimating off-peak hours.
+ Locate a public mirror site for &FC; by referring to the main
+ project site's mirror page, &FDP-URL;. Once you have selected a
+ nearby mirror site, note what services it offers (FTP, HTTP,
+ and/or rsync). A mirror is usually servicing a large number of
+ users. Choose off-peak hours, when possible, to download a large
+ set of files. Be aware of any timezone differences when
+ estimating off-peak hours.
Download Using HTTP or FTP
- To download via HTTP or FTP, use the wget command.
- wget recurses subdirectories automatically and
- pulls down entire trees of data with a single command. If you are not
- careful, however, it is possible to pull down much more data than you
- intended. The following commands mirror the entire current &FC;
+ To download via HTTP or FTP, use the wget
+ command. wget recurses subdirectories
+ automatically and pulls down entire trees of data with a
+ single command. If you are not careful, however, it is
+ possible to pull down much more data than you intended. The
+ following commands mirror the entire current &FC;
distribution:
@@ -584,60 +604,64 @@
- --mirror turns on recursion (descends into all
- subdirectories), and duplicates file timestamps;
+ --mirror turns on recursion (descends
+ into all subdirectories), and duplicates file timestamps;
- -np prevents wget from
- ascending into the parent directory;
+ -np prevents wget
+ from ascending into the parent directory;
- -nH prevents wget from
- writing a directory named after the host (in this case,
+ -nH prevents wget
+ from writing a directory named after the host (in this
+ case,
mirror.example.com );
--cut-dirs=n
- truncates the first n directories in
- the path. In the example above, --cut-dirs=2
- prevents wget from writing the
+ truncates the first n
+ directories in the path. In the example above,
+ --cut-dirs=2 prevents
+ wget from writing the
/pub/mirror
portion of the path into your mirror.
- The same syntax works for both HTTP and FTP mirrors. It is possible
- that you may download some extraneous files if the HTTP site formats
- its pages for browser viewing. These files can be safely deleted, but
- return each time the mirror updates unless you exclude them using
- special options. See the wget man pages for more
- information.
+ The same syntax works for both HTTP and FTP mirrors. It is
+ possible that you may download some extraneous files if the
+ HTTP site formats its pages for browser viewing. These files
+ can be safely deleted, but return each time the mirror updates
+ unless you exclude them using special options. See the
+ wget man pages for more information.
The rsync Command
- Use the rsync command to synchronize a set of files
- and/or directories with a remote host. It operates in much the same
- way as rcp , but it is usually faster. One reason
- for the speed is that rsync has a special protocol
- that evaluates and skips files (or portions of files) that are already
+ Use the rsync command to synchronize a set
+ of files and/or directories with a remote host. It operates in
+ much the same way as rcp , but it is usually
+ faster. One reason for the speed is that
+ rsync has a special protocol that evaluates
+ and skips files (or portions of files) that are already
downloaded.
- Begin by identifying the modules available on the upstream mirror site
- you have chosen. Note that the double colon ::
is
- always used after the host name to separate it from the rest of the
- rsync path. The following command generates a list
- of modules
on the upstream mirror.
+ Begin by identifying the modules available on the upstream
+ mirror site you have chosen. Note that the double colon
+ ::
is always used after the host name to
+ separate it from the rest of the rsync
+ path. The following command generates a list of
+ modules
on the upstream mirror.
@@ -645,16 +669,18 @@
- These modules are roughly equivalent to top-level directories, and
- they follow the same rules. To list any subdirectory of the upstream
- mirror, add the directory path to the command above. For example, on
- many mirrors, the fedora-linux-core module is
- equivalent to the fedora/linux/core path found at
- the &FP; main download server. To list the contents of the &FC;
+ These modules are roughly equivalent to top-level directories,
+ and they follow the same rules. To list any subdirectory of
+ the upstream mirror, add the directory path to the command
+ above. For example, on many mirrors, the
+ fedora-linux-core module is equivalent to
+ the fedora/linux/core path found at the
+ &FP; main download server. To list the contents of the &FC;
&FCVER; distribution folder on the upstream server, issue the
- following command. Do not forget the trailing slash /
.
- Without it, you only receive a listing of a folder name that matches
- the last component of the remote path.
+ following command. Do not forget the trailing slash
+ /
. Without it, you only receive a listing of a
+ folder name that matches the last component of the remote
+ path.
@@ -666,12 +692,13 @@
Downloading Using rsync
- To download via rsync , add a destination path on
- your system to the end of the command line. The resulting tree of
- files from the listing you perform are downloaded to the local path
- you specify. Remember, if you leave off the trailing slash on the
- remote path, then the last component of that path is created as a
- folder, and its contents are copied.
+ To download via rsync , add a destination
+ path on your system to the end of the command line. The
+ resulting tree of files from the listing you perform are
+ downloaded to the local path you specify. Remember, if you
+ leave off the trailing slash on the remote path, then the last
+ component of that path is created as a folder, and its
+ contents are copied.
@@ -1000,8 +1027,8 @@
Alias /mirror /var/www/mirror
# Share options for the installation tree.
-# Only allow connections from the local host and machines
-# whose IP addresses start with 192.168.1
+# Only allow connections from localhost and
+# IP addresses which start with 192.168.1
AllowOverride None
@@ -1040,185 +1067,191 @@
-
- Solving Dependencies
-
- Every RPM package has a header that contains
- all the vital information about that package. This information
- includes name, version and release, contents, the capabilities
- provided by the package, and any prerequisites. These
- prerequisites may include
- dependencies
- dependencies . A dependency is a
- requirement for one or more additional packages.
-
-
- Packages installed without satisfying their dependencies may not
- work correctly. Dependencies may create a problem for users who
- are trying to install a single package. Manually determining and
- resolving dependencies is difficult. &FC; provides the
- yum utility for solving these dependencies
- automatically, providing an improved user experience.
-
+
+ Solving Dependencies
+
+ Every RPM package has a RPM
+ header
+ header that contains all
+ the vital information about that package. This information
+ includes name, version and release, contents, the capabilities
+ provided by the package, and any prerequisites. These
+ prerequisites may include
+ dependencies
+ RPM
+ dependencies
+ . A dependency is a requirement for one or more
+ additional packages.
+
+
+ Packages installed without satisfying their dependencies may not
+ work correctly. Dependencies may create a problem for users who
+ are trying to install a single package. Manually determining and
+ resolving dependencies is difficult. &FC; provides the
+ yum utility for solving these dependencies
+ automatically, providing an improved user experience.
+
-
+
The Yellow Dog Updater Modified, or
- yum yum
+ yum yum
, is a Python-based system for computing and solving
- RPM dependencies. A yum client retrieves a
- cache of headers from its repository server, as well as a list of
- available RPM packages and their exact locations on the server. It
- can do this via HTTP or FTP, as well as using standard file system
- calls (either local or remote via NFS). The client computes
- solutions to any package dependencies using the downloaded header
- information, and simply requests all necessary RPM packages once
- it has finished. The yum command relies on
- rpm functions to perform many of the
- computations involved in the process.
-
-
- A drawback to yum is that the first time it is
- run, it must download a header for every package installed on the
- system in order to determine available updates. However, running a
- local mirror nullifies this drawback. The yum
- command can download many megabytes of headers almost instantly on
- a standard Ethernet LAN. The yum utility is the
- most popular update method for &FC;.
-
-
- For more information about using yum , refer to
- .
-
+ RPM dependencies. A yum client retrieves a
+ cache of headers from its repository server, as well as a list
+ of available RPM packages and their exact locations on the
+ server. It can do this via HTTP or FTP, as well as using
+ standard file system calls (either local or remote via NFS). The
+ client computes solutions to any package dependencies using the
+ downloaded header information, and simply requests all necessary
+ RPM packages once it has finished. The yum
+ command relies on rpm functions to perform
+ many of the computations involved in the process.
+
+
+ A drawback to yum is that the first time it
+ is run, it must download a header for every package installed on
+ the system in order to determine available updates. However,
+ running a local mirror nullifies this drawback. The
+ yum command can download many megabytes of
+ headers almost instantly on a standard Ethernet LAN. The
+ yum utility is the most popular update method
+ for &FC;.
+
+
+ For more information about using yum , refer
+ to .
+
-
+
-
- Configuring Repositories
-
+
+ Configuring Repositories
+
A yum
- repository
- repository yum
- is a collection of packages on a server which
- supports yum clients. Repositories can serve
- both types of clients if desired.
-
+ repository
+ repository
+ is a collection of packages on a server which
+ supports yum clients. Repositories can serve
+ both types of clients if desired.
+
-
- To set up a yum repository, you must write a
- directory that contains information which the clients require to
- resolve RPM dependencies. The directory's name depends on the
- version of yum it supports. It is permissible
- to have both kinds of repository information in a single
- repository.
-
-
- To support older yum clients, use the
- yum-arch command. To support current
- yum clients, use the
- createrepo command.
-
-
- Supporting &FC; 3 and beyond
- &FC; 3 ships with a newer version of yum . To
- support &FC; 3 yum clients, you
- must use createrepo on
- your server's repositories.
-
-
-
-
- yum-arch
-
- A directory which supports older versions of
- yum (before 2.2) is named
- headers . It is created by using the command
- yum-arch , which is run against the directory
- under which you want the
- headers directory to appear. The
- yum-arch program searches recursively through
- that directory and any subdirectories for RPM packages, and
- includes them in the header data.
+ To set up a yum repository, you must write a
+ directory that contains information which the clients require to
+ resolve RPM dependencies. The directory's name depends on the
+ version of yum it supports. It is permissible
+ to have both kinds of repository information in a single
+ repository.
+
+
+ To support older yum clients, use the
+ yum-arch command. To support current
+ yum clients, use the
+ createrepo command.
+
+ Supporting &FC; 3 and beyond
+
+ &FC; 3 ships with a newer version of yum .
+ To support &FC; 3 yum clients, you
+ must use createrepo on
+ your server's repositories.
+
+
+
+
+ yum-arch
+
+ A directory which supports older versions of
+ yum (before 2.2) is named
+ headers . It is created by using the
+ command yum-arch , which is run against the
+ directory under which you want the
+ headers directory to appear. The
+ yum-arch program searches recursively
+ through that directory and any subdirectories for RPM
+ packages, and includes them in the header data.
+
yum-arch -l -s /var/www/mirror/fedora/linux/core/&FCVER;/i386/os
-
- The -l switch follows symbolic links. The
- -s switch includes SRPMS (source RPM
- packages) in the header list. The command above creates the
- yum header cache in the directory
- /var/www/mirror/fedora/linux/core/&FCVER;/i386/os/headers .
-
-
+
+ The -l switch follows symbolic links. The
+ -s switch includes SRPMS (source RPM
+ packages) in the header list. The command above creates the
+ yum header cache in the directory
+ /var/www/mirror/fedora/linux/core/&FCVER;/i386/os/headers .
+
+
-
- createrepo
-
- The createrepo command creates repository
- information to support newer versions of yum
- (and possibly other repository client programs). The
- createrepo command stores this data in a
- folder named repodata . Just as with
- yum-arch , run createrepo
- against the directory under which you want
- the repodata directory to appear. The
- createrepo program also searches recursively
- for RPM packages to include in the repository data.
-
-
- The following command creates the repository data in the
- directory
- /var/www/mirror/fedora/linux/core/&FCVER;/i386/os/repodata .
-
+
+ createrepo
+
+ The createrepo command creates repository
+ information to support newer versions of
+ yum (and possibly other repository client
+ programs). The createrepo command stores
+ this data in a folder named repodata .
+ Just as with yum-arch , run
+ createrepo against the directory
+ under which you want the
+ repodata directory to appear. The
+ createrepo program also searches
+ recursively for RPM packages to include in the repository
+ data.
+
+
+ The following command creates the repository data in the
+ directory
+ /var/www/mirror/fedora/linux/core/&FCVER;/i386/os/repodata .
+
createrepo /var/www/mirror/fedora/linux/core/&FCVER;/i386/os
-
- You may not be able to foresee all the possible uses for your
- server's repositories. You may have certain clients who update
- their version of yum in a non-prescribed way.
- To minimize problems for your clients, create both kinds of
- repository data for any repositories. The extra repository
- information is relatively small and will not affect your
- mirror's proper function.
-
+
+ You may have certain clients who update their version of
+ yum in a non-prescribed way. To minimize
+ problems for your clients, create both kinds of repository
+ data for any repositories. The extra repository information
+ is relatively small and will not affect your mirror's proper
+ function.
+
-
+
-
- Repository Locations
-
- Typically yum-arch or
- createrepo is run against at least the
- following locations:
-
-
-
-
- The stock distribution; for example,
- /var/www/mirror/fedora/linux/core/&FCVER;/i386/os/ .
- For yum-arch use the
- -l and -s options to
- follow the linked directory SRPMS and
- include the source packages therein.
-
-
-
-
- Official updates to the distribution; for example,
- /var/mirror/fedora/linux/core/updates/&FCVER;/ .
- Once again, for yum-arch use
- -l and/or -s if
- appropriate.
-
-
-
-
+
+ Repository Locations
+
+ Typically you will run yum-arch or
+ createrepo against at least the following
+ locations:
+
+
+
+
+ The stock distribution; for example,
+ /var/www/mirror/fedora/linux/core/&FCVER;/i386/os/ .
+ For yum-arch , use the
+ -l and -s options to
+ follow the linked directory SRPMS and
+ include the source packages therein.
+
+
+
+
+ Official updates to the distribution; for example,
+ /var/mirror/fedora/linux/core/updates/&FCVER;/ .
+ Once again, for yum-arch use
+ -l and/or -s if
+ appropriate.
+
+
+
+
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Mon Oct 17 02:12:17 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Paul W. Frields (pfrields))
Date: Sun, 16 Oct 2005 22:12:17 -0400
Subject: mirror-tutorial mirror-tutorial-en.xml,1.12,1.13
Message-ID: <200510170212.j9H2CHsc021824@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: pfrields
Update of /cvs/docs/mirror-tutorial
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv21805
Modified Files:
mirror-tutorial-en.xml
Log Message:
Add client configuration section, bump to 0.34 and republish beta
Index: mirror-tutorial-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/mirror-tutorial/mirror-tutorial-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.12
retrieving revision 1.13
diff -u -r1.12 -r1.13
--- mirror-tutorial-en.xml 15 Oct 2005 15:54:57 -0000 1.12
+++ mirror-tutorial-en.xml 17 Oct 2005 02:12:01 -0000 1.13
@@ -6,8 +6,8 @@
%FEDORA-ENTITIES-EN;
-
-
+
+
@@ -18,24 +18,15 @@
Mirror Tutorial - BETA
-
- 2004
-
-
- Paul W. Frields
-
+ 2004
+ 2005
+ Paul W. Frields
-
- Frields
-
-
- Paul
-
-
- W.
-
+ Frields
+ Paul
+ W.
&LEGALNOTICE;
@@ -203,8 +194,8 @@
Audience
You will find this tutorial more useful if you are a system
- administrator, or a &FC; power user
familiar with
- the following topics:
+ administrator, or a &FC; "power user" familiar with the
+ following topics:
@@ -401,7 +392,7 @@
Copy all the files from the SRPMS folder on
- each of the Sources
discs to the
+ each of the "Sources" discs to the
fedora/linux/core/&FCVER;/SRPMS folder on
the server. Make a link in the os folder
that occurs under each architecture. Follow this example:
@@ -502,15 +493,16 @@
The development folder (formerly
- Rawhide
).
+ "Rawhide").
- This folder contains all the latest bleeding-edge
+ This folder contains all the latest "bleeding-edge"
packages from the &FP;. If you participate in active &FED;
- development, you should not trim this branch. &FED; development
- moves at a rapid pace and requires frequent updates to the latest
- development package versions. However, the frequent updates cause
- your mirror to download significant amounts of material during the
+ development, you should not trim this branch. &FED;
+ development moves at a rapid pace and requires frequent
+ updates to the latest development package
+ versions. However, the frequent updates cause your mirror
+ to download significant amounts of material during the
regular update cycle.
@@ -519,17 +511,18 @@
The testing folders.
- These branches contain updates that are being subjected to quality
- assurance through public testing, as well as the test or
- pre-release
versions of the &FC; distribution. The
- testing folder under the main
- core tree is where test versions of the
- distribution, such as &FC; &FCTESTVER;, are kept. (Users of &FC;
- test distributions are often directed to use the
- development branch to update packages.) The
- testing folder, under
- updates , contains package updates that have
- not yet passed the public testing phase.
+ These branches contain updates that are being subjected to
+ quality assurance through public testing, as well as the
+ test or "pre-release" versions of the &FC;
+ distribution. The testing folder
+ under the main core tree is where
+ test versions of the distribution, such as &FC;
+ &FCTESTVER;, are kept. (Users of &FC; test distributions
+ are often directed to use the
+ development branch to update
+ packages.) The testing folder, under
+ updates , contains package updates
+ that have not yet passed the public testing phase.
@@ -635,12 +628,13 @@
- The same syntax works for both HTTP and FTP mirrors. It is
- possible that you may download some extraneous files if the
- HTTP site formats its pages for browser viewing. These files
- can be safely deleted, but return each time the mirror updates
- unless you exclude them using special options. See the
- wget man pages for more information.
+ The same syntax works for both HTTP and FTP upstream
+ mirrors. It is possible that you may download some extraneous
+ files if the HTTP site formats its pages for browser
+ viewing. These files can be safely deleted, but return each
+ time the mirror updates unless you exclude them using special
+ options. See the wget man pages for more
+ information.
@@ -657,11 +651,10 @@
Begin by identifying the modules available on the upstream
- mirror site you have chosen. Note that the double colon
- ::
is always used after the host name to
- separate it from the rest of the rsync
- path. The following command generates a list of
- modules
on the upstream mirror.
+ mirror site you have chosen. Note that the double colon "::"
+ is always used after the host name to separate it from the
+ rest of the rsync path. The following
+ command generates a list of "modules" on the upstream mirror.
@@ -677,10 +670,9 @@
the fedora/linux/core path found at the
&FP; main download server. To list the contents of the &FC;
&FCVER; distribution folder on the upstream server, issue the
- following command. Do not forget the trailing slash
- /
. Without it, you only receive a listing of a
- folder name that matches the last component of the remote
- path.
+ following command. Do not forget the trailing slash "/".
+ Without it, you only receive a listing of a folder name that
+ matches the last component of the remote path.
@@ -758,11 +750,11 @@
- The -n switch performs a dry run
- using the other given parameters. Use this switch to test any
- rsync command if you are unsure what files you will
- receive. See also .
+ The -n switch performs a "dry run" using
+ the other given parameters. Use this switch to test any
+ rsync command if you are unsure what files
+ you will receive. See also .
The -z switch enables compression during the
@@ -1257,6 +1249,48 @@
+
+ Client Configuration
+
+
+ Client systems that use yum to contact your
+ mirror also require configuration. The yum
+ repository configuration files are located in
+ /etc/yum.repos.d and end with the suffix
+ .repo . Below is an example configuration
+ file.
+
+
+
+ Example
+ /etc/yum.repos.d/fedora.repo
+
+
+[base]
+name=Fedora Core $releasever - $basearch - Base
+baseurl=http://server.mydomain.net/mirror/fedora/linux/core/$releasever/$basearch
+enabled=1
+gpgcheck=1
+gpgkey=file:///etc/pki/rpm-gpg/RPM-GPG-KEY-fedora
+
+
+
+
+
+ Client systems should use a repository configuration file for each
+ &FED; branch your mirror provides. The base distribution and
+ released updates, for example, each require a separate
+ configuration file.
+
+
+
+ For more information about these configuration files, refer to the
+ "Software Management with yum " tutorial online
+ at .
+
+
+
+
+
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 18 23:07:48 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2005 19:07:48 -0400
Subject: docs-common/common opl.xml,1.1,1.2
Message-ID: <200510182307.j9IN7mMD004973@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/docs-common/common
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv4952
Modified Files:
opl.xml
Log Message:
Modified to import sucessfully into documents. It may preferable to use a smaller notice that links to an online copy of the OPL, similar to legalnotice-content.xml
Index: opl.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/docs-common/common/opl.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.1
retrieving revision 1.2
diff -u -r1.1 -r1.2
--- opl.xml 12 Oct 2005 15:07:12 -0000 1.1
+++ opl.xml 18 Oct 2005 23:07:37 -0000 1.2
@@ -1,201 +1,219 @@
-Open Publication License
-
- v1.0, 8 June 1999
-
-
- I. REQUIREMENTS ON BOTH UNMODIFIED AND MODIFIED
- VERSIONS
-
-
- The Open Publication works may be reproduced and distributed in
- whole or in part, in any medium physical or electronic, provided
- that the terms of this license are adhered to, and that this license
- or an incorporation of it by reference (with any options elected by
- the author(s) and/or publisher) is displayed in the reproduction.
-
-
-
- Proper form for an incorporation by reference is as follows:
-
-
-
- Copyright (c) <year> by <author's name or designee>.
- This material may be distributed only subject to the terms and
- conditions set forth in the Open Publication License, vX.Y or later
- (the latest version is presently available at &url.opl;
-
-
-
- The reference must be immediately followed with any options elected
- by the author(s) and/or publisher of the document (see section
- VI). Commercial redistribution of Open Publication-licensed material
- is permitted. Any publication in standard (paper) book form shall
- require the citation of the original publisher and author. The
- publisher and author's names shall appear on all outer surfaces of
- the book. On all outer surfaces of the book the original publisher's
- name shall be as large as the title of the work and cited as
- possessive with respect to the title.
-
-
-
- II. COPYRIGHT
-
-
- The copyright to each Open Publication is owned by its author(s) or
- designee.
-
-
-
- III. SCOPE OF LICENSE
-
-
- The following license terms apply to all Open Publication works,
- unless otherwise explicitly stated in the document.
-
-
-
- Mere aggregation of Open Publication works or a portion of an Open
- Publication work with other works or programs on the same media
- shall not cause this license to apply to those other works. The
- aggregate work shall contain a notice specifying the inclusion of
- the Open Publication material and appropriate copyright notice.
-
-
-
- SEVERABILITY. If any part of this license is found to be
- unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the remaining portions of the
- license remain in force.
-
-
-
- NO WARRANTY. Open Publication works are licensed and provided "as
- is" without warranty of any kind, express or implied, including, but
- not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and
- fitness for a particular purpose or a warranty of non-infringement.
-
-
-
- IV. REQUIREMENTS ON MODIFIED WORKS
-
-
- All modified versions of documents covered by this license,
- including translations, anthologies, compilations and partial
- documents, must meet the following requirements:
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The modified version must be labeled as such.
-
-
-
-
- The person making the modifications must be identified and the
- modifications dated.
-
-
-
-
- Acknowledgement of the original author and publisher if
- applicable must be retained according to normal academic
- citation practices.
-
-
-
-
- The location of the original unmodified document must be
- identified.
-
-
-
-
- The original author's (or authors') name(s) may not be used
- to assert or imply endorsement of the resulting document
- without the original author's (or authors') permission.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- V. GOOD-PRACTICE RECOMMENDATIONS
-
-
- In addition to the requirements of this license, it is requested
- from and strongly recommended of redistributors that:
-
-
-
-
-
-
- If you are distributing Open Publication works on hardcopy or
- CD-ROM, you provide email notification to the authors of your
- intent to redistribute at least thirty days before your
- manuscript or media freeze, to give the authors time to
- provide updated documents. This notification should describe
- modifications, if any, made to the document.
-
-
-
-
- All substantive modifications (including deletions) be either
- clearly marked up in the document or else described in an
- attachment to the document.
-
-
-
-
- Finally, while it is not mandatory under this license, it is
- considered good form to offer a free copy of any hardcopy and
- CD-ROM expression of an Open Publication-licensed work to its
- author(s).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- VI. LICENSE OPTIONS
-
-
- The author(s) and/or publisher of an Open Publication-licensed
- document may elect certain options by appending language to the
- reference to or copy of the license. These options are considered
- part of the license instance and must be included with the license
- (or its incorporation by reference) in derived works.
-
-
-
- A. To prohibit distribution of substantively modified versions
- without the explicit permission of the author(s). "Substantive
- modification" is defined as a change to the semantic content of the
- document, and excludes mere changes in format or typographical
- corrections.
-
-
-
- To accomplish this, add the phrase `Distribution of substantively
- modified versions of this document is prohibited without the
- explicit permission of the copyright holder.' to the license
- reference or copy.
-
-
-
- B. To prohibit any publication of this work or derivative works in
- whole or in part in standard (paper) book form for commercial
- purposes is prohibited unless prior permission is obtained from the
- copyright holder.
-
-
-
- To accomplish this, add the phrase 'Distribution of the work or
- derivative of the work in any standard (paper) book form is
- prohibited unless prior permission is obtained from the copyright
- holder.' to the license reference or copy.
-
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute, and/or modify this
+ document under the terms of the Open Publication Licence, Version
+ 1.0 or any later version. The terms of the OPL are set out below.
+
+
+
+ REQUIREMENTS ON BOTH UNMODIFIED AND MODIFIED VERSIONS
+
+
+ The Open Publication works may be reproduced and distributed in
+ whole or in part, in any medium physical or electronic, provided
+ that the terms of this license are adhered to, and that this
+ license or an incorporation of it by reference (with any options
+ elected by the author(s) and/or publisher) is displayed in the
+ reproduction.
+
+
+
+ Proper form for an incorporation by reference is as follows:
+
+
+
+ Copyright (c) <year> by <author's name or designee>.
+ This material may be distributed only subject to the terms and
+ conditions set forth in the Open Publication License, vX.Y or
+ later (the latest version is presently available at
+
+
+
+
+ The reference must be immediately followed with any options
+ elected by the author(s) and/or publisher of the document (see
+ section VI). Commercial redistribution of Open
+ Publication-licensed material is permitted. Any publication in
+ standard (paper) book form shall require the citation of the
+ original publisher and author. The publisher and author's names
+ shall appear on all outer surfaces of the book. On all outer
+ surfaces of the book the original publisher's name shall be as
+ large as the title of the work and cited as possessive with
+ respect to the title.
+
+
+
+ COPYRIGHT
+
+
+ The copyright to each Open Publication is owned by its author(s)
+ or designee.
+
+
+
+ SCOPE OF LICENSE
+
+
+ The following license terms apply to all Open Publication works,
+ unless otherwise explicitly stated in the document.
+
+
+
+ Mere aggregation of Open Publication works or a portion of an Open
+ Publication work with other works or programs on the same media
+ shall not cause this license to apply to those other works. The
+ aggregate work shall contain a notice specifying the inclusion of
+ the Open Publication material and appropriate copyright notice.
+
+
+
+ SEVERABILITY. If any part of this license is found to be
+ unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the remaining portions of the
+ license remain in force.
+
+
+
+ NO WARRANTY. Open Publication works are licensed and provided "as
+ is" without warranty of any kind, express or implied, including,
+ but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and
+ fitness for a particular purpose or a warranty of
+ non-infringement.
+
+
+
+ REQUIREMENTS ON MODIFIED WORKS
+
+
+ All modified versions of documents covered by this license,
+ including translations, anthologies, compilations and partial
+ documents, must meet the following requirements:
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The modified version must be labeled as such.
+
+
+
+
+ The person making the modifications must be identified and
+ the modifications dated.
+
+
+
+
+ Acknowledgement of the original author and publisher if
+ applicable must be retained according to normal academic
+ citation practices.
+
+
+
+
+ The location of the original unmodified document must be
+ identified.
+
+
+
+
+ The original author's (or authors') name(s) may not be used
+ to assert or imply endorsement of the resulting document
+ without the original author's (or authors') permission.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ GOOD-PRACTICE RECOMMENDATIONS
+
+
+ In addition to the requirements of this license, it is requested
+ from and strongly recommended of redistributors that:
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ If you are distributing Open Publication works on hardcopy
+ or CD-ROM, you provide email notification to the authors of
+ your intent to redistribute at least thirty days before your
+ manuscript or media freeze, to give the authors time to
+ provide updated documents. This notification should describe
+ modifications, if any, made to the document.
+
+
+
+
+ All substantive modifications (including deletions) be
+ either clearly marked up in the document or else described
+ in an attachment to the document.
+
+
+
+
+ Finally, while it is not mandatory under this license, it is
+ considered good form to offer a free copy of any hardcopy
+ and CD-ROM expression of an Open Publication-licensed work
+ to its author(s).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ LICENSE OPTIONS
+
+
+ The author(s) and/or publisher of an Open Publication-licensed
+ document may elect certain options by appending language to the
+ reference to or copy of the license. These options are considered
+ part of the license instance and must be included with the license
+ (or its incorporation by reference) in derived works.
+
+
+
+ A. To prohibit distribution of substantively modified versions
+ without the explicit permission of the author(s). "Substantive
+ modification" is defined as a change to the semantic content of
+ the document, and excludes mere changes in format or typographical
+ corrections.
+
+
+
+ To accomplish this, add the phrase `Distribution of substantively
+ modified versions of this document is prohibited without the
+ explicit permission of the copyright holder.' to the license
+ reference or copy.
+
+
+
+ B. To prohibit any publication of this work or derivative works in
+ whole or in part in standard (paper) book form for commercial
+ purposes is prohibited unless prior permission is obtained from
+ the copyright holder.
+
+
+
+ To accomplish this, add the phrase 'Distribution of the work or
+ derivative of the work in any standard (paper) book form is
+ prohibited unless prior permission is obtained from the copyright
+ holder.' to the license reference or copy.
+
+
+
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 18 23:10:32 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2005 19:10:32 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-en.xml,1.1,1.2
Message-ID: <200510182310.j9INAWBl005056@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv5022
Modified Files:
rpm-guide-en.xml
Log Message:
Modified to use OPL file from docs-common as legal notice.
Index: rpm-guide-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/rpm-guide/rpm-guide-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.1
retrieving revision 1.2
diff -u -r1.1 -r1.2
--- rpm-guide-en.xml 4 Oct 2005 01:50:50 -0000 1.1
+++ rpm-guide-en.xml 18 Oct 2005 23:10:29 -0000 1.2
@@ -8,12 +8,9 @@
-
-
-
@@ -60,7 +57,7 @@
Eric
- &LEGALNOTICE;
+ &LEGALNOTICE-OPL-CONTENT;
0.1
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Thu Oct 20 20:00:47 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Karsten Wade (kwade))
Date: Thu, 20 Oct 2005 16:00:47 -0400
Subject: owners owners.list,1.8,1.9
Message-ID: <200510202000.j9KK0lLv016069@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: kwade
Update of /cvs/docs/owners
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv16050/owners
Modified Files:
owners.list
Log Message:
Adding in the list of formal Fedora websites, perhaps to grow, perhaps not.
Index: owners.list
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/owners/owners.list,v
retrieving revision 1.8
retrieving revision 1.9
diff -u -r1.8 -r1.9
--- owners.list 18 Oct 2005 07:51:38 -0000 1.8
+++ owners.list 20 Oct 2005 20:00:45 -0000 1.9
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
# Content delivery and infrastructure components
#
-Fedora Documentation|fedora-websites|Problems and requests for all formal Fedora Project websites, such as fedoraproject.org.|nman64 at n-man.com|kwade at redhat.com|
+Fedora Documentation|fedora-websites|Problems and requests for all formal Fedora Project websites. This list is currently: fedoraproject.org and fedora.redhat.com.|nman64 at n-man.com|kwade at redhat.com|
#
# Specific FDP document components
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Fri Oct 21 00:20:34 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Paul Nasrat (pnasrat))
Date: Thu, 20 Oct 2005 20:20:34 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-programming-python-en.xml,1.1,1.2
Message-ID: <200510210020.j9L0KY61023928@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: pnasrat
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv23909
Modified Files:
rpm-guide-programming-python-en.xml
Log Message:
Remove spurious paragraph
Index: rpm-guide-programming-python-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/rpm-guide/rpm-guide-programming-python-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.1
retrieving revision 1.2
diff -u -r1.1 -r1.2
--- rpm-guide-programming-python-en.xml 4 Oct 2005 01:58:53 -0000 1.1
+++ rpm-guide-programming-python-en.xml 21 Oct 2005 00:20:31 -0000 1.2
@@ -35,10 +35,6 @@
*Installing packages programmatically
-
- P
-
-
Setting Up a Python Development Environment
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Fri Oct 21 23:30:43 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Tommy Reynolds (jtr))
Date: Fri, 21 Oct 2005 19:30:43 -0400
Subject: docs-common/xsl main-html.xsl,1.7,1.8
Message-ID: <200510212330.j9LNUiSk002090@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: jtr
Update of /cvs/docs/docs-common/xsl
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv2068
Modified Files:
main-html.xsl
Log Message:
Removed extraneous setting because the stylesheet fails to validate if
a more modern, non-xsltproc parser, such as saxon, is used.
Index: main-html.xsl
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/docs-common/xsl/main-html.xsl,v
retrieving revision 1.7
retrieving revision 1.8
diff -u -r1.7 -r1.8
--- main-html.xsl 4 Sep 2005 14:50:25 -0000 1.7
+++ main-html.xsl 21 Oct 2005 23:30:40 -0000 1.8
@@ -145,8 +145,4 @@
1
-->
-
-
-
-
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Mon Oct 24 11:36:51 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Paul W. Frields (pfrields))
Date: Mon, 24 Oct 2005 07:36:51 -0400
Subject: jargon-buster jargon-buster-en.xml,1.11,1.12
Message-ID: <200510241136.j9OBaprC012509@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: pfrields
Update of /cvs/docs/jargon-buster
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv12490
Modified Files:
jargon-buster-en.xml
Log Message:
Fix spelling of Linus' name (#171596), bump to 1.9.4.1
Index: jargon-buster-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/jargon-buster/jargon-buster-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.11
retrieving revision 1.12
diff -u -r1.11 -r1.12
--- jargon-buster-en.xml 5 Oct 2005 12:00:46 -0000 1.11
+++ jargon-buster-en.xml 24 Oct 2005 11:36:48 -0000 1.12
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
%FEDORA-ENTITIES-EN;
-
+
]>
@@ -190,6 +190,16 @@
+
+ 1.9.4.1
+ 24 Oct 2005
+ PaulWFrields
+
+
+ Spelling correction (#171596).
+
+
+
@@ -747,7 +757,7 @@
A kernel is the core of an operating system, responsible for
managing memory and conducting hardware operations. The
Linux kernel used in &FED; is free and open source software,
- originally written by Linux Torvalds. Many computer
+ originally written by Linus Torvalds. Many computer
scientists and programmers from around the world now
contribute to its development.
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Mon Oct 24 13:05:16 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Karsten Wade (kwade))
Date: Mon, 24 Oct 2005 09:05:16 -0400
Subject: release-notes/figs - New directory
Message-ID: <200510241305.j9OD5Gqh015965@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: kwade
Update of /cvs/docs/release-notes/figs
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv15950/figs
Log Message:
Directory /cvs/docs/release-notes/figs added to the repository
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Mon Oct 24 13:05:20 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Karsten Wade (kwade))
Date: Mon, 24 Oct 2005 09:05:20 -0400
Subject: release-notes/css - New directory
Message-ID: <200510241305.j9OD5Kwe015980@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: kwade
Update of /cvs/docs/release-notes/css
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv15950/css
Log Message:
Directory /cvs/docs/release-notes/css added to the repository
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Mon Oct 24 13:06:12 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Karsten Wade (kwade))
Date: Mon, 24 Oct 2005 09:06:12 -0400
Subject: release-notes/img - New directory
Message-ID: <200510241306.j9OD6CZb015994@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: kwade
Update of /cvs/docs/release-notes/img
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv15950/img
Log Message:
Directory /cvs/docs/release-notes/img added to the repository
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Mon Oct 24 13:13:37 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Karsten Wade (kwade))
Date: Mon, 24 Oct 2005 09:13:37 -0400
Subject: release-notes Makefile, NONE, 1.1 README-en.xml, NONE,
1.1 RELEASE-NOTES-en.xml, NONE, 1.1 RELEASE-NOTES-master-en.xml, NONE,
1.1 announcement-release.txt, NONE, 1.1 daemons.xml, NONE,
1.1 database-servers.xml, NONE, 1.1 desktop.xml, NONE,
1.1 development-tools.xml, NONE, 1.1 eula.py, NONE, 1.1 eula.txt, NONE,
1.1 fedora-devel.repo, NONE, 1.1 fedora-release.spec, NONE,
1.1 fedora-updates-testing.repo, NONE, 1.1 fedora-updates.repo, NONE,
1.1 fedora.css, NONE, 1.1 fedora.repo, NONE, 1.1 feedback.xml, NONE,
1.1 file-servers.xml, NONE, 1.1 file-systems.xml, NONE,
1.1 hardware-reqs.xml, NONE, 1.1 install-notes.xml, NONE, 1.1 intro.xml,
NONE, 1.1 java-package.xml, NONE, 1.1 kernel.xml, NONE, 1.1 main.xsl, NONE,
1.1 misc-server.xml, NONE, 1.1 multimedia.xml, NONE, 1.1 networking.xml,
NONE, 1.1 overview.xml, NONE, 1.1 package-movement.xml, NONE,
1.1 package-notes.xml, NONE, 1.1 printing.xml, NONE,
1.1 project-overview.xml, NONE, 1.1 readmes.xsl, NONE, 1.1 samba.xml, NONE,
1.1 security.xml, NONE, 1.1 server-tools.xml, NONE, 1.1 sources, NONE,
1.1 spl! ash.xml,NONE,1.1 web-servers.xml,NONE,1.1 xorg.xml,NONE,1.1
Message-ID: <200510241313.j9ODDbDM016130@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: kwade
Update of /cvs/docs/release-notes
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv16016
Added Files:
Makefile README-en.xml RELEASE-NOTES-en.xml
RELEASE-NOTES-master-en.xml announcement-release.txt
daemons.xml database-servers.xml desktop.xml
development-tools.xml eula.py eula.txt fedora-devel.repo
fedora-release.spec fedora-updates-testing.repo
fedora-updates.repo fedora.css fedora.repo feedback.xml
file-servers.xml file-systems.xml hardware-reqs.xml
install-notes.xml intro.xml java-package.xml kernel.xml
main.xsl misc-server.xml multimedia.xml networking.xml
overview.xml package-movement.xml package-notes.xml
printing.xml project-overview.xml readmes.xsl samba.xml
security.xml server-tools.xml sources splash.xml
web-servers.xml xorg.xml
Log Message:
EPOCH. Moving all essential release notes XML and related files to the root level for the module. This is done as part of FC5 test1 relnote construction. This is an epoch event because previously versioning was done with unique directories for each release. From this moment forward we are going to use CVS tagging and branching with files all within this directory. Sub-directories are therefore archive directories. It is important to note that this check-in perfectly mirrors the state of FC4 latest release notes, therefore this first check-in shall be tagged as FC4 so that we can return to this point for building FC4 notes in the future. *docs*
--- NEW FILE Makefile ---
LANG = en
DOCS_SETUP_PATH= ../../docs-common
XSLPDF = $(DOCS_SETUP_PATH)/xsl/main-pdf.xsl
XSLHTML = $(DOCS_SETUP_PATH)/xsl/main-html-nochunks-relnotes.xsl
XSLPDFCOMMONS = ${XSLPDF}
XSLHTMLCOMMONS = ${XSLHTML}
XMLCOMMONSPATH=${DOCS_SETUP_PATH}/common
XMLCOMMONS=${XMLCOMMONSPATH}/cvs-en.xml \
${XMLCOMMONSPATH}/draftnotice-en.xml \
${XMLCOMMONSPATH}/fedora-entities-en.ent \
${XMLCOMMONSPATH}/fedora-entities-en.xml \
${XMLCOMMONSPATH}/legacynotice-en.xml \
${XMLCOMMONSPATH}/legalnotice-en.xml \
${XMLCOMMONSPATH}/obsoletenotice-en.xml
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .html .pdf .xml
all: README-${LANG}.html \
RELEASE-NOTES-${LANG}.html \
RELEASE-NOTES-${LANG}.txt \
README-${LANG}.txt
#README-${LANG}.pdf RELEASE-NOTES-${LANG}.pdf
%.pdf: %.xml
xmlto pdf -x ${XSLPDF} $<
%.html: %.xml
${RM} -r ${@:.html=}
xmlto html -x ${XSLHTML} -o ${@:.html=} $<
mkdir -p ${@:.html=}/stylesheet-images
mkdir -p ${@:.html=}/figs
cp $(DOCS_SETUP_PATH)/stylesheet-images/*.png ${@:.html=}/stylesheet-images
cp ./figs/*.png ${@:.html=}/figs
cp $(DOCS_SETUP_PATH)/css/fedora.css ${@:.html=}
mv ${@:.html=}/${@:.html=.proc} ${@:.html=}/$@
ln -sf ${@:.html=}/$@ $@
%.txt: %.xml
xmlto txt $<
# mv $@ RELEASE-NOTES-${LANG}
# FIXME eula.txt: eula.py
# FIXME python -c "import py_compile; py_compile.compile('eula.py')"
# Note: keep "RELEASE-NOTES-en.xml" first, for now.
RNFILES=RELEASE-NOTES-en.xml daemons.xml database-servers.xml \
desktop.xml development-tools.xml feedback.xml file-servers.xml \
file-systems.xml hardware-reqs.xml install-notes.xml intro.xml \
java-package.xml kernel.xml misc-server.xml multimedia.xml \
networking.xml overview.xml package-movement.xml \
package-notes.xml printing.xml project-overview.xml samba.xml \
security.xml server-tools.xml splash.xml web-servers.xml \
xorg.xml
# README-${LANG}.pdf: README-en.xml
# README-${LANG}.html: README-en.xml
RELEASE-NOTES-${LANG}.pdf: ${RNFILES} ${XMLCOMMONS} ${XSLPDFCOMMONS}
RELEASE-NOTES-${LANG}.html: ${RNFILES} ${XMLCOMMONS} ${XSLHTMLCOMMONS}
RELEASE-NOTES-${LANG}.txt: ${RNFILES} ${XMLCOMMONS}
clean:
${RM} ChangeLog ChangeLog.xml
distclean clobber: clean
${RM} ChangeLog-${LANG}.html ChangeLog.txt
${RM} -r README-${LANG}.pdf README-${LANG}.html README-${LANG}.txt
${RM} -r RELEASE-NOTES-${LANG}.pdf RELEASE-NOTES-${LANG}.html \
RELEASE-NOTES-${LANG} RELEASE-NOTES-${LANG}.txt
# If you have the "cvs2cl" package installed, then you can make
# fancy HTML ChangeLogs
ChangeLogs:
${RM} ChangeLog*
${MAKE} ChangeLog.txt
${MAKE} ChangeLog-${LANG}.html
ChangeLog.txt:
LANG=C cvs2cl -f ChangeLog.txt
ChangeLog.xml:
LANG=C cvs2cl --xml --xml-encoding UTF-8 -f ChangeLog.xml
ChangeLog-${LANG}.html: ChangeLog.xml
xsltproc -o $@ /usr/share/xml/cvs2cl/cl2html.xslt $<
--- NEW FILE README-en.xml ---
]>
&DISTRO; &DISTROVER; README
2005
&FORMAL-RHI;
The contents of this CD-ROM are Copyright © 2005 &PROJ; and
others. Refer to the End User License Agreement and individual
copyright notices in each source package for distribution terms.
&NAME;, &RH;, &RH; Network, the &RH; "Shadow Man" logo, RPM, Maximum
RPM, the RPM logo, Linux Library, PowerTools, Linux Undercover,
RHmember, RHmember More, Rough Cuts, Rawhide and all &RH;-based
trademarks and logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of
&FORMAL-RHI; in the United States and other countries.
Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds.
Motif and UNIX are registered trademarks of The Open Group.
Intel and Pentium are registered trademarks of Intel
Corporation. Itanium and Celeron are trademarks of Intel
Corporation.
AMD, AMD Athlon, AMD Duron, and AMD K6 are trademarks of Advanced
Micro Devices, Inc.
Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
SSH and Secure Shell are trademarks of SSH Communications Security,
Inc.
FireWire is a trademark of Apple Computer Corporation.
All other trademarks and copyrights referred to are the property of
their respective owners.
The GPG fingerprint of the "Fedora Project
<fedora at redhat.com>" key is:
CA B4 4B 99 6F 27 74 4E 86 12 7C DF B4 42 69 D0 4F 2A 6F D2
DIRECTORY ORGANIZATION
&DISTRO; is delivered on multiple CD-ROMs consisting of installation
CD-ROMs and source code CD-ROMs.
The first installation CD-ROM can be directly booted into the
installation on most modern systems, and contains the following directory
structure (where /mnt/cdrom is the mount point of the
CD-ROM):
/mnt/cdrom
|----> Fedora
| |----> RPMS -- binary packages
| `----> base -- information on this release of Fedora
| Core used by the installation process
|----> images -- boot and driver disk images
|----> isolinux -- files necessary to boot from CD-ROM
|----> README -- this file
|----> RELEASE-NOTES -- the latest information about this release
| of Fedora Core
`----> RPM-GPG-KEY -- GPG signature for packages from Red Hat
The remaining Installation CD-ROMs are similar to Installation CD-ROM
1, except that only the Fedora subdirectory is
present.
The directory layout of each source code CD-ROM is as follows:
/mnt/cdrom
|----> SRPMS -- source packages
`----> RPM-GPG-KEY -- GPG signature for packages from Red Hat
If you are setting up an installation tree for NFS, FTP, or HTTP
installations, you need to copy the RELEASE-NOTES
files and all files from the Fedora directory on
discs 1-3. On Linux and Unix systems, the following process will properly
configure the /target/directory on your server (repeat for each disc):
Insert disc
mount /mnt/cdrom
cp -a /mnt/cdrom/Fedora
/target/directory
cp /mnt/cdrom/RELEASE-NOTES* /target/directory
(Do this only for disc 1)
umount /mnt/cdrom
INSTALLING
Many computers can now automatically boot from CD-ROMs. If you have
such a machine (and it is properly configured) you can boot the &DISTRO;
CD-ROM directly. After booting, the &DISTRO; installation program will
start, and you will be able to install your system from the CD-ROM.
The
images/ directory contains the file
boot.iso . This file is an ISO image that can be used
to boot the &DISTRO; installation program. It is a handy way to start
network-based installations without having to use multiple diskettes. To
use boot.iso , your computer must be able to boot from
its CD-ROM drive, and its BIOS settings must be configured to do so. You
must then burn boot.iso onto a recordable/rewriteable
CD-ROM.
Another image
file contained in the images/ directory is
diskboot.img . This file is designed for use with USB
pen drives (or other bootable media with a capacity larger than a diskette
drive). Use the dd command to write the image.
Note
The ability to use this image file with a USB pen drive depends on
the ability of your system's BIOS to boot from a USB device.
GETTING HELP
For those that have web access, see http://fedora.redhat.com . In
particular, access to &PROJ; mailing lists can be found at:
https://listman.redhat.com/mailman/listinfo/
EXPORT CONTROL
The communication or transfer of any information received with this
product may be subject to specific government export approval. User shall
adhere to all applicable laws, regulations and rules relating to the
export or re-export of technical data or products to any proscribed
country listed in such applicable laws, regulations and rules unless
properly authorized. The obligations under this paragraph shall survive
in perpetuity.
***** Error reading new file: [Errno 2] No such file or directory: 'RELEASE-NOTES-en.xml'
--- NEW FILE RELEASE-NOTES-master-en.xml ---
]>
&PROD; @VARIANTUPPER@ &PRODVER; Release Notes
2003
&FORMAL-RHI;
Overview
The following topics are covered in these release notes:
Booting Anaconda
Parameter file notes
Installation-related notes
Notes on input methods
General notes
Kernel notes
Booting Anaconda
This section describes the process necessary to boot
Anaconda , the &PROD; installation
program.
For the IBM
eServer pSeries :
The first CD-ROM is bootable, and can
be used to start the installation process. If a CD-ROM-based installation
is not desired (for example, if you want to install &PROD; &PRODVER; over a
network connection), a CD-ROM image file containing only those files
required to start the installation process is also available as
boot.iso in the images/
directory on the first CD-ROM.
A network boot image (named
netboot.img ) is available, and is located in the
images/ directory on Installation CD 1. Consult the
documentation that came with your system for instructions on setting up
network boot. Kernel command line arguments (such as anaconda options)
must be passed from the Open Firmware prompt. For example, if there is a
devalias named network for the device that is
configured for network booting, the following command line would load a
driver disk from an HTTP server:
boot network
dd=http://server.example.com/path/to/driverdisk.img
Additional documentation for configuring netboot on pSeries can be
found here:
http://people.redhat.com/msw/mirror/penguinppc.org/~hollis/linux/rs6k-netboot.shtml
For the IBM eServer iSeries :
You must direct OS/400 to boot the stream file
ppc/iSeries/boot.img , which is located on the first
CD-ROM. You can either point directly at the CD-ROM or copy the file to a
location in IFS. When the installation is complete, it will boot from
side C, but this will only work until you vary off your LPAR. After
varying off your LPAR, you must change your IPL source to side B to
continue booting &PROD;.
You must download the
kernel.img and initrd.img files
from the images/ directory into CMS. You can then
use these with a parameter file (described in the following section) to
start your installation. Once the Linux kernel has booted, use ssh to
access your VM and start the installation process. When the installation
finishes, you must use a command similar to #cp ipl
0200 to bootstrap (or IPL) the Linux installation on the DASD at
0200.
Parameter File Notes
The IBM S/390 and IBM
eServer zSeries architectures
use a special parameter file to set up networking before the
installation program (anaconda ) can be
started. This section describes the contents of the parameter
file.
The parameter file should contain no more than 80 characters per
line.
The VM reader has a limit of 11 lines for the parameter file (for a
total of 880 characters).
The DASD and the tape IPL have a limit of 896 characters.
The following parameters are required, and should always be
present:
DASD=<dasd-list>
Where
<dasd-list>
represents the list of DASD devices to be used by &PROD;. The list
can consist of one or more DASD numbers separated by commas, and can
also contain ranges, which are specified by two DASD numbers separated
by a hyphen. Both constructs can be combined in a single list, as in
the following example:
DASD=10A8,10A9,10AA,10A3-10A6
NOTE: Although autoprobing for DASDs is done if this parameter is
omitted, &RH; highly recommend including the DASD= parameter as the
device numbers (and therefore the device names) can vary when new DASD
is added to the &PROD; guest. This can result in an unusable
system.
root=<file-system>
Where
<file-system>
represents the device on which the root file system can be found. For
for installation purposes, it should be set to
/dev/ram0 , which is the ramdisk containing the
&PROD; installation program.
The following parameters are required to set up networking:
CHANDEV=<device> ,<input> ,<output>
where:
·
<device> is the
type of device (for example, ctc0 ,
escon0 , or lcs0 )
·
<input> is the
input port for this device
·
<output> is the
output port for this device
For example:
CHANDEV=ctc0,0x600,0x601
CHANDEV=escon0,0x605,0x608
To force a specific CTC protocol, additional parameters can be
added. For example:
CHANDEV=ctc0,0x600,0x601,0,<n>
where <n> is one of the
following:
· 0 for compatibility mode (used with
non-Linux peers other than S/390 and zSeries operating systems)
· 1 for extended mode
· 2 for CTC-based tty (only supported on
Linux-to-Linux connections)
· 3 for compatibility mode with S/390
and zSeries operating systems
IUCV=<userid>
Where <userid>
represents the ID of the guest machines you want to connect to. Note
that the ID must be written in capital letters. For example, an IUCV
connection to the VM TCP/IP service machine would be written
as:
IUCV=TCPIP
The following parameters are optional:
HOSTNAME=<string>
where <string>
is the hostname of the newly-installed Linux guest.
NETTYPE=<type>
where <type>
must be one of the following: ctc ,
escon , tr ,
hsi , iucv , or
eth .
IPADDR=<IP>
where <IP> is
the IP address of the new Linux guest.
NETWORK=<network>
where
<network> is the
address of your network.
NETMASK=<netmask>
where
<netmask> is the
netmask.
BROADCAST=<broadcast>
where
<broadcast> is the
broadcast address.
GATEWAY=<gw>
where <gw> is
either the gateway-IP for your eth device or the IP address of the
ctc/escon/iucv point-to-point partner.
MTU=<mtu>
where <mtu> is
the Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) for this connection.
DNS=<server1> :<server2> :…:<serverN>
where
<server1> :<server2> :…:<serverN>
is a list of DNS servers, separated by colons. For example:
DNS=10.0.0.1:10.0.0.2
SEARCHDNS=<domain1> :<domain2> :…:<domainN>
where
<domain1> :<domain2> :…:<domainN>
is a list of the search domains, separated by colons. For
example:
SEARCHDNS=example.com:example.org
The following parameter for installations using a qeth device is
optional:
QETHPARM=
Use this option to specify additional parameters for your QETH
device (for CHANDEV) such as:
add_parms,0x10,{lo_devno,hi_devno},portname:<port_name>
The following parameter for kickstart installation is optional:
RUNKS=<value>
Where <value>
is 1 if you want to run the installation program in
non-interactive mode in the 3270 terminal, or 0
otherwise.
NOTE: Make sure that your kickstart file contains all required
parameters before you use this option.
Installation-Related Notes
This section describes issues related to the &PROD; installation
program Anaconda .
The sequence for processing CD-ROMs has changed for &PROD;
&PRODVER;. The first CD-ROM is required when booting the installation
program, and again after subsequent CD-ROMs have been
processed.
The &PROD; installation program has the ability to test the
integrity of the installation media. It works with the CD, hard
drive ISO, and NFS ISO installation methods. &RH; recommends that
you test all installation media before starting the installation
process, and before reporting any installation-related bugs (many of
the bugs reported are actually due to improperly-burned CDs). To use
this test, type linux mediacheck at the
boot: prompt.
The Object-code-only (OCO) driver necessary to support the IBM
3590 Tape Drive on the IBM S/390(R) and IBM eServer zSeries(R)
architectures is available for download from IBM here:
http://www10.software.ibm.com/developerworks/opensource/linux390/special_oco_rh_2.4.shtml
NOTE: You must verify that the driver you download is the correct
one for the version of the kernel running on your system.
A new storage option is available on the s390 and zSeries
architectures: a SCSI subsystem. To that end, generic SCSI support is
enabled and a driver (known as zfcp ) is
supplied.
The generic SCSI subsystem on &PROD; &PRODVER; does not use the
REPORT LUNs command at this time; therefore use small LUN numbers for
virtual volumes. In addition, the following line must be supplied in
/etc/modules.conf :
options scsi_mod
max_scsi_luns=<NNN>
(Where <NNN>
should be a number larger than the largest LUN number used.) NOTE:
Larger values slow the bootstrapping process somewhat.
&PROD; &PRODVER; includes a new kernel known as the
hugemem kernel. This kernel supports a 4GB per
process user space (versus 3GB for the other kernels), and a 4GB
direct kernel space. Using this kernel allows &PROD; to run on systems
with up to 64GB of main memory. The hugemem kernel is required in
order to use all the memory in system configurations containing more
than 16GB of memory. The hugemem kernel can also benefit
configurations running with less memory (if running an application
that could benefit from the larger per process user space, for
example.)
To remind you of this issue, the &PROD; &PRODVER; kernel displays a
message at boot time if your system configuration contains more than
16GB of memory. After the system has booted, the following command
can be used to see if your system displayed the message:
dmesg | less
NOTE: To provide a 4GB address space for both kernel and user
space, the kernel must maintain two separate virtual memory address
mappings. This introduces overhead when transferring from user to
kernel space; for example, in the case of system calls and interrupts.
The impact of this overhead on overall performance is highly
application dependent.
Also note that, because some drivers were not originally written
to work well in large-memory environments, &RH; only supports a
validated subset of drivers when the hugemem kernel is used. Drivers
that have been validated by &RH; for use with the hugemem kernel are
contained in the kernel-hugemem package. Drivers
that have not been validated, but are still provided, are available in
the kernel-hugemem-unsupported RPM. To see the
list of drivers in these RPMs, use the following command:
rpm -qlp
<kernel-rpm>
(Where <
kernel-rpm> is the complete filename of
the appropriate hugemem RPM. Note that these RPMs can be found on
CD-ROM #2, in the RedHat/RPMS/
directory.)
Should you decide that the hugemem kernel's additional overhead
and the subset of available drivers present no problem for your
hardware configuration and system environment, and you wish to use the
hugemem kernel, you must first install it. To install the hugemem
kernel, enter the following command while logged in as root:
rpm -ivh
<kernel-rpm>
(Where
<kernel-rpm> is
the name of the hugemem kernel RPM file —
kernel-hugemem-2.4.21-3.EL.i686.rpm ,
for example.)
After the installation is complete, reboot your system, making
sure to select the newly-installed hugemem kernel. After testing your
system for proper operation while running the hugemem kernel, you
should modify the /boot/grub/grub.conf file so
that the hugemem kernel is booted by default.
&PROD; &PRODVER; can be installed on the IBM eServer xSeries 440 and 445. However, the
installation process supports configurations containing no more than
one chassis, and no attached RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosures. If
your system configuration does not conform to these requirements, you
can remove any additional chassis and/or RXE-100s, and then perform
the installation. Once the installation is complete, the chassis
and/or RXE-100s can then be re-installed, and will operate normally
under &PROD;.
Support for some Input/Output Processors/Adapters (IOP/IOA)
present in some iSeries and pSeries systems require the use of the
IBMSIS driver. This driver can be found on the &PROD; &PRODVER;
Extras CD, and can be loaded as driver media when the &PROD;
installation process is started.
Loading the IBMSIS driver via CD-ROM using a non-IDE CD-ROM drive
(including the iSeries virtual CD-ROM drive) is possible by adding the
following command to the boot command line:
dd=cdrom
You will then be prompted if you have any driver media for
additional drivers after all drivers included on the CD-ROM are
loaded. Note that this is in addition to the other methods of using
driver media as described in the &PROD; &PRODVER;
Installation Guide for the IBM eServer iSeries and IBM eServer pSeries
Architectures .
After installation, IBMSIS users should install the
ibmsis and ibmsis-utils
packages from the &PROD; Extras CD.
After an upgrade to a new version of the kernel, the IBMSIS driver
must be rebuilt and installed. The ibmsistool
program (provided in the ibmsis package on the
&PROD; &PRODVER; Extras CD) largely automates this process. The
kernel-source package that corresponds to the new
kernel must be installed, as it provides the headers needed to build
IBMSIS. For example, after installing the 2.4.21-3.EL kernel and
corresponding kernel-source packages, the
following command would update the IBMSIS driver:
/usr/sbin/ibmsistool -v 2.4.21-3.EL build
install
&PROD; &PRODVER; now includes support for Logical
Volume Management (LVM). LVM is a means of allocating disk
space into one or more logical volumes, which can then be used to
implement easily-resizable file systems.
While most present-day computers are able to start the
installation process by booting directly from the first &PROD;
distribution CD, some hardware configurations require the use of a
boot diskette. If your hardware requires a boot diskette, you should
be aware of the following change.
&PROD; &PRODVER; uses a different boot diskette layout than
previous releases of &PROD;. There is now a single boot diskette
image file (bootdisk.img ) that is used to boot
all systems requiring a boot diskette.
If you are performing anything other than an installation from an
IDE or USB device, you will be asked to insert a driver diskette
created from one of the following image files:
· drvnet.img — For network
installations
· drvblock.img — For SCSI
installations
· pcmciadd.img — For PCMCIA
installations
As with previous releases of &PROD;, these image files can be found
in the images/ directory on the first installation
CD.
Due to the page-oriented nature of the 3270-style console, output
to /dev/console can fill the screen. If the
screen is filled, the &PROD; environment stops operating until the
screen is cleared. The screen can be cleared using one of two
different methods:
· By issuing the keystrokes necessary to clear the screen
(For example,
Alt C for the
x3270 terminal emulator, and
Ctrl C for the
c3270 terminal emulator.)
· By waiting for the screen to be automatically cleared.
The default wait time is 60 seconds; however, this can be changed by
using the following command:
#cp term more
<alarm-time>
<clear-time>
Where
<alarm-time>
represents the number of seconds between the time the screen fills
and the time the terminal alarm should be sounded, and
<clear-time> is
the number of seconds between the time the terminal alarm is sounded
and the screen is automatically cleared. Both the
<alarm-time> and
<clear-time>
parameters must be numbers between 0 and 255.
NOTE: This aspect of the 3270-style console is most likely to be
an issue whenever a large amount of output is sent to
/dev/console . Therefore, the console's screen is
most likely to fill at the following times:
· During the &PROD; installation process
· When &PROD; is booted
· syslog messages are sent to the
console
Text mode installations using a serial terminal work best when the
terminal supports UTF-8. Under UNIX and Linux, Kermit supports UTF-8.
For Windows, Kermit '95 works well. Non-UTF-8 capable terminals will
work as long as only English is used during installation. An enhanced
serial display can be used by passing "utf8 " as a
boot-time option to the installation program. For example:
linux console=ttyS0 utf8
The firewall configuration screen in the &PROD; installation
program has been simplified. The previous
"High ", "Medium ", and
"No firewall " settings have been replaced by a
more straightforward on/off-style control. In addition, the default
firewall configuration is now stateful, making it more secure. The
new design also makes it possible for users of NIS authentication,
NFS, and DNS to deploy a firewall with no additional customization
required (although customization by specifying port and protocol is
still possible).
NOTE: This change also applies to the Security Level
Configuration Tool
(redhat-config-securitylevel ).
Installation via VNC is now supported. To initiate a VNC-based
installation, pass vnc as a boot-time option. If
necessary, a password can be set by adding
"vncpassword=<password> "
to the boot-time options. The VNC display will be
"<host> :1 ", where
<host> is the
hostname or IP address of the system installing &PROD;.
It is also possible for the &PROD; installation program to
initiate a connection to a listening VNC client. This is done by
using the vncconnect boot-time option:
linux vnc
vncconnect=<client> [:<port> ]
(Where
<client> is the
hostname or IP address of the system running the listening VNC client,
and <port> is an
optional port specification that may be specified if the VNC client is
not listening on port 5500, which the default port for this type of
connection). The following examples show the how the boot-time option
is specified for standard and non-standard ports:
linux vnc
vncconnect=pigdog.example.com
linux vnc
vncconnect=pigdog.example.com:27910
The system that is to run the listening VNC client must then
launch the appropriate software to run the VNC client in its listening
mode. For the VNC client supplied with &PROD; &PRODVER;, the
following command is sufficient:
vncviewer -listen
In addition, a new kickstart directive has been added to support
VNC-based installations:
vnc [--password
<password> ] [--connect
<host> [:<port> ]]
(Where --password
<password> is an optional
parameter for specifying a VNC password, and [--connect
<host> [:<port> ]]
is an optional parameter for specifying the host (and optionally,
port) of a system running a listening VNC client.
NOTE: If you specify any of the VNC-related boot-time options,
they will override the corresponding options present in the kickstart
file.
&PROD; &PRODVER; for the iSeries and pSeries
architectures includes support for installation using the VNC remote
display system, and support for accessing virtual consoles via telnet
for installation on iSeries. VNC and telnet clients for a variety of
platforms are available for download from:
http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/iseries/linux/products.html
The XFree86 open source vmware video driver is provided as a
convenience to our customers and is not supported in any way by
&FORMAL-RHI; However, any problem reports with the XFree86 open source
vmware video driver received by &RH; will be forwarded to the
appropriate VMware staff, so that they can investigate. Bug fixes
that become available for this driver may be reviewed by &RH; for
potential inclusion in future errata and products as time
permits.
Input Methods
This section contains general information related to the use of input
methods.
An input method allows users to enter non-Western characters into
common applications such as word-processing, email and instant messaging.
&PROD; comes with input method support for the following languages:
Chinese (Simplified and Traditional)
Japanese
Korean
The following entries describe the use of input methods for each of
these languages.
Simplified Chinese
To enter Simplified Chinese characters, you use the miniChinput
input method. To activate the input method, press
Ctrl Space .
The miniChinput input method supports the following
modules:
· intelligent pinyin input
· gbk pinyin input
· shuang pin input
· internal code (gb18030 code) input
The miniChinput package is installed by
default if Simplified Chinese language support is selected during
installation.
Traditional Chinese
To enter Traditional Chinese characters, you use the xcin input
method. To activate the input method, press
Ctrl Space .
Pressing
Shift Ctrl or
Ctrl Alt Num
allows you to change between input modules.
The xcin input method supports the following modules:
· CJ
· Simplex
· Phone
· CantonPing
· Bimsphone
· Bimspinyin
· Array30
· Cantonping (no intonation)
The xcin package is installed by default if
Traditional Chinese language support is selected during
installation.
Japanese
To enter Japanese characters, you use the Canna, FreeWnn or skk
input methods. To activate the input method, press
Shift Space .
The following modules are supported:
· romaji
· kana (only Canna — depends on the configuration
file)
The Canna , FreeWnn , and
skkinput packages are installed by default if
Japanese language support is selected during installation.
Korean
To enter Korean characters, you use the ami input method. To
activate the input method, press
Shift Space .
The ami package is installed by default if
Korean language support is selected during installation.
General Notes
This section contains general notes relating to post-installation
issues.
&PROD; &PRODVER; for the Itanium 2 Architecture contains the
fpswa.efi binary, which is an EFI (Extensible
Firmware Interface) driver invoked by the operating system's kernel
whenever the processor issues FPSWA (Floating-Point Software
Assistance) requests for floating-point operations that are not fully
implemented in hardware. The handler provides the result of the
operation in these cases. Presently, Itanium processors issue FPSWA
requests mainly when very small numbers (denormalized, or tiny
numbers) are consumed or produced by floating-point instructions. To
avoid the performance penalty caused by calls to the handler when tiny
numbers are produced, the flush-to-zero mode can be turned on, but at
the cost of a slightly less accurate computation.
FPSWA is licensed, patented and copyrighted protected material by
Intel or its supplier under the laws of the United states and other
countries and international treaty provisions. FPSWA is subject to the
applicable end user license agreement which can be accessed at
http://www.redhat.com/licenses/.
The Apache HTTP server has been updated to version 2.0. The
updated package replaces version 1.3 and has been renamed to
httpd .
· The auth_ldap ,
mod_put , mod_roaming ,
mod_auth_any , mod_bandwidth ,
mod_throttle , and mod_dav
modules have been removed.
· WebDAV functionality is now included with the
httpd package.
NOTE: Some changes to existing configuration files are needed.
Third-party Apache modules may also require updating. Refer to the
migration guide at
/usr/share/doc/httpd-*/migration.html for more
details.
&PROD; &PRODVER; supports booting over the network using the PXE
(Pre-Boot Execution Environment) protocol. As in previous releases it
is possible to configure &PROD; &PRODVER; as an installation server,
which makes kernels and image files available for the purpose of
starting network installations.
Also available in &PROD; &PRODVER; is support for diskless
environments. A diskless server (similar to an installation server)
makes kernels and image files available to diskless client systems.
After booting, the diskless client systems mount a root file system
via NFS, eliminating the need for locally-attached storage.
The Network Booting Tool
(redhat-config-netboot ) is a graphical
configuration tool allows you to configure both environments.
The LPRng print spooler has been replaced by CUPS, and the
Printer Configuration Tool
(redhat-config-printer ) is the recommended tool for
configuring it. It may be launched from the System
Settings menu, using the Printing
menu entry.
The Security Level Configuration Tool
(redhat-config-securitylevel ) has been
simplified. The previous "High ",
"Medium ", and "No
firewall " settings have been replaced by a more
straightforward on/off-style control. In addition, the default
firewall configuration is now stateful, making it more secure. The
new design also makes it possible for users of NIS authentication,
NFS, and DNS to deploy a firewall with no additional customization
required (although customization by specifying port and protocol is
still possible).
NOTE: This change also applies to the &PROD; installation
program.
GNOME Print Manager , a simple graphical
print queue management tool, is now included. It may be launched from
the System Tools menu, using the Print
Manager menu entry. In addition, when a print job is in
the queue, an icon will appear in the panel's system notification
area.
&PROD; &PRODVER; includes the setarch utility. Setarch makes it
possible to change the output produced by the uname
command. This is useful for a number of reasons, such as running
32-bit applications (those written to expect a particular value from
uname -m ) in 64-bit environments.
The format for the setarch command is:
setarch <arch>
<command>
(Where <arch>
represents the desired architecture string (such as
i386 ), and
<command>
represents the command to be run while the architecture has been
modified.) Note that
<command> can be
omitted, in which case /bin/sh is run.
In addition, some applications (such as older versions of Java)
are written to assume a 3GB virtual address space; when run on systems
with larger virtual address spaces (such as 64-bit AMD64-based
systems, or 32-bit systems running the hugemem kernel) such
applications can malfunction. The setarch utility makes it possible
to emulate a 3GB virtual address space, allowing such applications to
run properly:
setarch -3 java
Accelerated 3D rendering with DRI has been disabled in &PROD;
&PRODVER; for the IA64 architecture. On this architecture,the agpgart
kernel driver does not function properly; since the DRI subsystem
depends on this driver, no 3D acceleration is possible. Note,
however, that this does not affect unaccelerated 3D rendering or
third-party drivers that provide their own agpgart
implementation.
&PROD; &PRODVER; includes the Native POSIX Thread Library (NPTL),
a new implementation of POSIX threads for Linux. This library provides
performance improvements and increased scalability.
This thread library is designed to be binary compatible with the
old LinuxThreads implementation; however, applications that rely on
the places where the LinuxThreads implementation deviates from the
POSIX standard will need to be fixed. Notable differences include:
· Signal handling has changed from per-thread signal
handling to POSIX process signal handling.
· getpid() returns the same value in all
threads.
· Thread handlers registered with
pthread_atfork are not run if
vfork() is used.
· No manager thread.
Applications that are known to have problems using
NPTL include:
- Sun JRE prior to version 1.4.1
- IBM JRE
If an application does not work properly with NPTL, it can be run
using the old LinuxThreads implementation by setting the following
environment variable:
LD_ASSUME_KERNEL=<kernel-version>
The following versions are available:
· 2.4.19 — Linuxthreads with floating stacks
· 2.2.5 — Linuxthreads without floating
stacks
Note that software using errno ,
h_errno , and _res must
#include the appropriate header file
(errno.h , netdb.h , and
resolv.h respectively) before they are used.
However, LD_ASSUME_KERNEL=2.4.19 can be used as a
workaround until the software can be fixed.
Multi-threaded C++ programs using thread cancellation might need
to be forced to use the LinuxThreads library using the
LD_ASSUME_KERNEL=2.4.19 environment variable setting.
Otherwise, the program will terminate abnormally if the cancellation
is acted on (since the generated exception is not caught).
Newly-written C++ code that uses functions from the C runtime
environment might have to be adjusted to take the cancellation into
account. This can be done by one of the following methods:
· Not marking the C++ function with
throw() (so that callers are aware that an
exception might be thrown) and by compiling the code with exceptions.
This is the default compilation option; users should not specify
-fno-exceptions when compiling.
· Disabling cancellation completely before entering the
functions that call the cancel-able C runtime functions. This can be
done with the following call:
pthread_setcancelstate (PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE,
&oldstate)
After the C functions are called cancellation can be enabled again
with the following call:
pthread_setcancelstate (oldstate, NULL)
NOTE: At this point the cancellations are acted upon and therefore
the function calling pthread_setcancelstate() must be compiled with
exceptions enabled and must be marked as throwing exceptions.
A new system message has been added to &PROD; &PRODVER;:
application bug:
<app-name> (<app-pid> )
has SIGCHLD set to SIG_IGN but calls wait(). (see the NOTES section
of 'man 2 wait'). Workaround activated.
This message (which is displayed on the system console and/or in
the system log files) indicates that the application is not completely
standards compliant with respect to its handling of child processes.
If you notice this message, you should alert the application's
developers.
&PROD; &PRODVER; includes the capability of producing Position
Independent Executables (PIE) for C, C++, and Java. This feature is
enabled with the -fpie and -fPIE
GCC options to compile, which are similar in usage to the
-fpic and -fPIC options,
respectively, and at link time with the -pie
option.
The fileutils , textutils ,
sh-utils , and stat packages have
been replaced by the newer coreutils package.
The RPMs containing the Network Administration
Tool (redhat-config-network ) have
changed names and functions. The
redhat-config-network RPM contains the tool's
graphical user interface, while
redhat-config-network-tui contains the tool
itself (along with its text-based user interface).
Support for XHTML1 — the reformulation of HTML in XML
— has been improved. This has been done by adding the
xhtml1-dtd package, installing the DTDs in the
system catalog, and adding native support in the
libxml2 and xsltproc
tools.
The XML toolkit have been extended to support Relax-NG validation,
and streaming of large files.
The OProfile system-wide profiler has been added to &PROD;
&PRODVER;. OProfile is a programmer's tool for analyzing system
performance, using special hardware built into many modern computers.
Documentation for OProfile exists in the oprofile
package; after installing &PROD; &PRODVER;, issue the command
rpm -qd oprofile to obtain a listing of the
available documentation. Visit the OProfile website at
http://oprofile.sourceforge.net for more details.
NOTE: The kernel support for OProfile in &PROD; &PRODVER; is based
on the backported code from the 2.5 development kernel. Therefore, if
you refer to the OProfile documentation, keep in mind that features
listed as being 2.5-specific actually apply to the &PROD; kernel, even
though the kernel version is 2.4. Likewise, this means that features
listed as being specific to the 2.4 kernel do not
apply to the &PROD; kernel.
At the present time, the X Window System makes use of two font
subsystems, each with different characteristics:
· The original (15+ year old) subsystem is referred to as
the "core X font subsystem". Fonts rendered by this subsystem are not
anti-aliased, are handled by the X server, and have names like:
-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--10-100-75-75-c-60-iso8859-1
The newer font subsystem is known as "fontconfig", and allows
applications direct access to the font files. Fontconfig is often
used along with the "Xft" library, which allows applications to render
fontconfig fonts to the screen with antialiasing. Fontconfig uses
more human-friendly names like:
Luxi Sans-10
Over time, fontconfig/Xft will replace the core X font subsystem.
At the present time, applications using the Qt 3 or GTK 2 toolkits
(which would include KDE and GNOME applications) use the fontconfig
and Xft font subsystem; most everything else uses the core X
fonts.
In the future, &RH; may support only fontconfig/Xft in place of
the XFS font server as the default local font access method.
NOTE: One exception to the font subsystem usage outlined above is
OpenOffice.org, which uses its own font rendering technology.
If you wish to add new fonts to your &PROD; &PRODVER; system, you
must be aware that the steps necessary depend on which font subsystem
is to use the new fonts. For the core X font subsystem, you
must:
1. Create the /usr/share/fonts/local/
directory (if it does not already exist):
mkdir /usr/share/fonts/local/
2. Copy the new font file into
/usr/share/fonts/local/
3. Update the font information by issuing the following commands
(note that, due to formatting restrictions, the following commands may
appear on more than one line; in use, each commands should be entered
on a single line):
ttmkfdir -d /usr/share/fonts/local/ -o
/usr/share/fonts/local/fonts.scale
mkfontdir /usr/share/fonts/local/
4. If you had to create
/usr/share/fonts/local/ , you must then add it to
the X font server (xfs) path:
chkfontpath --add
/usr/share/fonts/local/
Adding new fonts to the fontconfig font subsystem is more
straightforward; the new font file only needs to be copied into the
/usr/share/fonts/ directory (individual users can
modify their personal font configuration by copying the font file into
the ~/.fonts/ directory).
After the new font has been copied, use
fc-cache to update the font information cache:
fc-cache
<directory>
(Where
<directory> would
be either the /usr/share/fonts/ or
~/.fonts/ directories.)
Individual users may also install fonts graphically, by browsing
fonts:/// in Nautilus ,
and dragging the new font files there.
NOTE: If the font filename ends with ".gz ",
it has been compressed with gzip , and must be
decompressed (with the gunzip command) before the
fontconfig font subsystem can use the font.
Due to the transition to the new font system based on
fontconfig/Xft, GTK+ 1.2 applications are not affected by any changes
made via the Font Preferences dialog. For these
applications, a font can be configured by adding the following lines
to the file ~/.gtkrc.mine :
style "user-font" {
fontset =
"<font-specification> "
}
widget_class "*" style "user-font"
(Where
<font-specification>
represents a font specification in the style used by traditional X
applications, such as
"-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-* ".)
By default, the Sendmail mail transport agent (MTA) does not
accept network connections from any host other than the local
computer. If you want to configure Sendmail as a server for other
clients, you must edit /etc/mail/sendmail.mc and
change the DAEMON_OPTIONS line to also listen
on network devices (or comment out this option entirely using the
dnl comment delimiter). You must then regenerate
/etc/mail/sendmail.cf by running the following
command (as root):
make -C /etc/mail
Note that you must have the sendmail-cf
package installed for this to work.
The default FTP server in &PROD; &PRODVER; is now
vsftpd , and runs as a SysV service.
Change to fdisk 's interpretation of partition
size multipliers
The fdisk command now has a different
interpretation of the size multipliers that may be used when creating
new disk partitions. The size suffixes K ,
M , and G now refer to multiples
of thousands, millions, and billions of bytes, respectively. This is
more consistent with the disk size specifications provided by disk
drive manufacturers.
Therefore, if a user wants to create a 512MB partition, the size
value specified with an "M" suffix would be 512*1024*1024
(536,870,912), rounded up to a multiple of a million (537,000,000),
and then divided by a million (537), resulting in a size specification
of +537M .
While compatibility for executables and dynamic shared objects
(DSOs, also known as shared libraries) created on earlier &RHL; and
&PROD; is supported, the same does not apply to object
(.o ) files. Object files created on earlier
versions can be used on &PROD; &PRODVER; to create new executables or
DSOs only if they were built without including any system header
files.
Otherwise, the only way to use these files is to link the object
files to the compatibility version of glibc (part of the
compat-glibc package). Any newly-generated
object file must use the headers from the compatibility package. For
example, to compile object files, add the following to the beginning
of the compiler command line:
-I/usr/lib/i386-redhat-linux7/include
To link the resulting executable or DSO add the following to the
command line:
-L/usr/lib/i386-redhat-linux7/lib
Any mixture of old object files and those compiled against the
current system headers can have negative results. Linking old object
files with the regular system libraries may result in completely
unusable executables or executables with subtle bugs (such as memory
corruption).
Kernel Notes
This section contains notes relating to the &PROD; &PRODVER;
kernel.
The &PROD; &PRODVER; kernel makes use of a new kernel packaging
technique. Due to the almost limitless variety of available hardware,
it is not possible for &RH; to fully support all hardware components.
Therefore, while kernel modules for fully-supported hardware remain in
the standard kernel packages, a series of new
unsupported kernel packages are included with
&PROD; &PRODVER;.
For each kernel package shipped there is a corresponding
unsupported kernel package. For example, the unsupported kernel
package for
kernel-smp-2.4.21-3.EL.i686.rpm
is
kernel-smp-unsupported-2.4.21-3.EL.i686.rpm .
NOTE: The unsupported kernel packages are not installed by the
&PROD; installation program; therefore, in order to use unsupported
kernel modules, you must manually install the unsupported kernel
package corresponding to the kernel your system uses.
After installing the appropriate unsupported kernel package, you
must use the following command to update the module dependency tree
and your initrd:
/sbin/new-kernel-pkg --mkinitrd --depmod --install
<kernel-version>
(Where
<kernel-version>
represents the version of the installed kernel.)
Drivers contained within the unsupported kernel packages are
provided on a best-effort basis. This means that updates and upstream
fixes may or may not be incorporated over time, and are not covered by
the same support expectations as the fully supported drivers. Custom
support arrangements covering drivers in the unsupported package may
be worked out with Red Hat in some situations.
The &PROD; &PRODVER; kernel includes more accurate process timing
functionality. This new process timing mode uses timestamps to
provide more accurate timing of idle and process times. When enabled,
this information is available via the usual monitoring tools (such as
top , vmstat , and
procinfo ), and the getrusage
system call.
To enable timestamp-based process timing, you must boot your
system using the following boot-time option:
process_timing=<value>
Where <value>
can be one or more of the following, with multiple values separated by
commas:
· irq — Use timestamps to account
for IRQ interrupts
· softirq — Use timestamps to
account for softirq time in the kernel
· process — Allow processes to
enable timestamp-based process timing on themselves (It is then
disabled for all processes by default)
· all_process — Force
timestamp-based process timing on all processes (including the idle
tasks)
· everything — Same as specifying
irq,softirq,all_process
If the system is booted with the process
option, no processes initially have timestamp-based process timing
enabled by default. However, processes can use the
prctl() system call to both determine and modify
their process timing mode. The system call to determine the process
timing mode is:
mode = prctl(PR_GET_TIMING, 0, 0, 0, 0);
The system call to set the process timing mode is:
status = prctl(PR_SET_TIMING,
<mode> , 0, 0, 0)
(Where <mode>
is PR_TIMING_STATISTICAL for enabling the
traditional process timing mode, or
PR_TIMING_TIMESTAMP for enabling timestamp-based
process timing mode .) Note that enabling one process timing mode
automatically disables the other.
NOTE: The prctl() system call can only be used
on systems booted with the process value.
Otherwise, the system call will return -EINVAL .
This includes attempts to disable timestamp-based process timing on
systems booted with the all_process option.
A child process's timing mode is inherited from its parent;
however, the child can use the prctl() system call
to modify its own process timing mode (subject to the conditions
outlined in the previous note).
The BusLogic driver (for certain Mylex SCSI host bus adapters) is
provided in the standard kernel packages, but it is only supported
when the kernel is a guest operating system within
VMWare virtual machine software. This is
because VMWare presents an emulated SCSI adapter to the BusLogic
driver, and this environment has been thoroughly tested and supported
by VMWare, Inc. The BusLogic driver is not supported on physical SCSI
host adapters because this driver has not been maintained in the
official Linux kernel for several years, and has not received
extensive testing in the &RHEL; kernel.
The qla1280 driver (for the Qlogic ISP1x80/1x160 SCSI adapters)
has not been maintained in the official Linux kernel for many years.
As a result, although this driver works correctly with the Intel x86
architecture, it does not work correctly with other architectures.
Therefore, &RH; only supports the qla1280 driver on Intel x86
platforms.
The netdump facility is currently disabled. The
netdump package is included so that, if the
netdump facility is enabled in a future kernel update, netdump
functionality will be available after the netdump-capable kernel is
installed.
Systems based on the Intel I865/I875 chipsets and utilizing these
chipsets' ICH5 integrated AC97 audio functionality may experience a
failure to produce any sound when running &PROD; &PRODVER;.
The ICH5 integrated AC97 audio subsystem can be identified by
reviewing the output from the following command:
/sbin/lspci -n
The PCI vendor:device code for the ICH5 AC97 audio is
8086:24d5.
Systems based on the Intel I865/I875 chipsets and utilizing these
chipsets' ICH5 Serial ATA (SATA) functionality should configure the
BIOS settings for their SATA devices to "enhanced" or "native" mode.
"Legacy" or "combined" mode SATA is supported, but discouraged.
NOTE: Not all BIOS implementations offer the ability to change
these settings.
New kernel support has been added to provide IPv6 capabilities.
This support is consistent with the upstream 2.6-based implementation
as of 2.6.0-test3.
Note that &RH; will not be implementing additional IPv6 features
(such as any of the draft standards for Mobile IP) for this release of
&PROD;; our goal is to focus exclusively on bugs in existing
features.
EA (Extended Attributes) and ACL (Access Control Lists)
functionality is now available for ext3 file systems. In
addition, ACL functionality is available for NFS.
&PROD; &PRODVER; contains a kernel providing EA and ACL support
for the ext3 file system. Protocol extensions were also added to NFS
to support ACL-related operations for NFS-exported file
systems.
To enable ACLs on a locally-mounted file system, the file system
must be mounted with the -o acl mount option. By
default, the NFS server makes use of ACLs if the underlying file
system supports them. To disable this feature, you must specify the
no_acl export option.
EAs are used intrinsically for ACL support. To use EAs
separately, the file system must be mounted with the -o
user_xattr mount option.
The support for this comes in several packages:
· kernel — Provides support for storing EAs and ACLs
on disk for ext3 file systems, as well the system calls to manipulate
EAs and ACLs. Finally, the kernel package provides the mechanisms to
enforce ACLs on file access.
· e2fsprogs — Includes knowledge of the new on-disk
extended attribute formats so that fsck can check
file systems using the new feature.
· attr, libattr — Provides access to extended
attributes attached to files.
· acl, libacl — Provides tools to set, modify, and
query the ACLs set on files.
· libattr-devel, libacl-devel — Libraries and include
files to build programs using the acl and attr libraries.
· star — An archiving tool which can create and
unpack both tar and pax format
archives, and which can backup and restore EAs and ACLs.
NOTE: The options available for star are not
completely equivalent with those available for tar ;
therefore, make sure you review the star man
page.
· samba — Samba can export ACL functionality in this
release. Refer to the samba documentation for information on how to
enable this in your configuration.
In addition, the coreutils package has been
updated so that the cp and mv
commands copy the ACLs and EAs associated with a file.
For more information on setting and reading ACLs, refer to the
setfacl and getfacl man pages.
General information about ACLs can be found in the
acl man page.
NOTE: The normal tar and
dump commands will not backup
ACLs and EAs.
Compatibility with older systems:
Any ext3 file system that has not had any ACLs or EAs set on it
will work unchanged on older kernels, and can be checked using older
e2fsprogs utilities.
Once an EA or an ACL has been set on any file on a given file
system, that file system will acquire the ext_attr
attribute. This attribute can be observed by using the following
command:
tune2fs -l
<filesystemdevice>
A file system that has acquired the ext_attr
attribute can be mounted with older kernels, but obviously those
kernels are incapable of enforcing any ACLs that have been set.
NOTE: Older versions of the file system checking program
e2fsck refuse to check any file system with the
ext_attr attribute. This corresponds to versions
of the e2fsprogs package prior to 1.22.
The &PROD; &PRODVER; kernel now includes support for NFS over TCP.
To use NFS over TCP, you must include the "-o tcp "
option to mount when mounting the NFS-exported file
system on the client system.
NOTE: The default transport protocol for NFS remains UDP. Use the
mount command with the "-o tcp "
option to mount an NFS-exported file system using TCP; otherwise, UDP
will be used by default.
In this kernel, the following command has been added to scan for
new devices on all attached SCSI host adapters:
echo "scsi scan-new-devices" >
/proc/scsi/scsi
This is currently a non-standard addition. In future kernels a
different parameter may be used to provide the same capability, or the
semantics of the same parameter
(scan-new-devices ) may change, as
&RH; tracks the official Linux kernel in this area.
Logical Partitions on iSeries platforms that have been configured
to use more than one processor (either directly or from a shared pool)
may wish to share interrupt processing across all processors. Doing
so may improve performance for some workloads. By default, &PROD; will
only service interrupts on one processor in the LPAR. To change this
behavior, the following boot-time option must be entered:
spread_lpevents=<N>
Where <N>
represents the number of processors in the LPAR that should process
interrupts. This number should be less than or equal to
either:
· The number of virtual processors (if a shared processor
pool is being used)
· The number of direct processors assigned to the LPAR
Change in permission semantics for user-mode memory locking
&PROD; &PRODVER; now allows non-root processes to use user-mode
memory locking system calls within the bounds of their
RLIMIT_MEMLOCK resource limit. The default limit
is one physical page per process. Limits can be reassigned by the
system administrator on a per user-id, per group-id, or system-wide
basis via the /etc/security/limits.conf file.
Root processes are no longer constrained by this resource
limit.
The system calls affected by this change in semantics are
mlock(2) , munlock(2) ,
mlockall(2) , munlockall(2) , and
shmctl(2) .
(
x86
ia64
s390
s390x
amd64
ppc
)
--- NEW FILE announcement-release.txt ---
# This file collects notes throughout the release that are
# used for the announcement and/or the splash.xml.
- newer/better/faster/more
- OpenOffice 2.0 pre
- GNOME 2.10
featuring Clearlooks
- KDE 3.4
- Eclipse & the java stack, in all its huge glory
- Extras by default at release time
- PPC now included
- OO.org 2.0
- Evince first release
- Newer, better GFS fun
- Virtualization available with built-in Xen
- GCC 4.0
- 80 new daemons covered by SELinux (up from a dozen)
Just part of Gnome 2.10, but since it's such a visible change, maybe
mention the new default theme.
--- NEW FILE daemons.xml ---
System Services
cron and slocate
The updatedb utility is no longer
automatically run by cron to create and
update the database of files used by slocate .
Updating this database is an intensive process that users of
workstations and laptops may find disruptive.
To enable daily updates of the slocate
database, edit the file /etc/updatedb.conf as follows:
DAILY_UPDATE=yes
--- NEW FILE database-servers.xml ---
--- NEW FILE desktop.xml ---
--- NEW FILE development-tools.xml ---
Development Tools
GCC Compiler Collection
&DISTRO; &DISTROVER; has been built using GCC
4.0, which is included with the distribution.
Caveats
GDB 6.1 or newer is needed to debug binaries
unless compiled using the -fno-var-tracking compilation
option.
The -fwritable-strings
option is no longer accepted.
English-language diagnostic messages now use Unicode quotes;
if you cannot read this, set your LC_CTYPE
environment variable to "C " or
change your terminal emulator.
The specs file is no longer installed on
most systems. Ordinary users will not notice, but developers
who need to alter the file can use the -dumpspecs option to generate the
file for editing.
Code Generation
The SSA code optimizer is now included and
brings with it better constant propagation, partial redundancy
elimination, load and store code motion, strength reduction,
dead storage elimination, better detection of unreachable
code, and tail recursion by accumulation.
Autovectorization is supported. This technique achieves higher
performance for repetitive loop code, in some circumstances.
Language Extentions
A sentinel attribute has been
added so that the compiler will now issue a warning if a
function such as execl(char *path, const char *arg,
...) , which requires a NULL
list terminator is missing the NULL .
The cast-as-lvalue ,
conditional-expression-as-lvalue , and
compund-expression-as-lvalue
extentions have been removed.
The #pragma pack() semantics
have been brought closer to those used by other compilers.
Taking the address of a variable declared with the
register modifier now
generates an error instead of a warning.
Arrays of incomplete element types now generate an error. This
implies no forward reference to structure definitions.
The basic compiler, without any optimization (-O0 ), has been measured as much
as 25% faster in real-world code.
Libraries may now contain function-scope static variables in
multi-threaded programs. The -fno-threadsafe-statics can be
used by embedded developers to turn off this feature, but
ordinary users should never do this.
Java
To avoid naming conflicts: rmic is now
grmic ; rmiregistry
is now grmiregistry ; and
jar is now fastjar .
The GCJ compiler can now be used as
a just-in-time (JIT ) tool by using the
gnu.jit facilities.
More support of the AWT and
SWING packages have been added.
FORTRAN
The GNU FORTRAN 77
front end has been replaced by a new FORTRAN
90/95 recognizer.
Eclipse Development Environment
Eclipse 3.1M6 has been compiled as a native application.
The C Development Tool (CDT ) has been
included.
--- NEW FILE eula.py ---
from gtk import *
import string
import gtk
import gobject
import sys
import functions
import rhpl.iconv
import os
##
## I18N
##
import gettext
gettext.bindtextdomain ("firstboot", "/usr/share/locale")
gettext.textdomain ("firstboot")
_=gettext.gettext
class childWindow:
#You must specify a runPriority for the order in which you wish your module to run
runPriority = 15
moduleName = (_("License Agreement"))
def launch(self, doDebug = None):
self.doDebug = doDebug
if self.doDebug:
print "initializing eula module"
self.vbox = gtk.VBox()
self.vbox.set_size_request(400, 200)
msg = (_("License Agreement"))
title_pix = functions.imageFromFile("workstation.png")
internalVBox = gtk.VBox()
internalVBox.set_border_width(10)
internalVBox.set_spacing(5)
textBuffer = gtk.TextBuffer()
textView = gtk.TextView()
textView.set_editable(gtk.FALSE)
textSW = gtk.ScrolledWindow()
textSW.set_shadow_type(gtk.SHADOW_IN)
textSW.set_policy(gtk.POLICY_AUTOMATIC, gtk.POLICY_AUTOMATIC)
textSW.add(textView)
lang = os.environ["LANG"]
if len(string.split(lang, ".")) > 1:
lang = string.split(lang, ".")[0]
path = "/usr/share/eula/eula.%s" % lang
if not os.access(path, os.R_OK):
#Try to open the translated eula
lines = open("/usr/share/eula/eula.en_US").readlines()
else:
#If we don't have a translation for this locale, just open the English one
lines = open(path).readlines()
iter = textBuffer.get_iter_at_offset(0)
for line in lines:
textBuffer.insert(iter, line)
textView.set_buffer(textBuffer)
self.okButton = gtk.RadioButton(None, (_("_Yes, I agree to the License Agreement")))
self.noButton = gtk.RadioButton(self.okButton, (_("N_o, I do not agree")))
self.noButton.set_active(gtk.TRUE)
internalVBox.pack_start(textSW, gtk.TRUE)
internalVBox.pack_start(self.okButton, gtk.FALSE)
internalVBox.pack_start(self.noButton, gtk.FALSE)
self.vbox.pack_start(internalVBox, gtk.TRUE, 5)
return self.vbox, title_pix, msg
def apply(self, notebook):
if self.okButton.get_active() == gtk.TRUE:
return 0
else:
dlg = gtk.MessageDialog(None, 0, gtk.MESSAGE_QUESTION, gtk.BUTTONS_NONE,
(_("Do you want to reread or reconsider the Licence Agreement? "
"If not, please shut down the computer and remove this "
"product from your system. ")))
dlg.set_position(gtk.WIN_POS_CENTER)
dlg.set_modal(gtk.TRUE)
continueButton = dlg.add_button(_("_Reread license"), 0)
shutdownButton = dlg.add_button(_("_Shut down"), 1)
continueButton.grab_focus()
rc = dlg.run()
dlg.destroy()
if rc == 0:
return None
elif rc == 1:
if self.doDebug:
print "shut down system"
os.system("/sbin/halt")
return None
--- NEW FILE eula.txt ---
LICENSE AGREEMENT
FEDORA(TM) CORE 3
This agreement governs the download, installation or use of the
Software (as defined below) and any updates to the Software,
regardless of the delivery mechanism. The Software is a collective
work under U.S. Copyright Law. Subject to the following terms, Fedora
Project grants to the user ("User") a license to this collective work
pursuant to the GNU General Public License. By downloading,
installing or using the Software, User agrees to the terms of this
agreement.
1. THE SOFTWARE. Fedora Core (the "Software") is a modular Linux
operating system consisting of hundreds of software components.
The end user license agreement for each component is located in
the component's source code. With the exception of certain image
files containing the Fedora trademark identified in Section 2
below, the license terms for the components permit User to copy,
modify, and redistribute the component, in both source code and
binary code forms. This agreement does not limit User's rights
under, or grant User rights that supersede, the license terms of
any particular component.
2. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS. The Software and each of its
components, including the source code, documentation, appearance,
structure and organization are copyrighted by Fedora Project and
others and are protected under copyright and other laws. Title to
the Software and any component, or to any copy, modification, or
merged portion shall remain with the aforementioned, subject to
the applicable license. The "Fedora" trademark is a trademark of
Red Hat, Inc. ("Red Hat") in the U.S. and other countries and is
used by permission. This agreement permits User to distribute
unmodified copies of Software using the Fedora trademark on the
condition that User follows Red Hat's trademark guidelines located
at http://fedora.redhat.com/legal. User must abide by these
trademark guidelines when distributing the Software, regardless of
whether the Software has been modified. If User modifies the
Software, then User must replace all images containing the
"Fedora" trademark. Those images are found in the anaconda-images
and the fedora-logos packages. Merely deleting these files may
corrupt the Software.
3. LIMITED WARRANTY. Except as specifically stated in this agreement
or a license for a particular component, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT
PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, THE SOFTWARE AND THE COMPONENTS
ARE PROVIDED AND LICENSED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, NON-INFRINGEMENT OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. Neither the Fedora Project nor Red Hat warrants that the
functions contained in the Software will meet User's requirements
or that the operation of the Software will be entirely error free
or appear precisely as described in the accompanying
documentation. USE OF THE SOFTWARE IS AT USER'S OWN RISK.
4. LIMITATION OF REMEDIES AND LIABILITY. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, FEDORA PROJECT AND RED HAT WILL NOT
BE LIABLE TO USER FOR ANY DAMAGES, INCLUDING INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOST PROFITS OR LOST SAVINGS ARISING OUT OF
THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE, EVEN IF FEDORA PROJECT
OR RED HAT HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
5. EXPORT CONTROL. As required by U.S. law, User represents and
warrants that it: (a) understands that the Software is subject to
export controls under the U.S. Commerce Department's Export
Administration Regulations ("EAR"); (b) is not located in a
prohibited destination country under the EAR or U.S. sanctions
regulations (currently Cuba, Iran, Iraq, Libya, North Korea, Sudan
and Syria); (c) will not export, re-export, or transfer the
Software to any prohibited destination, entity, or individual
without the necessary export license(s) or authorizations(s) from
the U.S. Government; (d) will not use or transfer the Software for
use in any sensitive nuclear, chemical or biological weapons, or
missile technology end-uses unless authorized by the
U.S. Government by regulation or specific license; (e) understands
and agrees that if it is in the United States and exports or
transfers the Software to eligible end users, it will, as required
by EAR Section 741.17(e), submit semi-annual reports to the
Commerce Department's Bureau of Industry & Security (BIS), which
include the name and address (including country) of each
transferee; and (f) understands that countries other than the
United States may restrict the import, use, or export of
encryption products and that it shall be solely responsible for
compliance with any such import, use, or export restrictions.
6. GENERAL. If any provision of this agreement is held to be
unenforceable, that shall not affect the enforceability of the
remaining provisions. This agreement shall be governed by the
laws of the State of North Carolina and of the United States,
without regard to any conflict of laws provisions, except that the
United Nations Convention on the International Sale of Goods shall
not apply.
Copyright (C) 2003, 2004 Fedora Project. All rights reserved. "Red Hat"
and "Fedora" are trademarks of Red Hat, Inc. "Linux" is a registered
trademark of Linus Torvalds. All other trademarks are the property of
their respective owners.
--- NEW FILE fedora-devel.repo ---
[development]
name=Fedora Core $releasever - Development Tree
#baseurl=http://download.fedora.redhat.com/pub/fedora/linux/core/development/$basearch/
mirrorlist=http://fedora.redhat.com/download/mirrors/fedora-core-rawhide
enabled=0
--- NEW FILE fedora-release.spec ---
%define builtin_release_version @VERSION@
%define builtin_release_name @RELNAME@
%define real_release_version %{?release_version}%{!?release_version:%{builtin_release_version}}
%define real_release_name %{?release_name}%{!?release_name:%{builtin_release_name}}
Summary: Fedora Core release file
Name: fedora-release
Version: %{real_release_version}
Release: 9
Copyright: GFDL
Group: System Environment/Base
Source: fedora-release-%{builtin_release_version}- at RELARCH@.tar.gz
Obsoletes: rawhide-release
Obsoletes: redhat-release
Obsoletes: indexhtml
Provides: redhat-release
Provides: indexhtml
BuildRoot: %{_tmppath}/fedora-release-root
ExclusiveArch: @RELARCH@
%description
Fedora Core release file
%prep
%setup -q -n fedora-release- at VERSION@- at RELARCH@
%build
python -c "import py_compile; py_compile.compile('eula.py')"
%install
rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
mkdir -p $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/etc
echo "Fedora Core release %{real_release_version} (%{real_release_name})" > $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/etc/fedora-release
cp $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/etc/fedora-release $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/etc/issue
echo "Kernel \r on an \m" >> $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/etc/issue
cp $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/etc/issue $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/etc/issue.net
echo >> $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/etc/issue
ln -s fedora-release $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/etc/redhat-release
mkdir -p $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/share/eula $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/share/firstboot/modules
cp -f eula.txt $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/share/eula/eula.en_US
cp -f eula.py $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/share/firstboot/modules/eula.py
mkdir -p -m 755 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_defaultdocdir}/HTML
cp -ap img css \
$RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_defaultdocdir}/HTML
for file in indexhtml-*.html ; do
newname=`echo $file | sed 's|indexhtml-\(.*\)-\(.*\).html|index-\2.html|g'`
install -m 644 $file $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_defaultdocdir}/HTML/$newname || :
done
mv -f $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_defaultdocdir}/HTML/index-en.html \
$RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_defaultdocdir}/HTML/index.html || :
mkdir -p -m 755 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/etc/sysconfig/rhn
mkdir -p -m 755 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/etc/yum.repos.d
install -m 644 sources $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/etc/sysconfig/rhn/sources
for file in fedora*repo ; do
install -m 644 $file $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/etc/yum.repos.d
done
%clean
rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
# If this is the first time a package containing /etc/issue
# is installed, we want the new files there. Otherwise, we
# want %config(noreplace) to take precedence.
%triggerpostun -- redhat-release < 7.1.93-1
for I in issue issue.net; do
if [ -f /etc/$I.rpmnew ] ; then
mv -f /etc/$I /etc/$I.rpmsave
mv -f /etc/$I.rpmnew /etc/$I
fi
done
%files
%defattr(-,root,root)
%attr(0644,root,root) /etc/fedora-release
/etc/redhat-release
%dir /etc/sysconfig/rhn
%dir /etc/yum.repos.d
%config(noreplace) /etc/sysconfig/rhn/sources
%config(noreplace) /etc/yum.repos.d/*
%doc R*
%doc eula.txt GPL autorun-template
%config %attr(0644,root,root) /etc/issue
%config %attr(0644,root,root) /etc/issue.net
/usr/share/firstboot/modules/eula.py
/usr/share/eula/eula.en_US
%{_defaultdocdir}/HTML
--- NEW FILE fedora-updates-testing.repo ---
[updates-testing]
name=Fedora Core $releasever - $basearch - Test Updates
#baseurl=http://download.fedora.redhat.com/pub/fedora/linux/core/updates/testing/$releasever/$basearch/
mirrorlist=http://fedora.redhat.com/download/mirrors/updates-testing-fc$releasever
enabled=0
gpgcheck=1
--- NEW FILE fedora-updates.repo ---
[updates-released]
name=Fedora Core $releasever - $basearch - Released Updates
#baseurl=http://download.fedora.redhat.com/pub/fedora/linux/core/updates/$releasever/$basearch/
mirrorlist=http://fedora.redhat.com/download/mirrors/updates-released-fc$releasever
enabled=1
gpgcheck=1
--- NEW FILE fedora.css ---
/*
CSS for Red Hat Linux Project docs from the Documentation Project
Written by Tammy Fox and Garrett LeSage
Copyright 2003 Tammy Fox, Garrett LeSage, and Red Hat, Inc.
License: GPL
*/
li p {
display: inline;
}
div.table table {
width: 95%;
background-color: #DCDCDC;
color: #000000;
border-spacing: 0;
}
div.table table th {
border: 1px solid #A9A9A9;
background-color: #A9A9A9;
color: #000000;
}
div.table table td {
border: 1px solid #A9A9A9;
background-color: #DCDCDC;
color: #000000;
padding: 0.5em;
margin-bottom: 0.5em;
margin-top: 2px;
}
div.note table, div.tip table, div.important table, div.caution table, div.warning table {
width: 95%;
border: 2px solid #B0C4DE;
background-color: #F0F8FF;
color: #000000;
/* padding inside table area */
padding: 0.5em;
margin-bottom: 0.5em;
margin-top: 0.5em;
}
.qandaset table {
border-collapse: collapse;
}
.qandaset {
}
.qandaset tr.question {
}
.qandaset tr.question td {
font-weight: bold;
padding: 1em 1em 0;
}
.qandaset tr.answer td {
padding: 0.25em 1em 1.5em;
}
.qandaset tr.question td, .qandaset tr.answer td {
}
hr {
border: 0;
border-bottom: 1px solid #ccc;
}
h1, h2, h3, h4 {
font-family: luxi sans,sans-serif;
color: #990000;
font-weight: bold;
}
h1 {
font-size: 1.75em;
}
h2 {
font-size: 1.25em;
}
h3 {
font-size: 1.1em;
}
code.screen, pre.screen {
font-family: monospace;
font-size: 1em;
display: block;
padding: 10px;
border: 1px solid #bbb;
background-color: #eee;
color: #000;
overflow: auto;
border-radius: 2.5px;
-moz-border-radius: 2.5px;
margin: 0.5em 2em;
}
div.example {
padding: 10px;
border: 1px solid #bbb;
margin: 0.5em 2em;
}
.procedure ol li {
margin-bottom: 1.5em;
}
/* prevent inheritance */
.procedure ol li li {
margin-bottom: 0em;
}
--- NEW FILE fedora.repo ---
[base]
name=Fedora Core $releasever - $basearch - Base
#baseurl=http://download.fedora.redhat.com/pub/fedora/linux/core/$releasever/$basearch/os/
mirrorlist=http://fedora.redhat.com/download/mirrors/fedora-core-$releasever
enabled=1
gpgcheck=1
--- NEW FILE feedback.xml ---
Release Notes Feedback Procedure
(This section will disappear when the final &DISTRO; release is
created.)
If you feel that these release notes could be improved in some way,
you can provide feedback directly to the author. If you see a URL in the
release notes that looks like this:
%%% https://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=<bug-number> %%%
You can click on the URL and submit feedback on that particular
section of the release notes. Your feedback will be added as a comment to
an existing bug report.
If the section of the release notes that you have feedback for does
not have one of these URLs (or you are submitting a request for entirely
new content), you can click on the following link (this only works for the
HTML version, of course — the URL is much too long to include in the
text):
Click
here to submit new release notes feedback
If you would like to review the changes that have been already
submitted for this document, use the following link:
http://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/showdependencytree.cgi?id=114398
As bugs are posted for the various parts of the release notes,
subsequent test versions of these release notes will contain links similar
to the one described earlier.
Thank you (in advance) for your feedback!
--- NEW FILE file-servers.xml ---
File Servers
This section refers to file transfer and sharing servers. Please
refer to the &WEB-SERVERS; and &SAMBA; sections for information on HTTP (Web) file
transfer and Samba (Windows) file sharing.
Netatalk (Macintosh Compatibility)
This section contains information related to Netatalk, a suite of
software that enables Linux to interact with Macintosh systems using
the AppleTalk network protocols.
netatalk
&DISTRO; &DISTROVER; includes version 2 of Netatalk. Upgrading
from Netatalk version 1 to version 2 may result in data
loss . Version 2 of Netatalk uses a different
method to store file resource forks from the previous version,
and may require a different file name encoding scheme. Please
read the documentation and plan your migration before upgrading.
Upgrade information is available directly from the Netatalk site:
http://netatalk.sourceforge.net/2.0/htmldocs/upgrade.html
The documentation is also included in the
netatalk package. Refer to either
/usr/share/doc/netatalk-2.0.2/doc/htmldocs/upgrade.html ,
or
/usr/share/doc/netatalk-2.0.2/doc/Netatalk-Manual.pdf
(numbered page 25, document page 33).
--- NEW FILE file-systems.xml ---
--- NEW FILE hardware-reqs.xml ---
Hardware Requirements
The following information represents the minimum hardware
requirements necessary to successfully install &DISTRO; &DISTROVER;.
Note
The compatibility/availability of other hardware components (such
as video and network cards) may be required for specific
installation modes and/or post-installation usage.
CPU Requirements
This section lists the CPU specifications required by &DISTRO;
&DISTROVER;.
Note
The following CPU
specifications are stated in terms of Intel processors. Other
processors (notably, offerings from AMD, Cyrix, and VIA) that
are compatible with and equivalent to the following Intel
processors may also be used with &DISTRO;.
Minimum:
Pentium-class — &FC; &LOCALVER; is optimized for Pentium
4 CPUs, but also supports earlier CPUs (such as Pentium,
Pentium Pro, Pentium II, Pentium III, and including AMD and
VIA variants). This approach has been taken because
Pentium-class optimizations actually result in reduced
performance for non-Pentium-class processors, and Pentium 4
scheduling is sufficiently different (while making up the bulk
of today's processors) to warrant this change.
Recommended for
text-mode: 200 MHz Pentium-class or better
Recommended for
graphical: 400 MHz Pentium II or better
AMD64
processors (both Athlon64 and Opteron)
Intel
processors with Intel Extended Memory 64
Technology (Intel
EM64T)
Hard Disk Space Requirements
This section lists the disk space required to install &DISTRO;
&DISTROVER;.
Note
The disk space requirements listed below represent the disk
space taken up by &DISTRO; &DISTROVER;
after the installation is complete.
However, additional disk space is required during the
installation to support the installation environment. This
additional disk space corresponds to the size of
/Fedora/base/stage2.img (on CD-ROM 1) plus
the size of the files in /var/lib/rpm on
the installed system.
In practical terms, this means that as little as an
additional 90MB can be required for a minimal installation,
while as much as an additional 175MB can be required for an
"everything" installation.
Also, keep in mind that additional space will be required
for any user data, and at least 5% free space should be
maintained for proper system operation.
This list is for 32-bit x86 systems:
Custom
Installation (Minimal): 620MB
Server:
1.1GB
Personal
Desktop: 2.3GB
Workstation:
3.0GB
Custom
Installation (Everything): 6.9GB
This list is for 64-bit x86_64 systems:
Custom
Installation (Minimal): 900MB
Server:
1.5GB
Personal
Desktop: 2.7GB
Workstation:
3.4GB
Custom
Installation: (Everything) 7.5GB
Memory Requirements
This section lists the memory required to install &DISTRO;
&DISTROVER;.
This list is for 32-bit x86 systems:
Minimum for
text-mode: 64MB
Minimum for
graphical: 192MB
Recommended for
graphical: 256MB
This list is for 64-bit x86_64 systems:
Minimum for
text-mode: 128MB
Minimum for
graphical: 256MB
Recommended
for graphical: 512MB
PPC Hardware Requirements
This section lists the minimum PowerPC (PPC) hardware needed to
install &FC; &LOCALVER;.
Minimum: PowerPC G3 /
POWER4
&FC; &LOCALVER;
supports only the New World
generation of
Apple Power
Macintosh, shipped circa 1999 onwards. It also supports the
64-bit G5 processor and, POWER processors in IBM
eServer pSeries .
Currently 32-bit IBM
RS/6000 machines are not supported.
Recommended for
text-mode: 233 MHz G3 or better
Recommended for
graphical: 400 MHz G3 or better
--- NEW FILE install-notes.xml ---
Installation-Related Notes
This section outlines those issues that are related to Anaconda
(the &DISTRO; installation program) and installing &DISTRO;
&DISTROVER; in general.
Note
If you intend to download the &DISTRO; &DISTROVER; DVD ISO
image, keep in mind that not all file downloading tools can
accommodate files larger than 2GB in size. For example,
wget will exit with a File size
limit exceeded error.
The curl and ncftpget
file downloading tools do not have this limitation, and can
successfully download files larger than 2GB.
Bittorrent is another method for downloading large files. For
information about obtaining and using the torrent file refer to
this website:
http://torrent.fedoraproject.org/
PPC Installation Notes
The DVD or first CD of the
installation set of &FC; is set to be bootable on the Apple Macintosh and should boot
the appropriate 32-bit or 64-bit installer. In addition, bootable
CD images can be found in the images/
directory of the DVD or first CD. Choose the appropriate
boot.iso according to the hardware:
images/mac/boot.iso - 32-bit
Apple Macintosh
(G3/G4)
images/mac64/boot.iso - 64-bit Apple Macintosh (G5)
images/pseries/boot.iso - 64-bit
IBM
eServer pSeries
(POWER4/POWER5)
Power management
support, including sleep and backlight level management, is
present in the apmud package, which is in
&FEX;. &FEX; for &FC; is configured by default for
yum . Following installation,
apmud can be installed by running
yum install apmud .
Anaconda Notes
The &DISTRO; installation program has the ability to test
the integrity of the installation media. It works with the CD,
DVD, hard drive ISO, and NFS ISO installation methods. &RH;
recommends that you test all installation media before
starting the installation process, and before reporting any
installation-related bugs (many of the bugs reported are
actually due to improperly-burned CDs). To use this test, type
linux mediacheck at the
boot: prompt.
The mediacheck function is highly
sensitive, and may report some usable discs as faulty. This
result is often caused by disc writing software that does not
include padding when creating discs from ISO files. For best
results with the mediacheck , boot with the
option:
linux ide=nodma
Use the sha1sum utility to verify discs
before carrying out an installation. This test accurately
identifies discs that are not valid or identical to the ISO
image files.
Memory testing may be
performed prior to installing &DISTRO; by entering
memtest86 at the boot:
prompt. This causes the Memtest86 standalone memory testing
software to run. Memtest86 memory testing continues until the
Esc key is pressed.
NOTE: You must boot from
CD-ROM 1 (or a rescue CD-ROM) in order to use this
feature.
&DISTRO; &DISTROVER; supports graphical FTP and HTTP
installations. However, due to the necessity of containing
the installer image in RAM, only systems with more than 128MB
of RAM (or systems booted from CD-ROM 1, which contains the
installer image) can use the graphical installer. Systems
with 128MB or less will continue to use the text-based
installer.
Installation-Related Issues
Certain hardware configurations (particularly those with
LCD displays) may experience problems while starting the
&DISTRO; installation program. In these instances, restart
the installation, and add the "nofb " option
to the boot command line.
Note
Chinese, Japanese, and Korean graphical installations
started using the "nofb " option will
start in English, and then switch to the appropriate
language once the graphical phase of the installation
process begins.
Some Sony VAIO notebook systems may
experience problems installing &DISTRO; from CD-ROM. If this
happens, restart the installation process and add the
following option to the boot command line:
pci=off ide1=0x180,0x386
This option allows the
installation to proceed normally; any devices not detected due
to the use of this option will be configured the first time
&DISTRO; is booted.
Serial mice are known to be inoperative during
installation. However, there are indications that serial mice
work properly in X after the installation has completed.
Refer to bug 119474 for more information:
http://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=119474
There have been
issues observed when upgrading &RHL;
7.<x> , 8.0, 9, and &FC; 1, 2,
and 3 systems where third party packages are installed that
conflict with packages provided by &FP;. One example is
Ximian GNOME.
The issue with Ximian GNOME is caused by version overlap
between the official &RHL; RPMs (or the ones from the &PROJ;)
and the Ximian RPMs. This configuration is not supported. You
have several choices in resolving this particular issue:
You may remove
Ximian GNOME from your system prior to upgrading to
&DISTRO;.
You may upgrade
your system, and then immediately reinstall Ximian GNOME.
You may upgrade
your system, and then immediately remove all remaining
Ximian RPMs, replacing them with the corresponding
&DISTRO; RPMs.
You
must resolve the version overlap using
one of the above choices. Failure to do so will result in an
unstable GNOME configuration.
--- NEW FILE intro.xml ---
Introduction and Technical Release Notes
The &PROJ; is an openly-developed project designed by &RH;, open for
general participation, led by a meritocracy, and following a set of
project objectives. The results from this project include &DISTRO;,
which is a complete, general-purpose operating system built
exclusively from open source software.
Note
&FC; is a community supported project.
&FC; is not a commercially supported product of &FORMAL-RHI;.
For more information, refer to .
Additional important information about this release may be made
available at http://fedora.redhat.com/docs/release-notes/ .
Users are advised to check this link regularly for updates.
For reporting errors or other requests about these release notes,
file a bug report using this pre-filled
bugzilla template .
This &TINY-BUG-URL; will take
you to the same pre-filled bugzilla template.
--- NEW FILE java-package.xml ---
Java Package Recommendations
&FC; &LOCALVER; users are advised not to use the Java RPM provided
by Sun. It contains Provides that
conflict with names used in packages provided as part of &FC;
&LOCALVER;. Because of this, Sun Java might disappear from an
installed system during package upgrade operations.
&FC; &LOCALVER; users should use either the RPM from jpackage.org or
manually install the Sun Java tarball into
/opt . Sun Java 1.5+ is recommended for
stability purposes.
--- NEW FILE kernel.xml ---
Linux Kernel
Version
The &DISTRO; is based on a 2.6.11 kernel. &FC; may include
additional patches for improvements, bug fixes, or additional
features. For this reason, the &FC; kernel may not be
line-for-line equivalent to the so-called vanilla kernel from the
kernel.org
web site.
You may obtain a list of any such patches by using the command on the &FC; package:
rpm -qpl kernel-<version> .src.rpm
Kernel Flavors
&FC; includes the following kernel builds:
Native kernel, in both uniprocessor and SMP
varieties.
Configured sources are available in the
kernel-devel-<version> .<arch> .rpm
package.
Virtual kernel for use with the Xen emulator package.
Configured sources are available in the
kernel-xen0-devel-<version> .<arch> .rpm
package.
Sources for both kernel flavors may be installed at the same time.
The files will be installed into the
/usr/src/kernels/<version> [-xen0]-<arch> /
tree. Use the command:
rpm -Uvh kernel-devel[-xen0]-<version> .<arch> .rpm
as appropriate.
Following Generic Textbooks
Many of the tutorials, examples, and textbooks about Linux
kernel development assume the kernel sources are installed under
the /usr/src/linux directory. If you make a
symbolic link, as shown below, you should be able to use those
learning materials with the &FC; packages. Install the
appropriate kernel sources, as shown earlier, and then:
ln -s /usr/src/kernels/kernel-<all-the-rest> /usr/src/linux
Preparing for Kernel Development
&DISTRO; &DISTROVER; does not include the
kernel-source package provided by older
versions. Instead, configured sources are available as described
in . Users that require access to &FC;
original kernel sources can find them in the
kernel .src.rpm package.
To create an exploded source tree from this file, perform the
following steps:
These Instructions Refer to the Currently-running Kernel!
To simplify the following directions, we have assumed that you
want to configure the kernel sources to match your
currently-running kernel. In the steps below, you must
understand that the phrase
<version> refers to the kernel
version shown by this command:
uname -r
Obtain the
kernel-<version> .src.rpm
file from one of the following sources:
The SRPMS directory on the
appropriate SRPMS
CD iso image.
The FTP site where you got the kernel package.
By running the following command:
up2date --get-source kernel
Install
kernel-<version> .src.rpm
using the command:
rpm -Uvh kernel-<version> .src.rpm
This writes the RPM contents into
/usr/src/redhat/SOURCES and
/usr/src/redhat/SPECS .
Prepare the kernel sources using the commands:
cd /usr/src/redhat/SPECS
rpmbuild -bp --target $(arch) kernel-2.6.spec
The kernel source tree will be located in the
/usr/src/redhat/BUILD/kernel- <version>
directory. It is common practice to move the resulting
linux- <version>
directory to the /usr/src tree; while not
strictly necessary, we suggest that you do this to match the
generally-available documentation.
cd /usr/src/redhat/BUILD/kernel-<version> /usr/src/
mv linux-<version> /usr/src/
cd /usr/src
ln -s ./linux-<version> linux
cd /usr/src/linux
The configurations for the specific kernels shipped in
&DISTRO; &DISTROVER; are in the configs/
directory. For example, the i686 SMP configuration file is
named
configs/kernel-<version> -i686-smp.config .
Issue the following command to place the desired configuration
file in the proper place for building:
cp configs/<desired-config-file> .config
You can also find the .config file that matches your current kernel configuration in the /lib/modules/ <version> /build/.config file.
Every kernel gets a name based on its version number.
This is the value the uname -r command displays.
The kernel name is defined by the first four lines of the kernel Makefile .
To protect the innocent, the Makefile has been changed to generate a kernel with a different name from that of the running kernel.
Before a module can be accepted by the running kernel, that
module must have been compiled for a kernel with the correct
name. To do this, you must edit the kernel Makefile
For example, if the uname -r returns the string 2.6.11-1.234_FC4 , change the EXTRAVERSION definition from this:
EXTRAVERSION = -prep
to this:
EXTRAVERSION = -1.234_FC4
that is, substitute everything from the final dash onward.
Issue the following command:
make oldconfig
You can then proceed as usual.
Building Only Kernel Modules
An exploded source tree is not required to
build a kernel module, such as your own device driver, against the
currently in-use kernel.
For example, to build the foo.ko module,
create the following Makefile in the
directory containing the foo.c file:
obj-m := foo.o
KDIR := /lib/modules/$(shell uname -r)/build
PWD := $(shell pwd)
default:
$(MAKE) -C $(KDIR) M=$(PWD) modules
Issue the make command to build the
foo.ko module.
User Space Dependencies on the Kernel
&DISTRO; adds support for clustered systems. This requires a
special kernel that works in conjunction with some user-space
utilities, such as management daemons. Consequently, to remove
such a kernel, perhaps after an update, you
cannot simply use the rpm -e
kernel-<version>
command as in earlier distributions because these user space
packages depend on the kernel package. You may either list both
the kernel package and its user space dependent packages on the
rpm -e command, or you may wish to use the
yum remove
kernel-<version>
command instead since yum automatically removes
dependent packages if necessary.
--- NEW FILE main.xsl ---
article nop
--- NEW FILE misc-server.xml ---
Miscellaneous Notes
This section contains information related to packages that do not
fit in any of the preceeding categories.
OpenOffice and upgrading from test releases
If you choose to go counter to the recommendation to
not upgrade from a previous test release, you
may encounter a problem with OpenOffice following the upgrade.
To resolve this, you must do the following command
before doing the upgrade:
rm -rf
/usr/lib/openoffice.org*/share/template/*/wizard/bitmap
--- NEW FILE multimedia.xml ---
--- NEW FILE networking.xml ---
Networking
This section contains information relating to network connectivity.
NetworkManager
The NetworkManager service allows computers
such as laptops to automatically manage changing network
connections. It includes support for wireless networking.
You must manually enable the NetworkManager
service. To do so, type the following in a terminal window:
su -c '/sbin/chkconfig --level 345 NetworkManager on; /sbin/service NetworkManager start'
su -c '/sbin/chkconfig --level 345 NetworkManagerDispatcher on; /sbin/service NetworkManagerDispatcher start'
Enter the root password when prompted.
Use the Network Monitor desktop applet
to monitor and configure NetworkManager . To load the
applet in GNOME, right-click on the panel and select:
Add to Panel... Network
Monitor
NetworkManager uses BIND to proxy DNS requests.
Enabling the NetworkManager service also loads the
named service as well. By default BIND is
configured as a cacheing service for the local system, and does
not accept connections from other systems.
Note that some wireless network cards require drivers or firmware
that cannot be included with &DISTRO;. This software must be
installed separately for NetworkManager to function.
--- NEW FILE overview.xml ---
Overview of This Release
The following list includes brief summaries of some of the more
significant aspects of &DISTRO; &DISTROVER;:
&DISTRO; &DISTROVER; contains the following changes:
Support for the PowerPC (PPC) architecture.
GCC 4.0
GNOME 2.10
KDE 3.4 — includes new accessibility features. You
can manage these new features in KDS Control
Center Regional &
Accessibility Accessibility .
Native Eclipse 3.1M6 (part of a free Java stack)
MySQL 4.1
PHP 5.0
Xen 2 (virtualization to run multiple versions of an OS)
GFS 6.1-0.pre22 (cluster file system)
Evince 0.2.1 (universal document viewer)
GDM 2.6 - Includes early login capability
&SEL; — This release includes coverage for 80 new
daemons by the targeted policy. There are changes to the
handling of Booleans. The targeted policy is enabled by
default. For more information, refer to: http://fedora.redhat.com/docs/selinux-faq/ .
This is the complete list of daemons covered by the targeted
policy:
NetworkManager
amanda
apache
apmd
arpwatch
auditd
bluetooth
canna
cardmgr
checkpolicy
chkpwd
compat
comsat
consoletype
cpucontrol
cpuspeed
crond
cups
cvs
cyrus
dbskkd
dbusd
dhcpc
dhcpd
dictd
dmidecode
dovecot
fingerd
fsadm
ftpd
getty
hald
hostname
hotplug
howl
hwclock
i18n_input
ifconfig
inetd
init
initrc
innd
kerberos
klogd
ktalkd
kudzu
ldconfig
load_policy
login
lpd
mailman
modutil
mta
mysqld
named
netutils
nscd
ntpd
portmap
postgresql
ppd
privoxy
radius
radvd
restorecon
rlogind
rpcd
rpm
rshd
rsync
samba
saslauthd
sendmail
setfiles
slapd
snmpd
squid
ssh
stunnel
syslogd
telnetd
tftpd
udev
updfstab
uucpd
webalizer
winbind
xdm
ypbind
ypserv
zebra
--- NEW FILE package-movement.xml ---
Packages Movement
Packages Moved to &FEX;
These are some of the packages that have moved from &CORE; to
&FEX;. These are active packages that are maintained and
supported by the &FP;. If you are looking for information about
&EX;, refer to this URL:
http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Extras
List is Incomplete
This list highlights some of the major packages that moved from
&CORE; to &EX; between &FC; 3 and &FC; &LOCALVER;. This is not
a complete list.
abiword
aiksaurus
balsa
bzflag
cyrus-imapd
dbh
dietlibc
exim
freeciv
gnuchess
gnumeric
grip
jed
lapack
libgda
libgnomedb
libtabe
libxfce4mcs
libxfce4util
libxfcegui
Maelstrom
ncftp
ots
recode
SDL_image
SDL_mixer
SDL_net
sylpheed
system-switch-im
xboard
xcin
xemacs
xemacs-sumo
xfce4-iconbox
[...2192 lines suppressed...]
(x86;x86_64) raidtools
(x86;x86_64) redhat-java-rpm-scripts
(x86;x86_64) rep-gtk
(x86_64) samba (i386)
(x86;x86_64) sawfish
(x86;x86_64) servletapi
(x86;x86_64) servletapi-devel
(x86;x86_64) shapecfg
(x86;x86_64) struts
(x86;x86_64) struts-webapps
(x86;x86_64) system-config-proc
(x86;x86_64) tomcat
(x86;x86_64) tomcat-devel
(x86;x86_64) tomcat-libs
(x86;x86_64) tomcat-test
(x86;x86_64) unarj
(x86;x86_64) xalan-j
(x86;x86_64) xalan-j-devel
(x86;x86_64) xalan-j-xsltc
(x86;x86_64) xerces-j
(x86;x86_64) xerces-j-devel
(x86;x86_64) xffm-icons
(x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-100dpi-fonts
(x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-75dpi-fonts
(x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-ISO8859-14-100dpi-fonts
(x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-ISO8859-14-75dpi-fonts
(x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-ISO8859-15-100dpi-fonts
(x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-ISO8859-15-75dpi-fonts
(x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-ISO8859-2-100dpi-fonts
(x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-ISO8859-2-75dpi-fonts
(x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-ISO8859-9-100dpi-fonts
(x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-ISO8859-9-75dpi-fonts
(x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-base-fonts
(x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-cyrillic-fonts
(x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-libs-data
(x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-syriac-fonts
(x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-truetype-fonts
Packages Deprecated
The following packages have been deprecated, and may be removed from
a future release of &DISTRO;:
dbskkd-cdb — Only used by deprecated package
skkinput
FreeWnn — Only used by deprecated package
kinput2-canna-wnn6
(x86) lilo — GRUB is the
recommended bootloader
miniChinput — IIIMF is the recommended input method
nabi — IIIMF is the recommended input method
ncpfs — No longer part of &DISTRO; profile
skkinput — IIIMF is the recommended input method
xcin — IIIMF is the recommended input method
-->
--- NEW FILE package-notes.xml ---
Package-Specific Notes
The following sections contain information regarding packages that
have undergone significant changes for &DISTRO; &DISTROVER;. For
easier access, they are generally organized using the same groups
used in Anaconda.
Basic Components
This section contains information related to basic system
components.
&FEX; Repository
&FEX; is part of the larger &FP; and is a volunteer-based
community effort to create a repository of packages that
compliment &FC;. The &FEX; repository is enabled by default from
&FC; &LOCALVER; onwards.
You can lean more about &FEX; from:
http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Extras
If you would like to install any software available from
Fedora extras you can use yum .
yum install <packagename>
Where <packagename> is the name
of the package you want to install. For example, if you wanted
to install the abiword package, the command
yum install abiword automatically installs
the package and all dependencies.
Audit Daemon auditd and Log
Files
The audit daemon, auditd, is now enabled by default. When
auditd is running, the kernel directs audit messages to
/var/log/audit/audit.log . The location of this file is
specified in /etc/auditd.conf .
AVC messages for &SEL; are sent using the audit infrastructure.
These messages are now in
/var/log/audit/audit.log .
When auditd is not running, the kernel passes audit messages to
syslog. These logs are typically kept in /var/log/messages and
are viewable using dmesg .
Audit extensions are now compiled into PAM. All programs that
do grant entry to the system or change user account attributes
will generate an audit message.
To enable auditing within the kernel, you must pass the
parameter audit=1 to the kernel during
boot. Otherwise, you can use this command to enable auditing
during run time:
auditctl -e 1
LinuxThreads versus NPTL
As the next step in removing support for the obsolete
LinuxThreads library, code compiled and linked on &FC;
&LOCALVER; now automatically uses the NPTL headers and
libraries.
In previous releases since &RHL; 9, the default threading was
LinuxThreads since the interface is mostly forward compatible.
The advantages of the NPTL interface is that the cancellation
handling is faster (when -fexception is
used, even in C code) and that the additional interfaces are now
available without special compiler and linker parameters. In
other words, you do not need to use
-I/usr/include/nptl and
-L/usr/lib{,64}/nptl any longer. Note that
lib{,64} is to be interpreted as lib64 on
platforms which place DSOs in lib64/
directories, and lib/ otherwise.
In &FC; &LOCALVER; it is still possible to create code using the
LinuxThreads definitions. For this the
linuxthreads-devel package must be
installed and
-I/usr/include/linuxthreads -L/usr/lib{,64}/linuxthreads
must be passed to the compiler.
Previously, you could select the version of glibc and the
libpgthread DSH using run time environment variables. You now
need to also specify this variable in the environment:
LD_LIBRARY_PATH=/lib{,64}/obsolete/linuxthreads
This additional variable is required because the run/time
libraries have been moved out of the way. There may be programs
that will not work if the program uses an unfortunate
DT_RPATH (which overwrites the
LD_LIBRARY_PATH setting).
All this makes it more cumbersome to run programs which depend
on LinuxThreads. But this is intentional.
Important
FC5 will not have LinuxThreads support and all programs have
to be converted to use NPTL by then.
In general, conversion to using NPTL has not been an issue.
Enabling the slocate Database
The database needed by the locate utility is
no longer created by default. Enable the database creation by
setting DAILY_UPDATE to
yes in /etc/updatedb.conf
if you want to use locate .
Stricter Controls in openssh
The version of OpenSSH in &FC; &LOCALVER; is based on OpenSSH
3.9 and includes strict permission and ownership checks for the
user configuration file ~/.ssh/config . If
this file does not have appropriate ownership and permissions,
ssh will exit.
Check that ~/.ssh/config is owned by the
owner of ~/ , and that its permissions are
set to mode 600.
ls -l ~/.ssh/config
-rw------- 1 username username 400 May 5 18:44 /home/username/.ssh/config
The directory ~/ is command-line shorthand
for the logged in user's home directory, usually
/home/username/ .
In addition, OpenSSH is no longer configured to request X11
forwarding by default when connecting to servers. To enable X11
forwarding, the -X or -Y
option must be specified, or the ForwardX11
option must be enabled in the ~/.ssh/config
file.
The behavior of ssh clients that are invoked
with the -X option has changed. In OpenSSH 3.8
and later, X11 forwarding is performed in a way that
applications run as untrusted clients by default. Previously,
X11 forwarding was performed so that applications always ran as
trusted clients. Some applications may not function properly
when run as untrusted clients. To forward X11 so that
applications are run as trusted clients, invoke ssh with the
-Y option instead of the -X
option, or set ForwardX11Trusted in the
~/.ssh/config file.
Perl Binary Compat Symlinks
Binary compat symlinks for perl-5.8.0 ,
perl-5.8.1 , and
perl-5.8.2 have been removed. If you have
perl modules built with those older versions of perl, you need
to rebuild using the perl-5.8.6 contained
in &FC; &LOCALVER;.
&SERVER-TOOLS;
&JAVA-PACKAGE;
Core
This section contains the most elemental components of &DISTRO;,
including the kernel.
yum
The sqllite database is now used by yum, and makes performance
noticeably faster.
The Fedora Extras repository is now enabled by default.
&KERNEL;
&SECURITY;
&DEVELOPMENT-TOOLS;
Language Support
This section includes information related to the support of various
languages under &DISTRO;.
The IIIMF Input System
IIIMF is the Internet/Intranet Input Method Framework. In &FC;
&LOCALVER; the iiimf package is updated to
version 12.2.
File Path Changes
The names and locations of some files in the
iiimf packages have changed.
The IIIMF server has been renamed from
/usr/sbin/htt to
/usr/bin/iiimd , and the XIM bridge
client renamed from httx to
iiimx . The
init.d script name has not changed:
it is still called iiim . All the
global system configuration files are now located under
/etc/iiim/ .
Language Engine (LE) developers should note that LE
modules and their data now live under
${libdir}/iiim/le/<LE_NAME> / ,
while runtime data is stored under
/var/lib/iiim/le/<LE_NAME> / .
For more information on the exact path and file location
changes, please refer to Fedora IIIMF FAQ:
http://www.fedora.redhat.com/projects/i18n/iiimf-faq.html .
Hotkeys
Trigger keys, such as
Ctrl Space
used to activate Input Methods, are now configurable with
the command-line tool iiimf-le-tools .
This feature is only supported by GTK2 applications
currently. For other applications using XIM the trigger
key can be changed using an X resource. Refer to the
IIIMF FAQ at http://www.fedora.redhat.com/projects/i18n/iiimf-faq.html
for more details on how to change trigger hotkeys.
Note that the keyname refers to the X key symbol name. For
example, if you want to activate with
Ctrl @ ,
you need to specify '<Control>at' as the keyname not
'<Control>@'.
The per-user configuration of hotkeys does not work
currently with &SEL; in enforcing mode due to lack of
&SEL; policy. In this case, the hotkey can only be
changed in the system-wide configuration.
Qt Support
A Qt immodule for iiimf is now
included. This immodule works but lacks a status window
and is considered experimental. Therefore, the default
for Qt applications is to continue using XIM for IIMF
input.
If you wish to try the immodule in a Qt application, first
install the iiimf-qt package, start
the application, then click mouse button-3 in an input
area and select iiimqcf from
the Select Input Method ' submenu.
&PRINTING;
&WEB-SERVERS;
&SAMBA;
&XORG;
--- NEW FILE printing.xml ---
--- NEW FILE project-overview.xml ---
An Overview of the &PROJ;
The goal of the &PROJ; is to work with the Linux community to
build a complete, general-purpose operating system exclusively
from open source software. Development is done in a public forum.
The project produces time-based releases of &DISTRO; approximately
2-3 times a year, with a public release schedule. The &RH;
engineering team continues to participate in building &DISTRO;
and invites and encourages more outside participation than was
possible in the past. By using this more open process, we hope to
provide an operating system more in line with the ideals of free
software and more appealing to the open source community.
For more information, refer to the &PROJ; website:
http://fedora.redhat.com/
In addition to the website, the following mailing lists are
available:
fedora-list at redhat.com — For users of &DISTRO; releases
fedora-test-list at redhat.com — For testers of &DISTRO;
test releases
fedora-devel-list at redhat.com — For developers,
developers, developers
fedora-docs-list at redhat.com — For participants of the
Documentation Project
To subscribe to any of these lists, send an email with the word
"subscribe" in the subject to
<listname> -request
(where
<listname>
is one of the above list names.)
Alternately, you can subscribe through the Web interface:
http://www.redhat.com/mailman/listinfo/
If you have subscribed in the past to rhl-list, rhl-beta-list,
rhl-devel-list, or rhl-docs-list, your subscriptions have been
retained.
The &PROJ; also includes an IRC (Internet Relay Chat) channel. IRC is
a real-time, text-based form of communication. With it, you can have
conversations with multiple people in an open channel or chat with someone
privately one-on-one.
To talk with other &PROJ; participants via IRC, access freenode IRC
network. Initially, you can use irc.freenode.net as
the IRC server, although you may decide to select a server that is
geographically closer to you. Refer to the freenode website (http://www.freenode.net/ ) for more
information. &PROJ; participants frequent the
#fedora channel, while &PROJ; developers can often be
found on the #fedora-devel channel. Some of the
larger projects may have their own channels as well; this information can
be found on the project pages.
In order to talk on the #fedora channel, you
will need to register your nickname (nick ).
Instructions are given when you /join the
channel.
Note
&RH; has no control over the &PROJ; IRC channels or their
content.
--- NEW FILE readmes.xsl ---
article nop
--- NEW FILE samba.xml ---
Samba (Windows File System Compatibility)
This section contains information related to Samba, the suite
of software that enables Linux to interact with Microsoft Windows
systems.
Browsing of Windows shares (also known as SMB browsing) fails
on &DISTRO; &DISTROVER; systems that have the standard firewall
configured. This is most easily noticed in the failure of the
desktop to display shares.
The firewall disrupts the broadcast mode of SMB browsing, which is the
default. There are two workarounds:
Configure a WINS server on the network, and set the "wins
server" option in smb.conf to the address of the WINS server.
Disable the firewall.
Disabling the firewall may make your system vulnerable
Make sure you fully understand the risks before undertaking this
step.
For additional information, refer to the following bug report:
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=133478
--- NEW FILE security.xml ---
Security
This section highlights various security items from &FC;.
Digital Certificates Consolidated
Digital certificates are now centralised in directories under
/etc/pki/ . Users performing an upgrade must
relocate their digital certificates.
OpenSSL: the /usr/share/ssl contents have
moved to /etc/pki/tls and
/etc/pki/CA .
Dovecot: A dovecot-openssl.cnf file is
automatically installed in /etc/pki/dovecot/ .
For information about &SEL;, refer to .
--- NEW FILE server-tools.xml ---
Server and System Configuration Tools
This section highlights changes and additions to the various GUI server
and system configuration tools in &FC;.
system-config-lvm
The new LVM tool system-config-lvm
assists you in managing logical volumes.
--- NEW FILE sources ---
### This describes the various package repositories (repos) that up2date will
### query for packages. It currently supports apt-rpm, yum, and "dir" repos.
### Format is one repository (repo) entry per line, # starts comments, the
### first word on each line is the type of repo.
### The default RHN (using "default" as the url means use the one in the
### up2date config file).
#up2date default
### Note: when a channel label is required for the non up2date repos,
### the label is solely used as an internal identifier and is not
### based on the url or any other info from the repos.
### An apt style repo (the example is arjan's 2.6 kernel repo).
### The format is:
### type channel-label service:server path repo name
#apt arjan-2.6-kernel-i386 http://people.redhat.com ~arjanv/2.5/ kernel
### Note: for apt repos, there can be multiple repo names specified (space
### seperated).
### A yum style repo. The format is:
### type channel-label url
yum fedora-core-3 http://download.fedora.redhat.com/pub/fedora/linux/core/3/$ARCH/os/
yum updates-released-fc3 http://download.fedora.redhat.com/pub/fedora/linux/core/updates/3/$ARCH/
yum-mirror fedora-core-3 http://fedora.redhat.com/download/up2date-mirrors/fedora-core-3
yum-mirror updates-released-fc3 http://fedora.redhat.com/download/up2date-mirrors/updates-released-fc3
#yum updates-testing http://download.fedora.redhat.com/pub/fedora/linux/core/updates/testing/3/$ARCH/
#yum-mirror updates-testing http://fedora.redhat.com/download/up2date-mirrors/updates-testing-fc3
#yum development http://download.fedora.redhat.com/pub/fedora/linux/core/development/$ARCH/
#yum-mirror development http://fedora.redhat.com/download/up2date-mirrors/fedora-core-rawhide
### A local directory full of packages (a "dir" repo). For example:
#dir my-favorite-rpms /var/spool/RPMS/
# Multiple versions of all repos except "up2date" can be used. Dependencies
# can be resolved "cross-repo" if need be.
--- NEW FILE splash.xml ---
Welcome to &FC; &LOCALVER;
&FC; is a completely free, user friendly, and secure general purpose
platform based on Linux. The &FP; is an open source project that
pioneers leading edge technology and concepts sponsored by &RH; and
supported by the &FED; community.
New Installation Guide
New for this release is the &FC; &LOCALVER;
&IG; . This guide is useful for users of all levels
and can be found at this URL:
http://fedora.redhat.com/docs/fedora-install-guide-en/
Refer to these webpages to find out more information about &FED;:
— Technical release notes
Help and Support (http://fedora.redhat.com/participate/communicate/ )
Participate in the &FP; (http://fedora.redhat.com/participate/ )
About the &FP; (http://fedora.redhat.com/about/ )
New in &FC; &LOCALVER;
&FC; &LOCALVER; is the latest version of the free and popular &FC;
platform with a number of unique features and significant
improvements over previous versions. This section provides an
overview of the major highlights in this release.
Desktop Enhancements — The &FED; desktop brings to you
the latest software such as GNOME 2.10 and KDE 3.4 with a new
look and feel. GNOME has the new simple and elegant Clearlooks
default theme that is inspired by the classic Red Hat
Bluecurve theme, as shown in .
New desktop featuring Clearlooks and Evince
Screenshot of Fedora desktop showing Firefox in the
background and the new universal document viewer Evince
in the foreground. Evince is displaying Lawrence
Lessig's Free Culture.
Improved Productivity
Evince (http://www.gnome.org/projects/evince/ )
is a document viewer for multiple document formats such as
pdf, postscript, and many others. Evince replaces a whole
category of document viewers with a single simple
application.
OpenOffice.org 2.0 (http://www.openoffice.org/product2/index.html )
is an office productivity suite. This latest version
includes several enhancements such as improved Microsoft
Office compatibility, completely revamped Impress
presentation software, and native support for the
OpenDocument format. This version also introduces Base, a
fully integrated database management software. You can
find the extensive list of new features at http://marketing.openoffice.org/2.0/featureguide.html .
Eclipse 3.1 is an open and extensible software development
platform that is an Integrated Development Environment
(IDE ) useful for programming in any
language.
Support for PowerPC (PPC) Architecture — Refer to and .
Improved Security — &SEL; is a security architecture
that protects applications and users through finely grained
mandatory security controls. The default targeted policy has
been improved to cover 80 additional daemons. You can read
more in the technical release notes
.
Integrated Clustering Technology — Global File System
(GFS ) is an open source clustering file
system that allows a cluster of Linux servers to share a
common storage pool. &FC; &LOCALVER; has integrated GFS within
the system to manage your storage in an efficient way. You
can read more at http://www.redhat.com/software/rha/gfs/
and http://www.redhat.com/docs/manuals/enterprise/ .
Built-in Virtualization — Xen is a virtual machine that
can securely run multiple operating systems in their own
sandboxed domains. Xen has been integrated into &FC; to work
in a seamless fashion. You can read more about Xen at http://fedora.redhat.com/projects/virtualization/ .
Solid Platform — &FC; &LOCALVER; includes and integrates
the latest 4.0 version of GNU Compiler Collection, which has a
rewritten optimization infrastructure and improved support for
a native open source Java software stack. This stack includes
parts of OpenOffice.org 2.0., Eclipse, and Apache Jakarta,
among others.
MP3 Codecs and Other Patented or Closed Source Software
This section is a brief explanation of why certain software is not
included in &FC; or &FEX;. This information was drawn directly
from the canonical wiki page:
http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/ForbiddenItems
A frequent question of the &FP; is why certain items are not
included in &FC; or &FEX;. This briefly explains some of the
reasons.
Other items, such as file systems support, requires community
participation. For more information, refer to http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Wishlist
NTFS
NTFS Support is not included in the &FC; kernel because of
patent concerns. Using a file system natively supported by
Linux such as ext3 is a better option. If you must share
files between Windows and Linux on a single system, use
FAT/FAT32 (vfat) instead. For sharing across a network,
Samba is a good option.
MP3 encode/decode functionality
MP3 support is not included in any &FC; application because
MP3 is heavily patented in several regions including the
United States. The patent holder is unwilling to give an
unrestricted patent grant, as required by the GPL. Other
platforms might have paid the royalty and/or included
proprietary software. Other Linux distributions not based in
a region affected by the patent might ship MP3
decoders/encoders. However, &FC; cannot and does not ship
MP3 decoders/encoders in order to serve the goal of shipping
only free and open source software. Using other open source
formats such as Ogg Vorbis (a lossy codec that has better
quality than MP3) or FLAC (a lossless codec) is highly
recommended.
NVIDIA 3D drivers
The NVIDIA 3D drivers are closed source. &FC; does not
include proprietary binaries. Consider using an Intel or any
other manufacturer that supports open source cards with full
specifications and/or source code.
ATI 3D drivers
The ATI 3D drivers are closed source. &FC; does not include
proprietary binaries. Consider using an Intel or any other
manufacturer that supports open source cards with full
specifications and/or source code.
RealPlayer
RealPlayer is a closed source application. &FC; does not
include proprietary binaries. Consider using open source
codecs that do not have patent restrictions.
DVD video playback
DVD video playback (of CSS encrypted DVDs) may violate the
US DMCA (refer to http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DMCA )
because it may be considered circumventing an encryption
mechanism. Additionally, MPEG2 is a patented codec, so even
DVDs without encryption cannot be played. Consider using
open source unencrypted mediums such as Ogg Theora formats.
Mono
Mono packages are not currently included due to potential
legal issues. (Pending more input.) Applications can be
written in other languages that are open source, such as
Python, Perl, or Ruby. Java is cross-platform and GCJ is a
relatively mature open source implementation of it. These
are not direct one-to-one equivalents with .NET but might
serve your purpose.
Cryptology (mcrypt)
Some cryptology related packages such as mcrypt are not
included within &FC; due to US export restrictions. Consider
using non-restricted cryptographical methods instead.
szip
The szip license is too restrictive for inclusion in &FEX;.
Use other open source alternatives.
In conclusion:
If it is proprietary, it cannot be included in &FED;.
If it is legally encumbered, it cannot be included in &FED;.
If it violates US Federal law, it cannot be included in &FED;.
Of course, the logical followup is: "But I want to get foo and do
bar, how can I do one of the items listed above?"
The unofficial http://fedorafaq.org provides
useful answers on commonly asked questions. However, these are
completely unsupported by the &FP;. The &FP; encourages using free
and open source software.
The binary only drivers can be acquired from the vendors. You can
find many interesting things with Google.
--- NEW FILE web-servers.xml ---
Web Servers
This section contains information on Web-related
applications.
mod_perl
The RC5 release of mod_perl 2.0 is now included. The API provided
by this release is incompatible with previous 1.99_xx releases.
Please refer to the following document for a discussion of how to
adapt code to use the new API:
http://perl.apache.org/docs/2.0/rename.html
php
Version 5.0 of PHP is now included, which includes a number of
changes to the language along with significant performance
improvements. Please refer to the PHP documentation for more
information on migrating from PHP 4.3 to PHP 5.0:
http://www.php.net/manual/en/migration5.php
The /usr/bin/php binary is now built using
the CLI command-line SAPI, rather than the CGI SAPI. Use
/usr/bin/php-cgi for CGI SAPI. The
php-cgi also includes FastCGI support.
The following extensions have been added:
The mysqli extension, a new interface
designed specifically for MySQL 4.1. This is included in the
php-mysql package.
The soap extension, for implementing SOAP
clients and servers.
The following extensions are now available as optional loadable
extensions, rather than being built in to the PHP binaries:
The dba extension, now available in the
php-dba package
The bcmath extension, now available in the
php-bcmath package
--- NEW FILE xorg.xml ---
X Window System (Graphics)
This section contains information related to the X Window System
implementation provided with &DISTRO;.
xorg-x11
Users new to the X.org X11 implementation should take note of a
few differences between it and the XFree86.org X11 implementation
which shipped in previous &RH; and &FED; operating systems. In
particular, the names of some files have changed:
X Server Binary:
XFree86 X11: XFree86
X.org X11: Xorg
X Server Configuration File:
XFree86 X11:
/etc/X11/XF86Config
X.org X11: /etc/X11/xorg.conf
X Server Log File:
XFree86 X11:
/var/log/XFree86.$DISPLAY .log
X.org X11:
/var/log/Xorg.$DISPLAY .log
When configuring or troubleshooting your X server
configuration, be sure that you are using the correct
files.
There has been some confusion regarding font-related issues
under the X Window System in recent versions of &DISTRO; (and
versions of &RHL; before it.) At the present time, there are two
font subsystems, each with different characteristics:
The original (15+ year old) subsystem is referred to as
the core X font subsystem . Fonts
rendered by this subsystem are not anti-aliased, are handled
by the X server, and have names such as:
-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--10-100-75-75-c-60-iso8859-1
The newer font subsystem is known as
fontconfig , and allows applications
direct access to the font files. Fontconfig is often used
along with the Xft library, which allows
applications to render fontconfig fonts to the screen with
antialiasing. Fontconfig uses more human-friendly names such
as: Luxi Sans-10
Over time, fontconfig and Xft will replace
the core X font subsystem. At the present time, applications
using the Qt 3 or GTK 2 toolkits (which would include KDE and
GNOME applications) use the fontconfig and Xft font subsystem;
almost everything else uses the core X fonts.
In the future, &FC; may support only fontconfig/Xft in
place of the XFS font server as the default local font access
method.
Note
An exception to the font subsystem usage outlined above is
OpenOffice.org, which uses its own font rendering technology.
The steps to add new fonts to &DISTRO; &DISTROVER; depend on the
fonts subsystem this is going to use the new fonts. For the core X
font subsystem:
Create the /usr/share/fonts/local/
directory (if it doesn't already exist):
mkdir /usr/share/fonts/local/
Copy the new font file into
/usr/share/fonts/local/
Update the font information by issuing the following commands
(note that, due to formatting restrictions, the following
commands may appear on more than one line; in use, each
command should be entered on a single line):
ttmkfdir -d /usr/share/fonts/local/ -o /usr/share/fonts/local/fonts.scale
mkfontdir /usr/share/fonts/local/
If you had to create
/usr/share/fonts/local/ , you must then
add it to the X font server (xfs ) path:
chkfontpath --add /usr/share/fonts/local/
Adding new fonts to the fontconfig font subsystem is more
straightforward; the new font file only needs to be copied into
the /usr/share/fonts/ directory (individual
users can modify their personal font configuration by copying the
font file into the ~/.fonts/ directory).
After the new font has been copied, use
fc-cache to update the font information cache:
fc-cache <directory>
(Where
<directory>
would be either the /usr/share/fonts/ or
~/.fonts/ directories.)
Individual users may also install fonts graphically, by browsing
fonts:/// in
Nautilus , and dragging the new font
files there.
Note
If the font filename ends with ".gz ", it
has been compressed with gzip , and must be
decompressed (with the gunzip command) before
the fontconfig font subsystem can use the font.
Due to the transition to the new font system based on
fontconfig/Xft, GTK+ 1.2 applications are not affected by any
changes made via the Font Preferences dialog.
For these applications, a font can be configured by adding the
following lines to the file ~/.gtkrc.mine :
style "user-font" {
fontset = "<font-specification> "
}
widget_class "*" style "user-font"
(Where
<font-specification>
represents a font specification in the style used by traditional X
applications, such as
"-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-* ".)
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Mon Oct 24 13:13:37 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Karsten Wade (kwade))
Date: Mon, 24 Oct 2005 09:13:37 -0400
Subject: release-notes/FC4 RELEASE-NOTES-en.xml,1.13,1.14
Message-ID: <200510241313.j9ODDbXG016136@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: kwade
Update of /cvs/docs/release-notes/FC4
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv16016/FC4
Modified Files:
RELEASE-NOTES-en.xml
Log Message:
EPOCH. Moving all essential release notes XML and related files to the root level for the module. This is done as part of FC5 test1 relnote construction. This is an epoch event because previously versioning was done with unique directories for each release. From this moment forward we are going to use CVS tagging and branching with files all within this directory. Sub-directories are therefore archive directories. It is important to note that this check-in perfectly mirrors the state of FC4 latest release notes, therefore this first check-in shall be tagged as FC4 so that we can return to this point for building FC4 notes in the future. *docs*
Index: RELEASE-NOTES-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/release-notes/FC4/RELEASE-NOTES-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.13
retrieving revision 1.14
diff -u -r1.13 -r1.14
--- RELEASE-NOTES-en.xml 26 Jul 2005 21:07:06 -0000 1.13
+++ RELEASE-NOTES-en.xml 24 Oct 2005 13:13:35 -0000 1.14
@@ -63,10 +63,7 @@
&SPLASH;
-
- Legalnotice
- &LEGALNOTICE-CONTENT;
-
+ &LEGALNOTICE-SECTION;
&INTRO;
&HARDWARE-REQS;
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Mon Oct 24 13:26:50 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Karsten Wade (kwade))
Date: Mon, 24 Oct 2005 09:26:50 -0400
Subject: release-notes/css content.css, NONE, 1.1 docbook.css, NONE,
1.1 layout.css, NONE, 1.1 print.css, NONE, 1.1
Message-ID: <200510241326.j9ODQo82016273@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: kwade
Update of /cvs/docs/release-notes/css
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv16224/css
Added Files:
content.css docbook.css layout.css print.css
Log Message:
Some additional objects for FC4 and EPOCH. *docs*
--- NEW FILE content.css ---
.name-project, .name-release, .name-version {
}
/* Front page H1 */
#page-main h1 {
font-size: 1.35em;
}
#page-main h1.center {
text-align: center;
}
h1, h2, h3, h4 {
/*
font-style: italic;
*/
font-family: luxi sans,sans-serif;
}
h1 {
font-size: 1.75em;
}
h2 {
font-size: 1.25em;
}
h3 {
font-size: 1.1em;
}
hr {
border: 0;
border-bottom: 1px solid #ccc;
}
.fedora-side-right-content {
padding: 0 5px 1.5em;
}
#fedora-side-right h1, #fedora-side-right h2, #fedora-side-right h3 {
margin: 0;
padding: 0 4pt 0;
font-size: 1em;
letter-spacing: 2pt;
border-bottom: 1px solid #bbb;
}
#fedora-side-right hr {
border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa;
margin: 0.5em 0;
}
table tr {
font-size: 0.9em;
}
#link-offsite {
}
.link-offsite-notation {
font-size: 0.9em;
color: #777;
padding-left: 1pt;
text-decoration: none !important;
}
#fedora-content .link-offsite-notation {
color: #999;
}
#link-redhat {
}
#fedora-content #link-redhat {
}
#link-internal {
}
#fedora-content li {
padding: 1pt;
}
#fedora-content h1 {
margin-top: 0;
}
#fedora-content a img {
margin: 1px;
border: 0;
}
#fedora-content a:hover img {
margin: 0;
border: 1px solid #f00;
}
#fedora-content a img.noborder {
margin: 0;
border: 0;
}
#fedora-content a:hover img .noborder {
margin: 0;
border: 0;
}
#fedora-project-maintainers p, #fedora-project-contributors p, #fedora-project-bugs p {
margin-left: 5pt;
}
#fedora-project-download dt {
font-weight: bold;
margin-top: 8pt;
margin-left: 5pt;
}
#fedora-project-download dd {
padding: 0;
margin: 10px 20px 0;
}
#fedora-project-screenshots a img {
margin: 5px;
}
#fedora-project-screenshots a:hover img {
margin: 4px;
}
#fedora-project-todo ul {
border: 1px solid #cad4e9;
margin: 0 1em;
padding: 0;
list-style: none;
border-radius: 2.5px;
-moz-border-radius: 2.5px;
}
#fedora-project-todo li {
margin: 0;
padding: 6px 8px;
}
#fedora-project-todo li.odd {
background-color: #ecf0f7;
}
#fedora-project-todo li.even {
background-color: #f7f9fc;
}
#fedora-list-packages {
border-collapse: collapse;
border: 1px solid #cad4e9;
border-radius: 2.5px;
-moz-border-radius: 2.5px;
}
#fedora-list-packages tr.odd td {
background-color: #ecf0f7;
}
#fedora-list-packages tr.even td {
background-color: #f7f9fc;
}
#fedora-list-packages th,
#fedora-list-packages td {
margin: 0;
padding: 6px 8px;
}
#fedora-list-packages td.column-2 {
text-align: center;
}
#fedora-list-packages th {
background-color: #cad4e9;
color: #000;
font-weight: bold;
text-align: center;
}
/* pre.screen is for DocBook HTML output */
code.screen, pre.screen {
font-family: monospace;
font-size: 1em;
display: block;
padding: 10px;
border: 1px solid #bbb;
background-color: #eee;
color: #000;
overflow: auto;
border-radius: 2.5px;
-moz-border-radius: 2.5px;
margin: 0.5em 2em;
}
#fedora-project code.screen {
margin: 0;
}
code.command, code.filename {
font-family: monospace;
}
code.citetitle {
font-family: sans-serif;
font-style: italic;
}
strong.application {
font-weight: bold;
}
.indent {
margin: 0 2em;
}
.fedora-docs-nav {
text-align: center;
position: relative;
padding: 1em;
margin-top: 2em;
border-top: 1px solid #ccc;
}
.fedora-docs-nav a {
padding: 0 1em;
}
.fedora-docs-nav-left {
position: absolute;
left: 0;
}
.fedora-docs-nav-right {
position: absolute;
right: 0;
}
--- NEW FILE docbook.css ---
#fedora-content li p {
margin: 0.2em;
}
#fedora-content div.table table {
width: 95%;
background-color: #DCDCDC;
color: #000000;
border-spacing: 0;
}
#fedora-content div.table table th {
border: 1px solid #A9A9A9;
background-color: #A9A9A9;
color: #000000;
}
#fedora-content div.table table td {
border: 1px solid #A9A9A9;
background-color: #DCDCDC;
color: #000000;
padding: 0.5em;
margin-bottom: 0.5em;
margin-top: 2px;
}
div.note table, div.tip table, div.important table, div.caution table, div.warning table {
width: 95%;
border: 2px solid #B0C4DE;
background-color: #F0F8FF;
color: #000000;
/* padding inside table area */
padding: 0.5em;
margin-bottom: 0.5em;
margin-top: 0.5em;
}
/* "Just the FAQs, ma'm." */
.qandaset table {
border-collapse: collapse;
}
.qandaset {
}
.qandaset tr.question {
}
.qandaset tr.question td {
font-weight: bold;
padding: 0 0.5em;
margin: 0;
}
.qandaset tr.answer td {
padding: 0 0.5em 1.5em;
margin: 0;
}
.qandaset tr.question td, .qandaset tr.answer td {
vertical-align: top;
}
.qandaset strong {
text-align: right;
}
.article .table table {
border: 0;
margin: 0 auto;
border-collapse: collapse;
}
.article .table table th {
padding: 5px;
text-align: center;
}
div.example {
padding: 10px;
border: 1px solid #bbb;
margin: 0.5em 2em;
}
--- NEW FILE layout.css ---
body {
font-size: 0.9em;
font-family: bitstream vera sans,sans-serif;
margin: 0;
padding: 0;
/* (The background color is specified elsewhere, so do a global replacement if it ever changes) */
background-color: #d9d9d9;
}
a:link {
color: #900;
}
a:visited {
color: #48468f;
}
a:hover {
color: #f20;
}
a[name] {
color: inherit;
text-decoration: inherit;
}
#fedora-header {
background-color: #fff;
height: 62px;
}
#fedora-header img {
border: 0;
vertical-align: middle;
}
#fedora-header-logo {
/* position is offset by the header padding amount */
position: absolute;
left: 26px;
top: 13px;
z-index: 3;
}
#fedora-header-logo img {
width: 110px;
height: 40;
}
#fedora-header-items {
/* position is offset by the header padding amount */
position: absolute;
right: 10px;
top: 15px;
text-align: right;
display: inline;
}
#fedora-header-items a {
color: #000;
text-decoration: none;
padding: 7pt;
font-size: 0.8em;
}
#fedora-header-items a:hover, #fedora-header-search-button:hover {
color: #f20;
cursor: pointer;
}
#fedora-header-items img {
margin-right: 1px;
width: 36px;
height: 36px;
}
#fedora-header-search {
height: 25px;
}
#fedora-header-search-entry {
vertical-align: top;
margin: 0.65em 4px 0 10px;
padding: 2px 4px;
background-color: #f5f5f5;
border: 1px solid #999;
font-size: 0.8em !important;
}
#fedora-header-search-entry:focus {
background-color: #fff;
border: 1px solid #555;
}
#fedora-header-search-button {
font-size: 0.8em !important;
vertical-align: top;
margin-top: 0.2em;
border: 0;
padding: 7px;
background: #fff url('../img/header-search.png') no-repeat left;
padding-left: 21px;
}
#fedora-header-items form {
float: right;
}
#fedora-header-items input {
font-size: 0.85em;
}
#fedora-nav {
margin: 0;
padding: 0;
background-color: #22437f;
font-size: 0;
height: 5px;
border-top: 1px solid #000;
border-bottom: 1px solid #f5f5f5;
}
#fedora-nav ul {
margin: 0;
padding: 0;
}
#fedora-nav li {
display: inline;
list-style: none;
padding: 0 5pt;
}
#fedora-nav li + li {
padding-left: 8pt;
border-left: 1px solid #99a5bf;
}
#fedora-nav a {
color: #c5ccdb;
text-decoration: none;
}
#fedora-nav a:hover {
color: #fff;
}
#fedora-side-left {
position: absolute;
z-index: 2;
width: 11em;
/* Space down for the approx line height (fonts) */
left: 12px;
}
#fedora-side-right {
position: absolute;
z-index: 1;
width: 13em;
right: 12px;
padding-top: 3px;
}
#fedora-side-left, #fedora-side-right {
top: 2px;
/* add to the top margin to compensate for the fixed sizes */
margin-top: 75px;
color: #555;
font-size: 0.9em;
}
#fedora-side-right ul {
list-style: square inside;
padding: 0;
margin: 0;
}
/* Left-side naviagation */
#fedora-side-nav-label {
display: none;
}
#fedora-side-nav {
list-style: none;
margin: 0;
padding: 0;
border: 1px solid #5976b2;
border-top: 0;
background-color: #22437f;
}
#fedora-side-nav li {
margin: 0;
padding: 0;
border-top: 1px solid #5976b2;
/* IE/Win gets upset if there is no bottom border... Go figure. */
border-bottom: 1px solid #22437f;
}
#fedora-side-nav a {
margin: 0;
color: #c5ccdb;
display: block;
text-decoration: none;
padding: 4px 6px;
}
#fedora-side-nav a:hover {
background-color: #34548f;
color: #fff;
}
#fedora-side-nav ul {
list-style: none;
margin: 0;
padding: 0;
}
#fedora-side-nav ul li {
border-top: 1px solid #34548e;
background-color: #34548e;
/* IE/Win gets upset if there is no bottom border... Go figure. */
border-bottom: 1px solid #34548e;
}
#fedora-side-nav ul li:hover {
border-bottom: 1px solid #34548f;
}
#fedora-side-nav ul li a {
padding-left: 12px;
color: #a7b2c9;
}
#fedora-side-nav ul li a:hover {
background-color: #46659e;
}
#fedora-side-nav ul ul li a {
padding-left: 18px;
}
#fedora-side-nav strong a {
font-weight: normal;
color: #fff !important;
background-color: #10203b;
}
#fedora-side-nav strong a:hover {
background-color: #172e56 !important;
}
/* content containers */
#fedora-middle-one, #fedora-middle-two, #fedora-middle-three {
font-size: 0.9em;
/* position: relative; */ /* relative to utilize z-index */
width: auto;
min-width: 120px;
margin: 10px;
z-index: 3; /* content can overlap when the browser is narrow */
}
#fedora-middle-two, #fedora-middle-three {
margin-left: 11em;
padding-left: 24px;
}
#fedora-middle-three {
margin-right: 13em;
padding-right: 24px;
}
#fedora-content {
padding: 24px;
border: 1px solid #aaa;
background-color: #fff;
}
#fedora-content > .fedora-corner-bottom { top: 0 }
.fedora-corner-tl, .fedora-corner-tr, .fedora-corner-bl, .fedora-corner-br {
background-color: #d9d9d9;
position: relative;
width: 19px;
height: 19px;
/* The following line is to render PNGs with alpha transparency within IE/Win, using DirectX */
/* Work-around for IE6/Mac borkage (Part 1) */
display: none;
}
.fedora-corner-tl, .fedora-corner-bl { float: left; left: 0px; }
.fedora-corner-tr, .fedora-corner-br { float: right; right: 0px; }
.fedora-corner-tl, .fedora-corner-tr { top: 0px; }
.fedora-corner-bl, .fedora-corner-br { bottom: 0px; margin-top: -19px; /* Opera fix (part 1) */ top: -18px;}
html>body .fedora-corner-tl { background: #d9d9d9 url("../img/corner-tl.png") no-repeat left top; }
html>body .fedora-corner-tr { background: #d9d9d9 url("../img/corner-tr.png") no-repeat right top; }
html>body .fedora-corner-bl { background: #d9d9d9 url("../img/corner-bl.png") no-repeat left bottom; }
html>body .fedora-corner-br { background: #d9d9d9 url("../img/corner-br.png") no-repeat right bottom; }
.fedora-corner-tl { filter:progid:DXImageTransform.Microsoft.AlphaImageLoader(src='/img/corner-tl.png',sizingMethod='scale'); }
.fedora-corner-tr { filter:progid:DXImageTransform.Microsoft.AlphaImageLoader(src='/img/corner-tr.png',sizingMethod='scale'); }
.fedora-corner-br { filter:progid:DXImageTransform.Microsoft.AlphaImageLoader(src='/img/corner-br.png',sizingMethod='scale'); }
.fedora-corner-bl { filter:progid:DXImageTransform.Microsoft.AlphaImageLoader(src='/img/corner-bl.png',sizingMethod='scale'); }
/* \*/
.fedora-corner-tl, .fedora-corner-tr, .fedora-corner-bl, .fedora-corner-br {
/* Restore the view for everything but IE6/Mac (part 2 of the "IE/Mac fix") */
display: block;
}
/* */
.fedora-corner-bl, .fedora-corner-br {
top: 0px;
}
.content { margin: 0 1em }
#fedora-sidelist {
position: relative;
bottom: 3px;
margin: 0;
padding: 3px !important;
border: 1px solid #bbb;
background-color: #ccc;
border-radius: 2.5px;
-moz-border-radius: 2.5px;
}
#fedora-sidelist strong a {
font-weight: normal;
background-color: #555;
color: #fff;
}
#fedora-sidelist strong a:hover {
background-color: #333;
color: #fff;
}
#fedora-sidelist li {
list-style-position: outside;
font-size: 0.9em;
list-style: none;
border: 1px solid #ccc;
border-width: 1px 0;
padding: 0;
list-style: none;
}
#fedora-sidelist li a {
text-decoration: none;
display: block;
padding: 6px 8px;
border-radius: 2.5px;
-moz-border-radius: 2.5px;
}
#fedora-sidelist li a:hover {
background-color: #999;
color: #eee;
}
#fedora-footer {
font-size: 0.75em;
text-align: center;
color: #777;
margin-bottom: 2em;
}
#fedora-printable {
text-align: center;
margin: 1em 0;
font-size: 0.85em;
}
#fedora-printable a {
text-decoration: none;
padding: 5px 0;
padding-left: 18px;
background: transparent url("../img/printable.png") no-repeat left;
}
#fedora-printable a:hover {
text-decoration: underline;
}
--- NEW FILE print.css ---
body {
background: white;
color: black;
font-size: 10pt;
font-family: sans-serif;
line-height: 1.25em;
}
div {
border: 1px solid white;
}
li {
border: 1px solid white;
margin: 0;
}
li p {
display: inline;
}
h1 {
font-size: 16pt;
}
h2 {
font-size: 12pt;
}
h3,h4,h5 {
font-size: 10pt;
}
img {
border: 1px solid white;
background-color: white;
}
hr {
border: 1px dotted gray;
border-width: 0 0 1 0;
margin: 1em;
}
table {
border-collapse: collapse;
}
td,th {
border: 1px solid gray;
padding: 8pt;
font-size: 10pt;
}
th {
font-weight: bold;
}
#fedora-header, #fedora-footer {
text-align: center;
}
#fedora-header-items, #fedora-side-left, #fedora-side-right {
display: none;
}
#fedora-project-download dt {
font-weight: bold;
margin-top: 8pt;
margin-left: 5pt;
}
#fedora-project-download dd {
padding: 0;
margin: 10px 20px 0;
}
code.screen, pre.screen {
font-family: monospace;
font-size: 1em;
display: block;
padding: 5pt;
border: 1px dashed gray;
margin: 0.5em 2em;
}
#fedora-project code.screen {
margin: 0;
}
/*
#fedora-content a:link:after, #fedora-content a:visited:after {
content: " (" attr(href) ") ";
font-size: 80%;
}
*/
.navheader table, .navheader table td {
border: 0 !important;
}
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Mon Oct 24 13:26:51 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Karsten Wade (kwade))
Date: Mon, 24 Oct 2005 09:26:51 -0400
Subject: release-notes/figs Fedora_Desktop.eps, NONE, 1.1 Fedora_Desktop.png,
NONE, 1.1
Message-ID: <200510241326.j9ODQpAM016278@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: kwade
Update of /cvs/docs/release-notes/figs
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv16224/figs
Added Files:
Fedora_Desktop.eps Fedora_Desktop.png
Log Message:
Some additional objects for FC4 and EPOCH. *docs*
--- NEW FILE Fedora_Desktop.eps ---
%!PS-Adobe-3.0 EPSF-3.0
%%Creator: (ImageMagick)
%%Title: (Fedora_Desktop.eps)
%%CreationDate: (Fri Jun 3 15:31:48 2005)
%%BoundingBox: 0 0 113 85
%%HiResBoundingBox: 0 0 113.386 85
%%DocumentData: Clean7Bit
%%LanguageLevel: 1
%%Pages: 1
%%EndComments
%%BeginDefaults
%%EndDefaults
%%BeginProlog
%
% Display a color image. The image is displayed in color on
% Postscript viewers or printers that support color, otherwise
% it is displayed as grayscale.
%
/DirectClassPacket
{
%
% Get a DirectClass packet.
%
% Parameters:
% red.
% green.
% blue.
% length: number of pixels minus one of this color (optional).
%
currentfile color_packet readhexstring pop pop
compression 0 eq
{
/number_pixels 3 def
}
{
currentfile byte readhexstring pop 0 get
/number_pixels exch 1 add 3 mul def
} ifelse
0 3 number_pixels 1 sub
{
pixels exch color_packet putinterval
} for
pixels 0 number_pixels getinterval
} bind def
/DirectClassImage
{
%
% Display a DirectClass image.
%
systemdict /colorimage known
{
columns rows 8
[
columns 0 0
rows neg 0 rows
]
{ DirectClassPacket } false 3 colorimage
}
{
%
% No colorimage operator; convert to grayscale.
%
columns rows 8
[
columns 0 0
rows neg 0 rows
]
{ GrayDirectClassPacket } image
} ifelse
} bind def
/GrayDirectClassPacket
{
%
% Get a DirectClass packet; convert to grayscale.
%
% Parameters:
% red
% green
% blue
% length: number of pixels minus one of this color (optional).
%
currentfile color_packet readhexstring pop pop
color_packet 0 get 0.299 mul
color_packet 1 get 0.587 mul add
color_packet 2 get 0.114 mul add
cvi
/gray_packet exch def
compression 0 eq
{
/number_pixels 1 def
}
{
currentfile byte readhexstring pop 0 get
/number_pixels exch 1 add def
} ifelse
0 1 number_pixels 1 sub
{
pixels exch gray_packet put
} for
pixels 0 number_pixels getinterval
} bind def
/GrayPseudoClassPacket
{
%
% Get a PseudoClass packet; convert to grayscale.
%
% Parameters:
% index: index into the colormap.
% length: number of pixels minus one of this color (optional).
%
currentfile byte readhexstring pop 0 get
/offset exch 3 mul def
/color_packet colormap offset 3 getinterval def
color_packet 0 get 0.299 mul
color_packet 1 get 0.587 mul add
color_packet 2 get 0.114 mul add
cvi
/gray_packet exch def
compression 0 eq
{
/number_pixels 1 def
}
{
currentfile byte readhexstring pop 0 get
/number_pixels exch 1 add def
} ifelse
0 1 number_pixels 1 sub
{
pixels exch gray_packet put
} for
pixels 0 number_pixels getinterval
} bind def
/PseudoClassPacket
{
%
% Get a PseudoClass packet.
%
% Parameters:
% index: index into the colormap.
% length: number of pixels minus one of this color (optional).
%
currentfile byte readhexstring pop 0 get
/offset exch 3 mul def
/color_packet colormap offset 3 getinterval def
compression 0 eq
{
/number_pixels 3 def
}
{
currentfile byte readhexstring pop 0 get
/number_pixels exch 1 add 3 mul def
} ifelse
0 3 number_pixels 1 sub
{
pixels exch color_packet putinterval
} for
pixels 0 number_pixels getinterval
} bind def
/PseudoClassImage
{
%
% Display a PseudoClass image.
%
% Parameters:
% class: 0-PseudoClass or 1-Grayscale.
%
currentfile buffer readline pop
token pop /class exch def pop
class 0 gt
{
currentfile buffer readline pop
token pop /depth exch def pop
/grays columns 8 add depth sub depth mul 8 idiv string def
columns rows depth
[
columns 0 0
rows neg 0 rows
]
{ currentfile grays readhexstring pop } image
}
{
%
% Parameters:
% colors: number of colors in the colormap.
% colormap: red, green, blue color packets.
%
currentfile buffer readline pop
token pop /colors exch def pop
/colors colors 3 mul def
/colormap colors string def
currentfile colormap readhexstring pop pop
systemdict /colorimage known
[...15505 lines suppressed...]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%%PageTrailer
%%Trailer
%%EOF
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Mon Oct 24 13:26:56 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Karsten Wade (kwade))
Date: Mon, 24 Oct 2005 09:26:56 -0400
Subject: release-notes/img corner-bl.png, NONE, 1.1 corner-br.png, NONE,
1.1 corner-tl.png, NONE, 1.1 corner-tr.png, NONE,
1.1 header-download.png, NONE, 1.1 header-faq.png, NONE,
1.1 header-fedora_logo.png, NONE, 1.1 header-projects.png, NONE, 1.1
Message-ID: <200510241326.j9ODQuLd016291@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: kwade
Update of /cvs/docs/release-notes/img
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv16224/img
Added Files:
corner-bl.png corner-br.png corner-tl.png corner-tr.png
header-download.png header-faq.png header-fedora_logo.png
header-projects.png
Log Message:
Some additional objects for FC4 and EPOCH. *docs*
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Mon Oct 24 13:33:25 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Karsten Wade (kwade))
Date: Mon, 24 Oct 2005 09:33:25 -0400
Subject: release-notes RELEASE-NOTES-en.xml,1.1,1.2
Message-ID: <200510241333.j9ODXPV0016357@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: kwade
Update of /cvs/docs/release-notes
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv16338
Modified Files:
RELEASE-NOTES-en.xml
Log Message:
Checking this in to repair the build, otherwise it is broken looking for a non-existent relative path. Ick.
Index: RELEASE-NOTES-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/release-notes/RELEASE-NOTES-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.1
retrieving revision 1.2
diff -u -r1.1 -r1.2
--- RELEASE-NOTES-en.xml 24 Oct 2005 13:13:33 -0000 1.1
+++ RELEASE-NOTES-en.xml 24 Oct 2005 13:33:23 -0000 1.2
@@ -31,9 +31,9 @@
-
+
%FEDORA-ENTITIES-EN;
-
+
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Mon Oct 24 13:56:51 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Karsten Wade (kwade))
Date: Mon, 24 Oct 2005 09:56:51 -0400
Subject: docs-common/common legalnotice-section-en.xml, NONE,
1.1 fedora-entities-en.ent, 1.10,
1.11 legalnotice-relnotes-en.xml, 1.2, 1.3
Message-ID: <200510241356.j9ODupJ4016488@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: kwade
Update of /cvs/docs/docs-common/common
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv16466
Modified Files:
fedora-entities-en.ent legalnotice-relnotes-en.xml
Added Files:
legalnotice-section-en.xml
Log Message:
Must have forgotten to add these pieces when I did the legalnotice tricks for FC4, that move the bulk of the notes into a separate section with only a pointer in the container. *docs*
--- NEW FILE legalnotice-section-en.xml ---
Legalnotice
&LEGALNOTICE-CONTENT;
Index: fedora-entities-en.ent
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/docs-common/common/fedora-entities-en.ent,v
retrieving revision 1.10
retrieving revision 1.11
diff -u -r1.10 -r1.11
--- fedora-entities-en.ent 18 Oct 2005 21:48:03 -0000 1.10
+++ fedora-entities-en.ent 24 Oct 2005 13:56:48 -0000 1.11
@@ -49,6 +49,7 @@
+
Index: legalnotice-relnotes-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/docs-common/common/legalnotice-relnotes-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.2
retrieving revision 1.3
diff -u -r1.2 -r1.3
--- legalnotice-relnotes-en.xml 19 Jul 2005 20:41:03 -0000 1.2
+++ legalnotice-relnotes-en.xml 24 Oct 2005 13:56:48 -0000 1.3
@@ -7,6 +7,19 @@
]>
-->
+
+
+
This document is released under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation
License. For more details, read the full legalnotice in
Author: kwade
Update of /cvs/docs/release-notes
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv17937
Modified Files:
Makefile
Log Message:
Need to find a way to do this better, and I think it should be in the Makefile.common instead. However, my method here is obviously sub-par and throws an error, so I'll be punting for help. The objective is to make certain that the figs/ directory gets copied over to the HTML directories in all languages. Actually, the figs-/ needs to get copied to foo-/ HTML directory. This requires some consideration and kung-fu. It should copy over the language specific figures if they exist, otherwise use the English by default so as to not break the build.
Index: Makefile
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/release-notes/Makefile,v
retrieving revision 1.1
retrieving revision 1.2
diff -u -r1.1 -r1.2
--- Makefile 24 Oct 2005 13:13:33 -0000 1.1
+++ Makefile 24 Oct 2005 14:08:53 -0000 1.2
@@ -1,90 +1,100 @@
-LANG = en
-DOCS_SETUP_PATH= ../../docs-common
-XSLPDF = $(DOCS_SETUP_PATH)/xsl/main-pdf.xsl
-XSLHTML = $(DOCS_SETUP_PATH)/xsl/main-html-nochunks-relnotes.xsl
-
-XSLPDFCOMMONS = ${XSLPDF}
-XSLHTMLCOMMONS = ${XSLHTML}
-
-XMLCOMMONSPATH=${DOCS_SETUP_PATH}/common
-XMLCOMMONS=${XMLCOMMONSPATH}/cvs-en.xml \
- ${XMLCOMMONSPATH}/draftnotice-en.xml \
- ${XMLCOMMONSPATH}/fedora-entities-en.ent \
- ${XMLCOMMONSPATH}/fedora-entities-en.xml \
- ${XMLCOMMONSPATH}/legacynotice-en.xml \
- ${XMLCOMMONSPATH}/legalnotice-en.xml \
- ${XMLCOMMONSPATH}/obsoletenotice-en.xml
-
-.SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .html .pdf .xml
-
-all: README-${LANG}.html \
- RELEASE-NOTES-${LANG}.html \
- RELEASE-NOTES-${LANG}.txt \
- README-${LANG}.txt
-
-#README-${LANG}.pdf RELEASE-NOTES-${LANG}.pdf
-
-%.pdf: %.xml
- xmlto pdf -x ${XSLPDF} $<
-
-%.html: %.xml
- ${RM} -r ${@:.html=}
- xmlto html -x ${XSLHTML} -o ${@:.html=} $<
- mkdir -p ${@:.html=}/stylesheet-images
- mkdir -p ${@:.html=}/figs
- cp $(DOCS_SETUP_PATH)/stylesheet-images/*.png ${@:.html=}/stylesheet-images
- cp ./figs/*.png ${@:.html=}/figs
- cp $(DOCS_SETUP_PATH)/css/fedora.css ${@:.html=}
- mv ${@:.html=}/${@:.html=.proc} ${@:.html=}/$@
- ln -sf ${@:.html=}/$@ $@
-
-%.txt: %.xml
- xmlto txt $<
-# mv $@ RELEASE-NOTES-${LANG}
-
-# FIXME eula.txt: eula.py
-# FIXME python -c "import py_compile; py_compile.compile('eula.py')"
-
-# Note: keep "RELEASE-NOTES-en.xml" first, for now.
-
-RNFILES=RELEASE-NOTES-en.xml daemons.xml database-servers.xml \
- desktop.xml development-tools.xml feedback.xml file-servers.xml \
- file-systems.xml hardware-reqs.xml install-notes.xml intro.xml \
- java-package.xml kernel.xml misc-server.xml multimedia.xml \
- networking.xml overview.xml package-movement.xml \
- package-notes.xml printing.xml project-overview.xml samba.xml \
- security.xml server-tools.xml splash.xml web-servers.xml \
- xorg.xml
-
-# README-${LANG}.pdf: README-en.xml
-# README-${LANG}.html: README-en.xml
-RELEASE-NOTES-${LANG}.pdf: ${RNFILES} ${XMLCOMMONS} ${XSLPDFCOMMONS}
-RELEASE-NOTES-${LANG}.html: ${RNFILES} ${XMLCOMMONS} ${XSLHTMLCOMMONS}
-RELEASE-NOTES-${LANG}.txt: ${RNFILES} ${XMLCOMMONS}
-
-clean:
- ${RM} ChangeLog ChangeLog.xml
-
-distclean clobber: clean
- ${RM} ChangeLog-${LANG}.html ChangeLog.txt
- ${RM} -r README-${LANG}.pdf README-${LANG}.html README-${LANG}.txt
- ${RM} -r RELEASE-NOTES-${LANG}.pdf RELEASE-NOTES-${LANG}.html \
- RELEASE-NOTES-${LANG} RELEASE-NOTES-${LANG}.txt
-
-# If you have the "cvs2cl" package installed, then you can make
-# fancy HTML ChangeLogs
-
-ChangeLogs:
- ${RM} ChangeLog*
- ${MAKE} ChangeLog.txt
- ${MAKE} ChangeLog-${LANG}.html
-
-ChangeLog.txt:
- LANG=C cvs2cl -f ChangeLog.txt
-
-ChangeLog.xml:
- LANG=C cvs2cl --xml --xml-encoding UTF-8 -f ChangeLog.xml
-
-ChangeLog-${LANG}.html: ChangeLog.xml
- xsltproc -o $@ /usr/share/xml/cvs2cl/cl2html.xslt $<
+###############################################################################
+# Makefile for RHLP docs project
+# Created by: Tammy Fox
+# Last edited by: Tommy Reynolds
+# WARNING: need passivetex 1.24 for pdf generation to work
+# License: GPL
+# Copyright 2003 Tammy Fox, Red Hat, Inc.
+# Copyright 2005 Tommy Reynolds, MegaCoder.com
+###############################################################################
+#
+# Document-specific definitions.
+#
+LANGUAGES = en
+DOCBASE = RELEASE-NOTES
+XMLEXTRAFILES-en=daemons.xml database-servers.xml desktop.xml development-tools.xml feedback.xml file-servers.xml file-systems.xml hardware-reqs.xml install-notes.xml intro.xml java-package.xml kernel.xml misc-server.xml multimedia.xml networking.xml overview.xml package-movement.xml package-notes.xml printing.xml project-overview.xml samba.xml security.xml server-tools.xml splash.xml web-servers.xml xorg.xml
+#
+######################################################
+include ../docs-common/Makefile.common
+######################################################
+#
+# If you want to add additional steps to any of the
+# targets defined in "Makefile.common", be sure to use
+# a double-colon in your rule here. For example, to
+# print the message "FINISHED AT LAST" after building
+# the HTML document version, uncomment the following
+# line:
+#${DOCBASE}-en/index.html::
+# echo FINISHED AT LAST
+
+# Need to copy over the figures for this directory. Should
+# this be a common action instead?
+${DOCBASE}-en/index.html::
+ mkdir -p ${DOCBASE}-${LANGUAGES}/figs
+ cp figs/* ${DOCBASE}-${LANGUAGES}/figs
+
+######################################################
+# Some packaging specific vars
+VERSION=$(shell grep BOOKID $(DOCBASE)-en.xml | sed 's/ - $(VERSION)-1\n- Update to version $(VERSION)\n/' \
+ $(SPECIN) > $(DOCSPEC)
+#
+# Fill in files
+# FIXME: Needs to be multiplexed for LANGUAGES (see above)
+ cp $(OMFIN) $(DOCOMF)
+ cp $(DESKTOPIN) $(DOCDESKTOP)
+ sed -i 's/@VERSION@/$(VERSION)/g' $(DOCOMF)
+ sed -i 's/@DATE@/$(DATE)/g' $(DOCOMF)
+ sed -i 's/@TITLE@/$(TITLE)/g' $(DOCOMF)
+ sed -i 's/@DOCBASE@/$(DOCBASE)/g' $(DOCOMF)
+ sed -i 's/@VERSION@/$(VERSION)/g' $(DOCDESKTOP)
+ sed -i 's/@DATE@/$(DATE)/g' $(DOCDESKTOP)
+ sed -i 's/@TITLE@/$(TITLE)/g' $(DOCDESKTOP)
+ sed -i 's/@DOCBASE@/$(DOCBASE)/g' $(DOCDESKTOP)
+#
+# Do the build...
+#
+ rpmbuild -bb $(RPMFLAGS) $(DOCSPEC)
+ mv RPMS/noarch/*.rpm .
+ rpmbuild --clean --rmsource $(RPMFLAGS) $(DOCSPEC)
+ rm -rf {BUILD,RPMS,SOURCES,SPECS,SRPMS}
+ rm -rf $(DOCBASE)-$(VERSION)
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Mon Oct 24 14:16:40 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Karsten Wade (kwade))
Date: Mon, 24 Oct 2005 10:16:40 -0400
Subject: docs-common/common legalnotice-relnotes-en.xml,1.3,1.4
Message-ID: <200510241416.j9OEGeaC018026@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: kwade
Update of /cvs/docs/docs-common/common
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv18007/docs-common/common
Modified Files:
legalnotice-relnotes-en.xml
Log Message:
This provides a very prominent link that appears above the fold in the relnotes nochunks version. A similar tip is at the top of the splash.xml page. When displayed as the default Firefox homepage, this nochunks version fulfills the promise of giving direct access to an updated release notes.
Index: legalnotice-relnotes-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/docs-common/common/legalnotice-relnotes-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.3
retrieving revision 1.4
diff -u -r1.3 -r1.4
--- legalnotice-relnotes-en.xml 24 Oct 2005 13:56:48 -0000 1.3
+++ legalnotice-relnotes-en.xml 24 Oct 2005 14:16:38 -0000 1.4
@@ -21,8 +21,17 @@
-->
- This document is released under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation
+
+ This document is released under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation
License. For more details, read the full legalnotice in .
+ linkend="sn-legalnotice" />.
+
+ Latest Release Notes on the Web
+
+ These release notes may be updated. Visit http://fedora.redhat.com/docs/release-notes/
+ to view the latest release notes for &DISTRO; &DISTROVER;.
+
+
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Mon Oct 24 20:34:36 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 24 Oct 2005 16:34:36 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-intro-packaging-en.xml,1.1,1.2
Message-ID: <200510242034.j9OKYaLe032681@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv32657
Modified Files:
rpm-guide-intro-packaging-en.xml
Log Message:
Tagging and trivial edits
Index: rpm-guide-intro-packaging-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/rpm-guide/rpm-guide-intro-packaging-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.1
retrieving revision 1.2
diff -u -r1.1 -r1.2
--- rpm-guide-intro-packaging-en.xml 4 Oct 2005 01:52:28 -0000 1.1
+++ rpm-guide-intro-packaging-en.xml 24 Oct 2005 20:34:34 -0000 1.2
@@ -1,30 +1,27 @@
-
-Introducing Package Management
-
-
- Copyright (c) 2005 by Eric Foster-Johnson. This material may be
- distributed only subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
- the Open Publication License, v1.0 or later (the latest version is
- presently available at http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/).
-
-
-
- In This Chapter
-
-
-
- *Issues in software management
-
-
-
- *Examining Linux management tools
-
+
+ Introducing Package Management
- *Introducing the package concept
+ This chapter covers:
-
+
+
+
+ Issues in software management
+
+
+
+
+ Examining Linux management tools
+
+
+
+
+ Introducing the package concept
+
+
+
In 1991, a young Finnish graduate student started a new personal
hobby. He had acquired an Intel 386 computer and had spent a few
@@ -35,16 +32,14 @@
exploring Minix, a feature-limited teaching operating system, he
decided he needed a full-featured OS.
-
At that time, no full-featured PC operating systems were freely
available, so he decided to write his own operating system. Today,
that small hobby OS that Linus Torvalds started almost as a whim has
- become Linux (www.linux.com), a significant new variant of Unix that
- runs millions of the world's network servers and, increasingly,
- desktop computers and embedded processors.
+ become Linux, a significant new variant of Unix that runs millions
+ of the world's network servers and, increasingly, desktop computers
+ and embedded processors.
-
Linux has grown up, successfully making the transition from a
one-man personal project to a functional, full-featured operating
@@ -57,7 +52,6 @@
other installed packages? And how can you safely upgrade packages?
Answering these questions is what this book is all about.
-
Installing, Removing, and Upgrading Applications
@@ -104,14 +98,14 @@
distributed as source code. To install a new application, such as
the Apache Web server, you download the source code for that
application???in this case, from the Apache Project's Web page
- (http://httpd.apache.org). Typically, the source code is provided
- in some sort of archive (such as the Zip archival and compression
- format often used in the Windows world or the tar archive format
- typically used in the Unix world) that you must then unpack. After
- unpacking this source code, you have to configure it to support
- the options and systems you want, compiling it to produce an
- executable program that can run on your particular operating
- system (CPU combination).
+ ( ). Typically, the source
+ code is provided in some sort of archive (such as the Zip archival
+ and compression format often used in the Windows world or the tar
+ archive format typically used in the Unix world) that you must
+ then unpack. After unpacking this source code, you have to
+ configure it to support the options and systems you want,
+ compiling it to produce an executable program that can run on your
+ particular operating system (CPU combination).
After compiling the source code, you still have to install the
@@ -171,19 +165,18 @@
is.
-
Overcoming the Installation Obstacles
None of the tasks you must perform to install, upgrade, or
uninstall applications are especially difficult. However, these
steps quickly become daunting when you consider all the files that
- must be managed. A full Red Hat Linux 7.3 installation provides
- around 3,000 executable commands and over 160,000 total files
- (some other Linux distributions are even larger!). Obviously,
- managing all these files by hand, although theoretically possible,
- is not technically feasible. On a smaller scale, even management
- of single applications is not practical. The Postfix e-mail server
+ must be managed. A full &RHL; 7.3 installation provides around
+ 3,000 executable commands and over 160,000 total files (some other
+ Linux distributions are even larger!). Obviously, managing all
+ these files by hand, although theoretically possible, is not
+ technically feasible. On a smaller scale, even management of
+ single applications is not practical. The Postfix e-mail server
application, for example, consists of around 275 files scattered
in a dozen or so different directories. Imagine trying to remember
and manually remove all of those files (and only those files) to
@@ -219,13 +212,14 @@
perform the upgrade. Otherwise, the software must be manually
upgraded using the procedure described previously.
-
- Note
-
-
- Current versions of Windows, such as Windows XP, though, have a
- central database of installed applications.
-
+
+ Current Windows Versions
+
+
+ Current versions of Windows, such as Windows XP, have a
+ central database of installed applications.
+
+
Built-in system utilities
@@ -297,12 +291,13 @@
and permissions. This single archive file can then be
transferred to other machines, where a System V
software-management command can be used to install it. This
- System V installation command (typically called pkgadd) unpacks
- the archive, copies the files into their final destinations
- based on the enclosed listing, and sets permissions and
- ownerships on the files as specified by the listing. Finally,
- this pkgadd command registers the list of freshly installed
- files into a system-wide database of installed files.
+ System V installation command (typically called
+ pkgadd ) unpacks the archive, copies the files
+ into their final destinations based on the enclosed listing, and
+ sets permissions and ownerships on the files as specified by the
+ listing. Finally, this pkgadd command
+ registers the list of freshly installed files into a system-wide
+ database of installed files.
Such a system offers several advantages over manual software
@@ -317,7 +312,6 @@
-
Linux Software Management Tools: Packages
@@ -334,24 +328,26 @@
used by various distributions.
- The Gentoo Linux (www.gentoo.org) distribution, for example, uses
- a software-management system called Portage, which is very similar
- to the FreeBSD ports system. Like ports, Portage provides great
- control over software compilation and installation, providing a
- collection of scripts that automate much of the basic work of
- downloading and compiling software.
+ The Gentoo Linux ( )
+ distribution, for example, uses a software-management system
+ called Portage, which is very similar to the FreeBSD ports system.
+ Like ports, Portage provides great control over software
+ compilation and installation, providing a collection of scripts
+ that automate much of the basic work of downloading and compiling
+ software.
At the other end of the spectrum, the now-defunct deepLinux
- distribution used a software-management system called deep-package
- (still available from
- www2.cddc.vt.edu/linux/distributions/deeplinux/tools. deep-package
- was intended to be a complete reimplementation of the Solaris
- pkgadd utility and its helpers. Like the Solaris pkgadd software,
- deep-package paid no attention to half of the question of how to
- manage software, focusing entirely on software installation and
- tracking issues while entirely ignoring the initial compilation of
- the software.
+ distribution used a software-management system called
+ deep-package (still available from
+ ).
+ deep-package was intended to be a complete
+ reimplementation of the Solaris pkgadd utility
+ and its helpers. Like the Solaris pkgadd
+ software, deep-package paid no attention to
+ half of the question of how to manage software, focusing entirely
+ on software installation and tracking issues while entirely
+ ignoring the initial compilation of the software.
More typically, however, Linux software-management tools use an
@@ -383,7 +379,7 @@
software.
- In the case of my full Red Hat Linux 7.3 installation, this
+ In the case of a full &RHL; 7.3 installation, this
package-management software maintains a database of information
regarding all 160,000 files on the system; as applications are
installed on the system, this database is updated with information
@@ -402,23 +398,24 @@
focuses on one of these tools, the RPM Package Management
software, or RPM.
+
+ Change of Name
+
+
+ RPM was originally called Red Hat Package Manager. After
+ adoption by other Linux distributions, the name has changed to
+ simply the RPM Package Manager. The RPM initials remain the
+ same.
+
+
- Note
-
-
- RPM was originally called Red Hat Package Manager. After adoption
- by other Linux distributions, the name has changed to simply the
- RPM Package Manager. The RPM initials remain the same.
-
-
- As the original name implies, RPM was developed by Red Hat, Inc.,
+ As the original name implies, RPM was developed by &FORMAL-RHI;,
the major Linux distributor in the United States. Even though the
- original name seems to point to a Red Hat-only solution, most
- Linux distributions use the RPM software. The RPM software
- provides a foundation needed by Linux system administrators
- throughout the world. You can even use RPM on other operating
- systems, both Linux and non-Linux, as covered in Chapters 19 and
- 20, respectively.
+ original name seems to point to a &RH;-only solution, most Linux
+ distributions use the RPM software. The RPM software provides a
+ foundation needed by Linux system administrators throughout the
+ world. You can even use RPM on other operating systems, both Linux
+ and non-Linux, as covered in Chapters 19 and 20, respectively.
The RPM system provides all of the features needed to manage
@@ -432,50 +429,69 @@
with RPM packages and the commands you need to work with the RPM
system:
-
- *Chapter 2 provides an overview of the RPM system, exploring what
- it was designed for and where it has weaknesses.
-
-
- *Chapter 3 discusses the technical details of how the RPM system
- works, where the database of packages gets stored, and what
- commands should be available for working with RPM packages.
-
-
- *Chapter 4 continues the discussion by covering the three major
- tasks you need to perform with RPM packages: installing software,
- removing software, and upgrading software you have already
- installed.
-
-
- *Chapter 5 covers the RPM database, how it works, where it
- resides, and how you can use it to better manage your system.
-
-
- *Chapter 6 delves into package dependencies, a very important
- concept. Most major applications depend on a number of other
- packages. Sometimes these dependencies get very complex, with one
- package depending on particular versions of other packages. With
- thousands of packages on your system, this can lead to a big mess.
- Chapter 6 helps you sort through the issues.
-
-
- *Chapter 7 covers the important issue of transactions, so that you
- can ensure your system gets updated in an orderly manner and so
- that you can roll back changes if something does not work out.
-
-
- *Chapter 8 introduces a host of tools that can help you find RPM
- packages as well as manage the packages on your system. This
- includes graphical interfaces on top of the RPM system and special
- Internet search sites devoted just to RPM packages.
-
+
+
+
+ Chapter 2 provides an overview of the RPM system, exploring
+ what it was designed for and where it has weaknesses.
+
+
+
+
+ Chapter 3 discusses the technical details of how the RPM
+ system works, where the database of packages gets stored, and
+ what commands should be available for working with RPM
+ packages.
+
+
+
+
+ Chapter 4 continues the discussion by covering the three major
+ tasks you need to perform with RPM packages: installing
+ software, removing software, and upgrading software you have
+ already installed.
+
+
+
+
+ Chapter 5 covers the RPM database, how it works, where it
+ resides, and how you can use it to better manage your system.
+
+
+
+
+ Chapter 6 delves into package dependencies, a very important
+ concept. Most major applications depend on a number of other
+ packages. Sometimes these dependencies get very complex, with
+ one package depending on particular versions of other
+ packages. With thousands of packages on your system, this can
+ lead to a big mess. Chapter 6 helps you sort through the
+ issues.
+
+
+
+
+ Chapter 7 covers the important issue of transactions, so that
+ you can ensure your system gets updated in an orderly manner
+ and so that you can roll back changes if something does not
+ work out.
+
+
+
+
+ Chapter 8 introduces a host of tools that can help you find
+ RPM packages as well as manage the packages on your system.
+ This includes graphical interfaces on top of the RPM system
+ and special Internet search sites devoted just to RPM
+ packages.
+
+
+
Later chapters cover creating RPM packages, programming with RPM,
and extending the functionality provided by the base RPM system.
-
Summary
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 25 00:33:00 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 24 Oct 2005 20:33:00 -0400
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-intro-rpm-en.xml,1.1,1.2
Message-ID: <200510250033.j9P0X0ds007642@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv7619
Modified Files:
rpm-guide-intro-rpm-en.xml
Log Message:
Tagging and minor style edits
Index: rpm-guide-intro-rpm-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/rpm-guide/rpm-guide-intro-rpm-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.1
retrieving revision 1.2
diff -u -r1.1 -r1.2
--- rpm-guide-intro-rpm-en.xml 4 Oct 2005 01:53:01 -0000 1.1
+++ rpm-guide-intro-rpm-en.xml 25 Oct 2005 00:32:57 -0000 1.2
@@ -1,62 +1,53 @@
-
-
-Introduction to RPM
-
-
- Copyright (c) 2005 by Eric Foster-Johnson. This material may be
- distributed only subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
- the Open Publication License, v1.0 or later (the latest version is
- presently available at http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/).
-
-
-
-
-
- In This Chapter
-
-
-
- *Examining the history of package management
-
-
-
- *Introducing RPM features
-
+
+
+ Introduction to RPM
- *Getting acquainted with RPM terminology
+ This chapter covers:
-
+
+
+
+ Examining the history of package management
+
+
+
+
+ Introducing RPM features
+
+
+
+
+ Getting acquainted with RPM terminology
+
+
+
- Several package managers???software that tracks and manipulates the
- applications installed on the system???are available for Linux. The
- most widely used of these Linux package managers is the RPM Package
- Manager (formerly the Red Hat Package Manager), or RPM for short,
- the subject of this book
+ Several package managers are available for Linux to track and
+ manipulate the applications installed on the system. The most widely
+ used of these Linux package managers is the RPM Package Manager
+ (formerly the Red Hat Package Manager), or RPM for short, the
+ subject of this book
-
- Although RPM was initially developed for Red Hat Linux, a
- combination of technical features and good timing has resulted in
- RPM???s becoming the de facto standard for packaging software on
- most Linux distributions. The fact that Red Hat released the source
- code to the RPM software under an open-source license also helped
- its adoption.
+ Although RPM was initially developed for &RHL;, a combination of
+ technical features and good timing has resulted in RPM???s becoming
+ the de facto standard for packaging software on most Linux
+ distributions. The fact that &RH; released the source code to the
+ RPM software under an open-source license also helped its adoption.
-
More recently, the RPM package file format has been adopted as the
official standard for Linux as part of the Linux Standards Base, or
- LSB. Described at www.linuxbase.org/, the Linux Standards Base is an
- attempt to set a baseline that all Linux distributions should
- follow. Some vendors have been pulled in kicking and screaming, but
- the LSB for the most part has really helped the job of system
- administrators by providing some commonality across distributions,
- as in the location of certain files. The history of Linux package
- managers is largely intertwined with the history of Linux
- distributions.
+ LSB. Described at , the
+ Linux Standards Base is an attempt to set a baseline that all Linux
+ distributions should follow. Some vendors have been pulled in
+ kicking and screaming, but the LSB for the most part has really
+ helped the job of system administrators by providing some
+ commonality across distributions, as in the location of certain
+ files. The history of Linux package managers is largely intertwined
+ with the history of Linux distributions.
-
Strictly speaking, Linux refers to a single piece of software, the
Unix-like kernel that Linus Torvalds and cohorts have scattered all
@@ -69,7 +60,6 @@
such as watches and PDAs, to desktop and server systems, all the way
up to mainframes and supercomputing clusters.
-
The Need for Linux Package Management Systems
@@ -83,16 +73,18 @@
Despite this controversy, it is clear that most users of Linux
require both the Linux kernel and a large suite of accompanying
software (a shared C library; traditional Unix utilities such as
- grep, awk, and sed; an editor, such as vi; a shell, such as the
- Bourne-Again "bash" shell; and so forth) to complete the various
- tasks for which they typically employ Linux.
+ grep , awk , and
+ sed ; an editor, such as vi ;
+ a shell, such as the Bourne-Again bash shell;
+ and so forth) to complete the various tasks for which they
+ typically employ Linux.
Users expect Linux to include server software such as the Apache
Web server, desktop software such as the OpenOffice.org office
productivity suite, and a host of other packages. In fact, most
Linux users don???t make the distinction between the kernel
- (technically the only part that is ???Linux???) and all the extra
+ (technically the only part that is Linux) and all the extra
packages (technically ???everything else???) that comes with a
Linux distribution. Most users simply refer to the whole thing as
???Linux.???
@@ -175,25 +167,27 @@
related applications, but what was really needed was installation
and uninstallation on an application-by-application basis.
+
In late 1993, Rik Faith, Doug Hoffman, and Kevin Martin began
releasing the first public betas of the BOGUS Linux distribution.
- BOGUS was notable for the package management system (pms) software
- that was used with it for installation and uninstallation of all
- software on an application-by-application basis. Shortly
- thereafter, in the summer of 1994, the first public betas of Red
- Hat Commercial Linux were released. Red Hat initially used Red Hat
- Software Program Packages (RPP) as the basis of its Linux
- distribution. Like pms, RPP was a system-management tool that
+ BOGUS was notable for the package management system
+ (pms ) software that was used with it for
+ installation and uninstallation of all software on an
+ application-by-application basis. Shortly thereafter, in the
+ summer of 1994, the first public betas of Red Hat Commercial Linux
+ were released. &RH; initially used Red Hat Software Program
+ Packages (RPP) as the basis of its Linux distribution. Like
+ pms , RPP was a system-management tool that
allowed for easy installation and uninstallation of applications.
In late 1993, Ian Murdock founded the Debian Gnu/Linux
- distribution. He began seriously developing its dpkg
- application-management software by the summer of 1994. Like pms
- and RPP, dpkg made it possible to manage each application on the
- system.
+ distribution. He began seriously developing its
+ dpkg application-management software by the
+ summer of 1994. Like pms and RPP,
+ dpkg made it possible to manage each
+ application on the system.
-
RPM Design Goals
@@ -215,42 +209,60 @@
Because of these concerns, after their initial releases of
- RPP-based distributions, Red Hat looked closely at both their own
- RPP software and other software such as BOGUS's pms software.
- Developers at Red Hat, particularly Marc Ewing and Erik Troan, set
- out to develop what they initially called the Red Hat Package
- Manager (RPM). Based on experiences with earlier Linux packaging
- software and knowledge about packaging tools used on other
- platforms, Red Hat had several design goals in mind when they
+ RPP-based distributions, &RH; looked closely at both their own RPP
+ software and other software such as BOGUS's pms
+ software. Developers at &RH;, particularly Marc Ewing and Erik
+ Troan, set out to develop what they initially called the Red Hat
+ Package Manager (RPM). Based on experiences with earlier Linux
+ packaging software and knowledge about packaging tools used on
+ other platforms, &RH; had several design goals in mind when they
developed RPM. These design points include the following features:
+
+
+
+ Ease of use
+
+
+
+
+ Package-oriented focus
+
+
+
+
+ Upgradability of packages
+
+
+
+
+ Tracking of package interdependencies
+
+
+
+
+ Query capabilities
+
+
+
+
+ Verification
+
+
+
+
+ Support for multiple architectures
+
+
+
+
+ Use of pristine sources
+
+
+
- *Ease of use
-
-
- *Package-oriented focus
-
-
- *Upgradability of packages
-
-
- *Tracking of package interdependencies
-
-
- *Query capabilities
-
-
- *Verification
-
-
- *Support for multiple architectures
-
-
- *Use of pristine sources
-
-
- The following sections demonstrate how Red Hat incorporated each
- of these design goals into RPM.
+ The following sections demonstrate how &RH; incorporated each of
+ these design goals into RPM.
Ease of use
@@ -259,38 +271,55 @@
to use. Manual software installation has been the primary method
of putting software onto Unix boxes for over 30 years now and
has worked very well for those three decades. To offer a
- compelling reason to use the new software, Red Hat's RPM must be
+ compelling reason to use the new software, RPM must be
significantly easier to use than other Linux package-management
tools. For that reason, most tasks that can be handled using RPM
were designed to be carried out via a single command. For
example, software installation using RPM requires a single
- command (rpm -U software_package), while manual software
- installation using older manual methods typically requires at
- least six steps to complete the same task:
-
-
- 1.tar zxf software_package
-
-
- 2.cd software_package
-
-
- 3../configure
-
-
- 4.make
-
-
- 5.su
-
-
- 6.make install
-
+ command (rpm -U software_package ), while
+ manual software installation using older manual methods
+ typically requires at least six steps to complete the same task:
+
+
+
+
+ tar zxf
+ software_package
+
+
+
+
+ cd
+ software_package
+
+
+
+
+ ./configure
+
+
+
+
+ make
+
+
+
+
+ su
+
+
+
+
+ make install
+
+
+
Similarly, removal of applications installed using RPM requires
- a single command (rpm -e software_package); manual removal of an
- installed application requires that each file associated with
- that application be manually deleted.
+ a single command (rpm -e
+ software_package ); manual
+ removal of an installed application requires that each file
+ associated with that application be manually deleted.
@@ -330,11 +359,12 @@
Apache's configuration information, which specifies things such
as which files on the system should be made available as Web
pages and who should be able to access those Web pages, is
- stored in a text file, typically /etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf.
- Suppose Apache has been installed using RPM and that you have
- then customized httpd.conf to specify its configuration. If you
- upgrade Apache using RPM, as part of the upgrade procedure, the
- RPM application will take precautions to preserve the
+ stored in a text file, typically
+ /etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf . Suppose Apache
+ has been installed using RPM and that you have then customized
+ httpd.conf to specify its configuration. If
+ you upgrade Apache using RPM, as part of the upgrade procedure,
+ the RPM application will take precautions to preserve the
customizations you have made to the Apache configuration. In
contrast, manual upgrades of applications often overwrite any
existing configuration files, losing all site customizations the
@@ -347,12 +377,12 @@
Software that manages the applications installed on the system
on an application level (such as RPM) does have one potential
drawback in comparison with system-wide software management
- systems (such as PC operating systems like Microsoft's Windows
- or IBM's OS/2, which allow the entire system to be upgraded but
- do not generally allow individual components to be upgraded,
- added, or removed). Software applications often have
- interdependencies; some applications work only when other
- applications are installed.
+ systems (such as PC operating systems like Microsoft Windows or
+ OS/2, which allow the entire system to be upgraded but do not
+ generally allow individual components to be upgraded, added, or
+ removed). Software applications often have interdependencies;
+ some applications work only when other applications are
+ installed.
The Postfix and Sendmail mail transfer agent (MTA) applications
@@ -379,35 +409,39 @@
components, ensuring that all can still interoperate. On
Microsoft Windows 2000, IIS (the application used on Windows to
serve Web pages) requires several other applications such as
- EventLog (the Windows application that records system events,
- much like the Linux syslogd and klogd software) to be present.
- Since Windows is managed on a system level, not a package level,
- this dependency is guaranteed to be satisfied. On Linux systems
- using RPM, however, the situation is different. On Linux, for
- example, the Postfix application requires the syslogd
- application, which records system events. However, RPM provides
- the flexibility to install some applications but not install
- others or to uninstall others later. When you install Postfix,
- you have no guarantee that syslogd is already installed. If
- syslogd is not installed, Postfix will not work correctly.
-
-
- To avoid problems, Red Hat developers realized that RPMs must
- also track dependency information about what software they
- require for correct functionality, and that the RPM install and
+ EventLog (the Windows application that
+ records system events, much like the Linux
+ syslogd and klogd
+ software) to be present. Since Windows is managed on a system
+ level, not a package level, this dependency is guaranteed to be
+ satisfied. On Linux systems using RPM, however, the situation is
+ different. On Linux, for example, the Postfix application
+ requires the syslogd application, which
+ records system events. However, RPM provides the flexibility to
+ install some applications but not install others or to uninstall
+ others later. When you install Postfix, you have no guarantee
+ that syslogd is already installed. If
+ syslogd is not installed, Postfix will not
+ work correctly.
+
+
+ To avoid problems, &RH; developers realized that RPMs must also
+ track dependency information about what software they require
+ for correct functionality, and that the RPM install and
uninstall applications must use this dependency information.
Because of dependencies, installing Postfix using RPM on a
- system without syslogd installed generates a warning that
- syslogd must also be installed. Similarly, attempting to
- uninstall syslogd from a system that already has Postfix
- installed generates a warning that installed applications
- require the software that is being deleted. These warnings can
- be overridden if necessary, but by default RPM enforces these
- dependencies (refusing, for example, to let you uninstall
- syslogd without also uninstalling applications that require it,
- such as Postfix), preventing you from accidentally breaking
- applications by inadvertently uninstalling other software that
- they require to operate.
+ system without syslogd installed generates a
+ warning that syslogd must also be installed.
+ Similarly, attempting to uninstall syslogd
+ from a system that already has Postfix installed generates a
+ warning that installed applications require the software that is
+ being deleted. These warnings can be overridden if necessary,
+ but by default RPM enforces these dependencies (refusing, for
+ example, to let you uninstall syslogd without
+ also uninstalling applications that require it, such as
+ Postfix), preventing you from accidentally breaking applications
+ by inadvertently uninstalling other software that they require
+ to operate.
@@ -429,21 +463,21 @@
RPM also maintains a variety of information about each installed
file in this system database, such as what permissions each file
- should have and what size each file should be. Red Hat
- developers designed this database to be useful for software
- verification. Over time, installed software will fail to work
- for reasons as mundane as the system administrator setting
- incorrect permissions on files or as exotic as nuclear decay of
- one of the computer's atoms releasing an alpha particle that can
- affect the computer's memory, corrupting that bit of memory and
- causing errors. Although RPM cannot prevent all errors that
- cause installed software to fail (obviously, there's not a
- single thing any software can do to prevent nuclear decay), it
- can be used to eliminate common errors. When an application
- fails, you can use the RPM database to make sure that all files
- associated with that application still have correct Unix file
- permissions and that no files associated with that application
- have become altered or corrupted.
+ should have and what size each file should be. &RH; developers
+ designed this database to be useful for software verification.
+ Over time, installed software will fail to work for reasons as
+ mundane as the system administrator setting incorrect
+ permissions on files or as exotic as nuclear decay of one of the
+ computer's atoms releasing an alpha particle that can affect the
+ computer's memory, corrupting that bit of memory and causing
+ errors. Although RPM cannot prevent all errors that cause
+ installed software to fail (obviously, there's not a single
+ thing any software can do to prevent nuclear decay), it can be
+ used to eliminate common errors. When an application fails, you
+ can use the RPM database to make sure that all files associated
+ with that application still have correct Unix file permissions
+ and that no files associated with that application have become
+ altered or corrupted.
@@ -468,8 +502,8 @@
series of processors were among the first additional CPUs that
Linux supported. These days, Linux supports dozens of CPU
architectures.) This posed a problem for distribution developers
- such as Red Hat and Debian and for application vendors who
- desired to package their software for use on Linux. Because the
+ such as &RH; and Debian, and for application vendors who desired
+ to package their software for use on Linux. Because the
available packaging methods could not produce packages for
multiple architectures, packagers making software for multiple
CPUs had to do extra work to prepare their packages.
@@ -481,7 +515,7 @@
machine types they could install the packages.
- Red Hat decided to overcome these limitations by incorporating
+ &RH; decided to overcome these limitations by incorporating
architecture support into RPM, adding features so that the basic
setup a packager performs to create a package could be leveraged
to produce packages that would run on various CPUs, and so that
@@ -492,19 +526,19 @@
Pristine sources
- The BOGUS distribution's pms packaging system introduced the use
- of pristine source code to prepare packages. With Red Hat's
- early RPP package system and other similar early efforts,
- software packagers would compile software manually, then run
- commands to produce a package of that compiled software. Any
- changes made to the application's original source code were not
- recorded and would have to be recreated by the next person to
- package that software. Furthermore, end users wanting to know
- what changes had been made to the software they were running had
- no method of accessing that information.
+ The BOGUS distribution's pms packaging system
+ introduced the use of pristine source code to prepare packages.
+ With Red Hat's early RPP package system and other similar early
+ efforts, software packagers would compile software manually,
+ then run commands to produce a package of that compiled
+ software. Any changes made to the application's original source
+ code were not recorded and would have to be recreated by the
+ next person to package that software. Furthermore, end users
+ wanting to know what changes had been made to the software they
+ were running had no method of accessing that information.
- With RPM, Red Hat developed a package system that produced two
+ With RPM, &RH; developed a package system that produced two
types of packages: binary and source. Binary packages are
compiled software that can be installed and used. Source
packages contain the source code for that software, along with a
@@ -523,7 +557,6 @@
-
RPM Terminology
@@ -540,82 +573,102 @@
To help in installation and management, all package files are
- labeled with highly identifiable names. Red Hat Linux package
- files have four-part names, which typically look something like:
-
-
- kernel-smp-2.4.18-3.athlon.rpm
-
-
- kernel-smp-2.4.18-3.i586.rpm
-
-
- kernel-smp-2.4.18-3.i686.rpm
-
-
- kernel-source-2.4.18-3.i386.rpm
-
-
- rootfiles-7.2-1.noarch.rpm
+ labeled with highly identifiable names. Package files have
+ four-part names, which typically look something like:
+
+
+
+ kernel-smp-2.4.18-3.athlon.rpm
+
+
+
+
+ kernel-smp-2.4.18-3.i586.rpm
+
+
+
+
+ kernel-smp-2.4.18-3.i686.rpm
+
+
+
+
+ kernel-source-2.4.18-3.i386.rpm
+
+
+
+
+ rootfiles-7.2-1.noarch.rpm
+
+
+
Here, the four parts of each name are separated from each other by
dashes or periods. The structure of the package file name is
- name-version-release.architecture.rpm
+ name-version-release.architecture.rpm
The name identifies what software is contained within the archive
file. Typically, this is a name of an application or package that
- the archive installs on the system. For example, kernel-smp can be
- installed to provide a very important application, the SMP
- (symmetric multiprocessing, meaning it supports systems with more
- than one CPU in them) version of the Linux kernel, on the system.
- Sometimes, rather than an application, the software is a
- collection of other files needed on the system. The rootfiles
- package, for example, is not an application but is a collection of
- basic environmental configuration files for the root user's
- account (such as /root/.bashrc, the root user's Bash configuration
- file) that provides a usable, preconfigured working environment
- for the root user on Red Hat Linux systems.
-
-
- The second field in every Red Hat Linux package file's name is the
- version field. This field identifies the version number of the
- software that is contained in the package file. For example,
- kernel-smp-2.4.18 indicates the RPM holds the 2.4.18 release of
- the SMP version of the Linux kernel, and rootfiles-7.2 is the 7.2
- release of the rootfiles configuration files.
-
-
- Every Red Hat Linux package file name also has a third component:
- the release field. This field identifies which release of that
- version of the software the package file contains. Package files
- contain both software and instructions about how to install that
- software. As packages of a particular version of software are
- being prepared, mistakes are sometimes made in these instruction
- files, or bugs are sometimes fixed within a software version; more
- recent package files of that software version need to be prepared
- that correct the problem. The ???1 in the rootfiles-7.2-1 package
- shows this is the first release of the 7.2 version of the
- rootfiles software. The packager of rootfiles version 7.2 got
- everything right on the first try and had no need to prepare more
- than one release. The ???3 in the kernel-smp-2.4.18-3 package, on
- the other hand, is the third release of the 2.4.18 version of the
- SMP-capable Linux kernel. This release incorporates new patches to
- fix bugs present in older releases of the 2.4.18 version of the
- Linux SMP kernel. The software packager increased the release
- number so that end users could distinguish the more recent,
- bug-fixed package file from the older, less bug-free package file.
-
-
- The final field in Red Hat Linux package file names is the
- architecture, which identifies the system types for which the
- package file is appropriate. For example, the
- kernel-smp-2.4.18-3.athlon package is intended for use on machines
- with an AMD Athlon CPU, and kernel-smp-2.4.18-3.i586 is intended
- for use on machines with an i586 (Pentium-class) CPU or better. An
+ the archive installs on the system. For example,
+ kernel-smp can be installed to provide a very
+ important application, the SMP (symmetric multiprocessing, meaning
+ it supports systems with more than one CPU in them) version of the
+ Linux kernel, on the system. Sometimes, rather than an
+ application, the software is a collection of other files needed on
+ the system. The rootfiles package, for
+ example, is not an application but is a collection of basic
+ environmental configuration files for the
+ root user's account
+ (such as /root/.bashrc , the
+ root user's Bash
+ configuration file) that provides a usable, preconfigured working
+ environment for the root
+ user.
+
+
+ The second field in every package file's name is the version
+ field. This field identifies the version number of the software
+ that is contained in the package file. For example,
+ kernel-smp-2.4.18 indicates the RPM holds the
+ 2.4.18 release of the SMP version of the Linux kernel, and
+ rootfiles-7.2 is the 7.2 release of the
+ rootfiles configuration files.
+
+
+ Every package file name also has a third component: the release
+ field. This field identifies which release of that version of the
+ software the package file contains. Package files contain both
+ software and instructions about how to install that software. As
+ packages of a particular version of software are being prepared,
+ mistakes are sometimes made in these instruction files, or bugs
+ are sometimes fixed within a software version; more recent package
+ files of that software version need to be prepared that correct
+ the problem. The ???1 in the rootfiles-7.2-1
+ package shows this is the first release of the 7.2 version of the
+ rootfiles software. The packager of
+ rootfiles version 7.2 got everything right on
+ the first try and had no need to prepare more than one release.
+ The ???3 in the kernel-smp-2.4.18-3 package,
+ on the other hand, is the third release of the 2.4.18 version of
+ the SMP-capable Linux kernel. This release incorporates new
+ patches to fix bugs present in older releases of the 2.4.18
+ version of the Linux SMP kernel. The software packager increased
+ the release number so that end users could distinguish the more
+ recent, bug-fixed package file from the older, less bug-free
+ package file.
+
+
+ The final field in package file names is the architecture, which
+ identifies the system types for which the package file is
+ appropriate. For example, the
+ kernel-smp-2.4.18-3.athlon package is
+ intended for use on machines with an AMD Athlon CPU, and
+ kernel-smp-2.4.18-3.i586 is intended for use
+ on machines with an i586 (Pentium-class) CPU or better. An
architecture name of noarch indicates this is a special
architecture such that the files in the package work on any
architecture. Typically, this is because the files are all
@@ -627,7 +680,7 @@
4.1.
- Table 2-1Supported Architectures
+ Table 2-1 Supported Architectures
@@ -792,32 +845,32 @@
-
- Tip
-
-
- When choosing an appropriate architecture for your machine, be
- aware that more recent architectures typically run software that
- targets older architectures within the same family; the reverse,
- however, is not true. For example, within the 32-bit
- Intel-compatible architectures, a 686-class (Pentium II / III /
- IV) machine runs files within i386, i486, i586, and i686 RPM
- package files, but a 386-class (80386) machine runs files within
- i386 RPM package files only. Similarly, for the Alpha
- architecture, more recent Alpha EV68 CPUs can run programs from
- RPM package files with alphaev67, alphaev6, alphaev56, alphaev5,
- and alpha architectures, but an older Alpha EV56 machine can run
- programs from RPM package files with alpha, alphaev5, or alphaev56
- architectures only.
-
+
+ Architecture Compatibility
+
+ When choosing an appropriate architecture for your machine, be
+ aware that more recent architectures typically run software that
+ targets older architectures within the same family; the reverse,
+ however, is not true. For example, within the 32-bit
+ Intel-compatible architectures, a 686-class (Pentium II / III /
+ IV) machine runs files within i386, i486, i586, and i686 RPM
+ package files, but a 386-class (80386) machine runs files within
+ i386 RPM package files only. Similarly, for the Alpha
+ architecture, more recent Alpha EV68 CPUs can run programs from
+ RPM package files with alphaev67, alphaev6, alphaev56, alphaev5,
+ and alpha architectures, but an older Alpha EV56 machine can run
+ programs from RPM package files with alpha, alphaev5, or
+ alphaev56 architectures only.
+
+
Notice that the four fields in RPM package file names are
separated from each other by punctuation, either a dash (-) or a
period (.). Periods and dashes, however, are also allowed within
- fields. 7.2 is a valid version number, just as kernel-source is a
- valid software name. Finally, keep in mind that all RPM package
- files use an .rpm file-name extension to denote that they are
- RPMs.
+ fields. 7.2 is a valid version number, just as
+ kernel-source is a valid software name.
+ Finally, keep in mind that all RPM package files use an .rpm
+ file-name extension to denote that they are RPMs.
Once installed, package names are slightly different from package
@@ -825,24 +878,28 @@
Internet, copied off of CDs, and otherwise easily transferred
between machines, always have names that looks like
name-version-release.architecture.rpm. Installed packages,
- however, have names that look like name-version-release. Once
- installed, packages are referred to without the architecture field
- and the .rpm extension. Furthermore, installed packages consist of
- lots of files, not a single RPM file. For example, the package
- file kernel-smp-2.4.18-3.i686.rpm after installation is referred
- to as kernel-smp-2.4.18-3. To simplify usage even further,
- installed packages can be referred to by their name field only, so
- this file would become simply kernel-smp.
-
-
- Warning
-
-
- Once installed, the name of the package does not have to be the
- same as the name portion of the original package file. By
- convention though, the package name matches the name, version, and
- release part of the file name.
+ however, have names that look like
+ name-version-release . Once installed,
+ packages are referred to without the architecture field and the
+ .rpm extension. Furthermore, installed packages consist of lots of
+ files, not a single RPM file. For example, the package file
+ kernel-smp-2.4.18-3.i686.rpm after
+ installation is referred to as
+ kernel-smp-2.4.18-3 . To simplify usage even
+ further, installed packages can be referred to by their name field
+ only, so this file would become simply
+ kernel-smp .
+
+ Software Names May Differ from Package Names
+
+
+ Once installed, the name of the package does not have to be the
+ same as the name portion of the original package file. By
+ convention though, the package name matches the name, version,
+ and release part of the file name.
+
+
Usage of the name field by itself to name packages assumes that
multiple versions or releases of that particular software are not
@@ -852,42 +909,47 @@
uses an SMP-capable Linux kernel. On it, I have the following
Linux SMP kernels installed:
-
- $ rpm -q kernel-smp
-
-
- kernel-smp-2.4.18-4
-
-
- kernel-smp-2.4.18-3
-
-
- kernel-smp-2.5.21-4
-
-
- $
-
-
- This example uses the rpm ???q command to query for all installed
- versions of the given package, kernel-smp.
-
-
- Cross Reference
-
-
- Chapter 5 covers querying the RPM database in depth.
+
+
+
+ kernel-smp-2.4.18-4
+
+
+
+
+ kernel-smp-2.4.18-3
+
+
+
+
+ kernel-smp-2.5.21-4
+
+
+
+
+ This example uses the rpm ???q
+ command to query for all installed versions of the given package,
+ kernel-smp .
+
+ The RPM Database
+
+
+ covers querying the RPM
+ database in depth.
+
+
I have two different package file releases (release 3 and release
4) of the 2.4.18 version of the Linux kernel, and I have a
development kernel, version 2.5.21, installed. On this system,
- since I have multiple packages installed of the kernel-smp
- software, I have to use the full package name (such as
- kernel-smp-2.4.18-4) whenever I want to work with my installed
- kernel-smp packages.
+ since I have multiple packages installed of the
+ kernel-smp software, I have to use the full
+ package name (such as kernel-smp-2.4.18-4 )
+ whenever I want to work with my installed
+ kernel-smp packages.
-
Summary
@@ -909,7 +971,7 @@
include nearly so many applications. From the OpenOffice.org
office suite to the Apache Web server, Linux distributions are
literally packed with applications. As a final point, most other
- operating systems provide mostly closed-source applications.
+ operating systems provide mainly closed-source applications.
Linux, on the other hand, includes thousands of open-source
applications.
@@ -919,22 +981,43 @@
for end users, the solution to these problems helps make the RPM
system better able to manage user systems:
-
- *The RPM system tags each package with the processor architecture
- and allows for multiple versions of the same package to be
- installed on the same system. RPM also packs all the files in a
- package into one file, called an RPM file, for easy transfer to
- other systems.
-
-
- *Most RPM operations such as installing or removing packages
- require only a single command to run.
-
-
- *The RPM system supports building RPM packages from a pristine set
- of sources. This means you can reproduce the commands required to
- build an application, improving quality.
-
+
+
+
+ Supports Multiple Architectures — The RPM system tags
+ each package with the processor architecture.
+
+
+
+
+ Permits Multiple Software Versions in Parallel — RPM
+ allows for multiple versions of the same package to be
+ installed on the same system.
+
+
+
+
+ One File Per Program — RPM packs all of the files in a
+ package into one file, called an RPM file, for easy transfer
+ to other systems.
+
+
+
+
+ Requires Only One Command Per Action — Most RPM
+ operations such as installing or removing packages require
+ only a single command to run.
+
+
+
+
+ Uses Pristine Sourcecode — The RPM system supports
+ building RPM packages from a pristine set of sources. This
+ means you can reproduce the commands required to build an
+ application, improving quality.
+
+
+
This chapter introduced the RPM system and the history behind it.
The next chapter delves into the RPM basics, including files,
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 25 02:48:52 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Karsten Wade (kwade))
Date: Mon, 24 Oct 2005 22:48:52 -0400
Subject: release-notes daemons-en.xml, NONE, 1.1 database-servers-en.xml,
NONE, 1.1 desktop-en.xml, NONE, 1.1 development-tools-en.xml, NONE,
1.1 feedback-en.xml, NONE, 1.1 file-servers-en.xml, NONE,
1.1 file-systems-en.xml, NONE, 1.1 hardware-reqs-en.xml, NONE,
1.1 install-notes-en.xml, NONE, 1.1 intro-en.xml, NONE,
1.1 java-package-en.xml, NONE, 1.1 kernel-en.xml, NONE,
1.1 misc-server-en.xml, NONE, 1.1 multimedia-en.xml, NONE,
1.1 networking-en.xml, NONE, 1.1 overview-en.xml, NONE,
1.1 package-movement-en.xml, NONE, 1.1 package-notes-en.xml, NONE,
1.1 printing-en.xml, NONE, 1.1 project-overview-en.xml, NONE,
1.1 samba-en.xml, NONE, 1.1 security-en.xml, NONE, 1.1 server-tools-en.xml,
NONE, 1.1 splash-en.xml, NONE, 1.1 web-servers-en.xml, NONE, 1.1 xorg-en.xml,
NONE, 1.1 fedora.css, 1.1, 1.2 daemons.xml, 1.1, NONE database-servers.xml,
1.1, NONE desktop.xml, 1.1, NONE development-tools.xml, 1.1,
NONE feedback.xml, 1.1, NONE file-servers.xml, 1.1, NONE file-systems.xml,
1.1, NONE hardware-reqs.xml, 1.1, NONE install-notes.xml, 1.1,
NONE intro.xm!
l, 1.1, NONE java-package.xml, 1.1, NONE kernel.xml, 1.1,
NONE misc-server.xml, 1.1, NONE multimedia.xml, 1.1, NONE networking.xml,
1.1, NONE overview.xml, 1.1, NONE package-movement.xml, 1.1,
NONE package-notes.xml, 1.1, NONE printing.xml, 1.1,
NONE project-overview.xml, 1.1, NONE samba.xml, 1.1, NONE security.xml, 1.1,
NONE server-tools.xml, 1.1, NONE splash.xml, 1.1, NONE web-servers.xml, 1.1,
NONE xorg.xml, 1.1, NONE
Message-ID: <200510250248.j9P2mqTG011469@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: kwade
Update of /cvs/docs/release-notes
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv11423
Modified Files:
fedora.css
Added Files:
daemons-en.xml database-servers-en.xml desktop-en.xml
development-tools-en.xml feedback-en.xml file-servers-en.xml
file-systems-en.xml hardware-reqs-en.xml install-notes-en.xml
intro-en.xml java-package-en.xml kernel-en.xml
misc-server-en.xml multimedia-en.xml networking-en.xml
overview-en.xml package-movement-en.xml package-notes-en.xml
printing-en.xml project-overview-en.xml samba-en.xml
security-en.xml server-tools-en.xml splash-en.xml
web-servers-en.xml xorg-en.xml
Removed Files:
daemons.xml database-servers.xml desktop.xml
development-tools.xml feedback.xml file-servers.xml
file-systems.xml hardware-reqs.xml install-notes.xml intro.xml
java-package.xml kernel.xml misc-server.xml multimedia.xml
networking.xml overview.xml package-movement.xml
package-notes.xml printing.xml project-overview.xml samba.xml
security.xml server-tools.xml splash.xml web-servers.xml
xorg.xml
Log Message:
Renaming files to have English suffix, now these can be translated properly.
--- NEW FILE daemons-en.xml ---
System Services
cron and slocate
The updatedb utility is no longer
automatically run by cron to create and
update the database of files used by slocate .
Updating this database is an intensive process that users of
workstations and laptops may find disruptive.
To enable daily updates of the slocate
database, edit the file /etc/updatedb.conf as follows:
DAILY_UPDATE=yes
--- NEW FILE database-servers-en.xml ---
--- NEW FILE desktop-en.xml ---
--- NEW FILE development-tools-en.xml ---
Development Tools
GCC Compiler Collection
&DISTRO; &DISTROVER; has been built using GCC
4.0, which is included with the distribution.
Caveats
GDB 6.1 or newer is needed to debug binaries
unless compiled using the -fno-var-tracking compilation
option.
The -fwritable-strings
option is no longer accepted.
English-language diagnostic messages now use Unicode quotes;
if you cannot read this, set your LC_CTYPE
environment variable to "C " or
change your terminal emulator.
The specs file is no longer installed on
most systems. Ordinary users will not notice, but developers
who need to alter the file can use the -dumpspecs option to generate the
file for editing.
Code Generation
The SSA code optimizer is now included and
brings with it better constant propagation, partial redundancy
elimination, load and store code motion, strength reduction,
dead storage elimination, better detection of unreachable
code, and tail recursion by accumulation.
Autovectorization is supported. This technique achieves higher
performance for repetitive loop code, in some circumstances.
Language Extentions
A sentinel attribute has been
added so that the compiler will now issue a warning if a
function such as execl(char *path, const char *arg,
...) , which requires a NULL
list terminator is missing the NULL .
The cast-as-lvalue ,
conditional-expression-as-lvalue , and
compund-expression-as-lvalue
extentions have been removed.
The #pragma pack() semantics
have been brought closer to those used by other compilers.
Taking the address of a variable declared with the
register modifier now
generates an error instead of a warning.
Arrays of incomplete element types now generate an error. This
implies no forward reference to structure definitions.
The basic compiler, without any optimization (-O0 ), has been measured as much
as 25% faster in real-world code.
Libraries may now contain function-scope static variables in
multi-threaded programs. The -fno-threadsafe-statics can be
used by embedded developers to turn off this feature, but
ordinary users should never do this.
Java
To avoid naming conflicts: rmic is now
grmic ; rmiregistry
is now grmiregistry ; and
jar is now fastjar .
The GCJ compiler can now be used as
a just-in-time (JIT ) tool by using the
gnu.jit facilities.
More support of the AWT and
SWING packages have been added.
FORTRAN
The GNU FORTRAN 77
front end has been replaced by a new FORTRAN
90/95 recognizer.
Eclipse Development Environment
Eclipse 3.1M6 has been compiled as a native application.
The C Development Tool (CDT ) has been
included.
--- NEW FILE feedback-en.xml ---
Release Notes Feedback Procedure
(This section will disappear when the final &DISTRO; release is
created.)
If you feel that these release notes could be improved in some way,
you can provide feedback directly to the author. If you see a URL in the
release notes that looks like this:
%%% https://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=<bug-number> %%%
You can click on the URL and submit feedback on that particular
section of the release notes. Your feedback will be added as a comment to
an existing bug report.
If the section of the release notes that you have feedback for does
not have one of these URLs (or you are submitting a request for entirely
new content), you can click on the following link (this only works for the
HTML version, of course — the URL is much too long to include in the
text):
Click
here to submit new release notes feedback
If you would like to review the changes that have been already
submitted for this document, use the following link:
http://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/showdependencytree.cgi?id=114398
As bugs are posted for the various parts of the release notes,
subsequent test versions of these release notes will contain links similar
to the one described earlier.
Thank you (in advance) for your feedback!
--- NEW FILE file-servers-en.xml ---
File Servers
This section refers to file transfer and sharing servers. Please
refer to the &WEB-SERVERS; and &SAMBA; sections for information on HTTP (Web) file
transfer and Samba (Windows) file sharing.
Netatalk (Macintosh Compatibility)
This section contains information related to Netatalk, a suite of
software that enables Linux to interact with Macintosh systems using
the AppleTalk network protocols.
netatalk
&DISTRO; &DISTROVER; includes version 2 of Netatalk. Upgrading
from Netatalk version 1 to version 2 may result in data
loss . Version 2 of Netatalk uses a different
method to store file resource forks from the previous version,
and may require a different file name encoding scheme. Please
read the documentation and plan your migration before upgrading.
Upgrade information is available directly from the Netatalk site:
http://netatalk.sourceforge.net/2.0/htmldocs/upgrade.html
The documentation is also included in the
netatalk package. Refer to either
/usr/share/doc/netatalk-2.0.2/doc/htmldocs/upgrade.html ,
or
/usr/share/doc/netatalk-2.0.2/doc/Netatalk-Manual.pdf
(numbered page 25, document page 33).
--- NEW FILE file-systems-en.xml ---
--- NEW FILE hardware-reqs-en.xml ---
Hardware Requirements
The following information represents the minimum hardware
requirements necessary to successfully install &DISTRO; &DISTROVER;.
Note
The compatibility/availability of other hardware components (such
as video and network cards) may be required for specific
installation modes and/or post-installation usage.
CPU Requirements
This section lists the CPU specifications required by &DISTRO;
&DISTROVER;.
Note
The following CPU
specifications are stated in terms of Intel processors. Other
processors (notably, offerings from AMD, Cyrix, and VIA) that
are compatible with and equivalent to the following Intel
processors may also be used with &DISTRO;.
Minimum:
Pentium-class — &FC; &LOCALVER; is optimized for Pentium
4 CPUs, but also supports earlier CPUs (such as Pentium,
Pentium Pro, Pentium II, Pentium III, and including AMD and
VIA variants). This approach has been taken because
Pentium-class optimizations actually result in reduced
performance for non-Pentium-class processors, and Pentium 4
scheduling is sufficiently different (while making up the bulk
of today's processors) to warrant this change.
Recommended for
text-mode: 200 MHz Pentium-class or better
Recommended for
graphical: 400 MHz Pentium II or better
AMD64
processors (both Athlon64 and Opteron)
Intel
processors with Intel Extended Memory 64
Technology (Intel
EM64T)
Hard Disk Space Requirements
This section lists the disk space required to install &DISTRO;
&DISTROVER;.
Note
The disk space requirements listed below represent the disk
space taken up by &DISTRO; &DISTROVER;
after the installation is complete.
However, additional disk space is required during the
installation to support the installation environment. This
additional disk space corresponds to the size of
/Fedora/base/stage2.img (on CD-ROM 1) plus
the size of the files in /var/lib/rpm on
the installed system.
In practical terms, this means that as little as an
additional 90MB can be required for a minimal installation,
while as much as an additional 175MB can be required for an
"everything" installation.
Also, keep in mind that additional space will be required
for any user data, and at least 5% free space should be
maintained for proper system operation.
This list is for 32-bit x86 systems:
Custom
Installation (Minimal): 620MB
Server:
1.1GB
Personal
Desktop: 2.3GB
Workstation:
3.0GB
Custom
Installation (Everything): 6.9GB
This list is for 64-bit x86_64 systems:
Custom
Installation (Minimal): 900MB
Server:
1.5GB
Personal
Desktop: 2.7GB
Workstation:
3.4GB
Custom
Installation: (Everything) 7.5GB
Memory Requirements
This section lists the memory required to install &DISTRO;
&DISTROVER;.
This list is for 32-bit x86 systems:
Minimum for
text-mode: 64MB
Minimum for
graphical: 192MB
Recommended for
graphical: 256MB
This list is for 64-bit x86_64 systems:
Minimum for
text-mode: 128MB
Minimum for
graphical: 256MB
Recommended
for graphical: 512MB
PPC Hardware Requirements
This section lists the minimum PowerPC (PPC) hardware needed to
install &FC; &LOCALVER;.
Minimum: PowerPC G3 /
POWER4
&FC; &LOCALVER;
supports only the New World
generation of
Apple Power
Macintosh, shipped circa 1999 onwards. It also supports the
64-bit G5 processor and, POWER processors in IBM
eServer pSeries .
Currently 32-bit IBM
RS/6000 machines are not supported.
Recommended for
text-mode: 233 MHz G3 or better
Recommended for
graphical: 400 MHz G3 or better
--- NEW FILE install-notes-en.xml ---
Installation-Related Notes
This section outlines those issues that are related to Anaconda
(the &DISTRO; installation program) and installing &DISTRO;
&DISTROVER; in general.
Note
If you intend to download the &DISTRO; &DISTROVER; DVD ISO
image, keep in mind that not all file downloading tools can
accommodate files larger than 2GB in size. For example,
wget will exit with a File size
limit exceeded error.
The curl and ncftpget
file downloading tools do not have this limitation, and can
successfully download files larger than 2GB.
Bittorrent is another method for downloading large files. For
information about obtaining and using the torrent file refer to
this website:
http://torrent.fedoraproject.org/
PPC Installation Notes
The DVD or first CD of the
installation set of &FC; is set to be bootable on the Apple Macintosh and should boot
the appropriate 32-bit or 64-bit installer. In addition, bootable
CD images can be found in the images/
directory of the DVD or first CD. Choose the appropriate
boot.iso according to the hardware:
images/mac/boot.iso - 32-bit
Apple Macintosh
(G3/G4)
images/mac64/boot.iso - 64-bit Apple Macintosh (G5)
images/pseries/boot.iso - 64-bit
IBM
eServer pSeries
(POWER4/POWER5)
Power management
support, including sleep and backlight level management, is
present in the apmud package, which is in
&FEX;. &FEX; for &FC; is configured by default for
yum . Following installation,
apmud can be installed by running
yum install apmud .
Anaconda Notes
The &DISTRO; installation program has the ability to test
the integrity of the installation media. It works with the CD,
DVD, hard drive ISO, and NFS ISO installation methods. &RH;
recommends that you test all installation media before
starting the installation process, and before reporting any
installation-related bugs (many of the bugs reported are
actually due to improperly-burned CDs). To use this test, type
linux mediacheck at the
boot: prompt.
The mediacheck function is highly
sensitive, and may report some usable discs as faulty. This
result is often caused by disc writing software that does not
include padding when creating discs from ISO files. For best
results with the mediacheck , boot with the
option:
linux ide=nodma
Use the sha1sum utility to verify discs
before carrying out an installation. This test accurately
identifies discs that are not valid or identical to the ISO
image files.
Memory testing may be
performed prior to installing &DISTRO; by entering
memtest86 at the boot:
prompt. This causes the Memtest86 standalone memory testing
software to run. Memtest86 memory testing continues until the
Esc key is pressed.
NOTE: You must boot from
CD-ROM 1 (or a rescue CD-ROM) in order to use this
feature.
&DISTRO; &DISTROVER; supports graphical FTP and HTTP
installations. However, due to the necessity of containing
the installer image in RAM, only systems with more than 128MB
of RAM (or systems booted from CD-ROM 1, which contains the
installer image) can use the graphical installer. Systems
with 128MB or less will continue to use the text-based
installer.
Installation-Related Issues
Certain hardware configurations (particularly those with
LCD displays) may experience problems while starting the
&DISTRO; installation program. In these instances, restart
the installation, and add the "nofb " option
to the boot command line.
Note
Chinese, Japanese, and Korean graphical installations
started using the "nofb " option will
start in English, and then switch to the appropriate
language once the graphical phase of the installation
process begins.
Some Sony VAIO notebook systems may
experience problems installing &DISTRO; from CD-ROM. If this
happens, restart the installation process and add the
following option to the boot command line:
pci=off ide1=0x180,0x386
This option allows the
installation to proceed normally; any devices not detected due
to the use of this option will be configured the first time
&DISTRO; is booted.
Serial mice are known to be inoperative during
installation. However, there are indications that serial mice
work properly in X after the installation has completed.
Refer to bug 119474 for more information:
http://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=119474
There have been
issues observed when upgrading &RHL;
7.<x> , 8.0, 9, and &FC; 1, 2,
and 3 systems where third party packages are installed that
conflict with packages provided by &FP;. One example is
Ximian GNOME.
The issue with Ximian GNOME is caused by version overlap
between the official &RHL; RPMs (or the ones from the &PROJ;)
and the Ximian RPMs. This configuration is not supported. You
have several choices in resolving this particular issue:
You may remove
Ximian GNOME from your system prior to upgrading to
&DISTRO;.
You may upgrade
your system, and then immediately reinstall Ximian GNOME.
You may upgrade
your system, and then immediately remove all remaining
Ximian RPMs, replacing them with the corresponding
&DISTRO; RPMs.
You
must resolve the version overlap using
one of the above choices. Failure to do so will result in an
unstable GNOME configuration.
--- NEW FILE intro-en.xml ---
Introduction and Technical Release Notes
The &PROJ; is an openly-developed project designed by &RH;, open for
general participation, led by a meritocracy, and following a set of
project objectives. The results from this project include &DISTRO;,
which is a complete, general-purpose operating system built
exclusively from open source software.
Note
&FC; is a community supported project.
&FC; is not a commercially supported product of &FORMAL-RHI;.
For more information, refer to .
Additional important information about this release may be made
available at http://fedora.redhat.com/docs/release-notes/ .
Users are advised to check this link regularly for updates.
For reporting errors or other requests about these release notes,
file a bug report using this pre-filled
bugzilla template .
This &TINY-BUG-URL; will take
you to the same pre-filled bugzilla template.
--- NEW FILE java-package-en.xml ---
Java Package Recommendations
&FC; &LOCALVER; users are advised not to use the Java RPM provided
by Sun. It contains Provides that
conflict with names used in packages provided as part of &FC;
&LOCALVER;. Because of this, Sun Java might disappear from an
installed system during package upgrade operations.
&FC; &LOCALVER; users should use either the RPM from jpackage.org or
manually install the Sun Java tarball into
/opt . Sun Java 1.5+ is recommended for
stability purposes.
--- NEW FILE kernel-en.xml ---
Linux Kernel
Version
The &DISTRO; is based on a 2.6.11 kernel. &FC; may include
additional patches for improvements, bug fixes, or additional
features. For this reason, the &FC; kernel may not be
line-for-line equivalent to the so-called vanilla kernel from the
kernel.org
web site.
You may obtain a list of any such patches by using the command on the &FC; package:
rpm -qpl kernel-<version> .src.rpm
Kernel Flavors
&FC; includes the following kernel builds:
Native kernel, in both uniprocessor and SMP
varieties.
Configured sources are available in the
kernel-devel-<version> .<arch> .rpm
package.
Virtual kernel for use with the Xen emulator package.
Configured sources are available in the
kernel-xen0-devel-<version> .<arch> .rpm
package.
Sources for both kernel flavors may be installed at the same time.
The files will be installed into the
/usr/src/kernels/<version> [-xen0]-<arch> /
tree. Use the command:
rpm -Uvh kernel-devel[-xen0]-<version> .<arch> .rpm
as appropriate.
Following Generic Textbooks
Many of the tutorials, examples, and textbooks about Linux
kernel development assume the kernel sources are installed under
the /usr/src/linux directory. If you make a
symbolic link, as shown below, you should be able to use those
learning materials with the &FC; packages. Install the
appropriate kernel sources, as shown earlier, and then:
ln -s /usr/src/kernels/kernel-<all-the-rest> /usr/src/linux
Preparing for Kernel Development
&DISTRO; &DISTROVER; does not include the
kernel-source package provided by older
versions. Instead, configured sources are available as described
in . Users that require access to &FC;
original kernel sources can find them in the
kernel .src.rpm package.
To create an exploded source tree from this file, perform the
following steps:
These Instructions Refer to the Currently-running Kernel!
To simplify the following directions, we have assumed that you
want to configure the kernel sources to match your
currently-running kernel. In the steps below, you must
understand that the phrase
<version> refers to the kernel
version shown by this command:
uname -r
Obtain the
kernel-<version> .src.rpm
file from one of the following sources:
The SRPMS directory on the
appropriate SRPMS
CD iso image.
The FTP site where you got the kernel package.
By running the following command:
up2date --get-source kernel
Install
kernel-<version> .src.rpm
using the command:
rpm -Uvh kernel-<version> .src.rpm
This writes the RPM contents into
/usr/src/redhat/SOURCES and
/usr/src/redhat/SPECS .
Prepare the kernel sources using the commands:
cd /usr/src/redhat/SPECS
rpmbuild -bp --target $(arch) kernel-2.6.spec
The kernel source tree will be located in the
/usr/src/redhat/BUILD/kernel- <version>
directory. It is common practice to move the resulting
linux- <version>
directory to the /usr/src tree; while not
strictly necessary, we suggest that you do this to match the
generally-available documentation.
cd /usr/src/redhat/BUILD/kernel-<version> /usr/src/
mv linux-<version> /usr/src/
cd /usr/src
ln -s ./linux-<version> linux
cd /usr/src/linux
The configurations for the specific kernels shipped in
&DISTRO; &DISTROVER; are in the configs/
directory. For example, the i686 SMP configuration file is
named
configs/kernel-<version> -i686-smp.config .
Issue the following command to place the desired configuration
file in the proper place for building:
cp configs/<desired-config-file> .config
You can also find the .config file that matches your current kernel configuration in the /lib/modules/ <version> /build/.config file.
Every kernel gets a name based on its version number.
This is the value the uname -r command displays.
The kernel name is defined by the first four lines of the kernel Makefile .
To protect the innocent, the Makefile has been changed to generate a kernel with a different name from that of the running kernel.
Before a module can be accepted by the running kernel, that
module must have been compiled for a kernel with the correct
name. To do this, you must edit the kernel Makefile
For example, if the uname -r returns the string 2.6.11-1.234_FC4 , change the EXTRAVERSION definition from this:
EXTRAVERSION = -prep
to this:
EXTRAVERSION = -1.234_FC4
that is, substitute everything from the final dash onward.
Issue the following command:
make oldconfig
You can then proceed as usual.
Building Only Kernel Modules
An exploded source tree is not required to
build a kernel module, such as your own device driver, against the
currently in-use kernel.
For example, to build the foo.ko module,
create the following Makefile in the
directory containing the foo.c file:
obj-m := foo.o
KDIR := /lib/modules/$(shell uname -r)/build
PWD := $(shell pwd)
default:
$(MAKE) -C $(KDIR) M=$(PWD) modules
Issue the make command to build the
foo.ko module.
User Space Dependencies on the Kernel
&DISTRO; adds support for clustered systems. This requires a
special kernel that works in conjunction with some user-space
utilities, such as management daemons. Consequently, to remove
such a kernel, perhaps after an update, you
cannot simply use the rpm -e
kernel-<version>
command as in earlier distributions because these user space
packages depend on the kernel package. You may either list both
the kernel package and its user space dependent packages on the
rpm -e command, or you may wish to use the
yum remove
kernel-<version>
command instead since yum automatically removes
dependent packages if necessary.
--- NEW FILE misc-server-en.xml ---
Miscellaneous Notes
This section contains information related to packages that do not
fit in any of the preceeding categories.
OpenOffice and upgrading from test releases
If you choose to go counter to the recommendation to
not upgrade from a previous test release, you
may encounter a problem with OpenOffice following the upgrade.
To resolve this, you must do the following command
before doing the upgrade:
rm -rf
/usr/lib/openoffice.org*/share/template/*/wizard/bitmap
--- NEW FILE multimedia-en.xml ---
--- NEW FILE networking-en.xml ---
Networking
This section contains information relating to network connectivity.
NetworkManager
The NetworkManager service allows computers
such as laptops to automatically manage changing network
connections. It includes support for wireless networking.
You must manually enable the NetworkManager
service. To do so, type the following in a terminal window:
su -c '/sbin/chkconfig --level 345 NetworkManager on; /sbin/service NetworkManager start'
su -c '/sbin/chkconfig --level 345 NetworkManagerDispatcher on; /sbin/service NetworkManagerDispatcher start'
Enter the root password when prompted.
Use the Network Monitor desktop applet
to monitor and configure NetworkManager . To load the
applet in GNOME, right-click on the panel and select:
Add to Panel... Network
Monitor
NetworkManager uses BIND to proxy DNS requests.
Enabling the NetworkManager service also loads the
named service as well. By default BIND is
configured as a cacheing service for the local system, and does
not accept connections from other systems.
Note that some wireless network cards require drivers or firmware
that cannot be included with &DISTRO;. This software must be
installed separately for NetworkManager to function.
--- NEW FILE overview-en.xml ---
Overview of This Release
The following list includes brief summaries of some of the more
significant aspects of &DISTRO; &DISTROVER;:
&DISTRO; &DISTROVER; contains the following changes:
Support for the PowerPC (PPC) architecture.
GCC 4.0
GNOME 2.10
KDE 3.4 — includes new accessibility features. You
can manage these new features in KDS Control
Center Regional &
Accessibility Accessibility .
Native Eclipse 3.1M6 (part of a free Java stack)
MySQL 4.1
PHP 5.0
Xen 2 (virtualization to run multiple versions of an OS)
GFS 6.1-0.pre22 (cluster file system)
Evince 0.2.1 (universal document viewer)
GDM 2.6 - Includes early login capability
&SEL; — This release includes coverage for 80 new
daemons by the targeted policy. There are changes to the
handling of Booleans. The targeted policy is enabled by
default. For more information, refer to: http://fedora.redhat.com/docs/selinux-faq/ .
This is the complete list of daemons covered by the targeted
policy:
NetworkManager
amanda
apache
apmd
arpwatch
auditd
bluetooth
canna
cardmgr
checkpolicy
chkpwd
compat
comsat
consoletype
cpucontrol
cpuspeed
crond
cups
cvs
cyrus
dbskkd
dbusd
dhcpc
dhcpd
dictd
dmidecode
dovecot
fingerd
fsadm
ftpd
getty
hald
hostname
hotplug
howl
hwclock
i18n_input
ifconfig
inetd
init
initrc
innd
kerberos
klogd
ktalkd
kudzu
ldconfig
load_policy
login
lpd
mailman
modutil
mta
mysqld
named
netutils
nscd
ntpd
portmap
postgresql
ppd
privoxy
radius
radvd
restorecon
rlogind
rpcd
rpm
rshd
rsync
samba
saslauthd
sendmail
setfiles
slapd
snmpd
squid
ssh
stunnel
syslogd
telnetd
tftpd
udev
updfstab
uucpd
webalizer
winbind
xdm
ypbind
ypserv
zebra
--- NEW FILE package-movement-en.xml ---
Packages Movement
Packages Moved to &FEX;
These are some of the packages that have moved from &CORE; to
&FEX;. These are active packages that are maintained and
supported by the &FP;. If you are looking for information about
&EX;, refer to this URL:
http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Extras
List is Incomplete
This list highlights some of the major packages that moved from
&CORE; to &EX; between &FC; 3 and &FC; &LOCALVER;. This is not
a complete list.
abiword
aiksaurus
balsa
bzflag
cyrus-imapd
dbh
dietlibc
exim
freeciv
gnuchess
gnumeric
grip
jed
lapack
libgda
libgnomedb
libtabe
libxfce4mcs
libxfce4util
libxfcegui
Maelstrom
ncftp
ots
recode
SDL_image
SDL_mixer
SDL_net
sylpheed
system-switch-im
xboard
xcin
xemacs
xemacs-sumo
xfce4-iconbox
[...2192 lines suppressed...]
(x86;x86_64) raidtools
(x86;x86_64) redhat-java-rpm-scripts
(x86;x86_64) rep-gtk
(x86_64) samba (i386)
(x86;x86_64) sawfish
(x86;x86_64) servletapi
(x86;x86_64) servletapi-devel
(x86;x86_64) shapecfg
(x86;x86_64) struts
(x86;x86_64) struts-webapps
(x86;x86_64) system-config-proc
(x86;x86_64) tomcat
(x86;x86_64) tomcat-devel
(x86;x86_64) tomcat-libs
(x86;x86_64) tomcat-test
(x86;x86_64) unarj
(x86;x86_64) xalan-j
(x86;x86_64) xalan-j-devel
(x86;x86_64) xalan-j-xsltc
(x86;x86_64) xerces-j
(x86;x86_64) xerces-j-devel
(x86;x86_64) xffm-icons
(x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-100dpi-fonts
(x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-75dpi-fonts
(x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-ISO8859-14-100dpi-fonts
(x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-ISO8859-14-75dpi-fonts
(x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-ISO8859-15-100dpi-fonts
(x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-ISO8859-15-75dpi-fonts
(x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-ISO8859-2-100dpi-fonts
(x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-ISO8859-2-75dpi-fonts
(x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-ISO8859-9-100dpi-fonts
(x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-ISO8859-9-75dpi-fonts
(x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-base-fonts
(x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-cyrillic-fonts
(x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-libs-data
(x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-syriac-fonts
(x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-truetype-fonts
Packages Deprecated
The following packages have been deprecated, and may be removed from
a future release of &DISTRO;:
dbskkd-cdb — Only used by deprecated package
skkinput
FreeWnn — Only used by deprecated package
kinput2-canna-wnn6
(x86) lilo — GRUB is the
recommended bootloader
miniChinput — IIIMF is the recommended input method
nabi — IIIMF is the recommended input method
ncpfs — No longer part of &DISTRO; profile
skkinput — IIIMF is the recommended input method
xcin — IIIMF is the recommended input method
-->
--- NEW FILE package-notes-en.xml ---
Package-Specific Notes
The following sections contain information regarding packages that
have undergone significant changes for &DISTRO; &DISTROVER;. For
easier access, they are generally organized using the same groups
used in Anaconda.
Basic Components
This section contains information related to basic system
components.
&FEX; Repository
&FEX; is part of the larger &FP; and is a volunteer-based
community effort to create a repository of packages that
compliment &FC;. The &FEX; repository is enabled by default from
&FC; &LOCALVER; onwards.
You can lean more about &FEX; from:
http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Extras
If you would like to install any software available from
Fedora extras you can use yum .
yum install <packagename>
Where <packagename> is the name
of the package you want to install. For example, if you wanted
to install the abiword package, the command
yum install abiword automatically installs
the package and all dependencies.
Audit Daemon auditd and Log
Files
The audit daemon, auditd, is now enabled by default. When
auditd is running, the kernel directs audit messages to
/var/log/audit/audit.log . The location of this file is
specified in /etc/auditd.conf .
AVC messages for &SEL; are sent using the audit infrastructure.
These messages are now in
/var/log/audit/audit.log .
When auditd is not running, the kernel passes audit messages to
syslog. These logs are typically kept in /var/log/messages and
are viewable using dmesg .
Audit extensions are now compiled into PAM. All programs that
do grant entry to the system or change user account attributes
will generate an audit message.
To enable auditing within the kernel, you must pass the
parameter audit=1 to the kernel during
boot. Otherwise, you can use this command to enable auditing
during run time:
auditctl -e 1
LinuxThreads versus NPTL
As the next step in removing support for the obsolete
LinuxThreads library, code compiled and linked on &FC;
&LOCALVER; now automatically uses the NPTL headers and
libraries.
In previous releases since &RHL; 9, the default threading was
LinuxThreads since the interface is mostly forward compatible.
The advantages of the NPTL interface is that the cancellation
handling is faster (when -fexception is
used, even in C code) and that the additional interfaces are now
available without special compiler and linker parameters. In
other words, you do not need to use
-I/usr/include/nptl and
-L/usr/lib{,64}/nptl any longer. Note that
lib{,64} is to be interpreted as lib64 on
platforms which place DSOs in lib64/
directories, and lib/ otherwise.
In &FC; &LOCALVER; it is still possible to create code using the
LinuxThreads definitions. For this the
linuxthreads-devel package must be
installed and
-I/usr/include/linuxthreads -L/usr/lib{,64}/linuxthreads
must be passed to the compiler.
Previously, you could select the version of glibc and the
libpgthread DSH using run time environment variables. You now
need to also specify this variable in the environment:
LD_LIBRARY_PATH=/lib{,64}/obsolete/linuxthreads
This additional variable is required because the run/time
libraries have been moved out of the way. There may be programs
that will not work if the program uses an unfortunate
DT_RPATH (which overwrites the
LD_LIBRARY_PATH setting).
All this makes it more cumbersome to run programs which depend
on LinuxThreads. But this is intentional.
Important
FC5 will not have LinuxThreads support and all programs have
to be converted to use NPTL by then.
In general, conversion to using NPTL has not been an issue.
Enabling the slocate Database
The database needed by the locate utility is
no longer created by default. Enable the database creation by
setting DAILY_UPDATE to
yes in /etc/updatedb.conf
if you want to use locate .
Stricter Controls in openssh
The version of OpenSSH in &FC; &LOCALVER; is based on OpenSSH
3.9 and includes strict permission and ownership checks for the
user configuration file ~/.ssh/config . If
this file does not have appropriate ownership and permissions,
ssh will exit.
Check that ~/.ssh/config is owned by the
owner of ~/ , and that its permissions are
set to mode 600.
ls -l ~/.ssh/config
-rw------- 1 username username 400 May 5 18:44 /home/username/.ssh/config
The directory ~/ is command-line shorthand
for the logged in user's home directory, usually
/home/username/ .
In addition, OpenSSH is no longer configured to request X11
forwarding by default when connecting to servers. To enable X11
forwarding, the -X or -Y
option must be specified, or the ForwardX11
option must be enabled in the ~/.ssh/config
file.
The behavior of ssh clients that are invoked
with the -X option has changed. In OpenSSH 3.8
and later, X11 forwarding is performed in a way that
applications run as untrusted clients by default. Previously,
X11 forwarding was performed so that applications always ran as
trusted clients. Some applications may not function properly
when run as untrusted clients. To forward X11 so that
applications are run as trusted clients, invoke ssh with the
-Y option instead of the -X
option, or set ForwardX11Trusted in the
~/.ssh/config file.
Perl Binary Compat Symlinks
Binary compat symlinks for perl-5.8.0 ,
perl-5.8.1 , and
perl-5.8.2 have been removed. If you have
perl modules built with those older versions of perl, you need
to rebuild using the perl-5.8.6 contained
in &FC; &LOCALVER;.
&SERVER-TOOLS;
&JAVA-PACKAGE;
Core
This section contains the most elemental components of &DISTRO;,
including the kernel.
yum
The sqllite database is now used by yum, and makes performance
noticeably faster.
The Fedora Extras repository is now enabled by default.
&KERNEL;
&SECURITY;
&DEVELOPMENT-TOOLS;
Language Support
This section includes information related to the support of various
languages under &DISTRO;.
The IIIMF Input System
IIIMF is the Internet/Intranet Input Method Framework. In &FC;
&LOCALVER; the iiimf package is updated to
version 12.2.
File Path Changes
The names and locations of some files in the
iiimf packages have changed.
The IIIMF server has been renamed from
/usr/sbin/htt to
/usr/bin/iiimd , and the XIM bridge
client renamed from httx to
iiimx . The
init.d script name has not changed:
it is still called iiim . All the
global system configuration files are now located under
/etc/iiim/ .
Language Engine (LE) developers should note that LE
modules and their data now live under
${libdir}/iiim/le/<LE_NAME> / ,
while runtime data is stored under
/var/lib/iiim/le/<LE_NAME> / .
For more information on the exact path and file location
changes, please refer to Fedora IIIMF FAQ:
http://www.fedora.redhat.com/projects/i18n/iiimf-faq.html .
Hotkeys
Trigger keys, such as
Ctrl Space
used to activate Input Methods, are now configurable with
the command-line tool iiimf-le-tools .
This feature is only supported by GTK2 applications
currently. For other applications using XIM the trigger
key can be changed using an X resource. Refer to the
IIIMF FAQ at http://www.fedora.redhat.com/projects/i18n/iiimf-faq.html
for more details on how to change trigger hotkeys.
Note that the keyname refers to the X key symbol name. For
example, if you want to activate with
Ctrl @ ,
you need to specify '<Control>at' as the keyname not
'<Control>@'.
The per-user configuration of hotkeys does not work
currently with &SEL; in enforcing mode due to lack of
&SEL; policy. In this case, the hotkey can only be
changed in the system-wide configuration.
Qt Support
A Qt immodule for iiimf is now
included. This immodule works but lacks a status window
and is considered experimental. Therefore, the default
for Qt applications is to continue using XIM for IIMF
input.
If you wish to try the immodule in a Qt application, first
install the iiimf-qt package, start
the application, then click mouse button-3 in an input
area and select iiimqcf from
the Select Input Method ' submenu.
&PRINTING;
&WEB-SERVERS;
&SAMBA;
&XORG;
--- NEW FILE printing-en.xml ---
--- NEW FILE project-overview-en.xml ---
An Overview of the &PROJ;
The goal of the &PROJ; is to work with the Linux community to
build a complete, general-purpose operating system exclusively
from open source software. Development is done in a public forum.
The project produces time-based releases of &DISTRO; approximately
2-3 times a year, with a public release schedule. The &RH;
engineering team continues to participate in building &DISTRO;
and invites and encourages more outside participation than was
possible in the past. By using this more open process, we hope to
provide an operating system more in line with the ideals of free
software and more appealing to the open source community.
For more information, refer to the &PROJ; website:
http://fedora.redhat.com/
In addition to the website, the following mailing lists are
available:
fedora-list at redhat.com — For users of &DISTRO; releases
fedora-test-list at redhat.com — For testers of &DISTRO;
test releases
fedora-devel-list at redhat.com — For developers,
developers, developers
fedora-docs-list at redhat.com — For participants of the
Documentation Project
To subscribe to any of these lists, send an email with the word
"subscribe" in the subject to
<listname> -request
(where
<listname>
is one of the above list names.)
Alternately, you can subscribe through the Web interface:
http://www.redhat.com/mailman/listinfo/
If you have subscribed in the past to rhl-list, rhl-beta-list,
rhl-devel-list, or rhl-docs-list, your subscriptions have been
retained.
The &PROJ; also includes an IRC (Internet Relay Chat) channel. IRC is
a real-time, text-based form of communication. With it, you can have
conversations with multiple people in an open channel or chat with someone
privately one-on-one.
To talk with other &PROJ; participants via IRC, access freenode IRC
network. Initially, you can use irc.freenode.net as
the IRC server, although you may decide to select a server that is
geographically closer to you. Refer to the freenode website (http://www.freenode.net/ ) for more
information. &PROJ; participants frequent the
#fedora channel, while &PROJ; developers can often be
found on the #fedora-devel channel. Some of the
larger projects may have their own channels as well; this information can
be found on the project pages.
In order to talk on the #fedora channel, you
will need to register your nickname (nick ).
Instructions are given when you /join the
channel.
Note
&RH; has no control over the &PROJ; IRC channels or their
content.
--- NEW FILE samba-en.xml ---
Samba (Windows File System Compatibility)
This section contains information related to Samba, the suite
of software that enables Linux to interact with Microsoft Windows
systems.
Browsing of Windows shares (also known as SMB browsing) fails
on &DISTRO; &DISTROVER; systems that have the standard firewall
configured. This is most easily noticed in the failure of the
desktop to display shares.
The firewall disrupts the broadcast mode of SMB browsing, which is the
default. There are two workarounds:
Configure a WINS server on the network, and set the "wins
server" option in smb.conf to the address of the WINS server.
Disable the firewall.
Disabling the firewall may make your system vulnerable
Make sure you fully understand the risks before undertaking this
step.
For additional information, refer to the following bug report:
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=133478
--- NEW FILE security-en.xml ---
Security
This section highlights various security items from &FC;.
Digital Certificates Consolidated
Digital certificates are now centralised in directories under
/etc/pki/ . Users performing an upgrade must
relocate their digital certificates.
OpenSSL: the /usr/share/ssl contents have
moved to /etc/pki/tls and
/etc/pki/CA .
Dovecot: A dovecot-openssl.cnf file is
automatically installed in /etc/pki/dovecot/ .
For information about &SEL;, refer to .
--- NEW FILE server-tools-en.xml ---
Server and System Configuration Tools
This section highlights changes and additions to the various GUI server
and system configuration tools in &FC;.
system-config-lvm
The new LVM tool system-config-lvm
assists you in managing logical volumes.
--- NEW FILE splash-en.xml ---
Welcome to &FC; &LOCALVER;
&FC; is a completely free, user friendly, and secure general purpose
platform based on Linux. The &FP; is an open source project that
pioneers leading edge technology and concepts sponsored by &RH; and
supported by the &FED; community.
Latest Release Notes on the Web
These release notes may be updated. Visit http://fedora.redhat.com/docs/release-notes/
to view the latest release notes for &DISTRO; &DISTROVER;.
Refer to these webpages to find out more information about &FED;:
— Technical release notes
Help and Support (http://fedora.redhat.com/participate/communicate/ )
Participate in the &FP; (http://fedora.redhat.com/participate/ )
About the &FP; (http://fedora.redhat.com/about/ )
New in &FC; &LOCALVER;
&FC; &LOCALVER; is the latest version of the free and popular &FC;
platform with a number of unique features and significant
improvements over previous versions. This section provides an
overview of the major highlights in this release.
Desktop Enhancements — The &FED; desktop brings to you
the latest software such as GNOME 2.10 and KDE 3.4 with a new
look and feel. GNOME has the new simple and elegant Clearlooks
default theme that is inspired by the classic Red Hat
Bluecurve theme, as shown in .
New desktop featuring Clearlooks and Evince
Screenshot of Fedora desktop showing Firefox in the
background and the new universal document viewer Evince
in the foreground. Evince is displaying Lawrence
Lessig's Free Culture.
Improved Productivity
Evince (http://www.gnome.org/projects/evince/ )
is a document viewer for multiple document formats such as
pdf, postscript, and many others. Evince replaces a whole
category of document viewers with a single simple
application.
OpenOffice.org 2.0 (http://www.openoffice.org/product2/index.html )
is an office productivity suite. This latest version
includes several enhancements such as improved Microsoft
Office compatibility, completely revamped Impress
presentation software, and native support for the
OpenDocument format. This version also introduces Base, a
fully integrated database management software. You can
find the extensive list of new features at http://marketing.openoffice.org/2.0/featureguide.html .
Eclipse 3.1 is an open and extensible software development
platform that is an Integrated Development Environment
(IDE ) useful for programming in any
language.
Support for PowerPC (PPC) Architecture — Refer to and .
Improved Security — &SEL; is a security architecture
that protects applications and users through finely grained
mandatory security controls. The default targeted policy has
been improved to cover 80 additional daemons. You can read
more in the technical release notes
.
Integrated Clustering Technology — Global File System
(GFS ) is an open source clustering file
system that allows a cluster of Linux servers to share a
common storage pool. &FC; &LOCALVER; has integrated GFS within
the system to manage your storage in an efficient way. You
can read more at http://www.redhat.com/software/rha/gfs/
and http://www.redhat.com/docs/manuals/enterprise/ .
Built-in Virtualization — Xen is a virtual machine that
can securely run multiple operating systems in their own
sandboxed domains. Xen has been integrated into &FC; to work
in a seamless fashion. You can read more about Xen at http://fedora.redhat.com/projects/virtualization/ .
Solid Platform — &FC; &LOCALVER; includes and integrates
the latest 4.0 version of GNU Compiler Collection, which has a
rewritten optimization infrastructure and improved support for
a native open source Java software stack. This stack includes
parts of OpenOffice.org 2.0., Eclipse, and Apache Jakarta,
among others.
MP3 Codecs and Other Patented or Closed Source Software
This section is a brief explanation of why certain software is not
included in &FC; or &FEX;. This information was drawn directly
from the canonical wiki page:
http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/ForbiddenItems
A frequent question of the &FP; is why certain items are not
included in &FC; or &FEX;. This briefly explains some of the
reasons.
Other items, such as file systems support, requires community
participation. For more information, refer to http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Wishlist
NTFS
NTFS Support is not included in the &FC; kernel because of
patent concerns. Using a file system natively supported by
Linux such as ext3 is a better option. If you must share
files between Windows and Linux on a single system, use
FAT/FAT32 (vfat) instead. For sharing across a network,
Samba is a good option.
MP3 encode/decode functionality
MP3 support is not included in any &FC; application because
MP3 is heavily patented in several regions including the
United States. The patent holder is unwilling to give an
unrestricted patent grant, as required by the GPL. Other
platforms might have paid the royalty and/or included
proprietary software. Other Linux distributions not based in
a region affected by the patent might ship MP3
decoders/encoders. However, &FC; cannot and does not ship
MP3 decoders/encoders in order to serve the goal of shipping
only free and open source software. Using other open source
formats such as Ogg Vorbis (a lossy codec that has better
quality than MP3) or FLAC (a lossless codec) is highly
recommended.
NVIDIA 3D drivers
The NVIDIA 3D drivers are closed source. &FC; does not
include proprietary binaries. Consider using an Intel or any
other manufacturer that supports open source cards with full
specifications and/or source code.
ATI 3D drivers
The ATI 3D drivers are closed source. &FC; does not include
proprietary binaries. Consider using an Intel or any other
manufacturer that supports open source cards with full
specifications and/or source code.
RealPlayer
RealPlayer is a closed source application. &FC; does not
include proprietary binaries. Consider using open source
codecs that do not have patent restrictions.
DVD video playback
DVD video playback (of CSS encrypted DVDs) may violate the
US DMCA (refer to http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DMCA )
because it may be considered circumventing an encryption
mechanism. Additionally, MPEG2 is a patented codec, so even
DVDs without encryption cannot be played. Consider using
open source unencrypted mediums such as Ogg Theora formats.
Mono
Mono packages are not currently included due to potential
legal issues. (Pending more input.) Applications can be
written in other languages that are open source, such as
Python, Perl, or Ruby. Java is cross-platform and GCJ is a
relatively mature open source implementation of it. These
are not direct one-to-one equivalents with .NET but might
serve your purpose.
Cryptology (mcrypt)
Some cryptology related packages such as mcrypt are not
included within &FC; due to US export restrictions. Consider
using non-restricted cryptographical methods instead.
szip
The szip license is too restrictive for inclusion in &FEX;.
Use other open source alternatives.
In conclusion:
If it is proprietary, it cannot be included in &FED;.
If it is legally encumbered, it cannot be included in &FED;.
If it violates US Federal law, it cannot be included in &FED;.
Of course, the logical followup is: "But I want to get foo and do
bar, how can I do one of the items listed above?"
The unofficial http://fedorafaq.org provides
useful answers on commonly asked questions. However, these are
completely unsupported by the &FP;. The &FP; encourages using free
and open source software.
The binary only drivers can be acquired from the vendors. You can
find many interesting things with Google.
--- NEW FILE web-servers-en.xml ---
Web Servers
This section contains information on Web-related
applications.
mod_perl
The RC5 release of mod_perl 2.0 is now included. The API provided
by this release is incompatible with previous 1.99_xx releases.
Please refer to the following document for a discussion of how to
adapt code to use the new API:
http://perl.apache.org/docs/2.0/rename.html
php
Version 5.0 of PHP is now included, which includes a number of
changes to the language along with significant performance
improvements. Please refer to the PHP documentation for more
information on migrating from PHP 4.3 to PHP 5.0:
http://www.php.net/manual/en/migration5.php
The /usr/bin/php binary is now built using
the CLI command-line SAPI, rather than the CGI SAPI. Use
/usr/bin/php-cgi for CGI SAPI. The
php-cgi also includes FastCGI support.
The following extensions have been added:
The mysqli extension, a new interface
designed specifically for MySQL 4.1. This is included in the
php-mysql package.
The soap extension, for implementing SOAP
clients and servers.
The following extensions are now available as optional loadable
extensions, rather than being built in to the PHP binaries:
The dba extension, now available in the
php-dba package
The bcmath extension, now available in the
php-bcmath package
--- NEW FILE xorg-en.xml ---
X Window System (Graphics)
This section contains information related to the X Window System
implementation provided with &DISTRO;.
xorg-x11
Users new to the X.org X11 implementation should take note of a
few differences between it and the XFree86.org X11 implementation
which shipped in previous &RH; and &FED; operating systems. In
particular, the names of some files have changed:
X Server Binary:
XFree86 X11: XFree86
X.org X11: Xorg
X Server Configuration File:
XFree86 X11:
/etc/X11/XF86Config
X.org X11: /etc/X11/xorg.conf
X Server Log File:
XFree86 X11:
/var/log/XFree86.$DISPLAY .log
X.org X11:
/var/log/Xorg.$DISPLAY .log
When configuring or troubleshooting your X server
configuration, be sure that you are using the correct
files.
There has been some confusion regarding font-related issues
under the X Window System in recent versions of &DISTRO; (and
versions of &RHL; before it.) At the present time, there are two
font subsystems, each with different characteristics:
The original (15+ year old) subsystem is referred to as
the core X font subsystem . Fonts
rendered by this subsystem are not anti-aliased, are handled
by the X server, and have names such as:
-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--10-100-75-75-c-60-iso8859-1
The newer font subsystem is known as
fontconfig , and allows applications
direct access to the font files. Fontconfig is often used
along with the Xft library, which allows
applications to render fontconfig fonts to the screen with
antialiasing. Fontconfig uses more human-friendly names such
as: Luxi Sans-10
Over time, fontconfig and Xft will replace
the core X font subsystem. At the present time, applications
using the Qt 3 or GTK 2 toolkits (which would include KDE and
GNOME applications) use the fontconfig and Xft font subsystem;
almost everything else uses the core X fonts.
In the future, &FC; may support only fontconfig/Xft in
place of the XFS font server as the default local font access
method.
Note
An exception to the font subsystem usage outlined above is
OpenOffice.org, which uses its own font rendering technology.
The steps to add new fonts to &DISTRO; &DISTROVER; depend on the
fonts subsystem this is going to use the new fonts. For the core X
font subsystem:
Create the /usr/share/fonts/local/
directory (if it doesn't already exist):
mkdir /usr/share/fonts/local/
Copy the new font file into
/usr/share/fonts/local/
Update the font information by issuing the following commands
(note that, due to formatting restrictions, the following
commands may appear on more than one line; in use, each
command should be entered on a single line):
ttmkfdir -d /usr/share/fonts/local/ -o /usr/share/fonts/local/fonts.scale
mkfontdir /usr/share/fonts/local/
If you had to create
/usr/share/fonts/local/ , you must then
add it to the X font server (xfs ) path:
chkfontpath --add /usr/share/fonts/local/
Adding new fonts to the fontconfig font subsystem is more
straightforward; the new font file only needs to be copied into
the /usr/share/fonts/ directory (individual
users can modify their personal font configuration by copying the
font file into the ~/.fonts/ directory).
After the new font has been copied, use
fc-cache to update the font information cache:
fc-cache <directory>
(Where
<directory>
would be either the /usr/share/fonts/ or
~/.fonts/ directories.)
Individual users may also install fonts graphically, by browsing
fonts:/// in
Nautilus , and dragging the new font
files there.
Note
If the font filename ends with ".gz ", it
has been compressed with gzip , and must be
decompressed (with the gunzip command) before
the fontconfig font subsystem can use the font.
Due to the transition to the new font system based on
fontconfig/Xft, GTK+ 1.2 applications are not affected by any
changes made via the Font Preferences dialog.
For these applications, a font can be configured by adding the
following lines to the file ~/.gtkrc.mine :
style "user-font" {
fontset = "<font-specification> "
}
widget_class "*" style "user-font"
(Where
<font-specification>
represents a font specification in the style used by traditional X
applications, such as
"-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-* ".)
Index: fedora.css
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/release-notes/fedora.css,v
retrieving revision 1.1
retrieving revision 1.2
diff -u -r1.1 -r1.2
--- fedora.css 24 Oct 2005 13:13:33 -0000 1.1
+++ fedora.css 25 Oct 2005 02:48:50 -0000 1.2
@@ -39,8 +39,8 @@
div.note table, div.tip table, div.important table, div.caution table, div.warning table {
width: 95%;
- border: 2px solid #B0C4DE;
- background-color: #F0F8FF;
+ border: 2px solid #D0D0B0;
+ background-color: #FAF9E0;
color: #000000;
/* padding inside table area */
padding: 0.5em;
@@ -72,21 +72,31 @@
h1, h2, h3, h4 {
font-family: luxi sans,sans-serif;
- color: #990000;
+ color: #22437f;
font-weight: bold;
}
h1 {
font-size: 1.75em;
}
-
+
h2 {
font-size: 1.25em;
}
-
+
h3 {
font-size: 1.1em;
}
+a:link {
+ color: #900;
+}
+a:visited {
+ color: #48468f;
+}
+a:hover {
+ color: #f20;
+}
+
code.screen, pre.screen {
font-family: monospace;
font-size: 1em;
@@ -108,9 +118,17 @@
}
.procedure ol li {
- margin-bottom: 1.5em;
+ margin-bottom: 0.5em;
}
-/* prevent inheritance */
.procedure ol li li {
+ /* prevent inheritance */
+ margin-bottom: 0em;
+}
+
+.itemizedlist ul li {
+ margin-bottom: 0.5em;
+}
+.itemizedlist ul li li {
+ /* prevent inheritance */
margin-bottom: 0em;
}
--- daemons.xml DELETED ---
--- database-servers.xml DELETED ---
--- desktop.xml DELETED ---
--- development-tools.xml DELETED ---
--- feedback.xml DELETED ---
--- file-servers.xml DELETED ---
--- file-systems.xml DELETED ---
--- hardware-reqs.xml DELETED ---
--- install-notes.xml DELETED ---
--- intro.xml DELETED ---
--- java-package.xml DELETED ---
--- kernel.xml DELETED ---
--- misc-server.xml DELETED ---
--- multimedia.xml DELETED ---
--- networking.xml DELETED ---
--- overview.xml DELETED ---
--- package-movement.xml DELETED ---
--- package-notes.xml DELETED ---
--- printing.xml DELETED ---
--- project-overview.xml DELETED ---
--- samba.xml DELETED ---
--- security.xml DELETED ---
--- server-tools.xml DELETED ---
--- splash.xml DELETED ---
--- web-servers.xml DELETED ---
--- xorg.xml DELETED ---
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 25 08:34:03 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Karsten Wade (kwade))
Date: Tue, 25 Oct 2005 04:34:03 -0400
Subject: release-notes entertainment-en.xml, NONE, 1.1 i18n-en.xml, NONE,
1.1 legacy-en.xml, NONE, 1.1 Makefile, 1.2,
1.3 RELEASE-NOTES-en.xml, 1.2, 1.3 daemons-en.xml, 1.1,
1.2 desktop-en.xml, 1.1, 1.2 development-tools-en.xml, 1.1,
1.2 file-servers-en.xml, 1.1, 1.2 install-notes-en.xml, 1.1,
1.2 java-package-en.xml, 1.1, 1.2 kernel-en.xml, 1.1,
1.2 multimedia-en.xml, 1.1, 1.2 networking-en.xml, 1.1,
1.2 package-movement-en.xml, 1.1, 1.2 package-notes-en.xml,
1.1, 1.2 security-en.xml, 1.1, 1.2 server-tools-en.xml, 1.1,
1.2 splash-en.xml, 1.1, 1.2 web-servers-en.xml, 1.1,
1.2 xorg-en.xml, 1.1, 1.2
Message-ID: <200510250834.j9P8Y3rg022299@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: kwade
Update of /cvs/docs/release-notes
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv22258
Modified Files:
Makefile RELEASE-NOTES-en.xml daemons-en.xml desktop-en.xml
development-tools-en.xml file-servers-en.xml
install-notes-en.xml java-package-en.xml kernel-en.xml
multimedia-en.xml networking-en.xml package-movement-en.xml
package-notes-en.xml security-en.xml server-tools-en.xml
splash-en.xml web-servers-en.xml xorg-en.xml
Added Files:
entertainment-en.xml i18n-en.xml legacy-en.xml
Log Message:
All of the content from the Wiki has been incorporated, some other changes, cautions and such applied, this is truly a test release notes with some poor language and other lack of polish.
--- NEW FILE entertainment-en.xml ---
Games and Entertainment
&FC; and &FEX; provide a selection of games that cover a variety of
genres. By default, &FC;includes a small package of games for GNOME
(called gnome-games ). For a list of other
games that are available for installation through
yum , open a terminal and enter the following
command:
yum groupinfo "Games and Entertainment"
For help using yum to install the assorted game
packages, refer to the guide available at:
http://fedora.redhat.com/docs/yum/
--- NEW FILE i18n-en.xml ---
Internationalization (i18n)
SCIM has replaced all the other input methods. Major highlight.
Language Support
This section includes information related to the support of
various languages under &DISTRO;.
The IIIMF Input System
IIIMF is the Internet/Intranet Input Method Framework. In &FC;
&LOCALVER; the iiimf package is updated to
version 12.2.
File Path Changes
The names and locations of some files in the
iiimf packages have changed.
The IIIMF server has been renamed from
/usr/sbin/htt to
/usr/bin/iiimd , and the XIM bridge
client renamed from httx to
iiimx . The
init.d script name has not changed:
it is still called iiim . All the
global system configuration files are now located under
/etc/iiim/ .
Language Engine (LE) developers should note that LE
modules and their data now live under
${libdir}/iiim/le/<LE_NAME> / ,
while runtime data is stored under
/var/lib/iiim/le/<LE_NAME> / .
For more information on the exact path and file location
changes, please refer to Fedora IIIMF FAQ:
http://www.fedora.redhat.com/projects/i18n/iiimf-faq.html .
Hotkeys
Trigger keys, such as
Ctrl Space
used to activate Input Methods, are now configurable with
the command-line tool iiimf-le-tools .
This feature is only supported by GTK2 applications
currently. For other applications using XIM the trigger
key can be changed using an X resource. Refer to the
IIIMF FAQ at http://www.fedora.redhat.com/projects/i18n/iiimf-faq.html
for more details on how to change trigger hotkeys.
Note that the keyname refers to the X key symbol name. For
example, if you want to activate with
Ctrl @ ,
you need to specify '<Control>at' as the keyname not
'<Control>@'.
The per-user configuration of hotkeys does not work
currently with &SEL; in enforcing mode due to lack of
&SEL; policy. In this case, the hotkey can only be
changed in the system-wide configuration.
Qt Support
A Qt immodule for iiimf is now
included. This immodule works but lacks a status window
and is considered experimental. Therefore, the default
for Qt applications is to continue using XIM for IIMF
input.
If you wish to try the immodule in a Qt application, first
install the iiimf-qt package, start
the application, then click mouse button-3 in an input
area and select iiimqcf from
the Select Input Method ' submenu.
--- NEW FILE legacy-en.xml ---
Index: Makefile
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/release-notes/Makefile,v
retrieving revision 1.2
retrieving revision 1.3
diff -u -r1.2 -r1.3
--- Makefile 24 Oct 2005 14:08:53 -0000 1.2
+++ Makefile 25 Oct 2005 08:34:00 -0000 1.3
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
#
LANGUAGES = en
DOCBASE = RELEASE-NOTES
-XMLEXTRAFILES-en=daemons.xml database-servers.xml desktop.xml development-tools.xml feedback.xml file-servers.xml file-systems.xml hardware-reqs.xml install-notes.xml intro.xml java-package.xml kernel.xml misc-server.xml multimedia.xml networking.xml overview.xml package-movement.xml package-notes.xml printing.xml project-overview.xml samba.xml security.xml server-tools.xml splash.xml web-servers.xml xorg.xml
+XMLEXTRAFILES-en=daemons-en.xml database-servers-en.xml desktop-en.xml development-tools-en.xml feedback-en.xml file-servers-en.xml file-systems-en.xml hardware-reqs-en.xml install-notes-en.xml intro-en.xml java-package-en.xml kernel-en.xml misc-server-en.xml multimedia-en.xml networking-en.xml overview-en.xml package-movement-en.xml package-notes-en.xml printing-en.xml project-overview-en.xml samba-en.xml security-en.xml server-tools-en.xml splash-en.xml web-servers-en.xml xorg-en.xml
#
######################################################
include ../docs-common/Makefile.common
Index: RELEASE-NOTES-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/release-notes/RELEASE-NOTES-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.2
retrieving revision 1.3
diff -u -r1.2 -r1.3
--- RELEASE-NOTES-en.xml 24 Oct 2005 13:33:23 -0000 1.2
+++ RELEASE-NOTES-en.xml 25 Oct 2005 08:34:00 -0000 1.3
@@ -3,57 +3,59 @@
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-%FEDORA-ENTITIES-EN;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+ %FEDORA-ENTITIES-EN;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
]>
-
- &DISTRO; &DISTROVER; Release Notes (updated)
+ &DISTRO; &DISTROVER; Release Notes
2005
&FORMAL-RHI;
@@ -70,12 +72,7 @@
&OVERVIEW;
&INSTALL-NOTES;
&PACKAGE-NOTES;
+ &LEGACY;
&PACKAGE-MOVEMENT;
&PROJECT-OVERVIEW;
-
Index: daemons-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/release-notes/daemons-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.1
retrieving revision 1.2
diff -u -r1.1 -r1.2
--- daemons-en.xml 25 Oct 2005 02:48:50 -0000 1.1
+++ daemons-en.xml 25 Oct 2005 08:34:00 -0000 1.2
@@ -1,23 +1,33 @@
-
- System Services
-
-
- cron and slocate
-
- The updatedb utility is no longer
- automatically run by cron to create and
- update the database of files used by slocate .
- Updating this database is an intensive process that users of
- workstations and laptops may find disruptive.
-
- To enable daily updates of the slocate
- database, edit the file /etc/updatedb.conf as follows:
-
+
+ System Services
+
+ Information Out-of-Date
+
+ The content in this section needs to be updated for &DISTRO;
+ &DISTROVER;
+
+
+
+ cron and
+ slocate
+
+ The updatedb utility is no longer automatically
+ run by cron to create and update the database
+ of files used by slocate . Updating this
+ database is an intensive process that users of workstations and
+ laptops may find disruptive.
+
+
+ To enable daily updates of the slocate
+ database, edit the file /etc/updatedb.conf as
+ follows:
+
-
-DAILY_UPDATE=yes
-
-
+
+ DAILY_UPDATE=yes
+
+
+
+
Index: desktop-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/release-notes/desktop-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.1
retrieving revision 1.2
diff -u -r1.1 -r1.2
--- desktop-en.xml 25 Oct 2005 02:48:50 -0000 1.1
+++ desktop-en.xml 25 Oct 2005 08:34:00 -0000 1.2
@@ -1,3 +1,73 @@
+
+ Desktop
+
+ Notes
+
+ GNOME 2.12 and KDE 3.4.2 Major highlight
+
+
+
+ The current test release has GNOME 2.12.1, together with
+ some previews of technology from the forthcoming GNOME 2.14:
+
+
+
+ gnome-power-manager: brings the Hardware Abstraction
+ Layer to the world of laptop batteries and UPS units - these
+ things should "Just Work", with a simple UI (naturally, in
+ a test release, they might not)
+
+
+
+ gnome-screensaver: giving a fresh UI to screensavers and
+ the Lock Screen dialog
+
+
+
+ Memory optimizations in the fontconfig and
+ shared-mime-info packages (these now use shared
+ memory-mapped caches for this data). Both of these caches
+ are still somewhat experimental.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Test feedback on these experimental packages is especially
+ appreciated.
+
+
+ GNOME 2.12 has removed the terminal option from the desktop root
+ menu. nautilus-open-terminal in Fedora Extras repository provides a
+ enhanced replacement. It is also mentioned in the GNOME 2.12 release
+ notes itself but we might highlight it since the package is provided
+ with the extras repository.
+
+
+ Screensavers not installed by default anymore. Should explain why
+ and provide commands to install them.
+
+ MCS SELinux is in rawhide. Major highlight
+ (tentative - not sure about classification of
+ this change)
+
+
+ OpenOffice and upgrading from test releases
+
+ If you choose to go counter to the recommendation to not upgrade from a previous test
+ release, you may encounter a problem with OpenOffice following the upgrade.
+
+
+ To resolve this, you must do the following command before doing the upgrade:
+
+
+rm -rf /usr/lib/openoffice.org*/share/template/*/wizard/bitmap
+
+
+
+
The DVD or first CD of the
- installation set of &FC; is set to be bootable on the Apple Macintosh and should boot
- the appropriate 32-bit or 64-bit installer. In addition, bootable
- CD images can be found in the images/
- directory of the DVD or first CD. Choose the appropriate
- boot.iso according to the hardware:
+ The DVD or first CD of the installation set of &FC; is set to be
+ bootable on supported hardware. In addition, bootable CD images
+ can be found in the images/ directory of the
+ DVD or first CD. These will behave differently according to the
+ hardware:
-
-
- images/mac/boot.iso - 32-bit
- Apple Macintosh
- (G3/G4)
-
-
-
-
- images/mac64/boot.iso - 64-bit Apple Macintosh (G5)
-
-
-
- images/pseries/boot.iso - 64-bit
- IBM
- eServer pSeries
- (POWER4/POWER5)
-
-
-
-
- Power management
- support, including sleep and backlight level management, is
- present in the apmud package, which is in
- &FEX;. &FEX; for &FC; is configured by default for
- yum . Following installation,
- apmud can be installed by running
- yum install apmud .
-
-
-
+
+ Boot Image Behavior by Hardware
+
+ Apple Macintosh
+
+ The bootloader should automatically boot the appropriate
+ 32-bit or 64-bit installer. Power management support,
+ including sleep and backlight level management, is present
+ in the apmud package, which is in &FEX;.
+ &FEX; for &FC; is configured by default for yum. Following
+ installation, apmud can be installed by
+ running the command yum install apmud
+ in a terminal.
+
+
+
+
+ 64-bit IBM eServer pSeries (POWER4/POWER5)
+
+ After using OpenFirmware to boot the CD, the bootloader
+ (yaboot ) should automatically boot the
+ 64-bit installer.
+
+
+
+
+ 32-bit CHRP (IBM RS/6000 and others)
+
+ After using OpenFirmware to boot the CD, select the
+ linux32 boot image at the
+ boot: prompt to start the 32-bit installer.
+ Otherwise, the 64-bit installer is started, which does not
+ work.
+
+
+
+ Genesi Pegasos II
+
+ As of &DISTRO; &DISTROVER;, firmware with full support
+ for ISO9660 file systems is not yet released for the
+ Pegasos. However, the network boot image can be used. At
+ the OpenFirmware prompt, enter the command:
+
+boot cd: /images/netboot/ppc32.img
+
+
+ You will also need to configure OpenFirmware on the Pegasos
+ manually to make the installed &FC; system bootable. To do
+ this, you need to set the boot-device and
+ boot-file environment variables
+ appropriately.
+
+
+
+
+ Network booting
+
+ There are combined images containing the installer
+ kernel and ramdisk in the images/netboot/ directory of the
+ install tree. These are intended for network booting with
+ TFTP, but can be used in many ways.
+
+
+ The command yaboot supports tftp
+ booting for IBM eServer pSeries and Apple Macintosh.
+ &FED; recommends using yaboot over the netboot images.
+
+
+
+
Anaconda Notes
Index: java-package-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/release-notes/java-package-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.1
retrieving revision 1.2
diff -u -r1.1 -r1.2
--- java-package-en.xml 25 Oct 2005 02:48:50 -0000 1.1
+++ java-package-en.xml 25 Oct 2005 08:34:00 -0000 1.2
@@ -1,5 +1,12 @@
-
+
Java Package Recommendations
+
+ Information Out-of-Date
+
+ The content in this section needs to be updated for &DISTRO;
+ &DISTROVER;
+
+
&FC; &LOCALVER; users are advised not to use the Java RPM provided
by Sun. It contains Provides that
@@ -10,8 +17,8 @@
&FC; &LOCALVER; users should use either the RPM from jpackage.org or
manually install the Sun Java tarball into
- /opt . Sun Java 1.5+ is recommended for
- stability purposes.
+ /opt .
up2date --get-source kernel
@@ -166,16 +159,16 @@
Install
- kernel-<version> .src.rpm
- using the command:
+ kernel-version .src.rpm
+ using the command:
-rpm -Uvh kernel-<version> .src.rpm
+rpm -Uvh kernel-version .src.rpm
This writes the RPM contents into
- /usr/src/redhat/SOURCES and
- /usr/src/redhat/SPECS .
+ /usr/src/redhat/SOURCES and
+ /usr/src/redhat/SPECS .
@@ -187,57 +180,73 @@
rpmbuild -bp --target $(arch) kernel-2.6.spec
- The kernel source tree will be located in the
- /usr/src/redhat/BUILD/kernel- <version>
- directory. It is common practice to move the resulting
- linux- <version>
- directory to the /usr/src tree; while not
- strictly necessary, we suggest that you do this to match the
- generally-available documentation.
+ The kernel source tree is located in the
+ /usr/src/redhat/BUILD/kernel- version
+ directory. It is common practice to move the resulting
+ linux-version
+ directory to the /usr/src tree; while not
+ strictly necessary, doing so matches you with the
+ generally-available documentation.
-cd /usr/src/redhat/BUILD/kernel-<version> /usr/src/
-mv linux-<version> /usr/src/
+cd /usr/src/redhat/BUILD/kernel-version /usr/src/
+mv linux-version /usr/src/
cd /usr/src
-ln -s ./linux-<version> linux
+ln -s ./linux-version linux
cd /usr/src/linux
The configurations for the specific kernels shipped in
- &DISTRO; &DISTROVER; are in the configs/
- directory. For example, the i686 SMP configuration file is
- named
- configs/kernel-<version> -i686-smp.config .
- Issue the following command to place the desired configuration
- file in the proper place for building:
+ &DISTRO; &DISTROVER; are in the configs/
+ directory. For example, the i686 SMP configuration file is
+ named
+ configs/kernel-version -i686-smp.config .
+ Issue the following command to place the desired configuration
+ file in the proper place for building:
-cp configs/<desired-config-file> .config
+cp configs/desired-config-file .config
- You can also find the .config file that matches your current kernel configuration in the /lib/modules/ <version> /build/.config file.
+ You can also find the .config file that
+ matches your current kernel configuration in the
+ /lib/modules/ version /build/.config
+ file.
- Every kernel gets a name based on its version number.
- This is the value the uname -r command displays.
- The kernel name is defined by the first four lines of the kernel Makefile .
- To protect the innocent, the Makefile has been changed to generate a kernel with a different name from that of the running kernel.
- Before a module can be accepted by the running kernel, that
- module must have been compiled for a kernel with the correct
- name. To do this, you must edit the kernel Makefile
-
-
- For example, if the uname -r returns the string 2.6.11-1.234_FC4 , change the EXTRAVERSION definition from this:
-
- EXTRAVERSION = -prep
- to this:
- EXTRAVERSION = -1.234_FC4
+ Every kernel gets a name based on its version number. This is
+ the value the uname -r command displays.
+ The kernel name is defined by the first four lines of the
+ kernel Makefile . To protect the innocent,
+ the Makefile has been changed to generate
+ a kernel with a different name from that of the running
+ kernel. Before a module can be accepted by the running kernel,
+ that module must have been compiled for a kernel with the
+ correct name. To do this, you must edit the kernel
+ Makefile
+
+
+ For example, if the uname -r returns the
+ string 2.6.11-1.234_FC4 , change the
+ EXTRAVERSION definition
+ from this:
+
+
+EXTRAVERSION = -prep
+
+
+ to this:
+
+
+EXTRAVERSION = -1.234_FC4
+
- that is, substitute everything from the final dash onward.
+ That is, substitute everything from the final dash onward.
@@ -287,13 +296,12 @@
utilities, such as management daemons. Consequently, to remove
such a kernel, perhaps after an update, you
cannot simply use the rpm -e
- kernel-<version>
- command as in earlier distributions because these user space
- packages depend on the kernel package. You may either list both
- the kernel package and its user space dependent packages on the
- rpm -e command, or you may wish to use the
- yum remove
- kernel-<version>
+ kernel-version command as
+ in earlier distributions because these user space packages depend
+ on the kernel package. You may either list both the kernel package
+ and its user space dependent packages on the rpm
+ -e command, or you may wish to use the yum
+ remove kernel-version
command instead since yum automatically removes
dependent packages if necessary.
Index: multimedia-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/release-notes/multimedia-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.1
retrieving revision 1.2
diff -u -r1.1 -r1.2
--- multimedia-en.xml 25 Oct 2005 02:48:50 -0000 1.1
+++ multimedia-en.xml 25 Oct 2005 08:34:00 -0000 1.2
@@ -1,9 +1,99 @@
-
- Packages Moved to &FEX;
-
- These are some of the packages that have moved from &CORE; to
- &FEX;. These are active packages that are maintained and
- supported by the &FP;. If you are looking for information about
- &EX;, refer to this URL:
+
+ This command was used to generate the list of package changes. The
+ backslash \ is used to artificially
+ break the line for printing purposes.:
+
+
+treediff.py dist-fc4 dist-rawhide > /tmp/diff \
+sed -e 's,^,* ,g' -e 's,$,\n,g' /tmp/diff > diffwiki
+
+
+ Package Changes
+ As of 21st September 2005
+ [106429] MAKEDEV-3.19-1 -> [115423] MAKEDEV-3.19-4
+ [111566] ImageMagick -6.2.2.0-2 -> [112246]
+ ImageMagick -6.2.2.0-4
+ [105261] newt-0.51.6-7 -> [117695] newt-0.51.6-8
+ [106878] am-utils-6.0.9-12 -> [117066] am-utils-6.1.1-2
-
- http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Extras
+ [108819] amanda-2.4.5-2 -> [115871] amanda-2.4.5-3
+ [112105] anaconda-10.2.1.5-2 -> [118390]
+ anaconda-10.3.0.24-1
+ [105300] aspell-0.50.5-6 -> [114172] aspell-0.60.3-2
+ [108035] aspell-ca-0.50-2 -> [114184] aspell-ca-0.50-4
+
+ [108036] aspell-cs-0.51-2 -> [114270] aspell-cs-0.51-3
+
+ [108038] aspell-da-0.50-11 -> [114276] aspell-da-0.50-12
+
+ [106443] libsoup-2.2.3-2 -> [116988] libsoup-2.2.6.1-1
+
+ [108042] aspell-es-0.50-11 -> [117058] aspell-es-0.50-13
+
+ [108044] aspell-fr-0.50-8 -> [114285] aspell-fr-0.50-9
+
+ [108051] aspell-it-0.53-2 -> [114362] aspell-it-0.53-3
+
+ [108055] aspell-nl-0.50-6 -> [114363] aspell-nl-0.50-7
+
+ [108058] aspell-no-0.50.1-8 -> [114366] aspell-no-0.50.1-9
+
+ [108060] aspell-pl-0.51-3 -> [118018] aspell-pl-0.51-5
+
+ [108061] aspell-sv-0.50-7 -> [114371] aspell-sv-0.50-8
+
+ [107959] at-3.1.8-77_FC4 -> [112026] at-3.1.8-78
+ [108132] gtkhtml3-3.6.2-1 -> [117587] gtkhtml3-3.8.0-1
+
+ [108304] ntp-4.2.0.a.20040617-8 -> [117060]
+ ntp-4.2.0.a.20050816-1
+ [108909] autofs-4.1.4-5 -> [112718] autofs-4.1.4-9
+ [102923] automake-1.9.5-1 -> [114414] automake-1.9.6-1
+
+ [108562] autorun-3.16-1 -> [118091] autorun-3.17-1
+ [105321] awesfx-0.5.0d-2 -> [113536] awesfx-0.5.0d-3
+ [105808] nut-2.0.1-1 -> [114509] nut-2.0.2-1
+ [110344] bash-3.0-31 -> [118423] bash-3.0-34
+ [110908] bind-9.3.1-4 -> [116915] bind-9.3.1-11
+ [111486] binutils-2.15.94.0.2.2-2 -> [116754]
+ binutils-2.16.91.0.2-4
+ [105319] bootparamd-0.17-22.devel -> [116780]
+ bootparamd-0.17-23.devel
+ [106988] bug-buddy-2.10.0-1 -> [117633] bug-buddy-2.12.0-1
+
+ [111028] bzip2-1.0.2-16 -> [117182] bzip2-1.0.3-1
+ [106470] pax-3.0-11 -> [116422] pax-3.4-1
+ [109185] SysVinit -2.85-39 ->
+ [113360] SysVinit -2.85-40
+ [111393] control-center-2.10.1-6 -> [118105]
+ control-center-2.12.0-2
+ [111120] openldap-2.2.23-5 -> [111936] openldap-2.2.26-1
+
+ [110745] cpio-2.6-7 -> [113389] cpio-2.6-8
+ [106419] cracklib-2.8.2-1 -> [111862] cracklib-2.8.3-1
+
+ [104496] bluez-hcidump-1.18-1 -> [115995]
+ bluez-hcidump-1.24-1
+ [104877] ctags-5.5.4-3 -> [115419] ctags-5.5.4-4
+ [108614] cvs-1.11.19-8 -> [116935] cvs-1.11.19-10
+ [108252] cyrus-sasl-2.1.20-5 -> [117833] cyrus-sasl-2.1.21-5
+
+ [109650] pam-0.79-8 -> [118330] pam-0.80-8
+ [109663] dhcp-3.0.2-12 -> [117972] dhcp-3.0.3-6
+ [110743] apr-0.9.6-3 -> [118164] apr-0.9.6-6
+ [110347] e2fsprogs-1.37-4 -> [117739] e2fsprogs-1.38-1
+
+ [104668] diffstat-1.38-2 -> [116208] diffstat-1.38-4
+ [107298] doxygen-1.4.2-1 -> [118248] doxygen-1.4.4-2
+ [110505] dump-0.4b40-2 -> [113542] dump-0.4b40-4
+ [110508] eject-2.0.13-15 -> [117061] eject-2.1.2-1
+ [110262] parted-1.6.22-2 -> [117238] parted-1.6.24-1
+ [110911] emacs-21.4-5 -> [114092] emacs-21.4-7
+ [111808] esound-0.2.35-5 -> [114327] esound-0.2.36-1
+ [105304] passwd-0.69-2 -> [112701] passwd-0.70-1
+ [106286] fetchmail-6.2.5-7 -> [114678] fetchmail-6.2.5.2-1
+
+ [109759] patch-2.5.4-24 -> [117794] patch-2.5.4-29
+ [111272] filesystem-2.3.4-1 -> [116817] filesystem-2.3.5-1
+
+ [106330] findutils-4.2.20-1 -> [117490] findutils-4.2.25-2
+
+ [105012] finger-0.17-28 -> [113967] finger-0.17-29
+ [105097] freetype-2.1.9-2 -> [116586] freetype-2.1.9-4
+
+ [111401] ftp-0.17-26 -> [117241] ftp-0.17-29
+ [104499] gawk-3.1.4-5 -> [118359] gawk-3.1.5-2
+ [111099] gcc-4.0.0-8 -> [118294] gcc-4.0.1-14
+ [108458] gd-2.0.33-2 -> [117628] gd-2.0.33-3
+ [109684] gdb-6.3.0.0-1.21 -> [117661] gdb-6.3.0.0-1.65
+
+ [106626] gettext-0.14.3-1 -> [116274] gettext-0.14.5-1
+
+ [111402] gdm-2.6.0.8-16 -> [117776] gdm-2.8.0.4-1
+ [108333] gedit-2.10.2-3 -> [117719] gedit-2.12.0-1
+ [110935] perl-5.8.6-15 -> [117489] perl-5.8.7-0.3.fc5
+
+ [107237] gok-1.0.3-1 -> [116496] gok-1.0.5-4
+ [110356] php-5.0.4-10 -> [118097] php-5.0.5-3
+ [110581] gimp-2.2.7-4 -> [116538] gimp-2.2.8-3
+ [111654] gnome-applets-2.10.1-9 -> [117721]
+ gnome-applets-2.12.0-1
+ [111691] glibc-2.3.5-10 -> [117966] glibc-2.3.90-12
+ [111104] gnome-games-2.10.0-5 -> [117724]
+ gnome-games-2.12.0-1
+ [111214] gnome-media-2.10.2-4 -> [117726]
+ gnome-media-2.12.0-1
+ [106508] kdeadmin-3.4.0-1 -> [118336] kdeadmin-3.4.2-2
+
+ [110919] gnome-utils-2.10.0-3 -> [117738]
+ gnome-utils-2.12.0-1
+ [110246] gnupg-1.4.1-3 -> [116120] gnupg-1.4.2-3
+ [104528] gnuplot-4.0.0-7 -> [117403] gnuplot-4.0.0-8
+ [104506] gperf-3.0.1-6 -> [115552] gperf-3.0.1-7
+ [104548] grep-2.5.1-48 -> [113236] grep-2.5.1-50
+ [108057] xinitrc-4.0.18-1 -> [111974] xinitrc-4.0.19-1
+
+ [104544] guile-1.6.7-2 -> [117402] guile-1.6.7-4
+ [104475] hdparm-5.9-1 -> [112183] hdparm-6.1-1
+ [111501] initscripts-8.11.1-1 -> [117977] initscripts-8.14-1
+
+ [107880] inn-2.4.2-3 -> [115559] inn-2.4.2-4
+ [106114] iproute-2.6.11-1 -> [118247] iproute-2.6.14-3
+
+ [106499] iptables-1.3.0-2 -> [114287] iptables-1.3.2-1
+
+ [107881] iputils-20020927-22 -> [117698] iputils-20020927-26
+
+ [111656] isdn4k-utils-3.2-28 -> [115009] isdn4k-utils-3.2-32
+
+ [105032] joe-3.1-8 -> [112056] joe-3.3-1
+ [108237] kdebase-3.4.0-5 -> [118422] kdebase-3.4.2-5
+ [106532] kdegames-3.4.0-1 -> [116019] kdegames-3.4.2-1
+
+ [107198] kdegraphics-3.4.0-2 -> [117508] kdegraphics-3.4.2-3
+
+ [104526] openobex-1.0.1-3 -> [111937] openobex-1.0.1-4
+
+ [107226] kdemultimedia-3.4.0-2 -> [115553]
+ kdemultimedia-3.4.2-1
+ [106551] kdeutils-3.4.0-1 -> [117699] kdeutils-3.4.2-2
+
+ [105322] minicom-2.00.0-21 -> [114175] minicom-2.1-1
+ [112015] kernel-2.6.11-1.1369_FC4 -> [118394]
+ kernel-2.6.13-1.1565_FC5
+ [108707] libbtctl-0.4.1-7 -> [114382] libbtctl-0.4.1-8
+
+ [107067] krb5-1.4-3 -> [118053] krb5-1.4.2-4
+ [106252] krbafs-1.2.2-7 -> [115422] krbafs-1.2.2-8
+ [111032] kudzu-1.1.116.2-2 -> [118290] kudzu-1.2.7-1
+ [105596] lam-7.1.1-3 -> [115564] lam-7.1.1-7.FC5
+ [105047] less-382-7 -> [117533] less-382-8
+ [104599] libieee1284-0.2.9-2 -> [114409] libieee1284-0.2.9-3
+
[...3253 lines suppressed...]
-
- (x86;x86_64) quanta-devel
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) raidtools
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) redhat-java-rpm-scripts
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) rep-gtk
-
-
-
- (x86_64) samba (i386)
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) sawfish
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) servletapi
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) servletapi-devel
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) shapecfg
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) struts
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) struts-webapps
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) system-config-proc
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) tomcat
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) tomcat-devel
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) tomcat-libs
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) tomcat-test
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) unarj
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) xalan-j
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) xalan-j-devel
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) xalan-j-xsltc
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) xerces-j
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) xerces-j-devel
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) xffm-icons
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-100dpi-fonts
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-75dpi-fonts
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-ISO8859-14-100dpi-fonts
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-ISO8859-14-75dpi-fonts
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-ISO8859-15-100dpi-fonts
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-ISO8859-15-75dpi-fonts
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-ISO8859-2-100dpi-fonts
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-ISO8859-2-75dpi-fonts
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-ISO8859-9-100dpi-fonts
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-ISO8859-9-75dpi-fonts
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-base-fonts
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-cyrillic-fonts
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-libs-data
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-syriac-fonts
-
-
-
- (x86;x86_64) xorg-x11-truetype-fonts
-
-
-
-
- Packages Deprecated
-
- The following packages have been deprecated, and may be removed from
- a future release of &DISTRO;:
-
-
-
- dbskkd-cdb — Only used by deprecated package
- skkinput
-
-
-
- FreeWnn — Only used by deprecated package
- kinput2-canna-wnn6
-
-
-
- (x86) lilo — GRUB is the
- recommended bootloader
-
-
-
- miniChinput — IIIMF is the recommended input method
-
-
-
- nabi — IIIMF is the recommended input method
-
-
-
- ncpfs — No longer part of &DISTRO; profile
-
-
-
- skkinput — IIIMF is the recommended input method
-
-
-
- xcin — IIIMF is the recommended input method
-
-
-
--->
The following sections contain information regarding packages that
@@ -241,35 +241,6 @@
&SERVER-TOOLS;
&JAVA-PACKAGE;
-
Core
@@ -285,612 +256,21 @@
The Fedora Extras repository is now enabled by default.
-
+
&KERNEL;
&SECURITY;
-
-
- &DEVELOPMENT-TOOLS;
-
-
- Language Support
-
- This section includes information related to the support of various
- languages under &DISTRO;.
-
-
- The IIIMF Input System
-
- IIIMF is the Internet/Intranet Input Method Framework. In &FC;
- &LOCALVER; the iiimf package is updated to
- version 12.2.
-
-
-
- File Path Changes
-
-
- The names and locations of some files in the
- iiimf packages have changed.
-
-
- The IIIMF server has been renamed from
- /usr/sbin/htt to
- /usr/bin/iiimd , and the XIM bridge
- client renamed from httx to
- iiimx . The
- init.d script name has not changed:
- it is still called iiim . All the
- global system configuration files are now located under
- /etc/iiim/ .
-
-
- Language Engine (LE) developers should note that LE
- modules and their data now live under
- ${libdir}/iiim/le/<LE_NAME> / ,
- while runtime data is stored under
- /var/lib/iiim/le/<LE_NAME> / .
-
-
- For more information on the exact path and file location
- changes, please refer to Fedora IIIMF FAQ:
-
-
- http://www.fedora.redhat.com/projects/i18n/iiimf-faq.html .
-
-
-
-
- Hotkeys
-
-
- Trigger keys, such as
- Ctrl Space
- used to activate Input Methods, are now configurable with
- the command-line tool iiimf-le-tools .
- This feature is only supported by GTK2 applications
- currently. For other applications using XIM the trigger
- key can be changed using an X resource. Refer to the
- IIIMF FAQ at http://www.fedora.redhat.com/projects/i18n/iiimf-faq.html
- for more details on how to change trigger hotkeys.
-
-
- Note that the keyname refers to the X key symbol name. For
- example, if you want to activate with
- Ctrl @ ,
- you need to specify '<Control>at' as the keyname not
- '<Control>@'.
-
-
- The per-user configuration of hotkeys does not work
- currently with &SEL; in enforcing mode due to lack of
- &SEL; policy. In this case, the hotkey can only be
- changed in the system-wide configuration.
-
-
-
-
- Qt Support
-
-
- A Qt immodule for iiimf is now
- included. This immodule works but lacks a status window
- and is considered experimental. Therefore, the default
- for Qt applications is to continue using XIM for IIMF
- input.
-
-
- If you wish to try the immodule in a Qt application, first
- install the iiimf-qt package, start
- the application, then click mouse button-3 in an input
- area and select iiimqcf from
- the Select Input Method ' submenu.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+ &DEVELOPMENT-TOOLS;
+ &I18N;
&PRINTING;
-
-
-
+
+ &MULTIMEDIA;
+ &ENTERTAINMENT;
&WEB-SERVERS;
&SAMBA;
&XORG;
-
+ &ENTERTAINMENT;
-
+
@@ -48,9 +48,9 @@
-
+
-
+
]>
Index: hardware-reqs-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/release-notes/hardware-reqs-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.1
retrieving revision 1.2
diff -u -r1.1 -r1.2
--- hardware-reqs-en.xml 25 Oct 2005 02:48:50 -0000 1.1
+++ hardware-reqs-en.xml 25 Oct 2005 09:07:12 -0000 1.2
@@ -230,14 +230,11 @@
&FC; &LOCALVER;
- supports only the New World
generation of
- Apple Power
- Macintosh, shipped circa 1999 onwards. It also supports the
- 64-bit G5 processor and, POWER processors in IBM
- eServer pSeries .
- Currently 32-bit IBM
- RS/6000 machines are not supported.
+ supports only the New World
generation of Apple
+ Power Macintosh, shipped circa 1999 onwards. It also supports
+ the 64-bit G5 processor and, POWER processors in IBM eServer
+ pSeries. Currently 32-bit IBM RS/6000 machines are not
+ supported.
Index: install-notes-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/release-notes/install-notes-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.2
retrieving revision 1.3
diff -u -r1.2 -r1.3
--- install-notes-en.xml 25 Oct 2005 08:34:00 -0000 1.2
+++ install-notes-en.xml 25 Oct 2005 09:07:12 -0000 1.3
@@ -59,88 +59,90 @@
RAM.
-
-
- The DVD or first CD of the installation set of &FC; is set to be
- bootable on supported hardware. In addition, bootable CD images
- can be found in the images/ directory of the
- DVD or first CD. These will behave differently according to the
- hardware:
-
-
- Boot Image Behavior by Hardware
+
+ The DVD or first CD of the installation set of &FC; is set to be
+ bootable on supported hardware. In addition, bootable CD images
+ can be found in the images/ directory of
+ the DVD or first CD. These will behave differently according to
+ the hardware:
+
+
+ Boot Image Behavior by Hardware
Apple Macintosh
-
- The bootloader should automatically boot the appropriate
- 32-bit or 64-bit installer. Power management support,
- including sleep and backlight level management, is present
- in the apmud package, which is in &FEX;.
- &FEX; for &FC; is configured by default for yum. Following
- installation, apmud can be installed by
- running the command yum install apmud
- in a terminal.
-
-
-
-
- 64-bit IBM eServer pSeries (POWER4/POWER5)
-
- After using OpenFirmware to boot the CD, the bootloader
- (yaboot ) should automatically boot the
- 64-bit installer.
-
-
-
-
- 32-bit CHRP (IBM RS/6000 and others)
-
- After using OpenFirmware to boot the CD, select the
- linux32 boot image at the
- boot: prompt to start the 32-bit installer.
- Otherwise, the 64-bit installer is started, which does not
- work.
-
-
-
- Genesi Pegasos II
-
- As of &DISTRO; &DISTROVER;, firmware with full support
- for ISO9660 file systems is not yet released for the
- Pegasos. However, the network boot image can be used. At
- the OpenFirmware prompt, enter the command:
+
+ The bootloader should automatically boot the
+ appropriate 32-bit or 64-bit installer. Power management
+ support, including sleep and backlight level management,
+ is present in the apmud package,
+ which is in &FEX;. &FEX; for &FC; is configured by default
+ for yum. Following installation,
+ apmud can be installed by running the
+ command yum install apmud in a
+ terminal.
+
+
+
+
+ 64-bit IBM eServer pSeries (POWER4/POWER5)
+
+ After using OpenFirmware to boot the CD, the
+ bootloader (yaboot ) should
+ automatically boot the 64-bit installer.
+
+
+
+
+ 32-bit CHRP (IBM RS/6000 and others)
+
+ After using OpenFirmware to boot the CD, select the
+ linux32 boot image at the
+ boot: prompt to start the 32-bit installer.
+ Otherwise, the 64-bit installer is started, which does not
+ work.
+
+
+
+ Genesi Pegasos II
+
+ As of &DISTRO; &DISTROVER;, firmware with full support
+ for ISO9660 file systems is not yet released for the
+ Pegasos. However, the network boot image can be used. At
+ the OpenFirmware prompt, enter the command:
+
boot cd: /images/netboot/ppc32.img
-
- You will also need to configure OpenFirmware on the Pegasos
- manually to make the installed &FC; system bootable. To do
- this, you need to set the boot-device and
- boot-file environment variables
- appropriately.
-
-
-
-
- Network booting
-
- There are combined images containing the installer
- kernel and ramdisk in the images/netboot/ directory of the
- install tree. These are intended for network booting with
- TFTP, but can be used in many ways.
-
-
- The command yaboot supports tftp
- booting for IBM eServer pSeries and Apple Macintosh.
- &FED; recommends using yaboot over the netboot images.
-
+
+ You will also need to configure OpenFirmware on the
+ Pegasos manually to make the installed &FC; system
+ bootable. To do this, you need to set the
+ boot-device and boot-file
+ environment variables appropriately.
+
+
+
+
+ Network booting
+
+ There are combined images containing the installer
+ kernel and ramdisk in the images/netboot/ directory of the
+ install tree. These are intended for network booting with
+ TFTP, but can be used in many ways.
+
+
+ The command yaboot supports tftp
+ booting for IBM eServer pSeries and Apple Macintosh. &FED;
+ recommends using yaboot over the netboot images.
+
-
-
+
+
+
Anaconda Notes
-
+
Index: multimedia-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/release-notes/multimedia-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.2
retrieving revision 1.3
diff -u -r1.2 -r1.3
--- multimedia-en.xml 25 Oct 2005 08:34:00 -0000 1.2
+++ multimedia-en.xml 25 Oct 2005 09:07:12 -0000 1.3
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
playback or recording, because the MP3 and MPEG (DVD) formats
are patented, and the patent owners have not provided the
necessary licenses. For more information, refer to .
+ linkend="sn-multimedia-excluded"/>.
Index: overview-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/release-notes/overview-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.1
retrieving revision 1.2
diff -u -r1.1 -r1.2
--- overview-en.xml 25 Oct 2005 02:48:50 -0000 1.1
+++ overview-en.xml 25 Oct 2005 09:07:12 -0000 1.2
@@ -1,5 +1,13 @@
Overview of This Release
+
+ Information Out-of-Date
+
+ The content in this section needs to be updated for &DISTRO;
+ &DISTROVER;
+
+
+
-
&SEL; — This release includes coverage for 80 new
daemons by the targeted policy. There are changes to the
@@ -543,42 +547,6 @@
-
— Technical release notes
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Tue Oct 25 19:40:58 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Karsten Wade (kwade))
Date: Tue, 25 Oct 2005 15:40:58 -0400
Subject: release-notes package-movement-en.xml, 1.3, 1.4 package-notes-en.xml,
1.3, 1.4
Message-ID: <200510251940.j9PJewAw010132@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: kwade
Update of /cvs/docs/release-notes
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv10111
Modified Files:
package-movement-en.xml package-notes-en.xml
Log Message:
Typos that broke the build, sorry, forgot to test the build before I did my last commits.
Index: package-movement-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/release-notes/package-movement-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.3
retrieving revision 1.4
diff -u -r1.3 -r1.4
--- package-movement-en.xml 25 Oct 2005 09:07:12 -0000 1.3
+++ package-movement-en.xml 25 Oct 2005 19:40:56 -0000 1.4
@@ -1052,7 +1052,6 @@
Screensavers not installed by default anymore? Explain
why and provide commands to install them.
- )
-
-Advanced RPM Packaging
-
-
- Copyright (c) 2005 by Eric Foster-Johnson. This material may be
- distributed only subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
- the Open Publication License, v1.0 or later (the latest version is
- presently available at http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/).
-
-
-
-
-
- In This Chapter
-
-
-
- *Defining package dependency information
-
-
-
- *Setting triggers
-
-
-
- *Writing verification scripts
-
-
-
- *Creating subpackages
-
-
-
- *Creating relocatable packages
-
+
+
+ Advanced RPM Packaging
- *Defining conditional builds
+ This chapter covers:
-
+
+
+
+ Defining package dependency information
+
+
+
+
+ Setting triggers
+
+
+
+
+ Writing verification scripts
+
+
+
+
+ Creating subpackages
+
+
+
+
+ Creating relocatable packages
+
+
+
+
+ Defining conditional builds
+
+
+
The previous chapter introduced the RPM spec file, which controls
how RPM packages are built and installed. This chapter delves into
@@ -46,7 +44,6 @@
making relocatable packages, starting with how to specify package
dependencies.
-
Defining Package Dependencies
@@ -416,7 +413,6 @@
-
Setting Triggers
@@ -859,7 +855,6 @@
chmod 0400 /var/ftp/bin/bin.md5
-
Writing Verification Scripts
@@ -906,7 +901,6 @@
See Chapter 5 for more on package verification.
-
Creating Subpackages
@@ -1198,7 +1192,6 @@
-
Creating Relocatable Packages
@@ -1341,7 +1334,6 @@
-
Defining Conditional Builds
@@ -1653,7 +1645,6 @@
-
Summary
@@ -1721,6 +1712,7 @@
+
-
-RPM Command Reference
-
-
- In This Appendix
-
-
-
- *rpm command
-
+
+
+ RPM Command Reference
- *rpmbuild command
+ This appendix covers:
-
+
+
+
+ rpm command
+
+
+
+
+ rpmbuild command
+
+
+
This appendix covers the syntax of the command-line options for the
rpm and rpmbuild commands.
-
The rpm Command
@@ -1704,7 +1706,6 @@
-
The rpmbuild Command
@@ -2307,6 +2308,7 @@
+
-
Index: rpm-guide-creating-rpms-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/rpm-guide/rpm-guide-creating-rpms-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.1
retrieving revision 1.2
diff -u -r1.1 -r1.2
--- rpm-guide-creating-rpms-en.xml 4 Oct 2005 01:48:20 -0000 1.1
+++ rpm-guide-creating-rpms-en.xml 26 Oct 2005 01:54:11 -0000 1.2
@@ -1,44 +1,42 @@
-
-
-Creating RPMs: An Overview
-
-
- Copyright (c) 2005 by Eric Foster-Johnson. This material may be
- distributed only subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
- the Open Publication License, v1.0 or later (the latest version is
- presently available at http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/).
-
-
-
-
-
- In This Chapter
-
-
-
- *Preparing to build RPMs
-
-
-
- *Planning for RPMs
-
-
-
- *Explaining the build process
-
-
-
- *Using build files
-
-
-
- *Seeing the results
-
+
+
+ Creating RPMs: An Overview
- *Verifying your RPMs
+ This chapter covers:
-
+
+
+
+ Preparing to build RPMs
+
+
+
+
+ Planning for RPMs
+
+
+
+
+ Explaining the build process
+
+
+
+
+ Using build files
+
+
+
+
+ Seeing the results
+
+
+
+
+ Verifying your RPMs
+
+
+
Thus far in this book, all the commands presented have been used to
manage or query packages. With this chapter, though, you start
@@ -47,7 +45,6 @@
use, if only for the ease of management that the RPM system
provides.
-
Creating RPMs allows you to create a consistent set of applications
for use on all systems in your organization and easily manage those
@@ -56,7 +53,6 @@
customize for your environment. Making RPMs of the customized
applications reduces work and makes the customizations consistent.
-
This chapter introduces the RPM system from the point of view of
creating RPMs and demonstrates the steps and planning necessary to
@@ -64,7 +60,6 @@
RPM-building topics covered in depth in the remaining chapters in
this part.
-
Preparing to Build RPMs
@@ -600,7 +595,6 @@
-
Building RPMs
@@ -1555,7 +1549,6 @@
-
Verifying Your RPMS
@@ -1647,7 +1640,6 @@
for more on the -V option.
-
Summary
@@ -1674,6 +1666,7 @@
+
-
-Customizing RPM Behavior
-
-
- Copyright (c) 2005 by Eric Foster-Johnson. This material may be
- distributed only subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
- the Open Publication License, v1.0 or later (the latest version is
- presently available at http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/).
-
-
-
-
-
- In This Chapter
-
-
-
- *Defining RPM macros
-
-
-
- *Configuring RPM settings
-
+
+
+ Customizing RPM Behavior
- *Adding popt aliases
+ This chapter covers:
-
+
+
+
+ Defining RPM macros
+
+
+
+
+ Configuring RPM settings
+
+
+
+
+ Adding popt aliases
+
+
+
RPM provides a high degree of customization in the form of basic
settings, such as where your RPM database is located and the path to
@@ -35,7 +30,6 @@
ways to customize RPM behavior: RPM macros, RPM rc settings, and
popt aliases.
-
Customizing with RPM Macros
@@ -345,7 +339,6 @@
-
Configuring RPM Settings
@@ -733,7 +726,6 @@
-
Adding Popt Aliases
@@ -949,7 +941,6 @@
-
Summary
@@ -967,6 +958,7 @@
+
-
Index: rpm-guide-dependencies-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/rpm-guide/rpm-guide-dependencies-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.1
retrieving revision 1.2
diff -u -r1.1 -r1.2
--- rpm-guide-dependencies-en.xml 4 Oct 2005 01:49:40 -0000 1.1
+++ rpm-guide-dependencies-en.xml 26 Oct 2005 01:54:11 -0000 1.2
@@ -1,42 +1,46 @@
-
-
-Package Dependencies
-
-
- In This Chapter
-
-
-
- *Understanding dependencies
-
-
-
- *Package capabilities
-
-
-
- *Version dependencies
-
-
-
- *Checking dependencies
-
+
+
+ Package Dependencies
- *Triggers
+ This chapter covers:
-
+
+
+
+ Understanding dependencies
+
+
+
+
+ Package capabilities
+
+
+
+
+ Version dependencies
+
+
+
+
+ Checking dependencies
+
+
+
+
+ Triggers
+
+
+
Packages aren???t built in a vacuum. Web applications, for example,
build on system networking libraries, system-encryption libraries,
and system-file input and output libraries.
-
This chapter covers dependencies between packages, along with ways
to discover and manage those dependencies.
-
Understanding the Dependency Concept
@@ -281,7 +285,6 @@
-
Checking for Dependencies
@@ -1170,7 +1173,6 @@
-
Triggers
@@ -1532,7 +1534,6 @@
package changes.
-
Summary
@@ -1570,6 +1571,7 @@
+
-
Index: rpm-guide-development-tools-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/rpm-guide/rpm-guide-development-tools-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.1
retrieving revision 1.2
diff -u -r1.1 -r1.2
--- rpm-guide-development-tools-en.xml 4 Oct 2005 01:50:09 -0000 1.1
+++ rpm-guide-development-tools-en.xml 26 Oct 2005 01:54:11 -0000 1.2
@@ -1,32 +1,27 @@
-
-
-Linux Text Editors and Development Tools
-
-
- Copyright (c) 2005 by Eric Foster-Johnson. This material may be
- distributed only subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
- the Open Publication License, v1.0 or later (the latest version is
- presently available at http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/).
-
-
-
-
-
- In This Appendix
-
-
-
- *General text editors
-
-
-
- *C-specific tools and integrated development environments
-
+
+
+ Linux Text Editors and Development Tools
- *Python-specific development tools
+ This appendix covers:
-
+
+
+
+ General text editors
+
+
+
+
+ C-specific tools and integrated development environments
+
+
+
+
+ Python-specific development tools
+
+
+
Linux includes a number of text editors and integrated development
environments (IDEs), going from plain old text editors all the way
@@ -36,7 +31,6 @@
configuration data, so Linux has always included a number of text
editors.
-
This appendix lists a number of tools for those who have not yet set
up an RPM development environment on Linux. Note that choosing an
@@ -46,12 +40,10 @@
out what you have installed on your system and see if that works for
you.
-
Note that Internet sites may change or disappear, so you may have to
search to find these tools.
-
General Text Editors
@@ -84,7 +76,6 @@
Replace gedit with the editor you choose.
-
Programming Text Editors
@@ -115,7 +106,6 @@
www.ibm.com/java/jdk/ and select the IBM Developer Kit for Linux.
-
Integrated Development Environments for C Programming
@@ -148,7 +138,6 @@
www.eclipse.org/tools/downloads.html.
-
Integrated Development Environments for Python Programming
@@ -205,6 +194,7 @@
+
-
yum install <packagename>
?????????<packagename> ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? abiword ???????????????????????? yum install abiword ????????????????????????????????????????????? Audit ???????????? auditd ?????????????????? Audit ???????????? auditd ????????????????????? auditd ????????????????????? audit ??????????????? /var/log/audit/audit.log ?????????????????????????????? /etc/auditd.conf ???????????? &SEL; ??? AVC ???????????? audit ????????????????????????????????? /var/log/audit/audit.log ?????? ??? autitd ??????????????????????????? audit ??????????????? syslog?????????????????????????????? /var/log/messages ????????????????????? dmesg ??????????????? Audit ??????????????????????????? PAM ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? audit ????????? ??????????????????????????????????????????????????? audit=1 ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????
auditctl -e 1
LinuxThreads ??? NPTL ????????????????????? LinuxThreads ???????????????????????? &FC; &LOCALVER; ????????????????????????????????????????????? NPTL ?????????????????? ??????????????????????????? &RHL; 9 ????????????????????????????????? LinuxThreads?????????????????????????????????NPTL ??????????????????????????????????????????????????? (?????? -fexception ????????????????????? C ?????????)????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? -I/usr/include/nptl ??? -L/usr/lib{,64}/nptl ?????????????????? lib{,64} ??????????????? lib64???????????????????????? DSO ???????????? lib64/ ??????????????? ??? &FC; &LOCALVER; ??????????????????????????? LinuxThreads ????????????????????????????????? linuxthreads-devel ??????????????????
-I/usr/include/linuxthreads -L/usr/lib{,64}/linuxthreads
???????????????????????????????????? ??????????????????????????????????????????????????? glibc ?????????????????? libpgthread DSH??????????????????????????????????????????????????????
LD_LIBRARY_PATH=/lib{,64}/obsolete/linuxthreads
??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? DT_RPATH (??????????????? LD_LIBRARY_PATH ??????)??? ????????????????????????????????? LinuxThreads ??????????????????????????????????????????????????? ?????? FC5 ???????????? LinuxThreads ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????? NPTL??? ???????????? NPTL ??????????????????????????? ?????? slocate ????????? ?????? locate ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? locate ?????????????????? /etc/updatedb.conf ?????? DAILY_UPDATE ????????? yes ??? openssh ???????????????????!
??&FC; &LOCALVER; ?????? OpenSSH ?????? OpenSSH 3.9?????????????????????????????? ~/.ssh/config ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????ssh ???????????? ?????? ~/.ssh/config ??????????????? ~/ ????????????????????????????????? 600???
ls -l ~/.ssh/config
-rw------- 1 username username 400 May 5 18:44 /home/username/.ssh/config
?????? ~/ ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? /home/username/ ??? ?????????????????????????????????OpenSSH ??????????????????????????? X11 ?????????????????? X11 ????????????????????? -X ??? -Y ?????????????????? ~/.ssh/config ????????? ForwardX11 ????????? ?????? -X ????????????ssh ???????????????????????????????????? OpenSSH 3.8 ???????????????X11 ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????X11 ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? -Y ??????????????? -X ?????????????????? ~/.ssh/config ?????????!
ForwardX11Trusted ????????? Perl ??????????????????????????? ??? perl-5.8.0 , perl-5.8.1 ??? perl-5.8.2 ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? perl ???????????????????????? perl ???????????????????????? &FC; &LOCALVER; ????????? perl-5.8.6 ??????????????? &SERVER-TOOLS; &JAVA-PACKAGE;?????? ??????????????? &DISTRO; ???????????????????????????????????? yum yum ???????????? sqllite ??????????????????????????????????????? ??????????????? Fedora Extras ????????? &KERNEL; &SECURITY; &DEVELOPMENT-TOOLS; &I18N; &PRINTING; &MULTIMEDIA; &ENTERTAINMENT; &WEB-SERVERS; &SAMBA; &XORG; &ENTERTAINMENT;
--- NEW FILE printing-zh_CN.xml ---
--- NEW FILE project-overview-zh_CN.xml ---
&PROJ; ?????????
&PROJ; ??????????????? Linux ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????&PROJ; ?????????????????????????????? &DISTRO;??????????????? 2-3 ???????????????????????????????????????&RH; ???????????????????????????????????? &DISTRO; ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????
????????????????????????????????? &PROJ; ?????????
http://fedora.redhat.com/
??????????????????????????????????????????????????????
fedora-list at redhat.com — ?????? &DISTRO; ??????????????????
fedora-test-list at redhat.com — ?????? &DISTRO; ??????????????????????????????
fedora-devel-list at redhat.com — ???????????????????????????????????????
fedora-docs-list at redhat.com — ????????????????????????
????????????????????????????????????????????? <listname> -request (?????? <listname> ????????????????????????????????????)???????????? "subscribe"???
??????????????????????????? Web ???????????????
http://www.redhat.com/mailman/listinfo/
???????????????????????? rhl-list, rhl-beta-list, rhl-devel-list ??? rhl-docs-list??????????????????????????????
&PROJ; ??????????????? IRC (Internet Relay Chat) ?????????IRC ??????????????????????????????????????????????????? IRC???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????
?????? &PROJ; ??????????????? IRC ????????????????????? freenode IRC ?????????????????????????????? irc.freenode.net ?????? IRC ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? freenode ?????? (http://www.freenode.net/ ) ??????????????????&PROJ; ?????????????????? #fedora ??????????????? &PROJ; ????????????????????? #fedora-devel ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????
????????? #fedora ?????????????????????????????????????????? (nick )????????? /join ????????????????????????????????????????????????
??????
&RH; ?????? &PROJ; IRC ????????????????????????????????????
***** Error reading new file: [Errno 2] No such file or directory: 'RELEASE-NOTES-zh_CN.xml'
--- NEW FILE samba-zh_CN.xml ---
Samba (Windows ?????????????????????)
?????????????????? Samba ??????????????????Samba ?????? Linux ????????? Microsoft Windows ?????????????????????????????????
?????? Windows ?????? (???????????? SMB ??????) ???????????? &DISTRO; &DISTROVER; ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????
???????????????????????????????????? SMB ????????????????????????????????????????????????
???????????????????????? WINS ??????????????? smb.conf ????????? "wins server" ????????? WINS ?????????????????????
??????????????????
??????????????????????????????????????????????????????
???????????????????????????????????????????????????
???????????????????????????????????????????????????
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=133478
--- NEW FILE security-zh_CN.xml ---
??????
??????????????? &FC; ??????????????????
Pam_stack ????????????????????????????????????????????? fedora-test-list (http://www.redhat.com/mailman/listinfo/fedora-test-list
????????????
??????????????? &FC; ??????????????????
?????????????????????????????? /etc/pki/ ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????
OpenSSL: /usr/share/ssl/ ???????????????????????? /etc/pki/tls/ ??? /etc/pki/CA/ ???
Dovecot: ???????????? dovecot-openssl.cnf ??????????????????????????? /etc/pki/dovecot/ ???
SELinux ?????????
MCS SELinux ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????
http://post-office.corp.redhat.com/archives/rhselinux-project/2005-June/msg00001.html
--- NEW FILE server-tools-zh_CN.xml ---
??????????????????????????????
??????????????????
???????????????????????? &DISTRO; &DISTROVER; ?????????
????????????????????? &FC; ?????????????????????????????????/?????????????????????????????????
system-config-lvm
?????? LVM ?????? system-config-lvm ???????????????????????????
--- NEW FILE splash-zh_CN.xml ---
???????????? &FC; &LOCALVER;
??????????????????
???????????????????????? &DISTRO; &DISTROVER; ?????????
&FC; ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? Linux ?????????&FP; ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? &RH; ??????????????? &FED; ???????????????
????????????????????????????????????
???????????????????????????????????????????????? http://fedora.redhat.com/docs/release-notes/ ?????????????????? &DISTRO; &DISTROVER; ???????????????
??????????????????????????????????????? &FED; ????????????
— ??????????????????
??????????????? (http://fedora.redhat.com/participate/communicate/ )
?????? &FP; (http://fedora.redhat.com/participate/ )
?????? &FP; (http://fedora.redhat.com/about/ )
--- NEW FILE web-servers-zh_CN.xml ---
???????????????
?????????????????? Web ??????????????????????????????
httpd
?????? httpd ???????????????????????????
?????????????????? mod_cern_meta ??? mod_asis ?????????
???????????? mod_ext_filter ???
--- NEW FILE xorg-zh_CN.xml ---
X ???????????? (????????????)
??????????????????
???????????????????????? &DISTRO; &DISTROVER; ?????????
?????????????????? &DISTRO; ??? X ????????????????????????????????????
xorg-x11
?????? X.org ??? X11?????????????????????????????? &RH; ??? &FED; ???????????????????????? XFree86.org ????????? X11 ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????
X ???????????????????????????
XFree86 X11: XFree86
X.org X11: Xorg
X ????????????????????????
XFree86 X11: /etc/X11/XF86Config
X.org X11: /etc/X11/xorg.conf
X ????????????????????????
XFree86 X11: /var/log/XFree86.$DISPLAY .log
X.org X11: /var/log/Xorg.$DISPLAY .log
???????????????????????? X ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????
???????????? &DISTRO; ???????????? X ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????
????????? (??? 15 ????????????) ?????????????????? X ????????????????????? ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????? X ???????????????????????????????????????-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--10-100-75-75-c-60-iso8859-1 ???
????????????????????????????????? fontconfig ????????????????????????????????????????????????Fontconfig ????????? Xft ??????????????????????????????????????????????????? fontconfig ????????????????????????????????????Fontconfig ?????????????????????????????????????????????Luxi Sans-10 ???
??????????????????fontconfig ??? Xft ????????? X ??????????????????????????????????????? Qt 3 ??? GTK 2 ??????????????? (?????? KDE ??? GNOME ??????????????????) ????????? fontconfig ??? Xft ??????????????????????????????????????? X ????????????????????????
?????????&FC; ???????????? fontconfig/Xft????????? XFS ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????
??????
?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????OpenOffice.org ????????????????????????????????????
??? &DISTRO; &DISTROVER; ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? X ???????????????????????????????????????
?????? /usr/share/fonts/local ?????? (????????????????????????)???
mkdir /usr/share/fonts/local/
??????????????????????????? /usr/share/fonts/local/
????????????????????????????????????????????? (???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????)???
ttmkfdir -d /usr/share/fonts/local/ -o /usr/share/fonts/local/fonts.scale
mkfontdir /usr/share/fonts/local/
????????????????????? /usr/share/fonts/local/ ????????????????????????????????? X ??????????????? (xfs ) ???????????????
chkfontpath --add /usr/share/fonts/local/
??? fontconfig ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? /usr/share/fonts/ ?????? (???????????????????????????????????? ~/.fonts/ ???????????????????????????????????????)???
????????????????????????????????? fc-cache ????????????????????????????????????
fc-cache <directory>
(?????? <directory> ??? /usr/share/fonts/ ?????? ~/.fonts/ ?????????)
??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? Nautilus ????????? fonts:/// ????????????????????????????????????????????????
??????
???????????????????????? ".gz " ???????????????????????? gzip ??????????????????????????? (?????? gunzip ??????) ??????????????? fontconfig ????????????????????????
???????????????????????? fontconfig/Xft ??????????????????????????????????????? ???????????????????????? GTK+ 1.2 ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? ~/.gtkrc.mine ?????????????????????
style "user-font" {
fontset = "<font-specification> "
}
widget_class "*" style "user-font"
(?????? <font-specification> ?????????????????????????????????????????? X ????????????????????????????????????????????? "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-* ".)
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Mon Oct 31 15:43:31 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Karsten Wade (kwade))
Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2005 10:43:31 -0500
Subject: docs-common/common legalnotice-content-en.xml,1.1,1.2
Message-ID: <200510311543.j9VFhVbm003707@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: kwade
Update of /cvs/docs/docs-common/common
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv3686
Modified Files:
legalnotice-content-en.xml
Log Message:
I know of my own knowledge that Red Hat legal has approved this identical change to the Red Hat Enterprise Linux legalnotice, as evidenced by the changes to said notice in Enterprise Linux 4. I am backporting these changes to the derivative legalnotice for Fedora documentation. This change does not reduce or increase our legal obligation, afaik. This does not change the substance of this legalnotice in anyway. IANAL.
Index: legalnotice-content-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/docs-common/common/legalnotice-content-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.1
retrieving revision 1.2
diff -u -r1.1 -r1.2
--- legalnotice-content-en.xml 3 Jun 2005 03:43:08 -0000 1.1
+++ legalnotice-content-en.xml 31 Oct 2005 15:43:23 -0000 1.2
@@ -29,6 +29,13 @@
+ &RH; and the &RH; "Shadow Man" logo are registered trademarks of
+ &FORMAL-RHI; in the United States and other countries.
+
+
+
+
All other trademarks and copyrights referred to are the property of their
respective owners.
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Mon Oct 31 23:18:28 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2005 18:18:28 -0500
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-advanced-packaging-en.xml, 1.2,
1.3 rpm-guide-creating-rpms-en.xml, 1.2,
1.3 rpm-guide-development-tools-en.xml, 1.2,
1.3 rpm-guide-extra-packaging-tools-en.xml, 1.2,
1.3 rpm-guide-intro-packaging-en.xml, 1.3,
1.4 rpm-guide-intro-rpm-en.xml, 1.2,
1.3 rpm-guide-management-software-en.xml, 1.2,
1.3 rpm-guide-online-resources-en.xml, 1.2,
1.3 rpm-guide-other-linuxes-en.xml, 1.2,
1.3 rpm-guide-other-os-en.xml, 1.2,
1.3 rpm-guide-packaging-guidelines-en.xml, 1.2,
1.3 rpm-guide-programming-c-en.xml, 1.2,
1.3 rpm-guide-programming-perl-en.xml, 1.2,
1.3 rpm-guide-programming-python-en.xml, 1.3,
1.4 rpm-guide-rpm-evolution-en.xml, 1.2,
1.3 rpm-guide-rpmbuild-en.xml, 1.2,
1.3 rpm-guide-scripting-en.xml, 1.2,
1.3 rpm-guide-specfiles-en.xml, 1.2,
1.3 rpm-guide-transactions-en.xml, 1.2,
1.3 rpm-guide-using-rpm-db-en.xml, 1.2,
1.3 rpm-guide-using-rpm-en.xml, 1.2, 1.3
Message-ID: <200510312318.j9VNISiA018987@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv18943
Modified Files:
rpm-guide-advanced-packaging-en.xml
rpm-guide-creating-rpms-en.xml
rpm-guide-development-tools-en.xml
rpm-guide-extra-packaging-tools-en.xml
rpm-guide-intro-packaging-en.xml rpm-guide-intro-rpm-en.xml
rpm-guide-management-software-en.xml
rpm-guide-online-resources-en.xml
rpm-guide-other-linuxes-en.xml rpm-guide-other-os-en.xml
rpm-guide-packaging-guidelines-en.xml
rpm-guide-programming-c-en.xml
rpm-guide-programming-perl-en.xml
rpm-guide-programming-python-en.xml
rpm-guide-rpm-evolution-en.xml rpm-guide-rpmbuild-en.xml
rpm-guide-scripting-en.xml rpm-guide-specfiles-en.xml
rpm-guide-transactions-en.xml rpm-guide-using-rpm-db-en.xml
rpm-guide-using-rpm-en.xml
Log Message:
- Bulk replaced product names with entities
- Replaced SuSE with SUSE to match current brand name
Index: rpm-guide-advanced-packaging-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/rpm-guide/rpm-guide-advanced-packaging-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.2
retrieving revision 1.3
diff -u -r1.2 -r1.3
--- rpm-guide-advanced-packaging-en.xml 26 Oct 2005 01:54:11 -0000 1.2
+++ rpm-guide-advanced-packaging-en.xml 31 Oct 2005 23:18:20 -0000 1.3
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
Chapter 6 covers more on dependencies. The Obsoletes dependencies
are usually only used when a package is renamed, such as the
- apache package becoming the httpd package, starting in Red Hat
+ apache package becoming the httpd package, starting in &RH;
Linux 8.0. The httpd package obsoletes the apache package.
@@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@
Creating Relocatable Packages
A relocatable package allows a user to specify where to install
- the package. For example, if you build a package for Red Hat
+ the package. For example, if you build a package for &RH;
Linux, the normal directory for binary executable programs is
/usr/bin. Other versions of Linux, though, may place executable
programs into /opt/bin, for example. If your package forces the
@@ -1688,7 +1688,7 @@
different locations than originally planned. This is very useful
when working with more than one version of Linux, or with other
operating systems. For example, most Linux commands are stored in
- /usr/bin, at least for Red Hat Linux. Other Linux distributions,
+ /usr/bin, at least for &RHL;. Other Linux distributions,
or other operating systems may specify that programs added to the
original set should be stored in /opt/bin and not /usr/bin, for
example. Making your package relocatable helps users in these
Index: rpm-guide-creating-rpms-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/rpm-guide/rpm-guide-creating-rpms-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.2
retrieving revision 1.3
diff -u -r1.2 -r1.3
--- rpm-guide-creating-rpms-en.xml 26 Oct 2005 01:54:11 -0000 1.2
+++ rpm-guide-creating-rpms-en.xml 31 Oct 2005 23:18:20 -0000 1.3
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@
command (GNU C Compiler) instead. The options passed to the C
compiler may differ depending on the architecture of the
system. Other commands may exist but be located in different
- locations. SuSE Linux, for example, puts a lot of programs in
+ locations. SUSE Linux, for example, puts a lot of programs in
/opt.
@@ -749,14 +749,14 @@
noarch
- By default, Red Hat Linux systems expect RPMs to be built in the
+ By default, &RHL; systems expect RPMs to be built in the
/usr/src/redhat directory.
Note
- This directory is obviously specific to Red Hat Linux. On other
+ This directory is obviously specific to &RHL;. On other
Linux distributions, you'll likely see other directories.
@@ -1629,7 +1629,7 @@
In this case, you see some file sizes and times differ. These
differences can be explained by the fact that the original package
- was compiled on a different system and older version of Red Hat
+ was compiled on a different system and older version of &RH;
Linux than the version compiled locally.
Index: rpm-guide-development-tools-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/rpm-guide/rpm-guide-development-tools-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.2
retrieving revision 1.3
diff -u -r1.2 -r1.3
--- rpm-guide-development-tools-en.xml 26 Oct 2005 01:54:11 -0000 1.2
+++ rpm-guide-development-tools-en.xml 31 Oct 2005 23:18:20 -0000 1.3
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
You may not have installed any of these editors, but all are
- available as part of Red Hat Linux. You can install vi, emacs,
+ available as part of &RHL;. You can install vi, emacs,
gedit, kedit, or kate from the packages that come with your Linux
distribution.
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
Integrated Development Environments for C Programming
- If you want more of a graphical environment, Red Hat Linux ships
+ If you want more of a graphical environment, &RHL; ships
with KDevelop, an IDE for C and C++ programming.
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
The Eclipse IDE, while mostly used for Java development, has a C
and C++ mode called CDT, for C/C++ Development Tools. Eclipse is
- important because Red Hat provides an RPM-building plug-in to
+ important because &RH; provides an RPM-building plug-in to
Eclipse.
Index: rpm-guide-extra-packaging-tools-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/rpm-guide/rpm-guide-extra-packaging-tools-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.2
retrieving revision 1.3
diff -u -r1.2 -r1.3
--- rpm-guide-extra-packaging-tools-en.xml 26 Oct 2005 01:54:11 -0000 1.2
+++ rpm-guide-extra-packaging-tools-en.xml 31 Oct 2005 23:18:20 -0000 1.3
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
IMproved, or VIM (www.vim.org). VIM is the standard vi
implementation (meaning that when you type vi at the command
prompt, the program you really are running is vim) on many Linux
- distributions, including Red Hat Linux. It is also freely
+ distributions, including &RHL;. It is also freely
available for most other Unixes and even for non-Unix systems
such as Microsoft Windows.
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
The spec.vim file that provides VIM with an understanding of
spec-file syntax is bundled with newer versions of VIM, or it
can be downloaded from the Internet. Most RPM-based Linux
- distributions, including Red Hat Linux, ship this file with VIM
+ distributions, including &RHL;, ship this file with VIM
as part of their distribution and even automatically configure
VIM to load this syntax file any time an RPM spec file is being
edited. When using VIM on a system that does not automatically
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@
<your at email.address>"
- The preceding format is what Red Hat's developers use for Red
+ The preceding format is what &RH;'s developers use for Red
Hat Linux spec files and results in a %changelog entry that
looks like the following, with the user name and e-mail address
changed to protect the innocent:
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@
License.
- Red Hat Linux includes RPMs of both GNU Emacs and XEmacs as part
+ &RHL; includes RPMs of both GNU Emacs and XEmacs as part
of the distribution, and most other Linux distributions will
include one or both as well.
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@
files that add new commands and functions. Stig Bj??rlykke has
written a mode, rpm-spec-mode.el, which works with both GNU
Emacs and with XEmacs to add many functions, making it easier to
- use when editing RPM spec files. Red Hat Linux includes and
+ use when editing RPM spec files. &RHL; includes and
enables this mode in both GNU Emacs and XEmacs, as do many other
Linux distributions.
@@ -705,14 +705,14 @@
listing what entries are valid for various fields in the RPM
header, such as the Vendor and Packager fields. By default, Red
Hat Linux ships with this configuration file set to validate
- packages to make sure they are suitable for Red Hat Linux; if
+ packages to make sure they are suitable for &RHL;; if
packaging for a different distribution, this file might need to
be modified.
Once rpmlint has been installed and configured, it can be run
against RPMs. For example, rpmlint helps with creating packages,
- such as tin (a popular Usenet client) for Red Hat Linux, since
+ such as tin (a popular Usenet client) for &RHL;, since
it is not included with the distribution. After preparing a tin
spec file, then building RPMs from that file, you can typically
double-check them using rpmlint.
@@ -986,7 +986,7 @@
This rpm2cpio command is bundled with RPM and is installed on
- most RPM-based Linux distributions, including Red Hat Linux.
+ most RPM-based Linux distributions, including &RHL;.
However, it is less useful on systems that do not come with RPM,
such as Solaris. This "standard" implementation of rpm2cpio is
written in C, and so must be compiled before it can be used.
Index: rpm-guide-intro-packaging-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/rpm-guide/rpm-guide-intro-packaging-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.3
retrieving revision 1.4
diff -u -r1.3 -r1.4
--- rpm-guide-intro-packaging-en.xml 26 Oct 2005 00:49:38 -0000 1.3
+++ rpm-guide-intro-packaging-en.xml 31 Oct 2005 23:18:20 -0000 1.4
@@ -400,9 +400,9 @@
Change of Name
-
+
- RPM was originally called Red Hat Package Manager. After
+ RPM was originally called &RH; Package Manager. After
adoption by other Linux distributions, the name has changed to
simply the RPM Package Manager. The RPM initials remain the
same.
Index: rpm-guide-intro-rpm-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/rpm-guide/rpm-guide-intro-rpm-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.2
retrieving revision 1.3
diff -u -r1.2 -r1.3
--- rpm-guide-intro-rpm-en.xml 25 Oct 2005 00:32:57 -0000 1.2
+++ rpm-guide-intro-rpm-en.xml 31 Oct 2005 23:18:20 -0000 1.3
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
Several package managers are available for Linux to track and
manipulate the applications installed on the system. The most widely
used of these Linux package managers is the RPM Package Manager
- (formerly the Red Hat Package Manager), or RPM for short, the
+ (formerly the &RH; Package Manager), or RPM for short, the
subject of this book
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@
related applications, but what was really needed was installation
and uninstallation on an application-by-application basis.
-
+
In late 1993, Rik Faith, Doug Hoffman, and Kevin Martin began
releasing the first public betas of the BOGUS Linux distribution.
@@ -175,8 +175,8 @@
(pms ) software that was used with it for
installation and uninstallation of all software on an
application-by-application basis. Shortly thereafter, in the
- summer of 1994, the first public betas of Red Hat Commercial Linux
- were released. &RH; initially used Red Hat Software Program
+ summer of 1994, the first public betas of &RH; Commercial Linux
+ were released. &RH; initially used &RH; Software Program
Packages (RPP) as the basis of its Linux distribution. Like
pms , RPP was a system-management tool that
allowed for easy installation and uninstallation of applications.
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@
RPP-based distributions, &RH; looked closely at both their own RPP
software and other software such as BOGUS's pms
software. Developers at &RH;, particularly Marc Ewing and Erik
- Troan, set out to develop what they initially called the Red Hat
+ Troan, set out to develop what they initially called the &RH;
Package Manager (RPM). Based on experiences with earlier Linux
packaging software and knowledge about packaging tools used on
other platforms, &RH; had several design goals in mind when they
@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@
The BOGUS distribution's pms packaging system
introduced the use of pristine source code to prepare packages.
- With Red Hat's early RPP package system and other similar early
+ With &RH;'s early RPP package system and other similar early
efforts, software packagers would compile software manually,
then run commands to produce a package of that compiled
software. Any changes made to the application's original source
Index: rpm-guide-management-software-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/rpm-guide/rpm-guide-management-software-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.2
retrieving revision 1.3
diff -u -r1.2 -r1.3
--- rpm-guide-management-software-en.xml 26 Oct 2005 01:54:11 -0000 1.2
+++ rpm-guide-management-software-en.xml 31 Oct 2005 23:18:20 -0000 1.3
@@ -56,15 +56,15 @@
As you start to search for RPM packages on the Internet, you???ll
find thousands of packages available. Many of these packages are
built specifically for various Linux distributions, such as
- Conectiva, SuSE, Red Hat, or Mandrake. In many cases, the Linux
+ Conectiva, SUSE, &RH;, or Mandrake. In many cases, the Linux
distribution won???t matter, but in general it's best to download
- packages built for your version of Linux, such as Red Hat.
+ packages built for your version of Linux, such as &RH;.
Note
- Although the examples in this book assume Red Hat Linux as a base,
+ Although the examples in this book assume &RHL; as a base,
just about everything applies to all versions of Linux that use
the RPM system, unless noted otherwise.
@@ -294,10 +294,10 @@
that 364 packages are found; there are lots of e-mail clients
available for Linux! That number, however, is slightly
misleading. Some of the packages found are prepared for the
- distribution I am running (Red Hat Linux version 7.2), but
+ distribution I am running (&RHL; version 7.2), but
others are not. Result #364, for example, appears to be the
Polish(ed) Linux Distribution 1.0 package of sylpheed, the same
- software offered to me packaged for my Red Hat Linux version 7.2
+ software offered to me packaged for my &RHL; version 7.2
system in Result #2.
@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@
- Edwin Chan's Red Hat RPMs
+ Edwin Chan's &RH; RPMs
@@ -725,33 +725,33 @@
Figure 8-3: Installing RPM files with Nautilus.
- When you install RPMs with Nautilus, it really runs the Red Hat
+ When you install RPMs with Nautilus, it really runs the &RH;
Package Management tool.
Note
- Nautilus only supports RPM functionality starting with Red Hat
+ Nautilus only supports RPM functionality starting with &RH;
Linux 8.0. This functionality may not be supported in other
versions of Linux.
- Red Hat Package Management
+ &RH; Package Management
The redhat-config-packages application (say that three times
- fast) comes new with Red Hat Linux 8.0. You can use the Python
+ fast) comes new with &RHL; 8.0. You can use the Python
program in this package to manage the packages that come with
- Red Hat Linux, using an interface that is very similar to the
- Red Hat Linux installation program. This similarity may make it
+ &RHL;, using an interface that is very similar to the
+ &RHL; installation program. This similarity may make it
easier for many users to manage their packages, although I found
the program a bit short on explanations.
To run this program, you first have to do a bit of searching to
find it. It appears under the System Settings menu from the main
- Red Hat Start menu under the default Bluecurve desktop. Select
+ &RH; Start menu under the default Bluecurve desktop. Select
the Packages choice to launch this program. You can also start
the program from the command line with the following command:
@@ -761,7 +761,7 @@
This program takes a long time to read in all the information
and start up. Once started, the interface provides the same
- categories and much the same look as the Red Hat Linux
+ categories and much the same look as the &RHL;
installer, as shown in Figure 8-4.
@@ -773,7 +773,7 @@
The packages tool divides the packages into groups. Inside each
group, the packages are divided into two sets: standard and
- extra packages. (Red Hat places the packages into these
+ extra packages. (&RH; places the packages into these
categories, striving to make a reasonable division among the
many packages that come with Linux.) If you click the check box
for a group, the tool will queue up all the standard packages
@@ -1284,7 +1284,7 @@
repository. In addition, they support wild cards and directory
accesses, so a command such as install
ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/redhat/linux/updates/current/* can be
- used to install all errata for the current release of Red Hat
+ used to install all errata for the current release of &RH;
Linux.
@@ -1294,7 +1294,7 @@
auto, AutoRPM consults the configuration file /etc/autorpm.conf
to decide what to do. By default, /etc/autorpm.d/autorpm.conf is
configured to download, but not automatically install, all
- errata for the release of Red Hat Linux running on the local
+ errata for the release of &RHL; running on the local
system. Editing this file makes it possible to use AutoRPM to
download all errata ??? or errata for other Linux distributions
??? or to install errata automatically once downloaded.
@@ -1337,8 +1337,8 @@
/etc/autoupdate.d/autoupdate.conf. By default, AutoUpdate
provides several additional configuration files pre-defined for
downloading updates for the most popular RPM-based Linux
- distributions (Red Hat Linux, Mandrake Linux, Caldera/SCO
- OpenLinux, and SuSE Linux). The autoupdate.conf file can be
+ distributions (&RHL;, Mandrake Linux, Caldera/SCO
+ OpenLinux, and SUSE Linux). The autoupdate.conf file can be
modified to configure AutoUpdate to install software
automatically.
@@ -1453,31 +1453,31 @@
- The Red Hat Network and up2date
+ The &RHN; and up2date
Some vendors of RPM-based Linux distributions also provide
utilities that can help with management of the distributions
- they create. Red Hat has created two complementary products, the
- Red Hat Network (RHN) and up2date, which together provide much
- the same functionality for managing Red Hat Linux installations
+ they create. &RH; has created two complementary products, the
+ &RHN; (RHN) and up2date, which together provide much
+ the same functionality for managing &RHL; installations
as tools such as AutoUpdate and AutoRPM, as well as offering
more advanced features.
- Red Hat Network is a subscription-based service offered by Red
- Hat Red Hat Network makes software available for installation
+ &RHN; is a subscription-based service offered by Red
+ Hat &RHN; makes software available for installation
via the network. (A free evaluation is also available.) After
- registering machines with Red Hat Network, administrators can
+ registering machines with &RHN;, administrators can
pull updates or new software for installation to those
registered machines. In addition, administrators have access to
a Web-based administrative console from which they can view the
systems they manage and can push software out to those systems.
- Red Hat offers two tiers of access to Red Hat Network. Basic
- Service subscriptions to Red Hat Network provide the ability to
+ &RH; offers two tiers of access to &RHN;. Basic
+ Service subscriptions to &RHN; provide the ability to
manage single systems. Multiple machines can be subscribed by
- the same administrator for Basic Service level Red Hat Network
+ the same administrator for Basic Service level &RHN;
access, but they must all be managed independently. The
administrator must push out errata to each machine separately.
Workgroup Service subscriptions provide the same functionality
@@ -1491,22 +1491,22 @@
administrators.
- When using Red Hat Network to manage machines with Workgroup
- Service subscriptions, Red Hat also offers two optional
- services: Red Hat Network Proxy Server and Red Hat Network
- Satellite. The Red Hat Network Proxy Server is, as its name
- suggests, a proxy server for the Red Hat Network. Using it,
- errata pushed out via Red Hat Network is downloaded by the
+ When using &RHN; to manage machines with Workgroup
+ Service subscriptions, &RH; also offers two optional
+ services: &RHN; Proxy Server and &RHN;
+ Satellite. The &RHN; Proxy Server is, as its name
+ suggests, a proxy server for the &RHN;. Using it,
+ errata pushed out via &RHN; is downloaded by the
organization (only once) to a central server in-house. All
- machines in that organization subscribed to Red Hat Network get
+ machines in that organization subscribed to &RHN; get
their updated software from that in-house proxy server,
significantly reducing the network bandwidth requirements needed
to keep large organizations up to date.
- In addition, the Red Hat Network Proxy Server can be used to
+ In addition, the &RHN; Proxy Server can be used to
provide all subscribed machines with software not provided with
- Red Hat Linux. Custom ???channels??? of supplemental software
+ &RHL;. Custom ???channels??? of supplemental software
can be created on the Proxy Server, and machines can be
subscribed to those channels as desired. Using this feature,
different departments in the organization with different
@@ -1518,38 +1518,38 @@
get only software that desktop machines need.
- The Red Hat Network is normally centrally administered through
- Red Hat. Machines subscribed to the Red Hat Network have a
- system profile on file with Red Hat that details the system???s
+ The &RHN; is normally centrally administered through
+ &RH;. Machines subscribed to the &RHN; have a
+ system profile on file with &RH; that details the system???s
essential configuration information (what software is installed
on it, what CPU architecture it contains, and so forth) needed
to determine which software errata are appropriate for that
system. Similarly, the Web console through which machines
- subscribed to Red Hat Network can be administered is also
- located on a Red Hat server. Customers wishing to use Red Hat
+ subscribed to &RHN; can be administered is also
+ located on a &RH; server. Customers wishing to use &RH;
Network services, but not wanting the dependency upon Internet
- access to Red Hat, can create an in-house Red Hat Network by
- using the Red Hat Network Satellite. This solution is often
+ access to &RH;, can create an in-house &RHN; by
+ using the &RHN; Satellite. This solution is often
practical for customers who need to keep system information
confidential or for customers whose systems are not able to
access the Internet.
- Red Hat provides several interfaces for administering machines
- subscribed to the Red Hat Network. A Web-management console is
+ &RH; provides several interfaces for administering machines
+ subscribed to the &RHN;. A Web-management console is
available at https://rhn.redhat.com/. Administrators of machines
- subscribed to any level of the Red Hat Network can simply log
+ subscribed to any level of the &RHN; can simply log
into this Web site and perform a variety of package-management
operations from their Web browsers. In addition to viewing other
things, administrators can see what software is currently
- installed, select and install Red Hat Linux errata or new
+ installed, select and install &RHL; errata or new
software, or schedule a time for automatic installation of Red
Hat Linux errata.
- When using Red Hat Network, rhnsd is a client-side daemon that
+ When using &RHN;, rhnsd is a client-side daemon that
should be run on subscribed systems. It periodically launches a
- helper utility, rhn_check, which connects to the Red Hat Network
+ helper utility, rhn_check, which connects to the &RHN;
servers and checks for any actions (such as a scheduled
installation of errata) that an administrator has selected in
the Web console. If any actions have been scheduled for that
@@ -1559,11 +1559,11 @@
every hour if necessary.
- In addition, Red Hat provides client-side tools that can be used
- in a more interactive fashion to connect to the Red Hat Network
+ In addition, &RH; provides client-side tools that can be used
+ in a more interactive fashion to connect to the &RHN;
from subscribed systems. The up2date program provides a
graphical and command-line tool that can be used to install
- packages from Red Hat Network servers. When installing a new
+ packages from &RHN; servers. When installing a new
package, up2date automatically installs any necessary
dependencies the package requires, making it a very convenient
tool for adding software to the system. up2date can also be run
@@ -1721,7 +1721,7 @@
Update the list of installed packages associated with
- this computer in the Red Hat Network database
+ this computer in the &RHN; database
@@ -1810,9 +1810,9 @@
Current
- The up2date command, the Red Hat Network client software, is
- open-source software released by Red Hat under the terms of the
- GNU GPL. Red Hat Network Proxy Server and Red Hat Network
+ The up2date command, the &RHN; client software, is
+ open-source software released by &RH; under the terms of the
+ GNU GPL. &RHN; Proxy Server and &RHN;
Satellite, the server applications with which up2date interacts,
are not freely available, open-source applications. For this
reason, an effort is underway to develop servers available under
@@ -1823,7 +1823,7 @@
The current server can be downloaded from
http://current.tigris.org. Although not yet as functional as Red
- Hat Network Proxy Server or Red Hat Network Satellite, current
+ Hat Network Proxy Server or &RHN; Satellite, current
can already be used to create a RPM repository from which
up2date-using clients can retrieve and install software. More
advanced features, such as support for multiple ???channels???
@@ -1834,7 +1834,7 @@
urpmi and RpmDrake
Mandrake provides a set of software similar to the combination
- of up2date and Red Hat Network or current that can be used with
+ of up2date and &RHN; or current that can be used with
the Mandrake Linux distribution. Links to the source code for
the Mandrake applications can be found at
www.linux-mandrake.com/cooker/urpmi.html. This suite of
@@ -1893,7 +1893,7 @@
The Debian Project (www.debian.org/) is a nonprofit volunteer
group that develops a Linux distribution, Debian GNU/Linux. The
group uses a different package format, dpkg, which was developed
- independently of and simultaneous to Red Hat???s creation of
+ independently of and simultaneous to &RH;???s creation of
RPM. The two formats, dpkg and RPM, are very similar in terms of
utility and functionality. In addition to having created a
package format, the Debian Project later developed a collection
@@ -1904,7 +1904,7 @@
In many respects, Debian???s implementation of apt is very
- similar to the functionality provided by Red Hat???s up2date/Red
+ similar to the functionality provided by &RH;???s up2date/Red
Hat Network products or Mandrake???s urpmi software. On Debian
systems, apt is a client tool used to select and install new
software packages or to update existing packages already
@@ -1935,8 +1935,8 @@
necessary utilities that can be used to make any RPM repository
apt-capable. By creating apt-capable servers using apt4rpm and
then installing apt-rpm on the client systems, any RPM-based
- distribution, such as Red Hat Linux, Mandrake Linux, Caldera/SCO
- OpenLinux, or SuSE Linux, can then be easily managed using apt.
+ distribution, such as &RHL;, Mandrake Linux, Caldera/SCO
+ OpenLinux, or SUSE Linux, can then be easily managed using apt.
Note
@@ -1949,7 +1949,7 @@
Administrators managing multiple dispersed machines as well as
those used to Debian administration often find it useful to
configure their machines to use apt; its dependency tracking is
- far better than any other tool, except for Red Hat???s
+ far better than any other tool, except for &RH;???s
up2date/RHN combination. To use apt, administrators must install
it on their machines and have access to an apt-capable RPM
repository for the distribution they use. Several public FTP
@@ -1969,7 +1969,7 @@
Once apt and libapt RPMs are installed, the sources.list file in
/etc/apt needs to be modified to reference the apt-capable
software site that will be used. For example, to configure a
- machine to access the apt-capable Red Hat Linux 7.2 software
+ machine to access the apt-capable &RHL; 7.2 software
distributed by the Tuxfamily.org server, the
/etc/apt/sources.list file needs to list:
@@ -1981,8 +1981,8 @@
os
- These two lines, respectively, access the Red Hat Linux 7.2 and
- Red Hat Linux 7.2 errata RPMs being served by the system
+ These two lines, respectively, access the &RHL; 7.2 and
+ &RHL; 7.2 errata RPMs being served by the system
apt-rpm.tuxfamily.org. If you also want access to source RPMs,
the following lines are necessary as well.
@@ -2084,7 +2084,7 @@
it installs any RPM files you double-click.
- Red Hat Linux 8 comes with a new package-management tool available
+ &RHL; 8 comes with a new package-management tool available
from the System Settings menu. Be careful with this tool, though,
as it automatically installs--and removes--dependent packages.
@@ -2096,7 +2096,7 @@
The Debian GNU/Linux apt system provides many of the same
capabilities as RPM, along with the network-updating capabilities
- of up2date and the Red Hat Network. You can use special apt
+ of up2date and the &RHN;. You can use special apt
packages that adapt apt for RPM-based Linux distributions and get
the best of both the RPM system and the apt system.
Index: rpm-guide-online-resources-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/rpm-guide/rpm-guide-online-resources-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.2
retrieving revision 1.3
diff -u -r1.2 -r1.3
--- rpm-guide-online-resources-en.xml 26 Oct 2005 01:54:11 -0000 1.2
+++ rpm-guide-online-resources-en.xml 31 Oct 2005 23:18:20 -0000 1.3
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
- Edwin Chan's Red Hat RPMs
+ Edwin Chan's &RH; RPMs
Index: rpm-guide-other-linuxes-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/rpm-guide/rpm-guide-other-linuxes-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.2
retrieving revision 1.3
diff -u -r1.2 -r1.3
--- rpm-guide-other-linuxes-en.xml 26 Oct 2005 01:54:11 -0000 1.2
+++ rpm-guide-other-linuxes-en.xml 31 Oct 2005 23:18:20 -0000 1.3
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
- Using RPM on Non-Red Hat Linuxes
+ Using RPM on Non-&RHL;es
This chapter covers:
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
Although its name was originally the Red Hat Package Manager, RPM
has been adopted by most major Linux distributions. With this
- adoption, RPM has moved from its Red Hat roots, and RPM now stands
+ adoption, RPM has moved from its &RH; roots, and RPM now stands
for the RPM Package Manager.
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
Dealing with RPM versions
- Red Hat Linux 8.0 ships with RPM version 4.1. Other
+ &RHL; 8.0 ships with RPM version 4.1. Other
distributions of Linux ship with other versions of RPM. Thus,
one of the first commands you can run on another Linux
distribution is the rpm --version command, to see what RPM
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@
Start with the simple case and make certain that you haven???t
failed to install a necessary RPM that provides the right
dependency. In most cases, you can download a vendor-specific
- package from your Linux vendor, such as www.suse.com for SuSE
+ package from your Linux vendor, such as www.suse.com for SUSE
Linux. Most Linux vendors provide HTTP or FTP sites with a large
set of packages created for their distributions. If such a
distribution-specific package solves a dependency issue, this is
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@
This naming scheme of a base package and base-devel is used for
- Red Hat Linux packages, but may not be used for other vendor
+ &RHL; packages, but may not be used for other vendor
packages. In any case, you can solve this type of dependency by
finding the relevant base packages that the package you are
trying to install depends on. Consult the manuals that come with
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@
For example, a set of Build Root Policy (brp) helper scripts are
run at the end of the %install section in an RPM. These scripts
perform tasks such as compressing man pages. The Mandrake brp
- scripts use bzip2 compression. Red Hat brp scripts use gzip
+ scripts use bzip2 compression. &RH; brp scripts use gzip
compression. This is one case where rebuilding an RPM and then
installing may work best.
@@ -339,12 +339,12 @@
One way to help make vendor-specific packages, or to see which
RPM macros are defined on a given Linux distribution, is to look
for an RPM that contains the distribution-specific RPM
- configuration. For example, on Red Hat Linux systems, the Red
+ configuration. For example, on &RHL; systems, the Red
Hat RPM configuration is defined by the redhat-rpm-config
package.
- You can list the files in this package to see where Red Hat
+ You can list the files in this package to see where &RH;
defines macros specific to their Linux distribution.
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@
These files, such as /usr/lib/rpm/redhat/macros, show you what
is specific to a given Linux distribution. You can then look at
the macros defined in these files to identify settings for a
- particular distribution, in this case, Red Hat. Armed with this
+ particular distribution, in this case, &RH;. Armed with this
knowledge, you can better create portable RPM spec files.
@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@
$ more /etc/redhat-release
- Red Hat Linux release 8.0 (Psyche)
+ &RHL; release 8.0 (Psyche)
For packages, the convention is vendor-release for a package
@@ -768,7 +768,7 @@
Dealing with Signatures
- With SuSE Linux, or any Linux based on UnitedLinux 1.0, the
+ With SUSE Linux, or any Linux based on UnitedLinux 1.0, the
RPM packages are signed with OpenPGP version 4, not 3, as used
in RPM 4.1. This means that you must use some other, non-RPM
means to extract the signatures from an RPM package, and then
Index: rpm-guide-other-os-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/rpm-guide/rpm-guide-other-os-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.2
retrieving revision 1.3
diff -u -r1.2 -r1.3
--- rpm-guide-other-os-en.xml 26 Oct 2005 01:54:11 -0000 1.2
+++ rpm-guide-other-os-en.xml 31 Oct 2005 23:18:20 -0000 1.3
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@
Running RPM on Windows
The version of RPM for Windows requires cygwin, originally the
- Cygnus port of many Unix tools to Windows. Now part of Red Hat,
+ Cygnus port of many Unix tools to Windows. Now part of &RH;,
you can download the cygwin environment from the main cygwin
site.
@@ -964,7 +964,7 @@
install.
- On an operating system that is based on RPM, such as Red Hat
+ On an operating system that is based on RPM, such as &RH;
Linux, all packages (except for some bootstrapping code) are
installed with RPM. That means nearly everything on the system
is defined in the RPM database. The RPM database then has a
@@ -1410,11 +1410,11 @@
settings.
- In most cases the _topdir setting on Red Hat Linux systems map
+ In most cases the _topdir setting on &RHL; systems map
to the /usr/src/redhat directory. Your system may not even have
a /usr/src directory. Also you may not want to build RPMs in a
redhat directory, which may cause confusion if you are building
- on a non-Red Hat Linux system.
+ on a non-&RHL; system.
Cross Reference
Index: rpm-guide-packaging-guidelines-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/rpm-guide/rpm-guide-packaging-guidelines-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.2
retrieving revision 1.3
diff -u -r1.2 -r1.3
--- rpm-guide-packaging-guidelines-en.xml 26 Oct 2005 01:54:11 -0000 1.2
+++ rpm-guide-packaging-guidelines-en.xml 31 Oct 2005 23:18:20 -0000 1.3
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@
Using tools can help speed up the RPM-making process, as well
as give you a head start in learning how RPMs work.
- RPM-building tools such as the Red Hat plugin for the Eclipse
+ RPM-building tools such as the &RH; plugin for the Eclipse
Integrated Development Environment have proven really helpful.
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@
Packages are categorized into groups. These group names, while
not always the best, appear in the graphical tools such as the
- Red Hat package manager. If your application is a Linux shell
+ &RH; package manager. If your application is a Linux shell
program, then users will expect to find it in the System
Environment/Shells group and not the Development/Languages or
System Environment/Daemons groups. This is a rather small
Index: rpm-guide-programming-c-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/rpm-guide/rpm-guide-programming-c-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.2
retrieving revision 1.3
diff -u -r1.2 -r1.3
--- rpm-guide-programming-c-en.xml 26 Oct 2005 01:54:11 -0000 1.2
+++ rpm-guide-programming-c-en.xml 31 Oct 2005 23:18:20 -0000 1.3
@@ -108,14 +108,14 @@
At the very least, you???ll need a C compiler, gcc, and a text
editor. The easiest way to get the C compiler is to install the
- packages grouped under Software Development with the Red Hat
+ packages grouped under Software Development with the &RH;
package management tool.
Cross Reference
- See Chapter 8 for more on the Red Hat package management tool.
+ See Chapter 8 for more on the &RH; package management tool.
The gcc package requires a number of capabilities. Make sure you
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
To program with the RPM library, you need to install the
rpm-devel package. You must have a version of rpm-devel that
- matches your version of the rpm package. If you have Red Hat
+ matches your version of the rpm package. If you have &RH;
Linux, your installation CDs will also have the version of the
RPM development package that corresponds to your system.
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@
of Linux.
- The package you need is rpm-devel. If you installed Red Hat
+ The package you need is rpm-devel. If you installed &RH;
Linux 8.0, the package is rpm-devel-4.1-1.06. This package
includes header files, documentation, and libraries.
Index: rpm-guide-programming-perl-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/rpm-guide/rpm-guide-programming-perl-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.2
retrieving revision 1.3
diff -u -r1.2 -r1.3
--- rpm-guide-programming-perl-en.xml 26 Oct 2005 01:54:11 -0000 1.2
+++ rpm-guide-programming-perl-en.xml 31 Oct 2005 23:18:20 -0000 1.3
@@ -82,12 +82,12 @@
A number of Perl RPM modules are available. No one module provides
all the features you need, although with time, the Perl modules
will consolidate into a few modules that most everyone uses. As of
- this writing, the RPM2 module, by Chip Turner of Red Hat, provides
+ this writing, the RPM2 module, by Chip Turner of &RH;, provides
the most recent approach to working with the RPM system from Perl.
This chapter covers the RPM2 module.
- Red Hat Linux 8.0 comes with a perl-RPM2 package, which you need
+ &RHL; 8.0 comes with a perl-RPM2 package, which you need
to install to use this module. Otherwise, you can download the
module from www.cpan.org. Install this module, as well as the perl
module, which provides the Perl language interpreter. Once you
@@ -98,11 +98,11 @@
Note
- The version of the perl-RPM2 package that ships with Red Hat Linux
+ The version of the perl-RPM2 package that ships with &RHL;
8.0 has a bug in that it will not open package files that were
- created with the version of rpm that ships with Red Hat Linux 8.0.
+ created with the version of rpm that ships with &RHL; 8.0.
That is, the Perl module cannot read package files that ship with
- Red Hat Linux. You can read older package files, though. This
+ &RHL;. You can read older package files, though. This
problem only affects attempts to read .rpm files, not installed
packages. The bug is related to reading signed packages but not
having the GPG keys in the keyring. The latest version on
@@ -942,7 +942,7 @@
upon.
- Vendor: Red Hat, Inc., http://www.xfree86.org
+ Vendor: &FORMAL-RHI;, http://www.xfree86.org
Size: 30552239
@@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@
$ ./rpmdate.pl kernel
- kernel-2.4.18-14 Red Hat, Inc. Sat Oct 5 12:29:58 2002
+ kernel-2.4.18-14 &FORMAL-RHI; Sat Oct 5 12:29:58 2002
Index: rpm-guide-programming-python-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/rpm-guide/rpm-guide-programming-python-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.3
retrieving revision 1.4
diff -u -r1.3 -r1.4
--- rpm-guide-programming-python-en.xml 26 Oct 2005 01:54:11 -0000 1.3
+++ rpm-guide-programming-python-en.xml 31 Oct 2005 23:18:20 -0000 1.4
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
*PyGTK is a binding between Python and the GTK+ toolkit used by
the GNOME desktop, one of two main desktop environments for
- Linux. (KDE is the other main desktop environment.) The Red Hat
+ Linux. (KDE is the other main desktop environment.) The &RH;
redhat-config-packages program uses PyGTK and sports a very
good-looking user interface.
@@ -273,10 +273,10 @@
Note
- The code examples in this chapter follow the Red Hat conventions
+ The code examples in this chapter follow the &RH; conventions
for naming variables, such as ts for a transaction set. This is to
make it easier to read the Python examples in the RPM sources,
- along with Red Hat installer programs written in Python.
+ along with &RH; installer programs written in Python.
You will need a transaction set in just about every Python script
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
This example uses the rpmdb-redhat package, which holds a
- database of all Red Hat Linux packages. The explicit call to
+ database of all &RHL; packages. The explicit call to
openDB opens the RPM database. In most Python scripts, though,
you do not want to call openDB. Instead, a transaction set
will open the database as needed.
@@ -2212,8 +2212,8 @@
You can use a check callback to automatically bring in
packages that are required into a transaction set. You can
- bring in packages from the Red Hat RPM database package, which
- contains a database of all Red Hat packages, the rpmdb-redhat
+ bring in packages from the &RH; RPM database package, which
+ contains a database of all &RH; packages, the rpmdb-redhat
package. You can open the database from this package by using
the trick described previously for opening transactions to
more than one RPM database at a time. Simply set the _dbpath
@@ -3005,7 +3005,7 @@
Where to Go from Here
The RPM bindings for Python are documented along with the C
- programming API. On a Red Hat Linux system, look in the file
+ programming API. On a &RHL; system, look in the file
/usr/share/doc/rpm-devel-4.1/apidocs/html/group__python.html to
see the start of the Python-specific documentation.
@@ -3025,7 +3025,7 @@
To learn more about programming in Python, install the python-docs
package. The python-docs package has a large set of online
documentation for Python, including the official Python Tutorial.
- With Red Hat Linux, start at
+ With &RHL;, start at
/usr/share/doc/python-docs-2.2.1/html/tut/tut.html.
Index: rpm-guide-rpm-evolution-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/rpm-guide/rpm-guide-rpm-evolution-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.2
retrieving revision 1.3
diff -u -r1.2 -r1.3
--- rpm-guide-rpm-evolution-en.xml 26 Oct 2005 01:54:11 -0000 1.2
+++ rpm-guide-rpm-evolution-en.xml 31 Oct 2005 23:18:20 -0000 1.3
@@ -23,14 +23,14 @@
RPM 3.0.5 is the final release of the 3.x series of RPM. It was the
- release of RPM shipped with Red Hat Linux 6.2 and older releases. It
+ release of RPM shipped with &RHL; 6.2 and older releases. It
is still in wide use by other vendors as well. Cobalt???s Linux
distributions use an RPM implementation version based on RPM 3.0.5,
- for example. (Red Hat Linux was upgraded to RPM 4 via an errata.)
+ for example. (&RHL; was upgraded to RPM 4 via an errata.)
- RPM 4.0.4 was used with the 7.x releases of Red Hat Linux, and RPM
- 4.1 first shipped with Red Hat Linux 8.0. Packages produced
+ RPM 4.0.4 was used with the 7.x releases of &RHL;, and RPM
+ 4.1 first shipped with &RHL; 8.0. Packages produced
targeting RPM 3.0.5 should work with nearly all implementations of
RPM still in use today. Packages produced targeting RPM 4.0.4 or RPM
4.1 will work only with recent RPM implementations.
Index: rpm-guide-rpmbuild-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/rpm-guide/rpm-guide-rpmbuild-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.2
retrieving revision 1.3
diff -u -r1.2 -r1.3
--- rpm-guide-rpmbuild-en.xml 26 Oct 2005 01:54:11 -0000 1.2
+++ rpm-guide-rpmbuild-en.xml 31 Oct 2005 23:18:20 -0000 1.3
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@
cpu-vendor-os
- For example, i686-redhat-linux specifies a 686 CPU with Red Hat
+ For example, i686-redhat-linux specifies a 686 CPU with &RH;
Linux. Other CPUs include ppc for PowerPC and sparc for Sun
SPARC.
@@ -731,14 +731,14 @@
For example, you can use the rpm -i command to install a source
RPM. This installs the sources provided by the source RPM, not the
actual application. Normally, when you install a source RPM on a
- Red Hat Linux system, the package gets installed into
+ &RHL; system, the package gets installed into
/usr/src/redhat.
Note
- This directory is obviously specific to Red Hat Linux. On other
+ This directory is obviously specific to &RHL;. On other
Linux distributions, you'll likely see directories such as
/usr/src/OpenLinux for SCO (formerly Caldera) OpenLinux.
@@ -1078,11 +1078,11 @@
Often, source RPMs are abbreviated as SRPMs. In fact, if you see
a directory named SRPM or SRPMS, chances are the directory holds
- source RPMs. (Red Hat uses this convention for its Linux
+ source RPMs. (&RH; uses this convention for its Linux
distributions.)
- The SRPMS directories on Red Hat CD-ROMs or on the Red Hat FTP
+ The SRPMS directories on &RH; CD-ROMs or on the &RH; FTP
Internet site, ftp.redhat.com, indicate directories that hold
source RPMs.
@@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@
compatible with the OpenPGP Internet standard as defined in RFC
2440. It started when a number of developers wanted a free
implementation. One such free implementation, GPG, allows Linux
- vendors such as Red Hat to include PGP in their products. So, in
+ vendors such as &RH; to include PGP in their products. So, in
a sense, GPG provides PGP.
@@ -1263,13 +1263,13 @@
Email address: please_no_spam at nospam.com
- Comment: Example for Red Hat RPM Guide
+ Comment: Example for &RH; RPM Guide
You selected this USER-ID:
- "Eric Foster-Johnson (Example for Red Hat RPM Guide)
+ "Eric Foster-Johnson (Example for &RH; RPM Guide)
<erc at no_spam.com>"
@@ -1317,7 +1317,7 @@
pub 1024D/01681C24 2002-11-05 Eric Foster-Johnson (Example for
- Red Hat RPM
+ &RH; RPM
Guide) <please_no_spam at nospam.com>
@@ -1585,7 +1585,7 @@
built and
- signed by Red Hat, Inc. using `rpm -K' using the GNU GPG
+ signed by &FORMAL-RHI; using `rpm -K' using the GNU GPG
package.
@@ -1680,7 +1680,7 @@
This example shows an error message when trying to verify the
- key. Then, after importing the Red Hat public key, the
+ key. Then, after importing the &RH; public key, the
verification works.
@@ -1716,11 +1716,11 @@
- Getting the Red Hat public key
+ Getting the &RH; public key
- Strangely enough, the Red Hat public key is not installed when
- you install Red Hat Linux 8.0. If you need the key, the Red Hat
- public key is available on the root directory of all Red Hat
+ Strangely enough, the &RH; public key is not installed when
+ you install &RHL; 8.0. If you need the key, the &RH;
+ public key is available on the root directory of all &RH;
Linux CD-ROMs, as shown in the following listing:
@@ -1737,7 +1737,7 @@
Note
- You can also download this key file from the Red Hat FTP site,
+ You can also download this key file from the &RH; FTP site,
at ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/redhat/linux/8.0/en/os/i386/.
Index: rpm-guide-scripting-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/rpm-guide/rpm-guide-scripting-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.2
retrieving revision 1.3
diff -u -r1.2 -r1.3
--- rpm-guide-scripting-en.xml 26 Oct 2005 01:54:11 -0000 1.2
+++ rpm-guide-scripting-en.xml 31 Oct 2005 23:18:20 -0000 1.3
@@ -925,7 +925,7 @@
Name : perl-XML-Dumper Relocations: /usr
- Version : 0.4 Vendor: Red Hat, Inc.
+ Version : 0.4 Vendor: &FORMAL-RHI;
Release : 22 Build Date: Tue 06 Aug 2002 01:53:30 PM CDT
@@ -945,7 +945,7 @@
fd372689897da07a
- Packager : Red Hat, Inc.
+ Packager : &FORMAL-RHI;
<http://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla>
Index: rpm-guide-specfiles-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/rpm-guide/rpm-guide-specfiles-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.2
retrieving revision 1.3
diff -u -r1.2 -r1.3
--- rpm-guide-specfiles-en.xml 26 Oct 2005 01:54:11 -0000 1.2
+++ rpm-guide-specfiles-en.xml 31 Oct 2005 23:18:20 -0000 1.3
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@
These directories are the default directories. See Chapter 21
for changing RPM default values. In addition, these are the
- defaults for Red Hat Linux. See Chapters 19 and 20 for
+ defaults for &RHL;. See Chapters 19 and 20 for
discussions on other versions of Linux and other non-Linux
operating systems, respectively.
@@ -439,13 +439,13 @@
The Distribution: directive is used by Linux distribution
- vendors such as Red Hat to identify that the package is part
+ vendors such as &RH; to identify that the package is part
of a given distribution, or was built for a particular
distribution. Most packages created outside of the Linux
vendors don???t provide this directive.
- Distribution: Red Hat Linux
+ Distribution: &RHL;
The Icon: directive names an icon file stored in the RPM. The
@@ -2214,7 +2214,7 @@
The example directories shown above come from the standard RPM
- macro file, /usr/lib/rpm/macros, instead of the Red Hat-specific
+ macro file, /usr/lib/rpm/macros, instead of the &RH;-specific
file, /usr/lib/rpm/redhat/macros, which holds:
Index: rpm-guide-transactions-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/rpm-guide/rpm-guide-transactions-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.2
retrieving revision 1.3
diff -u -r1.2 -r1.3
--- rpm-guide-transactions-en.xml 26 Oct 2005 01:54:11 -0000 1.2
+++ rpm-guide-transactions-en.xml 31 Oct 2005 23:18:20 -0000 1.3
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@
can query for packages installed when you installed or
upgraded your version of Linux. First, query for the
transaction ID of a package you know was installed with the
- Linux distribution, such as setup on a Red Hat system:
+ Linux distribution, such as setup on a &RH; system:
$ rpm -q --qf "%-20{NAME} %-20{INSTALLTID}\n" setup
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@
This example shows just a few of the packages installed when
- the Red Hat Linux was installed.
+ the &RHL; was installed.
With these options, you can find the transaction IDs for given
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@
Note
- The up2date name comes from the Red Hat service for keeping a
+ The up2date name comes from the &RH; service for keeping a
system up to date with regard to package versions.
Index: rpm-guide-using-rpm-db-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/rpm-guide/rpm-guide-using-rpm-db-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.2
retrieving revision 1.3
diff -u -r1.2 -r1.3
--- rpm-guide-using-rpm-db-en.xml 26 Oct 2005 01:54:11 -0000 1.2
+++ rpm-guide-using-rpm-db-en.xml 31 Oct 2005 23:18:20 -0000 1.3
@@ -481,7 +481,7 @@
- Red Hat application, usually for configuring your
+ &RH; application, usually for configuring your
system
@@ -763,7 +763,7 @@
Name : tcsh Relocations: (not relocateable)
- Version : 6.10 Vendor: Red Hat, Inc.
+ Version : 6.10 Vendor: &FORMAL-RHI;
Release : 6 Build Date: Sun 24 Jun 2001 10:45:29
@@ -785,7 +785,7 @@
Size : 764000 License: distributable
- Packager : Red Hat, Inc.
+ Packager : &FORMAL-RHI;
<http://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla>
@@ -1839,7 +1839,7 @@
Name : grep Relocations: /usr
- Version : 2.5.1 Vendor: Red Hat,
+ Version : 2.5.1 Vendor: &RH;,
Inc.
@@ -1869,7 +1869,7 @@
Signature : DSA/SHA1, Tue 03 Sep 2002 04:17:47 PM CDT, Key ID
- 219180cddb42a60ePackager : Red Hat, Inc.
+ 219180cddb42a60ePackager : &FORMAL-RHI;
<http://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla>
@@ -3502,7 +3502,7 @@
If what you???ve seen so far isn???t enough, the rpm command
supports a number of extra queries, mostly of use to developers
- at Red Hat.
+ at &RH;.
Table 5-7 summarizes these extra queries.
Index: rpm-guide-using-rpm-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/rpm-guide/rpm-guide-using-rpm-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.2
retrieving revision 1.3
diff -u -r1.2 -r1.3
--- rpm-guide-using-rpm-en.xml 26 Oct 2005 01:54:11 -0000 1.2
+++ rpm-guide-using-rpm-en.xml 31 Oct 2005 23:18:20 -0000 1.3
@@ -754,7 +754,7 @@
packages are obviously interrelated. From the name eruby-libs,
you can guess that the package will be in a file with a name
like eruby-libs-0.9.8-2.i386.rpm. (I cheated and used the
- actual package on the Red Hat installation CDs.)
+ actual package on the &RH; installation CDs.)
But you can see how the version numbers of the two files, and
@@ -971,10 +971,10 @@
Note that when you purchase an upgraded version of Linux, such
- as Red Hat Linux, all the packages with the product should be
+ as &RHL;, all the packages with the product should be
properly aligned with each other as to versions. This
alignment problem is an issue that the Linux vendors, such as
- Red Hat, need to take care of. The main problems occur when
+ &RH;, need to take care of. The main problems occur when
you need packages beyond those offered with your Linux
distribution.
@@ -1037,10 +1037,10 @@
The --aid option depends on a separate package that contains
- an RPM database with all packages installed. For Red Hat
+ an RPM database with all packages installed. For &RH;
Linux, this package is rpmdb-redhat. This separate database,
built as if all packages were installed (all packages that
- come with Red Hat Linux in this case), allows the rpm command
+ come with &RHL; in this case), allows the rpm command
to search for which packages would solve dependencies.
@@ -1973,7 +1973,7 @@
Separate each file name with a colon.
- With Red Hat Linux, the default set of initialization files are:
+ With &RHL;, the default set of initialization files are:
/usr/lib/rpm/rpmrc:/usr/lib/rpm/redhat/rpmrc:/etc/rpmrc:~/.rpmrc
From fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com Mon Oct 31 23:24:39 2005
From: fedora-docs-commits at redhat.com (Stuart Ellis (elliss))
Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2005 18:24:39 -0500
Subject: rpm-guide rpm-guide-intro-rpm-en.xml,1.3,1.4
Message-ID: <200510312324.j9VNOdta019116@cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com>
Author: elliss
Update of /cvs/docs/rpm-guide
In directory cvs-int.fedora.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv19069
Modified Files:
rpm-guide-intro-rpm-en.xml
Log Message:
Don't use entities for abreviation expansions, in case the entity changes
Index: rpm-guide-intro-rpm-en.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/docs/rpm-guide/rpm-guide-intro-rpm-en.xml,v
retrieving revision 1.3
retrieving revision 1.4
diff -u -r1.3 -r1.4
--- rpm-guide-intro-rpm-en.xml 31 Oct 2005 23:18:20 -0000 1.3
+++ rpm-guide-intro-rpm-en.xml 31 Oct 2005 23:24:32 -0000 1.4
@@ -175,8 +175,8 @@
(pms ) software that was used with it for
installation and uninstallation of all software on an
application-by-application basis. Shortly thereafter, in the
- summer of 1994, the first public betas of &RH; Commercial Linux
- were released. &RH; initially used &RH; Software Program
+ summer of 1994, the first public betas of Red Hat Commercial Linux
+ were released. &RH; initially used Red Hat Software Program
Packages (RPP) as the basis of its Linux distribution. Like
pms , RPP was a system-management tool that
allowed for easy installation and uninstallation of applications.
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@
RPP-based distributions, &RH; looked closely at both their own RPP
software and other software such as BOGUS's pms
software. Developers at &RH;, particularly Marc Ewing and Erik
- Troan, set out to develop what they initially called the &RH;
+ Troan, set out to develop what they initially called the Red Hat
Package Manager (RPM). Based on experiences with earlier Linux
packaging software and knowledge about packaging tools used on
other platforms, &RH; had several design goals in mind when they